Loading...
11-0301_PETERSON-CHASE GEN ENG CONST., INC_Agenda Report_D4_Attachment 3 J 3ncraarfp 5111MA R 19&1 1776 R R CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO COUNTY OF ORANGE STATE OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR DEL OBISPO STREET WIDENING; FROM ALIPAZ STREET TO PASEO ADELANTO (CIP 122) DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORDS NASSER ABBASZADEH JUNE 2009 8/18/2009 Attachment TABLE OF CONTENTS IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR DEL OBISPO STREET WIDENING, .FROM ALIPAZ SrkEET TO PASEO ADELANTO (CIP 122) TITLE PAGE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS NoticeInviting Bids.........................................................................................................................1 BidProposal......................................................................................................................................3 Schedule of Work Iterns............................................................ .................-- -----.6 Non-Collusion Affidavit..................................................... .............................................................9 Designation of Sub-Contractors.....................................................................................................10 Instructionsto Bidders................... ................................................. ....... .....................................I I BidBond...................................................................................................................................BB-1 PerformanceBond...............................................................1........1 ....:..:..............1.111............... PB-1 Labor &Material Bond................•---.....•--.............................................................---................ LM-1 CONTRACT Contract.......................................................................................I.........••........ ................. C-1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Workto be Done....................................................................................SP-I Section 1 Standard Specifications..........................................................................SP-1 Section 2 Terms Defined .......................................................................................SP-4 Section 3 Flow and Acceptance of Water..............................................................SP-4 Section 4 Water................. ...........SP-4 .......................................................................... Section 5 Insurance and Overhead Costs....... ................. .....................................SP-4 Section 6 Protection of Existing Utilities ...........................:..................................SP-5 Section 7 Protection of Private Property............................................. ........SP-5 Section 8 Construction.Zone............. ...................SP-5 .................................................. Section 9 Pre-Construction Coordination Meeting................................................SP-5 Section 10 Project Site Maintenance .......................................................................SP-6 Section 11 Preservation of Survey Monuments.......................................................SP-9 Section 12 Monurnentation Identification................ Section 13 Mitigation Measures ............................................................................SP-10 Section 14 Progress Schedule................................................................................SP-17 TITLE PAGE FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS General Federal Requirements...... ......... .................... ................................................FR-1& FR-2 Required contract Provisions Federal-Aid construction Contracts.............................FR-3 —FR-14 Equal Employment Opportunity Certification (Exhibit 12-E Attachment Q .................. ..... FR-17 Debarment and Suspension Certification (Exhibit 12-E, Attachment E)............................... FR-18 Nonlobbying Certification for Federal-Aid Contract (Exhibit 12-E, Attachment F)............... FR-1.9 Disclosure of Lobbying Activities (Exhibit 12-E, Attachment G) ...........................FR-20 — FR-22 Federal Lobbying Restrictions (Exhibit 12-E, Attachment H) ............................................... FR-23 General Required Listing of Proposed Subcontractors and Required Contract Assurance Statement (Exhibit 12-E, Attachment H).......................................... ....................... .......... FR-23 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) (Exhibit 12-E, Attachment H).............FR-24 & FR-25 Award and Execution of Contract (Exhibit 12-E, Attachment 1) ........................................... FR-26 Beginning of Work, Time of Completion and Liquidated Damages (Exhibit 12-E, Attachment 1) ' ....................­­..........-11............................................. ............................................................. FR-26 Subcontractor and DBE Records (Exhibit 12-E, Attachment J)............................................. FR-27 DBE Certification Status Change (Exhibit 17-0)....................................................FR-28 & FR-29 Performance of Subcontractors (Exhibit 12-F, Attachment K)...................._........................ FR-30 Subcontracting (Exhibit 12-E, Attachment L).........................................................•- ....... .... R-31 I Prompt Progress Payments to Subcontractors ............................................................. .... FR-32 Prompt Payment of Withheld Funds to Subcontractors.......................................................... FR-33 Local Agency Bidder UDBE Commitment(Construction Contract)(Exhibit 15-G1).................. ............................­......*­­......**'*'*..................................­............................""I........FR-34 & FR-35 Local Agency Bidder DBE Information (Exhibit 15-G2)........................................FR-36 & FR-37 UDBE Infon-nation—Good Faith Efforts (Exhibit 15-H) ..........................I...... .........FR--)8 - FR-40 Final Report Utilization of disadvantaged Businesses (Exhibit 17-F).......... ...........FR-41 & FR-42 Buy America Requirements... ........................................................................ .................._ FR-43 FederalWage Rates ............................... ................................................................................ FR-44 DETAIL SPECIFICATIONS PART1 GENERAL.................................. ........... ......... .................................................. 1-1 PARTROADWAY............................................ ........... ........ ........... .......................2-1 PART 3 CHANNEL................ ........................................................................-3-1 PARTBRIDGE................................................. ........... ......... .......................................4-1 PART SlGNING, STRIPING AND PAVEMENT MARKERS..................................... 5-1 PART TRAFFIC SIGNALS, LIGHTING AND ELELCTRICAL SYSTEMS ....... ...-6-1 .PART7 DOMESTIC WATER................... ......I....... .....................................I................. 7-1 PARTS LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION ............................................................... 8-1 APPENDIX Appendix A—FP-3 Roads, Streets, and Highways Operation and Maintenance Appendix B---Tree Removal Permit Application Appendix C—Regulatory/Construction Permits IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR DEL OBISPO STREET WIDENING; FROM ALIPAZ STREET TO PASEO ADELANTO (CIP 122) NOTICE INVITING BIDS Public notice is hereby given that the City of San Juan Capistrano will,up to 2:00 p.m ori the dayf_ 2009, receive sealed proposals.or bids for IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR DEL OBISPO STREET WIDENING,FROM ALIPAZ STREET TO PASEO ADELANTO(CIP 122)in accordance with the approved Plans, Specifications, Special Provisions, and the Standard Specification for Public Works Construction 2006 Edition,including;all Supplements therefor,on file in the office of the City Clerk of the City of San Juan Capistrano, California. Bids will be received until the time hereinbefore stated at the City Clerk's Office, San Juan Capistrano City Hall, 32400 Paseo Adelanto, San Juan Capistrano, California. No bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal provided within these specifications. Any person desiring to submit a bid proposal in response to this bid package must first purchase the bid package. Each proposal or bid must be accompanied by a certified check, cash, cashier's check, or bidder's bond payable to the City of San .Tuan Capistrano in the sum of not less than ten percent of the total bid amount. The bid check, cashier's check or bidder's bond of the successful bidder will be forfeited to the City of San Juan Capistrano in the event such successful bidder fails to enter into the required contract within 15 days after the written notice that said contract has been awarded to him for the work. A pre-bid conference is scheduled at 10:00 a.m. on the. . d of . � 2O1 - in the City Council Chambers. The contractor shall have the opportunity for clarification or interpretation of any point or points of question within the plans and contract documents or specifications. It is the contractor's responsibility to be in attendance at this conference to receive any information disclosed during the proceedings,for the City of San Juan Capistrano shall not disseminate any records of the conference. Exclusive of written addenda and this pre-bid conference,the City of San Juan Capistrano shall not be responsible for any instructions, explanations, or interpretation of the plans, specifications, and contract documents presented to the bidders in any manner. The successful bidder, simultaneously with the execution of the contract,will be required to fuinish a Faithful Performance Bond equal in the amount of one-hundred percent(100%)of the contract price. The surety bond company must be selected from among the surety companies set forth in the Standard Specifications. The City Council reserves the right to reject any and all bids received and to compare the relative merits of the respective bids and to choose that, which in the opinion of the City of San Juan Capistrano, will best serve the interests or needs of the City of San Juan Capistrano. 1 A time limit of three hundred(300)calendar days from the date of the Notice to Proceed has been set for thecompletionof the work; and one hundred twenty(120)calendar days thereafter for landscape maintenance and plant establishment. BIDDERS ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT,pursuant to the Labor Code of the State of California, copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages, as determined by the Director of the State Department of Industrial.Relations, are on file in the office of the City Clerk and shall be made available to any interested party on request. Copies of plans and specifications are on file in the office of the City Clerk of San Juan Capistrano, 32400 Paseo Adelanto, San Juan Capistrano, California. Copies of the plans and specifications for use in preparing bids may be obtained at the Office of the City Clerk, San Juan Capistrano, at the address shown above. One set of plans and specifications is available for each general contractor proposing to submit a bid for said work. A charge in the amount of$50,non-refundable,is required for obtaining each set of plans and specifications. There will be a $10 charge for postage and handling on all plans and specifications mailed. Each bidder shall state the California Contractor's License Number and Classification of such bidder so bidding, as no bid will be accepted from a Contractor who has not been.licensed in accordance with the provisions of the laws of the State of California relating to the licensing of Contractors. This Notice is hereby given and published by order of the Council members of the City of San Juan Capistrano and is dated this _day of CITY CLERK CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO ORANGE COUNTY, CALIFORNIA 2 BID PROPOSAL For the: IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR DEL OBISPO STREET WIDENING; FROM ALIPAZ STREET TO PASEO ADELANTO (CIP 122) From: Contractor, License No. &Classification To the Members of the City Council City of San Juan Capistrano Gentlemen: The undersigned, as bidder, declares that he has carefully examined the location of the proposed work as described, examined the Plans, Specifications, Special Provisions, and the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,2006 Edition,including all Supplements therefor,read the Instructions to Bidders,and is familiar with all proposal requirements, and hereby proposed and agrees, if the proposal is accepted,to complete the said construction in accordance with the Contract Documents,as defined.in Section 1-2 of the Standard Specifications,in the time stated herein,for the unit price or lump surn given on the following pages of this proposal, fora Vase Proposal of Bid Items 1 through 74 amounting to a total of: Words _ Figures Said amount to include and cover all taxes,.the furnishing of all materials, the performing of all the labor requisite or proper and the providing of all necessary machinery, tools, apparatus, and other means of construction, also,the performance and completion of all the work in the manner set forth, described and shown in the Specifications or the drawings for the work. If the contract is awarded, the undersigned agrees to enter into a contract with the City of San Juan Capistrano and to commence work within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of execution thereof, and to diligently prosecute the work to completion before the expiration of three hundred 000) calendar days, and one hundred twenty (120) calendar days thereafter for the landscape maintenance and plant establishment. All bids are to be computed on the basis of the given Estimated Quantities of Work,as indicated in this proposal,times the unit.prices as submitted by the bidders. In case of discrepancy between words and figures, the words shall prevail. In case of discrepancy between unit prices and the extension thereof,the unit price shall prevail and bids will be computed as indicated above and compared on the basis of corrected totals,given solely as a basis for comparison of bids. It is understood that the City does not expressly,nor by implication, agree that the actual amount of work will correspond therewith,but reserves the.right to increase or decrease the amount of any item or portion of the work. or to omit portions of the work as may be deemed expedient by the Engineer. 3 It is also understood by Bidder that the City of San Tuan Capistrano has the right to reject this proposal or to award a contract to the undersigned at the prices stipulated. If the proposal is rejected, then any check or cashier's check shall be returned to the undersigned within thirty(30)days. No bid bonds will be returned. If the proposal is accepted and the undersigned fails to enter into a contract within fifteen(15)days after the agreement is delivered to him for signature, or within such further time as may be granted by the Members of the City Council, then said check shall be cashed or said bond declared forfeit and an amount equal to the difference between the lowest bid and the next lowest bid who will execute a contract shall be paid into the treasury of the City of San Tuan Capistrano as Iiquidated damages for the failure of the undersigned to comply with the terms of this proposal. Accompanying this proposal is (Insert "$ cash," cashier's check, certified check or bidder's bond on the forms from pages BB-1 and BB-2 of these Contract Documents,as the case maybe), in an amount equal to at least ten. percent (10%) of the highest total hid. The following is the name and place of business of the surety company which will furnish the required bonds as surety if the work is awarded to the undersigned: Licensed in accordance with an act providing for the registration of contractors -- License No. and Classification. Signature of Bidder: 4 (If an individual, so state. If a firm or co-partnership, state the firm name and give the names of all individual co-partners composing the firm: President, Secretary, Treasurer, and Manager thereof.) Dated: Business Address Dated: Telephone Number Further, the undersigned bidder certifies that he has thoroughly checked the figures set forth in this proposal, that they are correct to the best of his knowledge and that they constitute his proposal for the work called out herein. Dated: Signature of Bidder .Dated: Telephone Number 5 SCHEDULE OF WORK ITEMS IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR DEL OBISPO STREET WIDENING FROM ALIPAZ STREET TO PASEO ADELANTO QIP 122 The undersigned declares that he has carefully examined the location of the proposed work, that he has examined the project plans and specifications and read the accompanying instructions to bidders, and hereby proposes to do all the work in accordance with the said construction documents for the amounts set forth below: ITEM ESTIMATED UNIT EXTENDED NO. DESCRIPTION SNIT QUANTITY PRICES AMOUNT GENERAL 1, Mobilization. L.S. Lump sum Lump sum E I Progress schedule. (Critical path 2` method). L.S. Lump sum Lump sum $ Storm water pollution control/BMP/ ' Diversion and control of water. L.S. Lump sum Lump sura $ Prepare and implement a traffic 4' control plan. , L.S. Lump sum Lump sum Regulatory permit compliance and implementation: a. US Army Corps of Engineers-- L S Lump sum Lump sum $. 404 Permit. b. California Regional Water 5 Quality Control Board — 401 L.S. Lump sura Lump sum � S Permit. E � C. CDFG—Strewn Bed Alteration Agreement-- 160 t Permit, L.S. Lump sum Lump sum $ E d. OCDPW — Construction I L.S. Permit. Lump sum Lump sum Off-street storage of equipment and 6' materials. L S Lump sum Lump sum ! 7. Project survey. L.S. ] $ Lump sum Lump sum 8. Utility potholing. L.S. $ Lump sure ; Lump sum t STREET IMPROVEMENTS 9. 9 Clearing and grubbing. L S i Lump sum Lump sum $ 10. Remove Asphalt Paving and Base S.F. S S 6 ITEM ESTIMATED UNIT EXTENDED O. DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY PRICES AMOUNT 11. Remove concrete curb and gutter. L.F. I I 12. ; Salvage plaque. -L.SLump sum Lump sum E 13. Remove concrete sidewalk. S.F. $ $ E E [ 3 14. I Remove concrete driveway. S.F. $ 15. Remove tree EA. � � 16. Remove chain link fence. L.F. ` $ 17. Reset survey monument EA. 18. ' Construct concrete curb, type A-8. L.F. $ $ 19. Construct concrete sidewalk. E S.F. $ 20. Construct concrete driveway. ! S.F. $ 21. Construct concrete curb and gutter L.F. type C-8. E 1 22. Construct concrete curb ramp. EA. 23. Construct parkway drain. EA. $ $ 7 Construct asphalt concrete base ` `4' f TON course (type III-B2-PG 64-10). $ 25 Construct asphalt concrete surface TON course (type III-C2-PG 64-10). 1 $ $ 26. Construct seal coat. SY I 3 E 27 { Construct crushed miscellaneous CY base. Construct retaining wall and cable 28. L.F. railing. E 29. Construct chain link fence. I L.F. 30. Construct bioswale LS . Lump sum Lump Sum 31. Construct removable guard post EA. $ $ 7 ITEM j ESTIMATED UNIT EXTENDED DESCRIPTION UNIT NO. QUANTITY PRICES AMOUNT � 32. Adjust water meter to grade. EA. j $ $ 33. Adjust utility cover/box to grade. EA. $ $ i E 34. Adjust manhole to grade. EA. BRIDGE 35. Bridge removal (portion). L.S. Luta sum Lump sum $ P i 36. (F) Structure excavation (bridge). C.Y. $ $ 37. (F) Structure backfill (bridge). C.Y. $ $ 38. Furnish steel piling(HP 12 X 53). L.F. $ $ 39. (S) Drive steel piling(HP 12 X 53). EA $ $ — Structural concrete, bridge footing 4 ' (F) (includes bridge and pier noses). C.Y' I $ $ I 41 (F) ' Structural concrete,bridge (includes C.Y. bridge and pier noses). $ $ 42. Refinish Bridge Deck S.F. 1 43. (F-S} ( Furnish precast PS, concrete.girder EA (40'-50')• I $ $ 44. (F-S} Furnish precast PS, concrete girder EA 1 (50'-60'). $ $ 45. 4 '/2" Joint seal (type A). L.F. I _ 46. (F-S) Erect precast PS concrete girder. EA $ $ 1 41. (F-S), Bar reinforcing steel (bridge). LBS. $ $ j 48. Bar reinforcing steel (footing). LBS. $ $ Utility hangers, anchorages and ' j 49. (F) LS supports Lump sum Lump sum $ pP , 50. ( ) Bridge deck drainage system LBS. $ E l. (F) Concrete barrier (special) LF ' I _ 3 8 f ITEM ESTIMATED UNIT EXTENDED NO � DESCRIPTION UNIT I QUANTITY PRICES AMOUNT 3 CHANNEL 52. Remove reinforced concrete channel S Y lining. $ 1-53. Unclassified (Compacted fill). C.Y. 1 i 54. Unclassified (Excavation). ; C.Y. 55. Construct concrete channel lining(8" C.Y. thick). $ 56. Channel Structure Concrete C.Y. 57. Construct safety railing. LT $ � 58. Construct breakaway safety railing. L.F. $ DOMESTIC WATER LINE Furnish and install 12-inch fusion 59, bonded epoxy lined and coated steel L.F. S water line Furnish and install 12-inch C-900 60. L.F. PVC, Class 200 water line 61. Connection to existing 8-inch ACP EA. water line 6� Water line undercrossing 30-inch l-P EA. i gas � 63. Expansion joint utility vault. EA. S 64. Pipe hanger support. EA. S E 65. Midspan pipe clamp support EA. • k 1-inch air release/aire vacuum valve 166. EA. _ assembly. E 67. Remove and dispose of existing 8" ' L F ACP water line. Remove and replace Existing 8-inch f 68 1 gate valve (FLG). EA. j $ TRAFFIC AND STREET LIGHTING j Traffic signal modification (Dei ? 69. ibis o/Ali az) L.S. Lump sum Lump sum S 9 ITEM j ESTIMATED _ UNITj EXTENDED �N�®_ DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY PRICES i AMOUNT Traffic signal modification (Del 70' L.S. ; ; Obispo/Paseo Adelanto) i Lump sutra Lump sunt $ 71. Signing and striping. L.S. I psum Lump Lum Lsum $ LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION 72. Install landscaping. L.S. E Lump sum . Lump sum $ i 73. Install irrigation system.. L.S. Lump sum I Lump sum $ 120-day landscape maintenance and 74' plant establishment. L S Lump sum Lump sum $ TOTAL BID SCHEDULE LN FIGURES $ TOTAL BID SCHEDULE IN WORDS * F indicates Final Pay Quantities per Section of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. S indicates Specialty Item Total Base Bid Price for Bid Items 1 through 74 (Eater here and on Page 3) Words Figures 10 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID STATE OF CALIFORNIA } ) SS. County of ) being first duly sworn deposes and says that he is of the party making the foregoing bid;that such bid is not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person,partnership,company,association,organization or corporation; that such bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that said bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a share bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that said bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of said bidder or of any other bidder, or to fix the bid price of or cost element of such bid price, or of that of any other bidder,or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in such bid are true; and further, that said bidder has not directly or indirectly, submitted his bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof,or divulged information or data relative thereto,or paid and will not pay any fee in connection therewith, to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization,bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof,or to any other individual except to any person or persons as have a partnership or other financial interest with said bidder in this general business. DATED: SIGNATURE On this the __day of , 2009,before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said State, personally appeared , personally known to me/proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence,to be the person(s)whose name(s) subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledge that executed it. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Notary Public in and for said State 11 DESIGNATION OF SUB-CONTRACTORS Submit with Proposal. In compliance with the Provisions of Section. 4100-4107 of the Government Code of the State of California as amended,the undersigned certifies that he has used the sub-bids of the following listed sub-contractors in making up his bid,and that the sub-contractors listed will be used for the work for which they bid, subject to the approval of the Engineer, and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Specifications. It is understood and agreed that all those portions of the work called for in the contract documents for which a sub-contractor is not listed will.be performed by the undersigned through his forces. If no sub-contractors are listed, all bonds and insurance will be written in the name of the general contractor only. Iters. of Work Sub-contractor License No. Address Phone & Classification 1. 2. 4. 5. 6. 7. BIDDER'S NAME AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE 12 INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS Securing Documents Plans, Specifications and other contract documents will be available for examination without charge and copies may be secured in accordance with the "Notice Inviting Bids." Examination of Plans, Specifications and Site of Work The bidder is required to examine the site of work, the'Proposal, the Plans and the Specifications, Special Provisions, and the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2006 Edition including; all Supplements, very carefully. He shall satisfy himself as to the character, quality and quantities of the work to be performed, the materials to be furnished and the requirements of the Contract Documents. The plans for the work show conditions as they are believed to exist,but it is not to be inferred that all the conditions as shown thereon are actually existent, nor shall the City of San Juan Capistrano or any of its officers or agents be liable for any loss sustained by the contractor as a result of any variance between conditions shown on the plans and actual conditions revealed during examination or progress of the work. The submission of a proposal shall be prima facie evidence that the bidder has made such an examination. Interpretation of Drawings and Documents If any bidder should find discrepancies in, or omissions from the drawings, specifications or other proposed contract documents, or if he should be in doubt as to the true meaning of any part thereof, he shall at once make a written request to the Engineer for correction, clarification or interpretation of the point or points in question. The person submitting such a request shall be responsible for its prompt delivery. In the event that the Engineer receives such a request and it should be found that certain essential information is not clearly and fully set forth,or if the Engineer discovers errors,omissions,or points requiring clarification in the drawings or documents, a written addendum will be mailed to each person to whom a set of contract documents has been delivered. The City of San Juan Capistrano will not be responsible for any instructions, explanations or interpretations of the documents presented to bidders in any manner other than written addendum. Addenda or Bulletins The effect of all addenda to the contract documents shall be considered in the bid and said addenda shall be made a part of the contract documents and shall be returned with them. Before submitting his bid, each bidder shall inform himself as to whether or not any such addenda have been issued, and failure to cover in his bid any such addenda issued may render his bid invalid and result in its rejection. lJ Disqualification of Bidders No person, firm or corporation shall be allowed to make, file or be interested in more than one bid for the same work unless alternate bids are called for. A person, firm or corporation who has submitted a sub-proposal to a bidder,or who has quoted prices on materials to a bidder,is not hereby disqualified from submitting a bid in his own behalf. Proposals Bids to receive consideration shall be in accordance with the following instructions: A. Bids shall be made only upon the forms provided within these specifications; all bid items shall be properly filled out; bid prices shall be stated both in words and in figures; and the signatures of all persons signing shall be in longhand. Where there is a conflict in the words and the figures, the words shall govern. B. All prices and notations must be in ink or typewritten. No erasures will be permitted. Mistakes may be crossed out and corrections typed or written in ink adjacent thereto and must be initialed in ink by the person or persons signing the bid. C. Bids shall not contain any recapitulation of the work to be done. Alternate proposals will not be considered except as required hereinabove. No oral, telegraphic or telephonic proposals or modifications will be considered. D. The City of San Juan. Capistrano may require any bidder to furnish a statement of his experience,financial responsibility,technical ability, equipment and references properly and fully filled out. E. Each bidder shall list his proposed sub-contractors on the form accompanying the proposal in accordance with the provisions of the specifications. F. Each bidder must accompany his bid with either a cashier's check upon some responsible bank, or a properly certified check upon such bank, or an approved corporate surety bond payable to the City of San Juan Capistrano for such a sum of not less than ten percent(10%) of the aggregate sum of the bid, which check or bond and the monies represented thereby shall be held by the City of San Juan Capistrano as a guarantee that the bidder,if awarded the contract, will in good faith enter into such contract and furnish the required bonds. The bidder agrees that, in case of his refusal or failure to execute said contract and give bonds within the time required by these documents, such check or bond, and the money represented thereby, shall remain the property of the City of San Juan Capistrano and, if the bidder shall fail to execute said contract; said surety will pay to the City of San Juan Capistrano the damages which the City of San Juan Capistrano may suffer by reason of such failure not exceeding the sum often.percent(10%)of the amount of the bid. A bid received and not accompanied by such cashier's check, certified check or approved bond shall be rejected. 14 G. Bids shall be delivered to the City of San Juan Capistrano at the location stipulated on or before the day and hour set for the opening of bids, as hereinbefore specified in the "Notice Inviting Bids." Bids shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope bearing the title of the work, the name of the bidder,bid opening date and time of bid opening. Licensing of Contractor All persons,firms,partnerships or corporations shall be licensed in accordance with the Business and Professions Code of the State of California and the applicable ordinances of the City and County before doing any work of any kind. Withdrawal of Bids Any bidder may withdraw his bid in person or by written request at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids. Openin of Bid Proposals The City of San Juan Capistrano will, in open session,publicly open,examine and declare the bids at the time set forth in the "Notice Inviting Bids." Bidders or their authorized representatives are invited to be present. Award of Contract or Rejection of Bids No bidder may withdraw his bid for a period of ninety(90)days after the date set for the opening of bids. The contract for the work will either be awarded or the bids rejected within the ninety (90) days from the date set for the opening of bids. The contract for the work will be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder complying with these instructions and with the"Notice Inviting Bids." The City of San Juana Capistrano,however,reserves the, right to reject any or all bids and to waive mere informalities, minor technical errors or irregularities, obvious clerical errors or erasures. The bidder to whom the award is made shall execute two copies of the written contract with the City of San Juan Capistrano and furnish the stipulated bonds, insurance and bid breakdown within fifteen (15) days after the bid opening date. The contract shall be made in the form adopted by the City of San Juan Capistrano. The release of the successful bidder's surety deposit shall be made upon the City of San Juan Capistrano's acceptance of the Labor and Materials Bond and the Faithful Perfori-nance Bond. 15 If the bidtfer to whom the award is made fails to enter the contract as herein provided,the award.nay be annulled and an award maybe made to the next lowest responsible bidder; and such bidder, shall fulfill every stipulation embraced herein, as if he were the party to whom the first award was made. A corporation to which an award is made shall furnish evidence of its corporate existence and evidence that the officer signing the contract and bonds for the corporation is duly authorized to do so. Bonds The successful bidder, simultaneously with the execution of the Agreement, will be required to furnish a Labor and Material Bond in a sum not less than one hundred percent(100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract and a Faithful Performance Bond in a sum not less than one hundred percent(100%)of tete amount of the contract, Said bonds shall be secured from a surety company selected from the surety companies set forth in the standard specifications.. Bonds.trust be submitted on the forms contained in these specifications. Time Performance The work shall be commenced within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of issuance of the Notice to Proceed and shall be diligently prosecuted until completion. A time limit of three hundred (300) calendar days from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed has been set for completion of the work,and one hundred twenty(120)calendar days thereafter for the landscape maintenance. The bidder's attention is directed to the specifications as to provisions for extension of time of completion and/or assessment of liquidated damages. Assignment of Contract No assignment by the Contractor of any contract to be entered into hereunder or any part thereof, or of fiends to be received thereunder by the Contractor, will be recognized by the awarding authority unless such assignment has had prior approval of the awarding authority and the surety has been given notice of such assignment in writing and-has consented thereto in writing. Workmen and Wages Attention is specifically directed to all provisions of the Labor Code of the State of California with regard to workmen and wages. Wages shall not be less than prevailing wage rates determined by the City of San Juan Capistrano pursuant to said Code and as listed in'the "Notice Inviting Bids." Construction Pen-nits It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain all necessary permits, bonds and insurance, as " required, for the completion of the project. No extra compensation shall be trade therefor. The Contractor will be required to execute a no fee City Encroachment Permit for construction work under this contract. This Encroachment Permit does not satisfy the requirement for transportation permits for overload or overweight vehicles.. The Contractor shall contact the Engineering Division for issuance of these permits, which will be issued for a fee. 16 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, as PRINCIPAL, and as SURETY,hereinafter called Surety,are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF SAN.YUAN CAPISTRANO, Oblige,hereinafter called City, in the sum of $ for payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally, fairly by these presents. . THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas the Principal has submitted the accompanying bid dated for the construction of: for the City of San Juan Capistrano, Orange County, California. NOW,THEREFORE, if the Principal shall not withdraw said bid within thirty(3 0) days after the opening of same, and shall, within fifteen (15) days after the agreement has been presented to him for execution, enter into a written contract with the City in accordance with the bid as accepted, and if the Principal shall give the required bond with good and sufficient sureties; or sureties for the faithful performance and proper fulfillment of such contract and for the protection of laborers and materialmen, or in the event of the withdrawal of said bid within the periods specified, or the failure to enter into said contract and give said bond within the time specified, if the Principal shall within sixty(60) days after request by the City, pay the City the difference between the amount specified in said bid and the amount for which the City may procure the required wort{and/or supplies if the latter amount be in excess of the former, then the above obligation shall be void and of no effect, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Further, as a part of the obligation secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount specified therefor, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. Executed this day of_ _ 20 at _ California. BB-1 Principal By: Title: Surety " By: Title: (Notarization and Seal) Approved as to form: Omar Sandoval, City Attorney BB-2 PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that As Principal (hereinafter called "Contractor"), and as Surety (hereinafter called "Surety"), are held and firmly bound unto the City of San Juan Capistrano,as Obligee(hereinafter called"City"),in the amount of Dollars($__ },for payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns,jointly and severally, fairly by these presents. WHEREAS, Contractor has, by written agreement dated , entered into a(describe agreement): which contact is, by reference, made a part hereof. NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said agreement then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect:Surety waives whatever legal right it may have to require that a demand be made first against the Contractor in the event of default. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that: 1. As a part of the obligation secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount specified, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by the City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. 2. Said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, or extension of time, alteration, or modification of the contract documents, or of the work to be performed thereunder, shall in any way affect its obligation or this bond, and it does hereby waive the notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the contract documents or of work the be perfonned thereunder. PB-1 Executed this day of 20 , at , CaIif©mia. PRINCIPAL (NOTARIZATION AND SEAL) SURETY (NOTARIZATION AND SEAL) APPROVED AS TO FORM OMAR SANDOVAL, CITY ATTORNEY PB-2 LABOR. AND MATERIAL BOND Know all men by these presents, that: WHEREAS, the City of San Juan Capistrano, a municipal corporation of Orange County, California,has awarded to: , License No. hereinafter designated as "Principal", a contract for and WHEREAS, said Principal is required to furnish a bond in connection with the said contract providing that if said Principal, or any of his or its sub-contractors, shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender or other supplies or teams used in, upon, for or about the perfon-nance of the work contracted to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the surety or this bond will pay the same. NOW, THEREFORE, we , Principal, and _ , as surety, Are held firmly bound unto the City of San Juan Capistrano, a municipal corporation, in the penal sum.of DOLLARS ($ ), lawful money of the United States of America, for payment of which sum well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if said Principal, his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, or subcontractors, shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, or teams, or other supplies or equipment used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the EDD from the wages of employees of the contractor and subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work, that the surety will pay for the same in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this bond and also in case suit is brought upon the bond, a reasonable attorney's fee to be fixed by the court. This bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies and corporations entitled to file claims under Section 31181 of the Civil Code, so as to give a right of action to there or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond. FURTHER, the said surety, for value received., hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the contract documents or of the work to be performed thereunder shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the LM-1 contract documents or of work to be performed there under.. As a part of the obligation secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount specified therefor, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. Executed this day of 20 at California. PRINCIPAL By: SURETY By: (Notarization and Seal) APPROVED AS TO FORM Omar Sandoval, City Attorney LM-2 IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR DEL OBISPO STREET WIDENING; FROM ALIPAZ STREET TO PASEO ADELANTO (CIP 122) CONTRACT This contract is made and entered into by and between the CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO, hereinafter referred to as "CITY" and hereinafter referred to as "CONTRACTOR." IT IS HEREBY AGREED BETWEEN THE PARTIES AS FOLLOWS: FIRST. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The contract documents shall be considered to include the Notice Inviting Bids, the Instructions to Bidders, the Proposal, the Bid Bond, the Non-Collusion Affidavit, the Designation of Sub-Contractors, the Contract which is prepared for execution by the CITY and the CONTRACTOR. Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions, the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. 2006 Edition, including all Supplements, Contract Bonds,Resolutions adopted by the CITY pertaining to the work,insurance policies and certificates, and any supplemental written agreements amending or extending the scope of the work originally contemplated that may be required to complete the work in a substantial and acceptable manner. SECOND. THE WORK. CONTRACTOR agrees to famish all tools, labor,material, equipment, transportation,and supplies necessary to perform and complete in good and workmanlike manner the construction of Del Obispo Street Widening: From. Alipaz Street to Pasco Adelanto (CIP 122) in strict conformity with the Plans, Specifications and all other contract documents, which documents are on file at the Office of the City Clerk, City Hall, 32400 Paseo Adelanto, San Juan Capistrano, California. THIRD. PAYMENT. CITY agrees to pay, and CONTRACTOR agrees to accept, the lump sum adjusted for variations of quantities, at the prices designated in bid proposal at the time and in the manner set forth in the Specifications. FOURTH. COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK. CONTRACTOR agrees to begin and complete the work within the time specified in the Notice Inviting .Bids. It is agreed C-1 that it would be impractical and extremely difficult to fix the actual amount of dam.dges, and loss sustained by CITY, should CONTRACTOR fail to complete the work in the specified time; therefore, CONTRACTOR shall pay CITY, as liquidated damages, not in the nature of a penalty, Five Hundred Fifty Dollars($500)per calendar day for each day delayed;provided that extensions of time with waiver of liquidated damages,may be granted as provided in the Specifications. FIFTH. PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL BOND. CONTRACTOR agrees to furnish bonds guaranteeing the performance of this contract and guaranteeing payment of all labor and material used under this contract, as required by the IwVs of the State of California,on forms approved by the CITY. The Performance Bond shall be for an amount of one hundred percent (100%)of the amount of this contract and shall be conditioned on full and complete performance of the contract,guaranteeing the work against faulty workmanship and materials for ape riod of one(1) year after completion and acceptance. The Labor and Material Bond shall be for an amount of one hundred percent(100%)of the amount of this contract and shall be conditioned upon full payment of all Labor and Material entering into or incidental to the work covered by this contract. CONTRACTOR agrees to furnish the bonds on the forms found within the Specifications. CONTRACTOR agrees to pay CITY such sum as the Co rt may judge as reasonable for the legal services of any attorney representing the CITY in any action brought to enforce or interpret the obligations of this agreement, and such sums shall be made a part of any judgment in such action against CONTRACTOR if such action is determined in favor of said CITY. The required Perforinance, Labor and Materials Bonds, and Bid Bond shall provide that the surety shall pay attorney's fees incurred by CITY in enforcing this agreement. SIXTH. GENERAL PREVAILING RATE OF PER DIEM WAGES. Pursuant to the Labor Code of the State of California, copies of the prevailing rate ofper diem wages,as detern-iined by the Director of the State Department of Industrial Relations, are on file in the Office of the City Clerk, 32400 Pasco Adelanto, San Juan Capistrano, California, and are hereby incorporated and made a part hereof. CONTRACTOR.agrees that he,or any SUB-CONTRACTOR under him, shallI pay not less than the foregoing specified prevailing rates of wages to all workmen employed in the execution of the contract. C-2 SEVENTH. INSURANCE. CONTRACTOR shall maintain at all times during this contract liability and property damage insurance naming the CITY and its elected and appointed officials as a named insured, which such policies shall be of an amount not less than One Million Dollars combined single limit. Insurance certificates shall be for a minimum period of one year. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in full force and effect comprehensive automobile liability coverage, including owned, hired, and non-owned vehicles in the following minimum amounts: $1,000,000 property damage; $1,000,000 injury to one person/any one occurrence/not limited to contractual period; $2,000,000 injury to more than one person/any one occurrence/not limited to contractual period. The insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have an attached rider providing that in the event of expiration of proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the CITY shall be notified by registered mail,return receipt requested,giving a sufficient time before the date thereof to comply with the applicable law or statute but in no event less than 30 days before expiration or cancellation is effective. CONTRACTOR shall provide to CITY the policy certificate establishing that the required level of insurance has been satisfied. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, defend and save harmless the CITY, its officers, agents, and employees from and against any and all claims,demands,loss or liability of any kind or nature which CONTRACTOR, its officers, agents and employees may sustain or incur or which may be imposed upon them or any of them for injury to or death of persons, damage to property as a result of, or arising out of, or in any manner connected with the performance of the obligations under this contract. EIGHTH. COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER PROVISIONS OF LAW RELATIVE TO PUBLIC CONTRACTS. CITY is subject to the provisions of the Government Code and the Labor Code of the State of California. It is stipulated and agreed that all provisions of law applicable to public contracts are a part of this contract to the same extent as though set forth herein and shall be complied with by CONTRACTOR. These include, but are not limited to, the stipulation that eight (8)hours labor constitute a legal day's work and CONTRACTOR shall, as a penalty to CITY, forfeit Twenty-five Dollar ($25) for each workman employed in the execution of the Contract by C-3 CONTRACTOR, or by any SUB-CONTRACTOR, for each calendar day during which such workman is required or permitted to work more than eight(8)hours in violation of the provisions of Article Three, Chapter One, Part Seven, Division 2, of the California Labor Cade, except as �. permitted by law. If CONTRACTOR is not already enrolled in the U.S. Department of Homeland Security's E-Verify program, CONTRACTOR shall enroll in the E-Verify program within fifteen days of the effective date of this Agreement to verify the employment authorization of new employees assigned to perform work hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall verify employment authorization within three days of hiring a new employee to perform work under this Agreement. Information pertaining to the E- Verify program can be found at httl):/`ww w,.I scis.izov, or access the registration page at https://www.visdhs.com/ernployerregistration. CONTRACTOR shall certify its registration with E- Verify and provide its registration number within sixteen days of the effective date of this Agreement.Failure to provide certification will result in withholding payment until full compliance y is demonstrated. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this contract is executed by the duly authorized agent(s) of CITY, pursuant to City Council action, and by CONTRACTOR on the date set before the name of each. City of San Juan Capistrano DATED: BY: _ MARK NIELSEN, MAYOR BY: CONTRACTOR, LICENSE NO, AND CLASSIFICATION C-4 ATTEST: Meg Monahan, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: Omar Sandoval, City Attorney C-5 CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR DEL OBISPO STREET WIDENING, FROM ALIPAZ STREET TO PASEO ADELANTO (CIP 122) SPECIAL PROVISIONS WORK TO BE DONE The project consists of widening Del Obispo Street between Al.ipaz Street and Paseo Adelanto, and widening the west side'af Paseo Adelanto south of Del Obispo Street. The construction work includes concrete bridge widening, steel piles, concrete piers, debris wall and abutments, structure removal (portion), concrete railing, concrete channel reconstruction, access road reconstruction, storm drain reconstruction, water line removal and construction, coordination with utilities,joint utility trench construction,tree removal,landscaping and irrigation,retaining walls,asphalt paving, sidewalks, curb and gutter, grading, chain link fence, traffic signal modification, street luting, signing and striping, signing,BMP construction, and preparation and implementation of SWPPP. SECTION 1 - STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS The contractor shall perform his work in accordance with.the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2000 Edition,including all Supplements,hereinafter referred to as the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of this book on the job-site at all times. Unless otherwise specified, Errata and Supplements to the Standard Specifications shall be past of these specifications. The provisions of the Standard Specifications shall be modified as indicated below: Change 1: Section 2-9 - Siarveying The Contractor will perform and be responsible for the accuracy of survey adequate for construction. The Contractor shall preserve construction survey stakes and marks for the duration of their usefulness. If any construction survey stakes are lost or disturbed and need to be replaced, such replacement shall be by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall dig all holes necessary for line and grade stakes. Unless Otherwise specified, stakes will be set and stationed by the Contractor for curbs,, headers, sewers, storm drains, structures and rough grade and a corresponding cut or fill to finished grade (or flowline) indicated on a grade sheet. Preservation of survey monuments and monumentation identification shall be performed per Sections I'1 --Preservation of Survey Monument and 12—Monumentation Identification of these Special Provisions. SP-1 Change 2: Section 5-6 —Cooperation Add the following: The Contractor shall provide coordination will all the utility companies. The Contractor shall arrange for and conduct a pre-construction meeting between the Contractor, City Engineer and the utility companies to discuss scheduling, coordination of any required utility relocations, concurrent utility construction and the protection of existing utilities. In addition to the utility relocations identified on the project plans, coordination with other utility projects by others is required. -Concurrent utility work within or adjacent to the project limits include Underground Utility District (UUD) 05-02, the conversion of overhead SDG&E, AT&T, Cox and MCI facilities between.Alipaz Street and Paseo Adelanto. The Orange County Department of Public Works, Flood Control Division, will be utilizing portions of the Northeast corner of Alipaz Street and Del Obispo Street for construction staging associated with their channel repair program. The Contractor shall provide coordination with the County to not interfere with their staging area and operations. Change 3: Section 6-2 — Prosecution of Work Add the following: The First Order of Work shall be ordering the traffic signal poles, mast arms and other long-lead equipment items so as to not delay the project schedule. Change 4: Section 6-5 Termination of Contract Add the following: If at any time, in the opinion of the Director of Engineering and Building,Contractor fails to supply suitable equipment, an adequate working force,or material of proper quality, or shall fail in any respect to prosecute any work with the diligence and force specified and intended in and by the terms of the Contract, notice thereof in writing shall be served upon him, and should he neglect or refuse to provide means for satisfactory compliance with the contract, as directed by the Director of Engineering and Building, within the time specified in such notice, the City of San Juan Capistrano; in any such case, shall have the power to terminate all or any portion of the contract. Upon receiving notice of such termination, Contractor shall. discontinue said work or such T parts of it as the City of San Juan Capistrano may designate. Upon such termination, the Contractor's control shall terminate and thereupon the Members of the City Council, or its duly authorized representative, may take possession of all or any part of the Contractor's materials, tools, equipment, appliances, and plant, and buy such additional materials and supplies at the Contractor's expense as may be necessary for the proper conduct of the work and for completion thereof, or may employ other parties to carry the contract to completion, SP-2 employ the.necessary workmen, substitute other machinery or materials and purchase the materials contracted for, in such manner as the City of San Juan Capistrano may deem proper; or the Members of the City Council may annul and cancel the contract and re-let the work or any part thereof. Any excess of cost arising therefrom over and above the contract price will be charged against the Contractor and his sureties, who will be liable therefor. In the event of such termination, all money due the Contractor retained under the terms of this contract shall be forfeifed to the City of San Juan Capistrano; but such forfeiture will not release the Contractor or the sureties from liability or failure to fulfill the contract. Contractor and sureties will be credited with the amount of monies so forfeited toward any excess of cost over and above the contract price,arising from the suspension of the operation of the contract and the completion of the work by the City of San.Juan Capistrano as provided above, and the Contractor will be credited with any surplus remaining after all just claims for such completion have been paid. Change 5: Section 6-7.2 —Working Day Add the following: Months of Work: Construction in the channel will be limited to July 2'd to October 15`x'. With Fish and. Wildlife Service (FWS) approval based on steelhead migratory conditions, channel work may be performed between.April 15"' and July 1St. Days of Work: Days of work shall be Monday through Friday. Work on Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays is not permitted unless authorized in writing by the Engineer. Hours of Work: Hours of work shall be 8:30 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. for work within the roadway; and work that interferes with the flow of traffic and obstructs travel lanes. Hours of work for work outside of the roadway;and work that does not interfere with the flow of traffic or obstruct travel lanes shall be 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. as approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not start any work that cannot be completed by the end of the working day time listed above. Change 6: Section 7-8.4.2 - Storage in Public Streets Construction equipment and materials shall not be stored in streets,roads,highways or public right-of-way. All materials or equipment not installed or used in construction within the daily work period shall be stored elsewhere by the contractor at its expense. Construction equipment shall not be stored at the work site before its actual use on the work. Excavated material, except that which is to be used as backfill in the adjacent trench, shall not be stored in public streets,roads,highways or public right-of-way. After placing backfill, all excess material shall be removed immediately from the site. SP-3 Change 7: Section 7-13 - Laws to be Observed Add: "All contractors and subcontractors shall comply with all sections of the Municipal Code of the City of San Juan Capistrano, especially Section: 6-3.06(b), (c), (d) and (e) and shall secure the services of the City's exclusive solid waste hauler for their solid waste handling needs." Change 8: Section 8 - Facilities for City Personnel Delete this Section. SECTION 2 -TERMS DEFINED Whenever in the said Standard Specifications the following terms are used,it is hereby provided that the following City departments or person shall be intended: AGENCY shall mean City of San. Juan Capistrano whenever appropriate. BOARD shall mean the City Council of the City of San Juan Capistrano. CITY shall mean the City of San Juan Capistrano. COUNTY shall mean the County of Orange Public Work Department or other division as designated by the same. ENGINEER shall mean City Engineer or other person(s) designated by same. SECTION 3 - FLOW AND ACCEPTANCE OF WATER Surface or other waters may be encountered at various times during construction. The Contractor,by submitting a bid,acknowledges that he has investigated the risks arising from surface or other waters and has prepared.his bid accordingly. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to protect his work from danger due to any waters encountered. Should any damage to the work due to surface or other water occur prior to acceptance of the work by the City, the Contractor shall repair such damage at his expense, SECTION 4 - WATER Water will be available from the City of San Juan Capistrano Water Department. Arrangements for temporary construction water services permit and water service may be made by contracting the Water District at(949)443-6363 one week prior to need for service. All water facility construction shall conform to the"Standard Specifications for Construction of the Domestic Water and Recycled Water Facilities (August 2006)" and "The Uniform Plumbing Code," 2001 Edition. SECTION S - INSURANCE AND OVERHEAD COSTS The Contractor shall receive no direct compensation for insurance and overhead(move-in costs,for SP-4 example) costs. Accordingly, these costs should be prorated to the appropriate bid items. SECTION 6=PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT The Engineer has endeavored to show all existing utilities. The Contractor must,however,take all due precautionary measures to protect all of the existing utilities. The Contractor shall have all utilities located by contacting the responsible agency at lease 48 hours prior to commencing any construction work. The Contractor's attention is directed to the utility notification service provided by UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT (USA). USA member utilities will provide the Contractor with the locations of their substructures in the construction area when the Contractor gives at least 48 hours notice to the USA by calling 1-500-422-4133. Other utility phone numbers are noted on Sheet 1 of the plans. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section, shall be considered as included in the contract bid prices paid for the various items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. The Contractor shall provide potholing services as identified in the Detail Specifications of these Project Specifications. SECTION 7 - PROTECTION OF PRIVATE PROPERTY The Contractor must remain within the construction zone to the best of his ability. The Contractor must protect all existing private property. SECTION 8 - CONSTRUCTION ZONE Contractor shall protect property and facilities adjacent to the construction zone,and all property and facilities within the construction zone which are shown on the plans to be protected. After completion of project, the construction zone shall be clean and in a presentable condition. All public- or privately-owned improvements and facilities shall be restored to their original condition and location. In the event improvements of facilities are damaged,they shall be replaced with new materials equal to the original. Nothing herein shall be construed to entitle the Contractor to the exclusive use of any public street, way or parking area during performance of the contract work, and Contractor shall conduct his operations so as not to interfere with the authorized work of utility companies or other agencies in such streets, way or parking areas. The Contractor shall be responsible for investigating conditions of available public and private roads and of clearances,restrictions and other limitations affecting transportation and ingress and egress to the site of the work. SECTION 9 - PRE-CONSTRUCTION COORDINATION MEETING Prior to the commencement of construction, arrangements will be made for a meeting between the Contractor, the Engineer, and involved utility representatives. The purpose of this meeting is to coordinate the activities of the Contractor within the limits of this contract, review scheduling, SP-5 .discuss construction methods and clarify inspection procedures. The Contractor will be required to submit a complete schedule in the attached form showing the number of working days required to complete each phase of the project. This schedule shall be approved by the City Engineer prior to the start of construction. SECTION 10—PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE Water Pollution Control No person shall commence or continue any construction project in the City that causes the disturbance of existing ground by clearing, grading, saw cutting, or excavating without 'Obtaining a permit from the City. The Contractor shall be informed regarding, and shall adhere to, the requirements of the State Water Resources Control Board and the San Diego Regional Water Quality Control Board(RWQCB). All work shall be performed in accordance with: 1. The National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System.(NPDES)General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity (General Permit) (when applicable), Water Quality Order 99-08-DWQ,NPDES No. CAS000002 and subsequent modifications,which can be found on the internet at. http://\k-,,vw.waterboard.s,ca.gov/stormwtr/construction.html 2. The Waste Discharge Requirements for Discharges of Urban Runoff from the Municipal Separate Storm Sewer Systems (MS4s) Water Quality Order No. R9-2002-0001, NPDES NO. CAS0I08740; and any subsequent modifications thereof; The following requirements shall apply to all projects undergoing construction in the City. The requirements set forth below shall apply at the time of demolition of an existing structure or construction. 1. The Contractor shall implement an effective combination of erosion and sediment controls,waste and materials management controls, and other BMPs, as required to minimize transport of pollutants from the site to streets, drainage facilities or adjoining property by wind or runoff,to the maximum extent practicable. If the Engineer determines that the Contractor's measures are not adequate,the Contractor shall provide whatever additional measures are required to achieve compliance. 2. The Contractor shall designate a qualified person who is trained and competent in the use of Best Manacrement Practices(BMP's) and who shall be on the site daily, although not necessarily full time,to evaluate the conditions of the site with respect to storm water pollution prevention. This person shall ensure the implementation of the conditions of the City of San Juan Capistrano, the Contract Documents,the City's Local water quality ordinance(www.sanjuancapistrano.org),and other State and local regulations and ordinances with respect to control of erosion, sediment and SP-6 other forms of water pollution, as well as other waste management regulations. Further, this person shall be responsible for monitoring weather and implementation of any emergency plans as needed. The weather shall be monitored on a five-day forecast plan and a full BMP protection plan shall be activated when a 40% chance of rain is forecasted. This person shall also be responsible for overseeing the general project operations and evaluating the cffectiveness of the BMP's. This person shall modify the BMP's as necessary to keep the project site in compliance. This person or other designated site management staff shall be responsible to inspect the BMP's routinely and ensure maintenance measures are implemented. 3. The Contractor shall educate all employees, subcontractors, and suppliers about storm water BMPs and water pollution controls required during various construction activities to prevent the impact of construction discharges. The contractor shall ensure that all personnel are trained in basic urban runoff management.A list of attendees and copies of the educational materials shall be kept on file at the site and submitted to the Engineer at the conclusion of each training session, upon request. 4. The Contractor shall protect with BMPs, such as gravel bags and filter fabric or other BMP approved by the City, all new and existing storm water conveyance system structures and other facilities from sedimentation or other related construction debris and discharges, or by any other equal product that is approved by the liegineer. 5. No washing of construction or other industrial vehicles shall be allowed adjacent to a construction site.No water from washing vehicles on a construction site is allowed to run off into the City's stor€n drain system, including the streets and gutters. 6. The Contractor shall prevent any discharge of concrete rinse water,saw cutting and cold milling materials, and other pollutant into a storrrawater conveyance facility with physical barriers. Polluted discharges are prohibited from entering the storm drain system,including the streets and gutters. 7. Any sediments or other materials, which are not retained on the site shall be removed the same day prior to leaving the site.Where determined necessary by the Engineer or his or her designated representative, a temporary sediment barrier shall be installed. S. On an emergency basis only,plastic covering maybe utilized to prevent erosion of an otherwise unprotected area, along with runoff devices to intercept and effectively convey the runoff to the storm drain system after elimination of contaminants. These measures cannot be used for a duration longer than 48 hours unless specifically approved by the City. 9. Drainage controls shall be utilized at all project locations. Nuisance flow resulting from landscaping and irrigation runoff(if applicable) shall be retained on-site the extent of proposed construction activities. 10. Contractor shall refer to and be familiar wAk the most recent edition of the Construction BMP Handbook, produced and published by the California Stormwater Quality Association at www.caBMPhandbooks.com. This document can be used for specific guidance on selecting best management practices for reducing pollutants in storm water discharges from construction activities. SP-7 11. Littering. No person shall throw, deposit, place, leave, maintain, keep or permit to be thrown, deposited,placed,left or maintained or kept,any refuse,rubbish,garbage,broken concrete,or any other discarded or abandoned, articles or accumulations, in or upon any street, alley, sidewalk, r storm drain,inlet, catch basin conduit or structure,business place,or upon any public or private plot of land in the City, so that the same might be or become a pollutant, except in containers, recycling bags, or other lawfully established waste disposal facilities. 12. At least 24 hours in advance of any storm event where the probability of rain is 40 percent or greater, all BMPs that are installed in the curb and gutter, in front of or on a storm drain catch basin,or around storm drain drop inlets are to be removed to prevent blocking of any storm drain or impede drainage.This does not relieve the Contractor's obligation to prevent silt, sediment, or any Other pollutant from entering the storm drain system as a result of work activities. 13. During the dry season (May I through September 30 each year), the Contractor shall inspect at least weekly all pollutant control measures installed to mitigate construction activities during the dry season. For the duration of the project, the Contractor shall submit, with each progress payment request,documentation that these pollutant control measures were inspected,including detailed inspection reports. 14. During the rainy season(October I st through April 30th each year),the Contractor shall inspect at least daily all pollutant control measures, and inspect before and after every rain event and. every 24 hours during any prolonged rain event. The Contractor shall implement special maintenance measures as required to meet all requirements at Contractor expense. At the conclusion of any rain event, the Contractor shall immediately repair all pollutant control measures. For the duration of the project, the Contractor shall submit, with each progress payment request,documentation that these pollutant control measures were inspected, including detailed inspection reports, and a fast of BMP's that were found to be inadequate. 15. The Contactor shall perform routine maintenance of all pollution control measures continuously for the duration of the project. The Contractor shall implement special' aintenare measures - before and after every rain event and every 24 hours during any prolonged rain. event. The Contractor shall maintain and repair all pollutant control measures as soon as possible after the conclusion of each rain event as worker safety allows. For the duration of the project, the Contractor shall submit,with each progress payment request,documentation that these pollutant control measures were maintained, including detailed inspection reports, work orders on daily routine work and special maintenance work that was performed, and a list of BMP s that were found to be inadequate. The Contractor shall monitor the project site for unmitigated non-stormwater discharge 24 hours and day, 7 days a week, throughout the duration of the project construction. If an unmitigated non- storinwater discharge leaves the project site at any time,the Contractor shall immediately stop all the activity causing the discharge and mitigate the discharge. The Contractor shall also immediately notify the Engineer of the discharge. As soon as practical, any and all waste material, sediment, debris or other pollution from any discharge shall be removed from the drainage system by the Contractor.The Contractor shall adhere to reporting requirements as identified in the General Permit for Construction Water Quality Order 99-08-DWQ, NPDES No. CAS000002. SP-8 Whenever an authorized inspector has reasonable cause to believe that there exists on the construction site any condition, which constitutes an impact to human or environmental health (as defined in the City's stormwater program),or if Contractor is notified of required corrections and does not correct in the amount of time provided and/or violation-of the provisions of the requirements herein, the permit will cause to be in effect,and all construction works on the site shall be terminated at the Contractor's expense.The Contractor shall conform to all Stormwater control BMPs designated by the Engineer,in accordance with the recommendations and specifications set forth in the Stormwater NPDES, and as outlined herein in this Contract Document. Spillage Any spillage of fuel, oil or hazardous materials from construction equipment or vehicles must be immediately and properly cleaned up and removed froze. the OCFCD's right-of-way. For spills of significant volume, notifications must be immediately made to OC Public Works/Environmental Resources for assessment of appropriate corrective action. Contaminated soil, sand or material and hazardous wastes generated from the cleanup must be disposed by approved methods. Contractor assumes full responsibility for costs to investigate extent of contamination, cleanup, waste removal and implementation of an approved remedial action plan for the release of any wastes or hazardous materials that result in soil, surface water and groundwater contamination. Notifications to be submitted to OC Public Works/Environmental Resources, should be to: Due Nguyen (714) 955-0676 or (877) 89-SPILL. For emergency or after-hours spill notification, call (877) 89-SPILL, or contact Orange County Sheriff s Communications Control 1 by dialing 911. SECTION 11 - PRESERVATION OF SURVEY MONUMENT Effective January 1, 1995, AB 1414 "Preservation of Survey Monumentation Compliance with Section 8771 of the Business and Professional Code" provides for the preservation of Survey Monuments in construction projects. This legislation mandates that prior to construction monuments are to be referenced in the field and"Corner Records"prepared for filing in the Office of the County Surveyor. It also mandates that after construction,monuments are to be reset and "Corner Records" filed with the.County Surveyor. This must be done prior to certifying completion of a project. The City requires monumentation preservation on all capital improvement projects where monumentation points are present and the contractor shall be responsible for submitting proper documentation to the Office of the County Surveyor in compliance with AB 1414. Project finalization, Notice of Completion and/or release of retention shall be contingent upon obtaining documentation from the contractor`s project surveyor or engineer that monuments have been set or restored and Corner Records filed with, and to, the satisfaction of the County Surveyor. All costs necessary to comply with this legislation shall be allocated to the appropriate bid item. SECTION 12 - MONUMENTATION IDENTIFICATION In accordance with the Pro;Cessional Land,Surveyor Act, Section 8772, any monument set by a licensed land surveyor or registered civil engineer to mark car reference a point on a property or land line shall be permanently and visibly marked or tagged with the certificate number of the surveyor or SP-9 civil engineer setting it, each number to be preceded by the letters"LS."or"R.C.E.,"respectively,as the case may be,or, if the monument is set by a�public agency, it shall be marked with the name of lie agency and the political subdivision it serves. Nothing in this section shall prevent the inclusion of other information on the tag that will assist in the tracink or location of the survey records that relate 'to the tagged monument. Centerline ties filed with the Orange County Surveyor will be checked for compliance with this law. SECTION 13 ----MITIGATIONN MEASURES The Contractor shall provide the required Mitigation Measures necessary for this project and coordinate with the City where applicable and as required per the measure. The following table identifies the mitigation measure and associated responsibility. Mwsc M�f�gafina Measare/Stand rd �mnd�t�caaa Resportsxbxl(rty, No. Air Quality Best Available Control Measures (BACMs) shall be implemented during the construction phase where feasible. The following standard construction activity emissions controls shall be implemented to ensure that dust and exhaust emissions are minimized. Dust Control 3 Apply soil stabilizers to inactive areas. ® Prepare a high wind dust control plan and implement plan elements and tenninate soil disWrbance when winds exceed 25 mph. • Stabilize previously disturbed areas if subsequent construction is delayed. '-1 ® exposed osed ground surfaces under current Contractor l p ' disturbance 3 times/day. Cover all stock piles with tarps. Replace ground cover in disturbed areas as soon as feasible. ® Reduce speeds on unpaved surfaces to less than 15 mph. Wash/sweep site access points within 30 minutes of any observed visible dirt spilling on public streets and at the end of the workday. Exhaust Emissions ® Require 90-day low-NOx tune-ups for off-road SP-10 MM/SC'` rt�gatc�n TMeasure/Standard Condition Responsb�lity I equipment. ® Limit allowable idling to 5 minutes for trucks and heavy equipment. ® Use equipment whose engines are equipped with diesel oxidation catalysts if available, or newer equipment rated at Tier 3 or better, o Use diesel particulate filter on heavy equipment where feasible. Biological Resources The project will be designed such that there is no change in storm water quality,volume or velocity. During and following construction,a Water Quality Management Plan(WQMP)and 4-1 Best Management Practices (BMPs) will be implemented to City/Contractor ensure no adverse water quality impacts occur on site or downstream of the project area which flows to San Juan Creek, a known 303(d) Iisted water in the San Diego region.. The 0.30 acre of riparian herb habitat shall be revegetated with similar riparian herb species immediately upon completion of 4- construction. The landscaping palette will utilize non-invasive City species. During any construction activity within the creek channel(i.e., constructing falsework, constructing bridge piers, etc.), the water flow in the creek channel will be temporarily diverted 4-3 consistent with California :Department of Fish & Game- Contractor recommended design specifications so as to provide for continued upstream and downstream fish passage prior to the commencement of and during any work in the creek. Indirect impacts to raptors nesting within 50 feet of the project j will be avoided by either constructing outside of the nesting 4-4 = season or providing noise attenuation such that noise levels do Contractor not exceed 60 dBA hourly Leq at the margin of potential I habitat. Nesting bird surveys are conducted prior to initiating impacts 4-5 i to potential nesting habitat between March 1ST and July 3 5. City Cultural/Scientific Resources E The bridge design shall incorporate the existing Trabuco Creek Bridge construction commemorative plaque in an appropriate wall or sidewalk location The existing plaque shall be 5-1 [ Contractor salvaged, removed in its entirety, stored during construction, and reinstalled in the designated location prior to completion ! of the project. _ Prior to issuance of a grading permit,the City shall ensure that 5- a ualified archaeologist has been retained to monitor site City SP-11 MMISCI'i Mitigation Measure/Standard Conditioia Responsibility.- � No. clearing, grading, and excavation activities, stating the name, Iqualifications, and contact information for the archaeologist. i A qualified archaeologist (defined as an archaeologist on the List of Certified Archaeologists for Orange County) shall be present at pre-construction meetings to advise construction contractors about the sensitive nature of cultural monitoring requirements. A qualified monitor (defined as an individual with a bachelors degree in anthropology with archaeological monitoring experience), supervised by the qualified archaeologist, shall observe on- and off-site construction activities that result in grading, and/or excavating on or below the original ground surface (including during project-related 5-3 off-site utility[natural gas, electricity, sewer, water, drainage, City communications, etc.] and roadway improvements). Should cultural resources be discovered, the monitor shall have the E power to temporarily halt or divert construction activities until the qualified archaeologist can determine if the resources are [. significant and, if significant, until recovered by the Earchaeologist. In the.event that human remains are discovered, construction activities shall be halted or diverted until the provisions of §7050.5 of the Health and Safety Code and §5097.98 of the Public Resources Code have been j implemented. Prior to issuance of a grading permit, the City will retain. a I qualified paleontologist to monitor ground-disturbing activity. Collections of exposed fossils will be made by the paleontologist from the lithologic units of high paleontological 5-4 importance. All vertebrate and representative samples of City megainvertebrate and plant fossils will be collected. Productive sites will be excavated and approximately 2,000 pound (lb.) rock samples will be collected to process for [ micro-vertebrate fossil remains. If any significant large fossil remains are uncovered during earth-moving activities the paleontologist will divert earth- moving equipment away from the site until he or she has examined the remains. If the remains are determined to be 5-5 1important, the paleontologist will remove thein. If warranted, City a sample of rock will be collected for processing. The paleontologist will be equipped to allow for the rapid removal of fossil remains and/or matrix and thus reduce the potential 1 for construction delays. t � - j If significant fossil remains are observed and if safety ` restrictions permit, the construction contractor will allow the 5-6 paleontologist to safely determine if material is significant. City/Contractor E p � y � At thepaleontologist's discretion,the grading contractor may SP-12 mwM qS ': 1V itigafon Measure/Sfax lard Condif 6i Responsibility, [ No.. assist in the removal of the fossil remains and rock to reduce any delay in construction. Depending upon the paleontological importance of the rock F unit,the rock will be examined periodically formicrofossils by wet or dry screening. If important fossil remains are found as a 5-7 result of screening, samples of sufficient size to generate a City [ representation of the organisms preserved will be collected and processed, if warranted, onsite or at a convenient location. Fossils recovered from the field or by processing will be 5-8 prepared, identified, and along with the accompanying field Cit notes,maps, and photographs accessioned into the collections y of a designate 1, accredited museum. Soils and Geology Prior to come-nencement of construction, the geotechnical consultant shall review the final construction plans and specifications in order to confirm that the general intent of the 6-1 measures contained in that report have been incorporated into city the final construction documents. Recommendations contained in the Geotechnical Investigation (November 4, 1 2008) may require modification or additional ) recommendations may be required based on the final design. Earthwork shall be performed in accordance with Section 19 of Caltrans Standard Specifications. Appropriate measures shall 6.2 be taken to prevent damage to adjacent approach Contractor embankments, structures and utilities. If groundwater is encountered during construction, it shall be 6-3 controlled'in accordance with Section 19-3.04 of the Caltrans " Contractor Standard Specifications. Driven pile constructionn shall be in accordance with the � 6-4 specifications prescribed in the Geotechnical Investigation Contractor and/or by the eotechnical en 'neer. Backfillshall be compacted in accordance with Section 19-5 of ! the Caltrans Standard Specifications and. shall be placed in loosfts not exceeding 203 mm (i.e., 8 inches) in thickness, moisture-conditioned to near optimum moisture content, and 6-5 compacted to at least 95 percent relative compaction,based on Contractor [ the maximum density determined by California Test 216. Heavy compaction equipment, such as vibratory rollers, i dozers, or loaders, shall not �e used adjacent to the abutment walls in order to avoid damaging the walls"due to lame lateral earth pressures. Backdrains shall be installed behind abutment walls to relieve 1 � 6- ' i hydrostatic pressure and shall be constructed in accordance Contractor SP-13 M1141SC Mitigation Measure/Standard Cvnditior� Respausibili. _ Nai.: with. Bridge Detail 3-1 in accordance with Caltrans Standard Pians. ! Inspections and testing shall be performed by the geotechnical consultant during the following stages of construction: 1 • Grading operations, including excavations and placement of compacted fill. ' • Pile construction. 6-7 • Shoring installation.. City • Footing excavations. - • Backdrain installation and backfilling of bridge abutment walls. • Removal or installation of support of buried utilities or structures. • When any unusual subsurface conditions are encountered. Expansive soils shall not be placed as part of the embankment within the limits of a bridge abutment. Materials placed 5-8 behind abutment walls shall be low expansive soil with an € Contractor Expansion Index(EI) less than 50 and a Sand Equivalent(SE) of more than 20. HydrologyfWater Quality 1 The project shall 'incorporate construction BMPs for construction-related pollutants and shall secure City approval of a Water Quality Management Plan. (WQMP), which shall 1 emphasize structural and non-structural BMPs for post- ! construction pollutant removal in compliance with NPDES Program requirements. Specific construction BMPs shall include: l i • Erosion and sediment control measures to prevent any ' sediment from leaving the site and entering the creek, i and any necessary measures to prevent erosion. Na Contractor -1 significant erosion is anticipated as the work will mostly be clone on flat portions of the street with no slopes on the project. • Waste and material control measures: Construction- ' ! related materials, wastes, spills or residues shall be € retained on-site to minimize transport from the site to streets, drainage facilities, or adjoining property by ! wind or runoff. • Siltation of drainage devices shall be handled through a SP-l4 14I1!'USC,' M tigationMeasure/Standard Condition Responsibility- IVo... m maintenance program to remove silt/dirt from swales. f • Surplus or waste material from construction shall not be placed in drainage ways or within the 100-yeas floodplain of surface waters. j • All loose piles of soil, silt, clay, sand, debris, or other earthen materials shall be protected in a reasonable manner to eliminate any discharge to waters of the State. • Temporary gravel dikes or gravel bags shall be used as necessary to prevent discharge of earthen materials from the site during periods of precipitation or runoff. [ I • Post construction BMPs shall include the standard adopted city field BMPs, such as regular street sweeping and trash pick up, in addition to the incorporation of 2 bio-swales that will be the main project treatment control BMPs. These swales will capture any trash and oil/grease before the bridge j 1 runoff reaches the creep. Prior to commencement of construction, the Contractor shall prepare an Erosion Control Plan that includes specific 8-2 measures to reduce the potential for erosion. The Erosion Contractor Control Plan will be subject to the review and approval of the City Engineer. Noise Prior to the initiation of construction, a Construction Vibration Monitoring-Plan shall be prepared, which includes a pre-- ! construction survey to ensure safety and serviceability of the closest adjacent residence. In the event access to an affected property is denied by a homeowner,the mortgage holder shall be notified, if known. Existing structural and cosmetic cracks found in the structure shall be identified and catalogued (photographically and narratively). The pre-construction 111 survey and monitoring program shall address the following Contractor j steps: • Inspect present conditions of surrounding buildings • Performa damage susceptibility study to establish vibration control limits. ® Measure vibration background at the area under investigation. SP-I5 MM1SC it gafian Me s z lSt n rd Candit>€€�n Resp rnsab�iity Na. t • Assess problems such as cracking of building or foundation failure. ® Monitor vibration levels during pile driving activity. • Restore any observed damage to re- ro'ect conditions. The pile driver shall be shielded through the use of noise blankets or the placement of a temporary barrier between the 11-2 pile driver and the nearest residence when operating Contractor p p g within 200 feet of noise-sensitive uses. 11-3 The hours of pile driving shall be restricted from to the hours Contractor between 8:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. Monday through Friday. ' Stockpiling and staging activities shall be located as far as 11-4Contractor I practicable from existing dwellings. All mobile equipment shall have properly operating and 11-5 Contractor maintained snufflers. Traffic and Circulation Prior to the authorization to proceed,the contractor retained by the City of San Juan Capistrano shall prepare a Haul Route Plan specific to the project and in compliance with all applicable City standards,which shall be subject to review and 15-1 approval by the Public Works Director or his designee. The Contractor Haul Route Plan shall specify dates, times, and routes for hauling activities within the City. Prior to commencing haul activities, the contractor shall obtain City approval of the required Haul Route Permit and shall pay required fees to the Public Works Department. Prior to commencement of each major phase of construction, the Contractor shall submit a Construction Staging, Parking and Traffic Control plan for approval by the Public Works Department,which shall address issues pertaining to potential traffic conflicts during peak traffic periods, potential displacement of on-street parking, and safety. I i • This plan shall identify the proposed construction staging area(s), construction crew parking area(s), 15-2 estimated number and types of vehicles that will occur Contractor i during that phase, the proposed arrival/departure routes and operational safeguards (e.g. flagmen, barricades, shuttle services, etc.) and hourly restrictions, if ! necessary, to avoid traffic conflicts during peak traffic periods, displacement of on-street parking and to ensure safety. • The construction staging, parking and traffic control plan shall provide for an -off-site parking lot for SP-16 1[1Vf1SC Mitigation.Meas ire/Stanidard.Cohdiflon Responsibility N6. construction crews which will be shuttled to and from the project site at the beginning and end of each day until such time that the project site can accommodate off-street construction vehicle parking. Until that time, construction crews shall be prohibited from,parking in the-adjacent residential neighborhood, ® The plan shall identify all construction traffic routes, which shall avoid narrow residential streets unless there is no alternative, and the plan shall not include I any streets where some form of construction is underway within or adjacent to the street that would impact the efficacy of the proposed route. Material hauling shall not be scheduled during weekday peak hour traffic periods or during the summer season (Memorial Day holiday weekend through and including the Labor Day holiday weekend). The approved construction staging, parking traffic control plan shall be implemented throughout each major construction phase. SECTION 14—PROGRESS SCHEDULE The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer practicable critical path method (CPM) progress schedules in conformance with these special provisions, Whenever the term "schedule is used in this section it shall mean CPM progress schedule. 14.1 Definitions. The following definitions shall apply to this section: A. ACTIVITY - A task, event or other project element on a schedule that contributes to completing the project. Activities have a description, start date,finish date,duration and one or more logic ties. B. BASELINE SCHEDULE - The initial schedule representing the Contractor's work plan on the first working day of the project. C. CONTRACT COMPLETION DATE - The current extended date for completion of the contract shown on the weekly statement of working days furnished by the Engineer in SP-17 conformance with the provisions in Section 8-1.06, "Time of Completion," of the Standard Specifications. D. CRITICAL PATH - The longest continuous chain of activities for the project that has the least amount of total float of all.chains. In general, a delay on the critical path will extend the scheduled completion date. h E. CRITICAL PATH METHOD (CPM) - A network based planning technique using activity durations and the relationships between activities to mathematically calculate a schedule for the entire project. F. DATA DATE - The day alter the date through which a schedule is current. Everything occurring earlier than the data date is "as-built" and everything on or after the data date is "Planned." G. EARLY COMPLETION TIME - The difference in time between an early scheduled completion date and the contract completion date. H. FLOAT-The difference between the earliest and latest allowable start or finish times for an activity. I. MILESTONE-An event activity that has zero duration and is typically used to represent the beginning or end of a certain stage of the project. T. NARRATIVE REPORT - A docurnent submitted with each schedule that discusses topics related to project progress and scheduling. K. NEAR CRITICAL PATH-A chain of activities with total float exceeding that of the critical path but having no more than 10 working days of total float. L. SCHEDULED COMPLETION DATE-The planned project finish date shown on the current accepted schedule. M. TIME IMPACT ANALYSIS - A schedule and narrative report developed specifically to demonstrate what effect a proposed change or delay has on the current scheduled completion date. N. TOTAL FLOAT - The amount of time that an activity or chain of activities can be delayed before extending the scheduled completion date. O. UPDATE SCHEDULE - A current schedule developed from the baseline or subsequent schedule through regular monthly review to incorporate as-built progress and any planned changes. 14.2 General Requirements. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer baseline, monthly update and final update schedules, each consistent in all respects with the time and order of work requirements of the contract. The SP-18 project work shall be executed in the sequence indicated on the current accepted schedule. Schedules shall show the order in which the Contractor proposes to carry out the work with logical links between time-scaled work activities, and calculations made using the critical path method to determine the controlling operation or operations. The Contractor is responsible for assuring that all activity sequences are logical and that each schedule shows a coordinated plan for complete performance of the work. The Contractor shall produce schedules using computer software and shall furnish compatible software for the Engineer's exclusive possession and use. The Contractor shall furnish network diagrams, narrative reports, tabular reports and schedule data as parts of each schedule submittal. Schedules shall include,but not be limited to, activities that show the following that are applicable to the project: A. Project characteristics, salient features, or interfaces, including those with outside entities that could affect time of completion. B. Project start date, scheduled completion date and other milestones. C. Work performed by the Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers. D. Submittal development,delivery,review and approval,including those from the Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers. E. Procurement, delivery, installation and testing of materials, plants and equipment. F. Testing and settlement periods. G. Utility notification and relocation. H. Erection and removal of falsework and shoring. I. Major traffic stage switches. J. Finishing roadway and final cleanup. K. State-owned float as the predecessor activity to the scheduled completion date. Schedules shall have not less than 50 and not more than 500 activities, unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. The number of activities shall be sufficient to assure adequate planning of the project, to permit monitoring and evaluation of progress, and to do an analysis of time impacts. Schedule activities shall include the fallowing: A. A clear and legible description. B. Start and finish dates. SP-19 C. A duration of not less than one working day, except for event activities, and not more than 20 working days, unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. D. At least one predecessor and one successor activity, except for project start and finish milestones. E. Required constraints. F. Codes for responsibility, stage, work shifts, location and contract pay item numbers. The Engineer may adjust contract working days for ordered changes that affect the scheduled completion date, in conformance with the provisions in Section 3, "Changes in Work," of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall prepare a time impact analysis to determine the effect of the change in conformance with the provisions in "Time Impact Analysis" specified herein, and shall include the impacts acceptable to the Engineer in the next update schedule. Changes that do not affect the controlling operation on the critical path will not be considered as the basis for a time adjustment. Changes that do affect the controlling operation on the critical path will be considered by the:Engineer in decreasing time or granting an extension of time for completion of the contract. Time extensions will only be granted if the total float.is absorbed and the scheduled completion date is delayed one or more working days because of the ordered change. The Engineer's review and acceptance of schedules shall not waive any contract requirements and shall not relieve the Contractor of any obligation thereunder or responsibility for submitting complete and accurate information. Schedules that are rejected shall be corrected by the Contractor and resubmitted to the Engineer within S working days of notification by the Engineer, at which time a new review period of one week will begin. Errors or omissions on schedules shall not relieve the Contractor from finishing all work within the time limit specified for completion of the contract. If, after a schedule has been accepted by the Engineer, either the Contractor or the Engineer discover that any aspect of the schedule has an error or omission, it shall be corrected by the Contractor on the next update schedule. 14.3 Computer Software. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a description of proposed software before delivery. The software shall be the current version of Primavera SureTrak Project Manager for . Windows, or equal, and shall be compatible with Windows NT {version 4.0} operating system. If software other than SureTrak.is proposed,it shall be capable of generating files that can be imported into SureTrak. The Contractor shall f�Zish schedule software and all original software instruction manuals to the Engineer with submittal of tfte baseline schedule. The furnished schedule software shall become the property of the City and will not be returned to the Contractor, The Contractor shall instruct the Engineer in the use of the software and provide software support until the contract is accepted. Within 20 working days of contract approval, the Contractor shall provide a commercial 8-hour training session for 2 City authorized representative in the use of the SP-20 software at a location acceptable to the Engineer. It is recommended that the Contractor also send at least 2 employees to the same training session to facilitate development of similar knowledge and skills in the use of the software. 14.4 Network Dia ams, Reports. and Data. The Contractor shall include the following for each schedule submittal: A. Two sets of originally plotted, time-scaled network diagrains. B. Two copies of a narrative report. C. Two copies of each of 3 sorts of the CPM software-generated tabular reports. D. One 1.44-megabyte 90 mm {3.5 inch) floppy diskette containing the schedule data. The time-scaled network diagrams shall conform to the following: A. Show a continuous flow of information from left to right. B. Be based on early start and early finish dates of activities. C. Clearly show the primary paths of criticality using graphical presentation. D. Be prepared on E-size sheets,.860 mm x 1120 nun f 34 inch x 44 inchj. E. Include a title block and a timeline on each page. The narrative report shall be organized in the following sequence with all applicable documents included: A. Contractor's transmittal letter. B. Work completed during the period. C. Identification of unusual conditions or restrictions regarding labor, equipment or material; including multiple shifts, 6-day work weeks, specified overtime or work at times other than regular days or hours. D. Description of the current critical path. E. Changes to the critical path and scheduled completion date since the last schedule submittal. F. Description of problem areas. G. Current and anticipated delays: 1. Cause of delay. 2. Impact of delay on other activities, milestones and completion dates. SP-21 3. Corrective action and schedule adjustments to correct the delay. H. Pending items and status thereof: 1. Permits 2. Change orders 3. Time adjustments 4. Non-compliance notices 1. Reasons for an early or late scheduled completion date in comparison to the contract completion date. Tabular reports shall be software-generated and provide information for each activity included in the project schedule. Three different reports skull be sorted by: (1)activity number, (2) early start and (3) total float. Tabular reports shall be 215 mm x 280 mm {8 112 inch x 11 inch) in size and shall include, as a minimum, the following applicable information: A. Data date B. Activity number and description C. Predecessor and successor activity numbers and descriptions D. Activity codes E. Scheduled, or actual and remaining durations (work days) for each activity F. Earliest start(calendar) date G. Earliest finish (calendar) date H. Actual start (calendar) date 1. Actual finish (calendar) date J. Latest start (calendar) date K. Latest finish (calendar) date L. Free float (work days) M. Total float (work days) N. Percentage of activity complete and remaining duration for incomplete activities. 0. Lags P. Required constraints SP-22 Schedule submittals will only be considered complete when all documents and data have been provided as described above. 14.5 Preconstruction Scheduling Conference, The Contractor shall schedule and the Engineer will conduct a preconstruction scheduling conference with the Contractor's project manager and construction scheduler within 10 working days of the approval of the contract. At thismeeting the Engineer will review the requirements of this section of the special provisions with the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit a general time-scaled logic diagram displaying the major activities and sequence of planned operations and shall be prepared to discuss the proposed work plan and schedule methodology that comply with the requirements of these special provisions. if the Contractor proposes deviations to the construction staging of the project,then the general time-scaled logic diagram shall also display the deviations and resulting time impacts. The Contractor shall be prepared to discuss the proposal. At this meeting, the Contractor shall additionally submit the alphanumeric coding structure and the activity identification system for labeling the work activities. To easily identify relationships, each activity description shall indicate its associated scope or location of work by including such terms as quantity of material, type of work, bridge number, station to station location, side of highway(such as left, right, northbound, southbound), lane number, shoulder, ramp name, ramp line descriptor or mainline. The Engineer will review the logic diagram,coding structure, and activity identification system,and provide any required baseline schedule changes to the Contractor for implementation. 14.6 Baseline Schedule. Beginning the week following the preconstruction scheduling conference,the Contractor shall meet with the Engineer weekly until the baseline schedule is accepted by the Engineer to discuss schedule development and resolve schedule issues. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a baseline schedule within 20 working days of approval of the contract. The Contractor shall allow 3 weeks for the Engineer's review after the baseline schedule and all support data are submitted. In addition, the baseline schedule submittal not be considered complete until the computer software is delivered and installed for use in review of the schedule. The baseline schedule shall include the entire scope of work and how the Contractor plans to complete all work contemplated. The baseline schedule shall show the activities that define the critical path. Multiple critical paths and near-critical }paths shall be kept to a minimum. A total of not more than 50 percent of the baseline schedule activities shall be critical or near critical, unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. The baseline schedule shall not extend beyond the number of working days specified in these special provisions. The baseline schedule shall have a data date of the first working day of the contract and not include any completed work to date. The baseline schedule shall not attribute negative float or negative lag to any activity. SP-23 If the Contractor submits an early completion baseline schedule that shows contract completion in less than 85'percent of the working days specified in these special provisions,the baseline schedule shall be supplemented with resource allocations for every task activity and include time-scaled resource histograms. The resource allocations shall be shown to a level of detail that facilitates report generation based on labor crafts and equipment classes for the Contractor and subcontractors. The Contractor shall use average composite crews to display the labor loading of on-site construction activities. The Contractor shall optimize and level labor to reflect a reasonable plan for accomplishing the work of the contract and to assure that resources are not duplicated in concurrent activities. The time-scaled resource histograms shall show labor crafts and equipment classes to be utilized on the contract. The Engineer may review the baseline schedule activity resource allocations using Means Productivity Standards or equivalent to determine if the schedule is practicable. 14.7 Update Schedule. The Contractor shall submit an update schedule and meet with the Engineer to review contract progress,on or before the first day of each month,beginning one month after the baseline schedule is accepted. The Contractor shall allow 2 weeks for the Engineer's review after the update schedule and all sport data are submitted, except that the review period shall not start until the previous month's required schedule is accepted. Update schedules that are not accepted or rejected within the review period will be considered accepted by the Engineer. The update schedule shall have a data date of the twenty-first day of the month or other date established by the Engineer. The update schedule shall show the status of work actually completed to date and the work yet to be performed as planned.. Actual activity start dates, percent complete and finish dates shall be shown as applicable. Durations for work that has been completed shall be shown on the update schedule as the work actually occurred, including Engineer submittal review and Contractor resubmittal times. The Contractor may include modifications such as adding or deleting activities or changing activity constraints, durations or logic that do not (1) alter the critical path(s) or near critical path(s) or(2) extend the scheduled completion date compared to that shown on the current accepted schedule. The Contractor shall state in writing the reasons for any changes to planned work. If any proposed changes in planned work will result in (1) or (2) above, then the Contractor shall submit a time impact analysis as described herein. 14.8 Tfine Impact Analysis. The Contractor shall submit`a written time impact analysis (TIA)to the Engineer with each request for,adjustment of contract time, or when the Contractor or Engineer consider that an approved or anticipated change may impact the critical path or contract progress. The TIA shall illustrate the impacts of each change or delay on the current scheduled completion date or internal milestone, as appropriate. The analysis shall use the accepted schedule that has a data date closest to and prior to the event. If the Engineer determines that the accepted schedule used does not appropriately represent the conditions prior to the event, the accepted schedule shall be updated to the day before the event being analyzed. The TIA shall include an impact schedule developed from incorporating the event into the accepted schedule by adding or deleting activities,or SP-24 by changing durations or logic of existing activities. If the impact schedule shows that incorporating the,event modifies the critical path and scheduled completion date of the accepted schedule, the difference between scheduled completion dates of the two schedules shall be.equal to the adjustment of contract time. The Engineer may construct and utilize an appropriate project schedule or other recognized method to determine adjustments in contract time until the Contractor provides the TIA. The Contractor shall submit a TIA in duplicate within 1,5 working days of receiving a written request for a TIA from the Engineer: The Contractor shall allow the Engineer 2 weeks after receipt to approve or reject the submitted TTA. All approved TIA schedule changes shall be shown on the next update schedule. L SF-25 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS. Local Assistance Procedures Manual EXHIBIT 12-E &E Checklist Instructions Attachment A SEC`nON 14. ]FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS E GENERAL.----Tho work herein proposed will be financed in whole or in part with Federal funds, and therefore all of the (This forth need not be filled in if all joint venture firms are statutes, rules and regulations promulgated by the Federal Gov- DBE owned.) ernment and applicable to work financed in whole or in part with Federal funds will apply to such work- The "Required Contract 3 Provisions, Federal-Aid Construction Contracts, "Form FHWA I.Name of joint venture 1273; are included in this Section 14. Whenever in said required contract provisions references are made to "SHA. contracting officer,""SIIA resident engineer,"or"authorized representative of the SIiA," such references shall be construed to mean "Engineer" 2.Address of joint venture as defined in Section 1-1-18 of the Standard Specifications. f PERI+ORIvIANCE OF PREVIOUS CONTRACT,—In ad- dition to the provisions in Section It, "Nondiscrimination," and 3.Phone number of joint venture — Section Vtl, "Subletting or Assigning the Contract," of the re- j quired contract provisions, the Contractor shall comply with the Following: 4.Identify the firms which comprise the joint venture. (The The bidder shall execute the CERTIFICATION WITH R.E- (YARD TO THF PFRl^OR1vIAiNCE OF PREVIOUS CON- DBE partner must complete Schedule A.) TRACTS OR SUBCONTRACTS SUBJECT TO THE EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE AND THE FILING OF REQUIRED REPORTS located in the proposal. No request for subletting or assigning any portion of the contract in excess of 510,000 will be considered under the provisions of Section VII of the required contract provisions unless such request is a-Describe the role of the BBE firm in the joint venture, accompanied by the CERTIFICATION ref rred to above, executed by the proposed subcontractor. NON-COLLUSION PROVISION.---The provisions in this b.Describe very briefly the cxpericncL and business section are applicable to all contracts except contracts for Federal Aid Secondary projects. qualifications of each non-D13E joint venturer: Title 23, United States Code, Section 112, requires as a condi- tion precedent to approval by the Federal Highway Administrator of the contract for this work that each bidder file a sworn statement executed by, or on behalf of, the person, firm, association, or corporation to whom such contract is to he awarded,certifying that such person, firm, association, or corporation has not, either S.Nature of the joint venture's business directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with the submitted bid. A form to make the non-collusion affidavit statement required by Section 6.Provide a copy of the joint venture agreement. 112 as a certification under penalty of perjury rather than as a sworn statement as permitted by 28, USC, Sec. 1745, is included 7.What is the claimed percentage of DBE ownership? in the proposal PARTICIPATION BY DISADVAtNTAGFD BUSINESS EN- TERPRISES 1N SUBCONTRACTING.—Part 26, Title 49, 8.Ownership of joint venture: (This need not be filled in if Code of Federal Regulations applies to this Federal-aid project. Pertinent sections of said Code are incorporated in part or in its described in the joint venture agreement, provided by question entirety within other sections of these special provisions. Schedule 13—Information for Determining Joint Venture Eli- gibility - Revised 3-95 FR-1 Page 12-f5 LPP 01-04 March 15,2001 EXHIBIT 12-E Local Assistance Procedures Manual Attachment A PS&E Checklist Instructions a.Profit and lass sharing. ..................................................................................................... b.Capital contributions, including equipment, Name of Firm Name of Firm c-Other applicable ownership interests. 9.Control of and participation in this contract. Identify by Signature Signature name, race,sex,and"firm"those individuals(and their titles) who are responsible for day-to-day management and policy ............................................................................... decision making, including, but not limited to, those with Name blame prime responsibility for: ............... ............................. ................................................ Title Title a.Financial decisions Bate Data b.Management decisions,such as: Hate 1.Fstima6ng State of — County of 2.Marketing and sales On this _ day of 19 before me 3.14iring and Firing of mana;ernent personnel appeared (Name) to me personally known, who, being duly sworn, did execute the foregoing aff€- 4.Purchasing of major items or supplies davit, and did state that he or she was properly authorized by (Name of firm) _ to execute.the affidavit and did so as his or her free act and deed. c_Supervision of field operations_ Notary Public Commission expires Note.—If,after filing(his Schedule 13 and before the comple- tion of the joint venture's work on the contract covered by this [Seal] regulation, there is any significant change in the information submitted, the,joint venture must inform the grantee, either di- late rectly or through the prime contractor if tire joint venture is a subcontractor. State of Affidavit County of "The undersigned swear that the foregoing statements are cor- On this day of 19 _, before sue rect and include all material information necessary to identify and explain the terms and operation of our joint venture and the appeared(name)_ _ to me personally known, intended participation by each joint venturer in the undertaking. Further, the undersigned covenant and agree to provide to who,being duly sworn,did execute the foregoing affidavit, and grantee current, complete and accurate information regarding actual joint venture work and the paymentthcrefor and any pro- did state that he or she was properly authorized by (Name of posed changes in any of the joint venture arrangements and to to execute tine affidavit permit fhc audit and examination of the books,records and files firm) of the joint aenture, or those of each joint venturer relevant ro tate-joint venture,by authorized representatives of the grantee or and did so as his or her free act and deed. tite Pedcral funding agency. Any material misrepresentation will be grounds for terminating any contract which may be ]votary Public _. awarded and Car initiating action under Federal or State laws concerning false statements." Corrimission expires _.. Revised 3-95 QS-a7-95 FR-2 Page 12-66 March 15,2001 LPP 01.-04 Local Assistance Procedures Manual EXHIBIT I2-E PS&E Checklist instructions Attachment B REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS FEDERAL-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT'S exclusive of Appalachian Contracts) 6.Selection of Labor: During the performance of this contract, Page the contractor shall not: I. General....................................................................... 3 11. Nondiscr mination .................................................... 3. a.discriminate against labor from any other State,possession, III. Nonsegregated Facilities .........................................,.., 5 or territory of the United States (except for employment IV. Payment ofPrcdetermimd Minimum Wage .............. 6 preference for Appalachian contracts, when applicable, as V. Statements and Payrolls .................. ...... 8 specified in Attachment A),or VI. Record of Materials,Supplies,and Labor.................. 9 b,employ convict labor for any purpose within the limits of VII. Subletting or Assigning the Contract ......................... 9 the project unless it is labor performed by convicts who are on VIII. Safety: Accident Prevention 1111.....................11..1.1..... 10 parole,supervised release,or probation. IX. False Statements Concerning Highway Project.......... 10 X. Implementation of Clean Air Act and Federal Water Il. NONDISCRIMINATION Pollution Control Act.......---..................................... 10 Xl. Certification Regarding Debarment,Suspension, (Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all Ineligibility,and Voluntary Exclusion ...---....,....... 11 related subcontracts of$10,000 or more,) ?CII. Certification Regarding Use of Contract Funds for I,Equal Employment Opportunity: Equal employment Lobbying.................................................................... 12 opportunity (EEO) requirements not to discriminate and to take. ATTACHMENTS S affirmative action to assure equal opportunity as set forth under laws, executive orders, rules, regulations (28 CFR 35, 29 CFTC 1 63 0, and 41 CFR 60) and orders of the Secretary of i A.Employment Preference for Appalachian Contracts(included Labor as modified by the provisions prescribed herein, and im- in Appalachian contracts only) posed pursuant to 23 U,S.C. l40 shall constitute the EEO and specific affirmative action standards for the contractor's project 1. GENERAL activities under this contract. The Equal Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications set forth under 41 CFR 60-4-3 and the 1.These contract provisions shall apply to all work performed provisions of the American Disabilities Act of 1990 on the contract by life contractor's oven organization and with the (42 U,S.C. 12161 et seq.) set forth under 28 CFR 35 and assistance of workers under the contractor's immediate 29 CFR 1630 are incorporated by reference in this contract. In the superintendence and to all work performed on the contract by execution of this contract,the contractor agrees to comply with the piecework,station Evork,or by subcontract, following minimum specific requirement activities of EF-O: 2,Except as otherwise provided for in each section, the con- a.The contractor will work with the State highway agency tractor shall insert in each subcontract all of the stipulations (SHA) and the Federal Government in carrying out EEO obii- contained in these Required Contract Provisions, and further re- gations and in their review of his/her activities sander the con- quire their inclusion in any lower tier subcontract or purchase tract. order that may in turn be made. The Required Contract Provisions shall not be incorporated by reference in any case. The prime b.The contractor will accept as his operating policy the contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any following statement: subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with these Required Contract Provisions. "It is the policy of this Company to assure that applicants are employed, and that employees are freated during employment, 3.A breach of any of the stipulations contained in these Re- without regard to their race, religion, sex, color, national origin, quired Contract Provisions shall be sufficient grounds for termi- age or disability. Such action shall include; employment, nation of the contract. upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment ad- vertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of 4.A breach of the following clauses of the Required Coninict compensation; and selection for training, including apprentice- Provisions may also be grounds for debarment as provided in ship,preapprenticeship,and/or on-the-job training." 29 CFR 5.12: 2.EEO Officer: The contractor will designate and make Section I,paragraph 2; known to the 314A, contracting officers an EEC? Officer who will Section IV,paragraphs 1.2,3,4,and?; have the responsibility for and must be capable of effectively Section V,paragraphs 1 and 2a through 2g. S.bisputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of Section IV (except paragraph 5) and Section V of these Required Contract Provisions shall riot be subject to the ,general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accor- dance with the procedures of the U.S,Department of Labor(DOL) as set forth in 29 CFR 5,6,,and?- Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor(or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the DOL, or the contractor's employees or their representatives. FR-3 Page 32-67 LPP 01-04 March I5,2001 EXHIBIT 12-E Isocal Assistance Procedures Manual Attachment B P3&E Checklist Instructions Farm 3273--Revised 3.95 --- 0"7-95 administering and promoting an active contractor program of EEO c.The contractor will encourage his present employees to and who must be assigned adequate authority and responsibility to refer minority group applicants for employment. Information do so. and procedures with regard to refering minority group applicants will be discussed with employees. 3.Dissemination of Policy: All members of the contractor's staff who are authorized to hire,supervise,promote,and discharge 5.Personnel Actions: Wages, working conditions, and employees, or who recommend such action, or who are employee benefits shall be established and administered, and substantially involved in such action,will be made fully cognizant personnel actions of every type, including hiring, upgrading, of, and will h apiement, the contractor's 1wEO policy and promotion, transfer, demotion, layoff, and termination, shall be contractual responsibilities to provide EEO in. each grade and taken without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, classification of employment. To ensure that the above agreement age or disability. The following procedures shall be followed: will be met,the following actions will.be taken as a minimum: a.The contractor will conduct periodic inspections of project a.Periodic meetings of supervisory and personnel office sites to ensure that working conditions and employee facilities employees will be conducted before the start of work and then do not indicate discriminatory treatment of project site not less often than once every six months, at which time the personnel. contractor's EEO policy and its implementation will be re- viewed and explained_ The meetings will be conducted by the b.The contractor will periodically evaluate the spread of EEO Officer. wages paid within each classification to determine any evidence of discriminatory wage practices. b.All new supervisory or personnel office employees will be given a thorough indoctrination by the EEO Officer, covering c.The contractor will periodically review selected personnel all major aspects of the contractor's EEO obligations within actions in depth to determine whether there is evidence of thirty days following their reporting for duty with the discrimination, Where evidence is found, the contractor will contractor. promptly take corrective action. if the review indicates that the discrimination may extend beyond the actions reviewed, such c.All personnel who are engaged in direct recruitment for the corrective action shall include all affected persons. project will be instructed by the EEO Officer in the contractor's procedures for locating and hiring minority group employees. d.The contractor will promptly investigate all complaints of alleged discrimination made to the contractor in connection with d.]notices and posters setting forth the contractor's EEO his obligations under this contract, will attempt to resolve such policy will be placed in areas readily accessible to employees, complaints, and will take appropriate corrective action within a applicants for employment and potential employees, reasonable time. if the investigation 'indicates that the discrimination may affect persons other than the complainant, e.The contractor's EEO policy and the procedures to im- such corrective action shall include such other persons. Upon plement such policy will be brought to the attention of em- completion of each investigation, the contractor will inform ploy= by means of meetings, employee handbooks, or other every complainant of all of his avenues of appeal. appropriate means. 6.Training and Promotion: 4.Recruitment: When advertising for employees, the contractor will include in all advertisements for employees the a.The contractor will assist in locating, qualifying, and notation: "An Equal Opportunity Employer." All such adver- increasing the skills of minority group and women employees, tisements will be placed in publications having a large circulation, and applicants for employment, a€nong minority groups in the area from which the project work force would normally be derived. b.Consistent with the contractor's work force'requirements a.The contractor will,unless recluded b a valid bargaining and as permissible under Federal and State regulations, the p Y g contractor shall make full use of training programs, i,c., agreement, conduct systematic and direct recruitment through apprenticeship, and on-the-job training programs for the gc- public and private employee referral sources likely to yield ographical area of contract performance. Where feasible, 25 qualified minority group applicants. To meet this requirement, percent of apprentices or trainees in each occupation shall be in the contractor will identify sources of potential minority group their first year of apprenticeship or training, In the event a employees, and establish with such identified sources special provision for training is provided under this contract, procedures whereby minority group applicants may be referred this subparagraph will be superseded as indicated in the special to the contractor for employment consideration. nrovlsian. b.In the event the contractor has a valid bargaining c.The contractor will advise employees and applicants for agreement providing for exclusive hiring hall referrals, he is employment of available training programs and entrance re- expected to observe the provisions of that agreement to the quircments for each. extent that the system permits the contractor's compliance with EEO contract provisions. (The 101, has held that where d.The contractor will periodically review the training and impictnentation of such agreements have the effect of dis- promotion potential of minority group and women employees criminating against minorities or women, or obligates the and will encourage eligible employees to apply for such training contractor to do the same, such implementation violates Ex- and promotion. ecutive Order 11246,as amended.) rozm 12,13--Revised 3-95 - 08-i�7-4S FR-4 R-4 Page 12-68 h'tarch Iw,2001 LIT 01-04 Local Assistance Procedures Manual EXHIBIT 12-E PS&U Checklist Instructions Attachment B 7, Unions: If the contractor relies in whole or in part upon records as necessary to document compliance with the EEO unions as a source of employees, the contractor will use his/herrequirements. Such records shall be retained for a period of three best efforts to obtain the cooperation of such unions to increase years following completion of the contract work and shall be ' opportunities for minority groups and women within the unions, available at reasonable times and places for inspection by au- and to effect referrals by such unions of minority and female thorized representatives of the SHA and the FHWA. employees. Actions by the contractor either directly or through a contractor's association acting as agent will include the procedures a.The records kept by the contractor shall document the set forth below: following: a.The contractor will use best efforts to develop, in coop- (1)The number of minority and non-minority group oration with the unions,joint training programs aimed toward members and women employed in each work classification on qualifying mote minority group members and women for the project; membership in the unions and increasing the skills of minority group employees and women so that they may qualify for higher (2)The progress and efforts being made in cooperation paying employment. with unions, when applicable, to increase employment op- portunitics for minorities and women, b.The contractor will use best efforts to incorporate an EEO clause into each union agreement to the end that such union will (3)The progress and efforts being made in locating,hiring, be contractually bound to refer applicants without regard to their training, qualifying, and upgrading minority and female rase,color,religion,sex,national origin,age or disability, employees;and c.'The contractor is to obtain information as to the referral (4)The progress and efforts being made in securing the practices and policies of the labor union except that to the extent services of D13B subcontractors or subcontractors with such information is within the exclusive possession of the labor meaningful minority and female representation among their unison and such labor union refuses to furnish such information employees, to the contractor,the contractor shall so certify to the SHA and shall set forth what efforts have been made-to obtain such b.The contractors will submit an annual report to the SHA information. each July for the duration of the project, indicating the number of minority, women, and non-minority group employees d,In the event the union is unable to provide the contractor currently engaged in each work classification required by the with a reasonable flow of minority and women referrals within contract work. This information is to be reported on Corm the time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agreement, FHWA-1391. if on-the job training is being required by special the contractor will,through independent recruitment efforts, Fill provision, the contractor will be required to collect and report the employment vacancies without regard to race, color, training data. religion, sex, national origin, age or disability; making full efforts to obtain qualified and/or qualifiable minority group III NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES persons and women. (The DOL has .held that it shall be no excuse that the union with which the contractor has a collective (applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral failed to related subcontracts of S10,000 or more:) refer minority employees.) In the event the unison referral prac- tice prevents the contractor from meeting the obligations a.By submission of this bid,the execution of this contract or pursuant to Executive Order II246, as amended, and these subcontract, or the consummation of this material supply special provisions, such contractor shall immediately notify the agreement or purchase order,as appropriate,the bidder,Federal" SHA. aid construction contractor, subcontractor, material supplier,or &.Selection of Subcontractors, Procurement of Materials vendor,as appropriate,certifies that the firm does not maintain and Leasing of Equipment.: The contractor shall not discriminate or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that the firm does not permit its on the grounds of race color,religion sex national origin,age or employees to perform their services at any location, under its disability in the selection and retention of subcontractors, control, where segregated facilities are maintained_ The firm including procurement of materials and leases of equipment. agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the a.The contractor shall notify all potential subcontractors and FEO provisions of this contract. The firm further certifies that suppliers of ltislher EI O obligations under this contract_ no employee will be denied access to adequate facilities on the basis of sex or disability. b.Disadvantaged business enterprises(DISE);as defined in 49 b.As used in this certification;the term"segregated facilities" CFR 26, shall have equal opportunity to compete for and means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms and perform subcontracts which the contractor enters into pursuant washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, to this contract. The contractor will use his best efforts to solicit locker rooms, and other storage or dressing areas,parking lots, bids from and to utilize DBE subcontractors or subcontractors drinking fountains,, recreation or entertainment areas, ,vith meaningful minority group and female representation transportation, and housing facilitics provided for employees among their employees. Contractors shall obtain lists of DBE which are segregated by cxplicit directive, or are, in fact, seg- construction Firrns from S1TA personnel. regated on the basis of race,color,religion, national origin, age c.The contractor will use his best efforts to ensure subcon- or disability, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise.The tractor compliance with their EEC?obligations. only exception will be for the disabled when the demands for accessibility override(e.g.disabled parking). 9.Records and Reports: The contractor.shall kccp such Farm 1273—Rcviscd M5 D8.07.95 FR-5 Page 12-69 LPP 01-04 March 15,2001 EXHIBIT 12-E Local Assistance Procedures Manual Attachment B PS&E Checklist lnstmetions...r c.The contractor agrees that it has obtained or will obtain 2.Classification: identicat certification from proposed subcontractors ar material suppliers prior to award of subcontracts or consummation of a.The SHA contracting officer shall require that any class of material supply agreements of$10,000 or more and that it will laborers or mechanics employed under the contract,which is not retain such certifications in its files. listed in the wage determination, shall be classified in IV. PAYMENT OF PREDETERMINED MINIMUM conformance with the wage determination. NAGE b.The contracting officer shalt approve an additional classification, wage rate and fringe benefits only when the (Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts exceeding following criteria have been met: 52,000 and to all related subcontracts, except for projects iocated on roadways classified as local roads or rural minor collectors, (1)the work to be performed by the additional classift- which are exempt.) canon requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; 1.General: (2)the additional classification is utilized in the area by the a.All mechanics and laborers employed or working upon the construction industry; site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often (3)the proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe then once a week and without subsequent deduction or rebate on benefits bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates any account(except such payroll deductions as are permitted by contained in the wage determination;and regulations(29 CFR 3)1 issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (40 U.S.C.276c) the full amounts of wages (4)with respect to helpers, when such a classification and bona fide fringe benefits(or cash equivalents thereof)due at prevails in the area in which the work is performed. time of payment. The payment shall be computed at wage rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor(hereinafter"the wage determination")which c.If the contractor or subcontractors, as appropriate, the is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any laborers and mechanics (if known}to ti employed is the contracting contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist betwmn lienal classification or their representatives, and the contracting the contractor or its subcontractors and such laborers and © agree the classification and wage rate (including the mechanics. The wage determination (including any additional amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), r report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer ` classifications and wage rates conformed under paragraph 2 or to the DOL, Administrator of the Wage and I-lour Division, This Scction IV and the DOL poster (WH-1321) or Form Employment Standards Administration, Washington, D.C. itsiW contr ) ors be posted at all times i the contractor and 20210 The Wage and Hour Administrator, or an authorized its subaccessible placers e the site of the work in a prominent and representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. For additional classification.action within 30 days of receipt and so the purpose of this Section, contributions made or costs advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under officer within the 30-day period that additional time is Section 1(b){2} of the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C.276a) on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to necessary, such laborers or mechanics,subject to the provisions of Section d In the event the contractor or subcontractors, as appro IV, paragraph 3b,hereof, Also,for the purpose of this Section, d. the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the atldi- regular contributions made or costs 'incurred for more than a urinal classification or their representatives,and the contracting weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate funds, or programs, which cover the particular weekly period, (including the amount designatedfor fringe benefits, where are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the including the views of all interested parties and the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage deter- recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Wage and mination for the classification of work actually performed, Hour Administrator for determination. Said Administrator, or without regard to skill,except as provided in paragraphs 4 and 5 an authorized representative, will issue a determination within of this Section 1V. 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or wili b.Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each additional time is necessary ctassiffcation for the time actually worked therein, provided, e,The wage rate(including fringe benefits where appropriate) that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time determinedursuant to paragraph 2c or 2d of this Section IV spent in each classification in which work is performed. shall be paid to all workers performing worts in the additional c.All rulings and intezpretations of the Davis-Bacon Act and classification from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. relatcd acts contained in 29 CFR 1,3,and 5 are herein incr rporated by re`erence in this contract. 3.Payment of Fringe Benefits: a.Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the con- tract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor or subcontractors, as appropriate, shall either pay the benefit roan 1273---Revised 3-95 CF-U7-95 f'R-6 Page 12-70 March 15,2001 LPP 01-04 Local Assistance Procedures Manual EXHIBIT 12- PS&l:Checklist Instructions Attachment B as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona (4)In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, fide fringe benefit or an hourly case equivalent thereof or a State apprenticeship agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an .apprenticeship program, the b.If the contractor or subcontractor, as appropriate; does not contractor or subcontractor will no longer be permitted to make payments to a trustee or other third person, hashe may utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined consider as a part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the rate for the comparable work performed by regular employees I amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona until an acceptable program is approved. Fide fringe benefits under a plan or program., provided, that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the b.Trainees: contractor,that the applicable standards of the)'Davis-Bacon Aa have been met. The Secreiary of Labor may require the (I)Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.15,trainees will not be contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior 4.Apprentices and'Trainees(Programs of the U.S_DOL) approval, evidenced by formal certification by the DOL, and Tlelpers: Employment and Training Administration. - a.Apprentices: (2)The ratio of trainees to journeyman-level employees on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan 1 approved by the Employment and Training Administration. (1)Apprentices will bthe work the pwork they to work at less than the Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is predetermined rate for ey performed when they not registered and participating in a training plan approved by are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the DOL, not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of determination for the classification of work actually Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State apprenticeship performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the agency recognized by the Bureau,or if a person is employed job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered in his/her first 90 days of probationary employment as an program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not on the wage determination for the work actually performed. individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a (3)Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate State apprenticeship agency(where appropriate)to be eligible specified in the approved program for his/her level of for probationary employment as an apprentice. progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman-tevel (2)The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeyman-level hourly rate specified in the applicable wage detennination. employees on the job site in an craft classification shall not Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the y pravisions of the trainee prog eoram. lythe trainee program docs be greater than the retia permitted to the contractor to the not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full entire work farce under the registered program.. Any amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination employee]filed nn a payroll at an apprentice wage rate,who unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above,shall determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated be paid not less than the applicable wage rate listed in the with the corresponding joumeyrnan-level wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually wage determination which provides for less than full fringe performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on benefits for apprentices, in which case such trainees shall re- the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the ceive the same fringe benefits as apprentices. registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually (4)In the event the Employment and 'Training Adminia- performed, Where a contractor or subcontractor is [ration withdraws approval of a training program, the con performing construction an a project in a locality other than tractor or subcontractor will no longer be permitted to utilize that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman-level work performed until an acceptable program is approved. hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. C.Helpers: (3)Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level helpers will be permitted to work on a project if the helper of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman- classification is specified and defined on the applicable wage level hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination or is approved pursuant to the conformance determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in procedure set forth in Section TV-2, Any worker listed on a accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship pro- payroll at a holper wage rate, who is not a helper under an grant. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe approved definition,shall be paid not less than the applicable benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable work actually performed. classification. If the Administrator for the W2ge and l-Iour Division determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. Form 1273—Revised 3-95 OB07-95 FR-7 Page 12-71 LPP 01-04 March 15,2001 EXHIBIT 12-E Local Assistance Procedures Manual Attachment B PS&E Checklist Instructions 5.Apprentices and'Trainees(Programs of the U.S.DOT): 9.Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages: Apprentices and trainees working under apprenticeship and skill The SHA shall upon its own-action or upon written request of training programs which nave been certified by the Secretary of any authorized representative of the DOL withhold,or cause to be Transportation as promoting EF-0 in connection with Federal-aid withheld,from any moneys payable on account of work performed bighway construction programs are not subject to the requirements by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any of paragraph 4 of this Section IV. The straight time hourly wage other Federal contract with the same prime contractor,or any other rates for apprentices and trainces under such programs will be federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and established by the particular programs. The ratio of apprentices Safety Standards Act,which is held by the same prime contractor, and trainees to journeymen shall not be greater than permitted by such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any the terms of the particular program. liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph G.Withholding: &above. The SHA.shall upon its own action or upon written request of an V. STATEMENTS AND PAYROLLS authorized representative of the DOL withhold, or cause to be withheld, from the contractor or subcontractor under this contract (Applicable to all federal-aid construction contracts exceeding or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or $2,000 and to all related subcontracts, except for projects located any other federally-assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon on roadways classified as local roads or rural collectors,which are prevailing wage requirements which is held by the same prime exempt.) contractor, as much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including 1.Compliance with Copeland Regulations(29 CFR 3): apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the The contractor shall comply with the Copeland Regulations of contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, the Secretary of Labor which are herein incorporated by reference. including any apprentice,trainee,or helper, employed or working on the site of the work, all or part of the wages required by the 2 payrolls and Payroll Records: contract, the SHA contracting officer may, alter written notice to the contractor, take such action as may be necessary to.cause the suspension of any further payment, advance,or guarantee of funds a.Payrolls and basin records relating thereto shall he until such violations have ceased. maintained by the contractor and each subcontractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of 3 years from 7.0.vertime Requirements: the date of completion of the contract for all laborers, mechanists,apprentices,trainees,watchmen,helpers,and guards No contractor or subcontractor,contracting for any parr of the working at the.site of the work, contract work which may require or involve the employment of b.The payroll records shall contain the name,social security laborers,mechanics, watchmen, or guards (including apprentices, number, and address of each such employee;his or her correct trainees,and helpers deseribed in paragraphs 4 and 5 above) shall classification; hourly rates of wages paid (including raters of require or permit any laborer, mechanic, watchman, or guard in contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or any workweek in which he/she is employed ori such work,to work cash equivalent thereof the types described in Section I(b)(2)(B) in excess of 40 hours in such workweek unless such, laborer, of the Davis Bacon Act); daily and weekly number of hours mechanic,watchman,or guard receives compensation at a rate not worked; deductions made; and actual wages paid. In addition, less than one-and-one-half times his/her basic rate of pay ftrr all for Appalachian contracts, the payroll records shall contain a hours worked in excess of 40 hours in such workweek. notation indicating whether the employee does, or does not, normally reside in the labor area as dcffned in Attachment A, . S.Violation: paragraph 1. Whenever the Secretary of Labor,pursuant to Sec- tion IV, paragraph 3b, has found that the wages of any laborer Liability for Unpaid Wages;Liquidated Damages: In the event or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph 7 above, the anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program contractor and any subcontractor responsible thereof shall be liable described in Section i(b)(2)(B) of the Davis Bacon Act, the to the affected employee for.his/her unpaid wages. In addition, contractor and each subcontractor shall maintain records which such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United show that the commitment to provide such benefits is States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of enforceable,that the plan or program is financially responsible, Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory) for that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed the laborers or mechanics affected, and show the cost with respect to each individual laborer, mechanic, watchman, or anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing benefits- guard employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph 7, Contractors or subcontractors employing apprentices or trainees in the Burn of slo for each calendar day on which such employee under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard work registration of apprentices and trainees, and ratios and wage week of 40/tours without payment of the overtime wages required rates prescribed in the applicable programs. by the clause set forth in paragraph 7. Form 127.1--Revised 3495 68-07-95 "- FR-8 Page 12-72 ?March 15,2001 TPP 01-U4 f a Local Assistance Procedures Manual EXHIBIT 12-E PS&E Checklist Instructions Attachment B c.Each contractor and subcontractor shall furnish,each week may be grounds for debarrnent.aotion pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12, in which any contract work is performed,to the SMA resident r engineer a payroll of wages paid each of its employees F'I. RECORD OF MATERIALS,SUPPLIES,ANI) (including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, described in LABOR Section IV, paragraphs 4 and 5, and watchmen and guards en- gaged on work during the preceding weekly payroll period), 1.On all Federal-aid contracts on the National Highway Sys- The payroll submitted shall set out accurately and completely all tern, except those which provide solely for the installation of of the information required to be maintained under paragraph 2b protective devices at railroad grade crossings, those which are of this Section V. This information may be submitted in any constructed on a force account or direct labor basis, highway form desired. Optional Form W14-347 is available for this beautification contracts, and contracts for which the total final purpose and may be purchased from the Superintendent of construction cost for roadway and bridge is less than $1,0€10,000 Documents (Federal stock number 029-005-0014-1), U.S. (23 CFR 635);the contractor shall: Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402,. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of a.Become familiar with the list of specific materials and payrolls by all subcontractors. supplies contained in Form FIIWA-47, "Statement of Materials t d.Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a and Labor Used by Contractor of Highway Construction "Statement of Compliance," signed by .the contractor or sub- Involving Federal Funds," prior to the commencement of work contractor or his/her agent who pays or supervises the payment under this contract. of the persons employed under the contract and shalt certify the b.Maintain a record of the total cost of all materials and following: supplies purchased for and incorporated in the work,and also of (1)that the payroll for the payroll period contains the the quantities of those specific materials and supplies listed on information required to be maintained under paragraph 2b.of Form 1 FiWA-47,and in the units shown on Form FIIWA 47. this Section V and that such information is correct and c.Fumish, upon the completion of the contract, to the SliA complete; resident engineer on Form FHWA-47 together with the data (2)that such laborer or mechanic (including each helper, required in paragraph lb relative to materials and supplies, a final labor summary all contract work indicating the total apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, (sours worked and the total amount earned. without: rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no 2 At the prime contractor's option, either a single report deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from covering all contract work or separate reports for the contractor the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as and for each subcontract shall be submitted. set forth in the Regulations,29 CFR 3; (3)that each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less `SII, SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNING THE CONTRACT that the applicable wage rate and fringe benefits or cash equivalent for the classification of worked performed, as 1.The contractor shall perforin with its own organization specificd in the applicable wage determination incorporated contract work amounting to not less than 30 percent (or a greater into the contract. percentage if specified elsewhere in the contract) of the total original contract price, excluding any specialty items designated e.The weekly submission of a properly executed certification by the State. Specialty items may be performed by subcontract set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WI-I-347 shall and the amount of any such specialty items performed may be satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of deducted from the total original contract price before computing Compliance"required by paragraph 2d of this Section V. the amount of'work required to be performed by the contractor's f,The falsification of any of the above certifications may awn organization(23 CFR 635). subject the contractor to civil or criminal prosecution under 18 a, "Its own organization" shall be construed to include only Ud S.C. 1001 and 31 U.S.C.231. workers employed and paid directly by the prime contractor and equipment owned or rented by the prime contractor, with or g,The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records re- without operators. Such term does not include employees or gained under paragraph 2b of this Section V available for in- equipment of a subcontractor, assignee, or agent of the prime spection,copying,or transcription by author'rred representatives contractor. { of the SHA, the FIJWA, or(he DOL, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours an b."Specialty Items" shall be construed to be limited to work the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the re- that requires highly specialized knowledge, abilities, or quired records or to make tbern available,the SHA,the FHWA, equipment not ordinarily available in the type of contracting the 130L, or all may, after written notice to the contractor, organizations qualified and expected to bid on the contract as a sponsor, applicant,or owner, take such actions as may be nec- whole and in general are to`be limited to minor components of essary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, the overall contract. or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available Forza 1273--Rcviscd aAS 0&-07-55 Fla-9 Page 12-73 LPP 08-04 December 31,2008 EXHIBIT 12-E Local Assistance Procedures Manual Attachment B PS&E Checklist Instructions 2,The contract amount upon which the requirements set forth in gardiing the seriousness of these and similar acts, the following paragraph I of Section VII is computed includes the cost of notice shall be posted on each Federal-aid highway project (23 material and manufactured products which are to be purchased or CFR 635)in one or more places where it is readily available to all produced by the contractor under the contract provisions. persons concerned with the project; 3.The contractor shall furnish(a)a competent superintendent or NOTICE TO ALL PERSONNEL ENGAGED ON supervisor who is employed by the firm,has full authority to direct FEDERAL.-AID HIGHWAY PROJECTS performance of the work in accordance with the contract requirements, and is in charge of all construction operations 18 U.S.C. 1020 reads as follows: (regardless of who performs the work) and (b) such other of its own organizational resources (supervision, management, and "Whoever being an ofjfcer, agent, or employee of the United engineering services)as the SNA contracting 6fftoer determines is ,Mates, or any State or Territory, or whoever; whether a person, necessary to assure the performance of the contract. association, firm, or corporation, knowingly makes any .false 4.No citron of the contract shall be sublet assigned statement,false representation, or false report as to the character, p g or quality, quantity, or cost of the material used or to be used or the otherwise disposed of except with the written consent of the STIA quantity or quality of the work performed or to be performer! or contracting officer,or authorized representative, and such consent the cost thereof in connection with the submission of plaits, maps, when given shall not be construed to relieve the contractor of any specifications, contracts, or costs of construction on any highway responsibility for the fulfillment of the contract. Written consent or related project submitted for approval to the Secretary of will be given only atter the SHA has assured that each.subcontract Transportation;or is evidenced in writing and that it contains all pertirient.provisions and requirements of the prime contract. Whoever knowingly makes any false statement, false repro- VIII. SAFETY:ACCIDENT PREVENTION sentation,false report or false claim with respect to the character, quality, quantity, or cost of any work performed or to be per- formed or materials furnished or to be furnished, in connection 1.In the performance of this contract the contractor shall with the construction of any highway or related project approves{ comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws gov- by the Secretary of Transportation;or truing safety,health, and sanitation(23 CFR.535). The contractor shall provide all safeguards, safety devices and protective Whoever knowingly makes any false statement or false repre- equipment and take any other needed actions as it determines, or sentation as to material fact in any statement, certificate, or report as the SHA contracting officer may determine, to be reasonably submitted pursuant to provisions of the Federal-aid Roads Act necessary to protect the life and health of employees on the job approved July 1, 1916, (39 Stat. 355), as amended and sup- and the safety of the public and to protect property in connection plemented; with the performance of the work covered by tate contract. .Shall be fined not more that $14,000 or imprisoned not more 2.It is a condition of this contract, and shall be made a con- than 5 years or both," dition of each subcontract, which the contractor enters into pur- suant to this contract, that the contractor and any subcontractor X_ IMPLEMENTATION OF CLEAN AIR ACT AND shall not permit any employee, it performance of the contract,to FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT work in surroundings or under conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to his111ar health or safety, as determined A licable to all Federa l-aid construction contracts and to all under construction safety and health standards (29 CFR 1926) related subcontracts of S I OO,OQQ or more.) promulgated by the Secretary of Labor,in accordance with Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 By submission of this bid or the execution of this contract, or L.S.C.333). subcontract, as appropriate, the bidder, Federal-aid construction 3.Pursuant to 29 CFR 192£:.3, it is a condition of this contract contractor, or subcontractor, as appropriate, will be deerned to that the Secretary of Labor or authorized representative thereof, have stipulated as follows: shall have right of entry to any site of contract performance to 1 That any facility that is or will be utilized in the performance inspect or investigate the matter of compliance with the of this contract,unless such contract is exempt under the Clean Air construction safety and health standards and to carry out the duties Act, as amended(42 U.S.C. 1857 et seq.,as amended by Pub. L. of the Secretary under Section 107 of the Contract Work Flours 91_604 and under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as and Safety Standards Act(40 U,S.C.333). amended(33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.,as amended by Pub_L, 92-540), 1X. FALSE STATEMENTS CONCERNING HIGHWAY Executive Order 11738,and regulations in implementation thereof (40, CFR 15) is not listed, on the date of contract award, on the PROJECTS U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) List of Violating Facilities pursuant to 40 CPR 15.24. In order to assure high quality and durable construction in conformity with approved plans and specifications and a high 2.That the firm agrees to comply and remain in compliance degree of reiiability on statements and representations made by with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Cican Air Act and engineers, contractors, suppliers, and workers on Fcderal-aid Section 348 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and all `highway projects,it is essential that all persons concerned with the regulations and guidelines listed thereunder. project perform their functions as carefully, thoroughly, and honestly as possible. Willful falsification, distortion, or mis- 3.That tine firm shall promptly notify the SHA of the receipt of representation with respect to any facts related to the project is a any communication froin the Director, Office of Federal Ac, violation of Federal law. To prevent any misundcrstanding re- tivities, EPA, indicating that a facility that is or will be utilized Form 1273—Reviscd3-95 CJS-47-95 FR-10 Page 12-74 March 15,2001 LIT 01-04 Local Assistance Procedures Manual EXHIBIT I2-E PS&E Checklist Instructions Attachment R for the contract is under consideration to be listed on'he EPA hist g.The prospective primary participant further agrees by of Violating Facilities. submitting this proposal that it will include the clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, ineligibility 4-That the firm agrees to include or cause to be included the and Voluntary Exclusion-Tower Tier Covered Transaction," requirements of paragraph 1 through 4 of this Section X in every provided by the department or agency entering into this covered nonexempt subcontract,and further agrees to take such action as transaction, without modification, in all lower tier covered the government may direct as a means of enforcing such re- transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered quircn7ents, transactions. XT. CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, h.A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a SUSPENSION,INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered EXCLUSION voluntarily that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is.erroneous. A participant may 1.Instructions for Certification-Primary Covered decide tate method and frequency by which it determines'the el- Transactions:. igibility of its principals. Each participant may, but is not required to, check the nonprocurement portion of the "Lists of (Applicable to all Federal-aid contracts-49 CFR 29) Parties Excluded From Federal Procurement orNonprocurement Programs" (Nonprocurement List) which is compiled by the a,By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective General Services Administration, primary participant is providing the certification set out below. 'i.Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to b.The inability of a person to provide the certification set out require establislTment of a system of records in order to render in below will not necessarily result in denial of participation in this good faith the certification required by this clause, The covered transaction. The prospective participant shall submit an knowledge and information of participant is not required to explanation of why it cannot provide the certification set out exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in below. The certification or explanation will be considered in the ordinary course of business dealings. connection with the department or agency's determination whether to enter into this transaction. However, failure of the j.Except for.transactions authorized under paragraph . of prospective primary participant to furnish a certification or an these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction explanation shall disqualify such a person from participation in knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a this transaction: person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to c,The certification in this clause is a material representation other remedies available to the Federal Government, the de- of fact upon whish reliance was placed when the department or partment or agency may terminate this transaction for cause or agency determined to enter into this transaction. if it is later default. determined Oiat the prospective primary participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedics available to the Federal Government, the department or agency may tcrminatc this transaction for cause of default. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension,Ineligibility and'Voluntary d.The prospective primary participant shall provide im- 'Exclusion—Primary Covered Transactions mediate written notice to the department or agency to whom this proposal is submitted if any time the prospective primary 1.The prospective primary participant certifies to the best of participant learns that its certification was erroneous when its knowledge and belief;that it and its principals: submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. a.Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from e.The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," covered transactions by any Federal department or agency; "ineligible," "lower tier covered transaction," "participant," "person,""primary covered transaction," "principal,""proposal," b-Have not within a 3-year period preceding this proposal and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, have the been -convicted of or had a civil iudgment rendered against meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in rules implementing Executive Order 12541. You may contact connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or the department or agency to which this proposal is submi£fed for performing a public (Fcderal, State or local) transaction or assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement,theft, f.The prospective primary participant agrees by submitting forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, this proposal that; should the proposed covered transaction be making false statements,or receiving stolen property; entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, c.Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or declared ineligible,or voluntarily excluded from participation in civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal, State or ;his covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or local)with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in agency entering into this transaction. paragraph ib of this certification;and norm;27.3--Reviscd 3-95 DS-D7-95 FR-11 Page 12-75 LPP 01-04 March 15,2001 EXIIIRIT 12_P Local Assistance Procedures,Manual Attachment B PS&E Checklist Instructions d.Have not within a 3-year period preceding this ap- igibitity of its principals. Each participant may, but is not plication/proposal had one or more pubiic transactions required to,check the Nonprocurement List, (Federal,State or local)terminated for cause or default. h.Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to 2.Where the prospective primary participant is unable to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in certify to any of the statements in this certification, such good faith the certification required by this clause. The prospective participant shalt attach an explanation to this knowledge and information of participant is not required to proposal. exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. i.Except for transactions authorized under paragraph e of 2.Instructions for Certification_Lower Tier Covered these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction Transactions: knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily (Applicable to all subcontracts,purchase orders and other lower excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to ticr transactions of S25,000 or more-49 CPR 29) other remedies available to the Federal Government, the de- partment or agency with which this transaction originated may a.By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or lower tier is providing the certification set out below. debarment. ww*wx b.The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction Certification Regarding Debarment, was entered into. If it is tater determined that the prospective Suspension,Ineiigi&ility and Voluntary lower tier participant knowingly rendered an erroneous Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transactions certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government,the department or agency with which this 1,The prospective laver tier participant certifies, by available remedies,including transaction originated may pursue submission of this proposal,that neither it nor its principals is suspension and/or debarment. presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, c.The prospective lower tier participant shall provide declared ineligible,or voluntarily excluded from participation immediate written notice to the person to which this proposal is in this transaction by any Federal department or agency_ submitted if at any time the prospective lower tier participant Z. whore the prospective lower tier participant is unable to learns that its certification was erroneous by reason of changed certify to any of the statements in this certification, such circumstances. prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this. d.The terms "covered transaction," `debarred," "suspended," proposal. "ineligible," "primary covered transaction," "participant," * , "person, "principal," "proposal," and"voluntarily excluded," as used in;his clause,have the ineanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive Order X11. CERTIFICATION REGARDING USE OF 12544. You may contact the person to which this proposal is CONTRACT FUNDS FOR LOBBYING submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. (Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts which exceed$100,000-44 CFR 20) e.The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be 1.The prospective participant certifies, by signing and entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier submitting this bid or proposal,to the best of his or her knowledge. covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, and belief,that: declared ineligible,or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction,unless authorized by the department or a.No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, agency with which this transaction originated. by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal f.The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Submitting this proposal that it will include this clause titled Congress,or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transaction," Federal grant the making of any Federal loan,the entering into of without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant,loan,or cooperative agreement. u,A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered b.If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been transaction that is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to voiuntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it influence an officer or employee of any TederaI agency,a]Member knows that the certification is erroneous, A participant play of Congress, an ofFicer or employee of Congress, or an employee decide the method and frequency by which it determines the el- of a Member of Congress in conneduan with this Federal contract, Porm 1273—Rcvised 3.95 U8a7-95 I+R-12 Page 12-76 March 15,2001 LPP 01-04 i `i Local Assistance Procedures Manual EXHIBIT 12-E PS&E Checklist Instructions Attachment B grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall be•subject to a civil penalty of not less than$10,000 and not more complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to than$100,000 for each such failure. Report Lobbying,"in accordance with its instructions. 3.The prospective participant also agrees by submitting his or 2.This certification is a material representation of fact upon her bid or proposal that he or she shall require that the language of which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or en- this certification be included in at] lower tier subcontracts, which tered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for, v�cesd S100,000 and that all such recipients shall certify and making or entering into this transaction imposed by 31 U.S.C. disclose accordingly. 1352. Any person who Fails to file the required.certification shall FEDERAL-All) FEMALE ANIS MINORITY GOALS In accordance with Section 11, "Nondiscrimination," of � 177 Sacramento,CA: "Required Contract Provisions Federal-aid Construction Contracts"the following are the goals for ferrule utilization: S1v1SA Counties: Coal for Women 6920 Sacramento,CA.................................. 16.1 nationwide (percent) CA Placer,CA Sacramento; (applies )..............(p ) •....... 6.4 CA Yolo. The following are goals for minority utiliratimi; Non-SMSA Counties..................................._... 14.3 CA Butte;CA Colusa; CALIFORNIA ECONOMIC ARE CA El vadDora;CCA ria; CA Nevada,CA Sierra; Goal CA Sutter;CA Yuba. (Percent) 178 Stockton-Modesto;CA: 174 Redding,CA: SMSA Counties: Non-SMSA Counties .•............•....,.•............. 6.8 5170 Modesto,CA...................................... 12.3 CA Lassen;CA Modoc; CA Stanislaus. CA Plurnas;CA Shasta; 8120 Stockton,CA.................... 24.3 CA Siskiyou;CA Tehama, CA San Joaquin. unties......................... l75 Eureka,CA: Non-SMSA Co ............... 19.9 CA Alpine;CA Amador; CA Calaveras;CA Mariposa; Non-SMSA Counties................................... 6.6 CA Merced;CA Tuolumne. CA Del Norte;CA i-lumboldt, CA Trinity. 179 Fresno-Bakersfield,CA: 175 Sart Francisco-Cakland-San dose,CA: SMSA Counties: 0680 Bakersfield,CA,.. 19.1 SMSA Counties: 1 7124 Salinas-Seaside- CA Kern. Monterey,CA_.......:..... 28.9 2840 Fresno,CA........_._....._........_........... 26.1 CA Fresno, CA Monterey, .....-.-...-- 25.6 Non-51vfSA Counties........................................ 23.6 7360 San Francisco-Oakland;CA.... CA Alameda;CA Contra Costa; CA Kings;CA Madera; CA Marin;CA San Francisco; CA Tulare. CA San Mateo. ............ 181? Los Angeles,CA: 7400 San Jose,CA.... 19.6 i CA Santa Clara. 7485 Santa Cruz,CA................. 14.9 SMSA Counties: 0360 Anaheim-Santa Ana-Garden CA Santa Cruz. Grove,CA... i 1.9 7500 Santa Rosa,CA..................................•. 9.1 CA Orange, CA Sonoma 4480 Las Angeles-Lon; 8720 Valigjo-Fairfield-Napa,CA................ 17.1 Beach,CA............... `r8.3 F CA Napa;CA Solano ---........••...•.. CA Los Angeles, 6000 Oxnard-Simi Valley- Non-SMSA Counties-.... ............................ 23.2 Ventura,CA............................................ 21.5 CA Lake;CA Mendocino; CA Ventura. CA San Benito, Form 1273—2cvised t-95 e8-0'1-95 FR-13 Page 12-77 LPP 01-04 March 15,2001 EXHIBIT 12-E Local Assistance Procedures Manual Attachment 13 PS&E Checklist Instructions 6780 Rivcrside-San Bcmardino- Ontario,CA. 14.0 CA Riverside; CA San Bernardino. 7480 Santa Barbara-Santa Maria- Lompoc,CA..........-................................. 19.7 CA Santa Barbara. Non-SMSA Counties........................................ 24.6 CA Inyo;CA Mono; CA San Luis Obispo. 181 San 1?iegu,CA: SMSA Counties 7320 San Diego,CA.-................................. 16.3 CA San Diego. Non-SMSA Counties................1.111.................. 18.2 CA Imperial. in addition to the reporting requirements set forth elsewhere in(his contract the Contractor and subcontractors holding subcontracts,not including material suppliers,of$10.000 or more,shalt submit for every month of July during which work is performed,employment data as contained under Form Fl IW A i'R-1343 (Appendix C to 23 CFH Part 230),and in accordance with the instructions included thereon. Form 1273—Revised 3-95 U47-95 FR-14 Page 12-78 Larch 15,2001 LPP 01-04 Local Assistance Procedures Manual EXHIBIT 12-L PS&E Checklist Instructions Attachment C (THE BIDDER'S EXECUTION ON THE SIGNATURE PORTION OF THIS PROPOSAL SH,f LL AL SO CONSTITUTE AN ENDORSEMENT AND EXECUTION OF THOSE CERTIT'ICATIOAIS WHICHAREA PART OF THIS PROPOSAL) EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY CERTIFICATION The bidder , proposed subcontractor hereby certifies that he has has not ,participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the equal opportunity clauses, as required by Executive Orders 10925, 11114, or 11246, and that,where required, he has filed with the Joint Reporting Committee,the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Comp]iance, a Federal Government contracting or administering agency, or the former President's Committee on Equal Employment Opportunity,all reports due under the applicable filling requirements. Note: A he above certification is required by the Equal Employment Opportunity Regulations of the Secretary of Labor(41 CFR 60-1.7(b)(1)),and must be submitted by bidders and proposed subcontractors only in connection with contracts and subcontracts, which are subject to the equal opportunity clause. Contracts and subcontracts which are exempt from the equal opportunity clause are set forth in 41 CFR 60-1.5. (Generally only contracts or subcontracts of$10,000 or under are exempt.) Currently, Standard Form. 100 (EEO-1)is the only report required by the Executive Orders or their implementing regulations, Proposed prime contractors and subcontractors who have participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the Executive Orders and have not filed the required reports should mote that 41 CFR 60-1.7(b) (1) prevents the award of contracts and subcontracts unless such contractor submits a report covering the delinquent period or such other period specified by the Federal Highway Administration or by the Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance, U.S. Department of Labor, i i i Page 12-79 LPP 0t-04 March 15,2061 EXHIBIT 12-E Local Assistance Procedures Manual Attachment C PS&E Checklist Instructions Page 12-80 March 15.2001 LPP 01-04 Local Assistance Procedures Manual EXHIBIT 32-B PS&lE Checklist Instructions Attachment V, DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION CERTIFICATION TITLE 49, CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS,PART 29 The bidder, under penalty of perjury, certifies that, except as noted below,he/she or any other person associated therewith in the capacity of owner, partner,director,officer,and manager: • Is not currently under suspension,debarment, voluntary exclusion,or determination of ineligibility by any federal agency; Has not been suspended,debarred,voluntarily excluded or determined ineligible by any federal agency within the past 3 years; 6 Does not have a proposed debarment pending;and Has not been indicted, convicted, or had a civil judgment rendered against it by a court of competent jurisdiction in any matter involving fraud or official misconduct within the past 3 years. If there are any exceptions to this certification, insert the exceptions in the following space. Exceptions will not necessarily result in denial of award, but will be considered in determining bidder responsibility. For any exception noted above, indicate below to whom it applies, initiating agency, and dates of action. Notes, Providing false information may result in criminal prosecution or administrative sanctions. The above certification is part of the Proposal_ Signing this Proposal on the signature portion thereof shall also constitute signature of this Certification. Page 12-83 LPP 0I-04 March 15,2001 EXHIBIT 12-E Local Assistance Procedures Manual Attachment E PS&E Checklist Instructions ' Page 12-84 March 15,2001 LPP 01.04 Local Assistance Procedures Manual EXHIBIT 12-E PS&E Checklist Instructions Attachment F NONLOBBYINC CERTIFICATION FOR FEDERAL-AID CONTRACTS The prospective participant certifies, by signing and submitting this bid or proposal,to the best.of his or her knowledge and belief,that; (1) No federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of th;, undersigned,to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress,or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any federal contract, the snaking of any federal grant,the making of any federal loan,the entering into of any cooperative agreement,and the extension,continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any federal contract, grant, loan,or cooperative agreement. (2) if any funds other than federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress,or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this federal contract,grant, loan, or cooperative agreement,the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure of Lobbying Activities," in accordance with its instructions. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352,Title 31,U.S.Code._.Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of.not less than$.10,000 and not more than$100,000 for each such failure. The prospective participant also agrees by submitting his or her bid or proposal that he or she shall require that the language of this certification be included in all lower tier subcontracts, which exceed$104,000 and that all such subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. l Page 12-85 LLP 01-04 March 15,2001 EXHIBIT 12_E Local Assistance Procedures Manual Attachment r PS&E Checklist Instructions AND 9► Page 1.2-$5 March 15,2€01 LPP 01-04 I E EXHIBIT 12-E Local Assistance Proeedures IManual Attachment G PS&E Checklist Instructuans E INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETION OF SF-LLL, DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES This disclosure form shall be completed by the reporting entity,whether subawardee or prune federal recipient, at the initiation or receipt of covered federal action or a material change to previous filing pursuant to title 31 U.S.C. Section 1352. The filing of a form is required for such payment or agreement to snake payment to lobbying entity for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress an officer or employee of Congress or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with a covered federal action. Attach a continuation sheet for additional information if the space on the form is inadequate. Complete all items that apply for both the initial filing and material change report. 'Refer.to the implementing guidance published by the Office of Management and Budget for additional information. 1. Identify the type of covered federal action for which lobbying activity is and/or has been secured to influence,the outcome of a covered federal action. 2. Identify the status of the covered federal action. 3. Identify the appropriate classification of this report. if this is a follow-up report caused by a material change to the information previously reported,enter the year and quarter in which the change occurred. Enter the date of the last, previously submitted report by this reporting entity for this covered federal action. 4. Enter the full name, address,city, State and zip code of the reporting entity. Include Congressional District if known. Check the appropriate classification of the reporting entity that designates if it is or expects to be a prime or subaward recipient. Identify the tier of the subawardee, e.g.,the first subawardee of the prime is the first tier. Subawards include but are not limited to subcontracts,subgrants and contract awards under grants. 5. If the organization filing the report in Item 4 checks "Subawardec"then enter the full name,address, city, State and zip code of the prime federal recipient. Include Congressional District, if known.. 6. Enter the name of the federal agency making the award or loan commitment. Include at least one organization level below agency name,if known, For example,Department of Transportation, United States Coast Guard, 7. Enter the federal program name or description for the covered federal action(item 1), If known, enter the full Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance(CFDA)number for grants, cooperative agree.nenis, loasis and loan commitments. 8. Enter the most appropriate federal identifying number available for the federal action identification in item l (e.g., Request for Proposal(RFP) number, Invitation for Bid(IF13)number, grant announcement number, the contract grant. or loan award number,the applicationiproposal control number assigned by the federal agency). Include prefixes, e.g., "RFP-DB-90-€301.'° 9. For a covered federal action where there has been an award or loan commitment by the Federal agency, enter the federal amount of the award/loan commitments for the prime entity identified in item 4 or S. 10. (a)Enter the full name,address,city, State and zip code of the lobbying entity engaged by the reporting entity identified in item 4 to influenced the covered federal action. (b) Enter the full names'of the individual(S)perforrniri;services and include full address if different from 10(a). Inter Last Name,First Name and Mddlc Initial(Ml). 11. anter the amount of compensation paid or reasonably expected to be paid by the reporting entity (item 4) to the lobbying entity (item 10). Indicate whether the payment has been made(actual)or will be made (planned), Check all boxes that apply. If this is a material change report, enter the cumulative amount of payment made or planned to be made. 12. Check the appropriate box(es). Check allboxes that apply. if payment is made through an in-kind contribution, specify the nature and value of the in-kind payment. 13. Check the appropriate box(es). Check all boxes that apply. If other, specify nature. Page 1.2-88 March 15,2001 LLP 01-04 Local Assistance Procedures Manual EXHIBIT 12-E PS&E Checklist Instructions Attachment G DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES COMPLETE THIS FORM TO DISCLOSE LOBBYING ACTIVITIES PURSUANT TO 31 U.S.C. 1352 1. Type of Federal Action: 2, Status of Federal Action: 3. Report Type: F� a. contract Ela. bid/offer/application El a, initial b. grant b. initial award b. material change C. cooperative agreement c. post-award d. loan For Material Change Only, e. loan guarantee year_ quarter f. loan insurance date of last report 4. Name and Address of Reporting Entity S. If Reporting Entity in No.4 is Subawardec, Enter Name and Address of Prime; Prirrte Subawardee Tier ,if known Congressional District,if known Congressional District,if known 6. Federal Department/Agency: 7. Federal Program Name/Descriptiow CFDA Number,if applicable 8. Federal Action Number,if known: 9. Award Amount.if'known: 10. a. Name and Address of;Lobby Entity b. Individuals Performing Services (including (If individual,last name,first name,MI) address if different from No. 10a) (last name,first name,MI) (attach Continuation Shect(s)if necessary) 11. Amount of Payment(check all that apply) 13. "Type of Payment(check all that apply) S actual planned a. retainer b, one-time fee 12. Form of Payment(check all that apply): c. commission ® a, cash d. contingent fee b, in-kind; specify: nature e deferred value LJ F other,specify _...� 14. Brief Description of Services Performed or to be performed and Date(s)of Service,including officer(s),employee(s),or mcmber(s)contacted,for Payment Indicated in Item 11: (attach Continuation Sheet(s)if necessary) 15. Continuation Sheet(s)attached: Yes 11 No 16, information requested through this form is authorized by Title 31 U.S.C.Section 1352. This disclosure of lobbying relianca Signature: w=as placed by the tier above when his transaction was made or entered into. This disclosure is required pursuant to 31 U.S.C. Print Name: 1352_ Trus information will fire mported to Congress — - sctn4arnua4y and will be avaiiabie for public inspection. Any person who fails to file the required disclosure shall fisc subject Title; to a civil penalty of not less than:r 10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure. Teleprhone ho.: Date: �_ Authorized for Local Reproduction Federal Use Only: Standard Form-I,LL Standard Form LLL Resv.09-12-97 Mage 12-87 LPP 01_04 March 15,2001 Local Assistance Procedures Manual EXHIBIT t2-E PS&E Checklist Instructions Attachment G 14, Provide a specific and detailed description of the services that the lobbyist has performed or will be expected to perform and the date(s)of any services rendered. Include all preparatory and related activity not just time spent in actual contact with federal of icials. Identify the federal officer(s)or employee(s) contacted or the officer(s)employee(s)or Member(s)of Congress that were contacted. 15. Check whether or not a continuation sheet(s) is attached. 16. The certifying official shall sign and date the form,print his/her name title and telephone number. i Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, including time for reviewing instruction,searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send cornments regarding the burden estimate or any other aspeet of this collection.of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden,to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Deduction Project(0348-0046), Washington, D.C. 20503, SF-LLL-Instmctiatas. Rev.£16-04-9GfcENDJF» t 1 i Page 12-89 UP 01-04 March I5,2041 EXHIBIT 12-IE Local Assistance Procedures Manual Attachment G PS&F Checklist Instructions i i Page 12-14 March 15,2401 LPI' 01-04 i I Local Assistance Procedures Matsual EXHIBIT 12-E PS&E Checklist.Instructions Attachment H I SECTION 2. PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS 2-1.01 GENERAL The bidder's attention is directed to the provisions in Section 2,"Proposal Requirements and Conditions,"of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions for the requirements and conditions which the bidder must observe in the preparation of the proposal form and the submission of the bid. In addition to the subcontractors required to be listed in conformance with Section 2-1.454, "Required Listing of Proposed Subcontractors," of the Standard Specifications, each proposal shall have listed therein the portion of work that will be done by each subcontractor listed. A sheet for listing the subcontractors is included in the Proposal. The fora[ of Bidder's Bond mentioned in the last paragraph in Section 2-1.47, "Proposal Guaranty," of the Standard Specifications will be found following the signature page of the Proposal, In conformance with Public Contract Code Section 7106,a Noncollusion Affidavit is included in the Proposal. Signing the Proposal shall also constitute signature of the Noncollusion Affidavit. The contractor,sub recipient or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race,color,national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shalt carry out applicable requirements of 49 CPR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract,which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the recipient deems appropriate. Each subcontract signed by the bidder most include this assurance, 2-1.015--FEDERAL LOBBYING RESTRICTIONS.--Section 1352,Title 1352,Title 31, United States Code prohibits Federal funds from being expended by the recipient or any lower tier subrecipient of a Federal-aid contract to pay for any person for influencing or a€-tempting to influence a federal agency or Congress in connection with the awarding of any federal-aid contract,the making of any federal grant or loan, or the entering into of any cooperative agreement. If any funds other than federal funds have been paid for the same purposes in connection with this federal-aid contract,the recipient shall submit an executed certification and, if required, submit a completed disclosure form as part of the bid documents. A certification for federal-aid contracts regarding payment of funds to lobby Congress or a federal agency is included in the Proposal. Standard Form -LLL, "Disclosure of Lobbying Activities,"with instructions for completion of the Standard Form is also included in the Proposal. Signing the Proposal shall constitute signature of the Certification. The above referenced certification'and disclosure of lobbying activities shall be included in each subcontract and any #ower-tier contracts exceeding$100,000, All disclosure forms,but not certifications; shall be forwarded from tier to tier until received by the Engineer. The Contractor.subcontractors and any lower-tier contractors shall file a disclosure form at the end of each calendar quarter in which there occurs any event that requires disclosure or that materially affects the accuracy of the information contained in any disclosure form previously filed by the Contractor,subcontractors and any tower-tier contractors. An event that materially affects the accuracy of the information reported includes; (1) A cumulative increase if$25,000 or more in the amount paid or expected to be paid for influencing or attempting to influence a covered federal action; or (2) A change in the persons) or individual(s)influencing or attempting to influence a covered federal action; or (3) 7'1 change in the officer(s), employees(s), or Member(s)contacted to influence or attempt to influence a covered Federal Action. Page 12-91 UP 01-04 �� March 15,2001 EXHIBIT 12-JE Local Assistance Procedures Manual Attachment H PS&E Checklist Instructions 2-1.02 DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE(DBE).—This contract is subject to Part 26,Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations entitled"Participation by Disadvantaged Business Enterprises in Department of Transportation Financial Assistance Programs." The Regulations in their entirety are incorporated herein by this reference. Disadvantaged business enterprises(DBEs), as defined in 49 CPR part 26 are encouraged to participate in the performance of contracts financed in whole or in part with Federal Funds. The Contractor should ensure that DBEs have the opportunity to participate in the performance of this contract and shall take all necessary and reasonable steps for this assurance. The Contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race,color,national origin, or sex in the award and performance of subcontracts. Bidders shall be fully informed with respect to the requirements of the DBP. Regulations. The DBE Regulations in their entirety are incorporated herein by this reference. Attention is directed to the following matters: A. A DBE must be a small business concern as defined pursuant to Section 3 of U.S, Small Business Act and relevant regulations promulgated pursuant thereto; B. A DBE may participate as a prune contractor, subcontractor,joint venture partner with a prime or subcontractor, vendor of material or supplies,oras a trucking company; 13. A DBE joint venture partner rr€ust be responsible for specific contract items of work, or clearly defined portions thereof. Responsibility means actually performing, managing and supervising the work with its own forces. The DBE joint venture partner must share in the capital contribution, control, management, risks and profits of the joint venture commensurate with its ownership interest; C. A DBE must perforin a commercially useful function, i.e., must be responsible for the execution of a distinct element of the work and must carry out its responsibility by actually performing, managing and supervising the work; I E. DBEs must be certified by California Unified Certification Program (CUCP). Listings of DBEs certified by the CUCP are available from the following sources: 1.The Caltran's"Civil Rights"web site at: http:l;www.(lot.ca gov/h tb�. 2. The Caltran's DBE Directory. This Directory may be obtained from the Department of - Transportation, Materiel Operations Branch, Publication Distribution unit, 19001 Royal Oaks Drive, Sacramento, California 95815,Telephone:(916)445-3520; F. When reporting DBE participation, bidders may count the cost of materials or supplies purchased from DBEs as follows: 1. If the materials or supplies are obtained from a DBE manufacturer, 140 percent of the cost of the materials or supplies . A DBE manufacturer is a firm that operates or maintains a factory or establishment that produces, on the premises, the materials, supplies, articles, or equipmcht required under the contract and of the general character described by the specifications. 2. If the materials or supplies are purchased frorn a DBE regular dealer, count 60 percent of the cost of the materials or supplies. A.DBE regular dealer is a firm that owns, operates or maintains a store, warehouse, or other establishment in which the materials, supplies, articles or equipment of the general character described by the specifications and required under the contract are bought, kept in ! stock, and regularly sold or leased to the public in the usual course of business. To be a DBE regular I dealer, the firm must be an established, regular business that engages, as its principal business and under its own name, in the purchase and sale or lease of the products in question. A person may be a DBE regular dealer in such bulk items as petroleum products, steel, cement, gravel, stone, or asphalt without owning, operating, or maintaining a place of business as provided in this paragraph F'.2., if the person both owns and operates distribution equipment for the products. Any supplementing of regular dealers`own distribution equipment shall be by a long-term lease agreement and not on an ad Page I2-92 May 1,2006 ` LPI' 46-01 Local Assistance Procedures Manual EXHIBIT 12-E PS&E Checklist Instructions Attachment If hoc or contract-by-contract basis.Packagers,brokers, manufacturers' representatives, or other persons who arrange or expedite transactions are not. DBE regular dealers within the meaning of this paragraph F.2. 3. 'if the DBE is neither a manufacturer nor a regular dealer, count only the entire amount of fees or commissions charged for assistance in the procurement of the materials and supplies, or fees or transportation charges for the delivery of materials or supplies required on a job site, provided the fees are reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees charged for similar services. G When reporting DBE participation, bidders may count the participation of DBE trucking. companies as follows: 3 I. The DBE must be responsible for the management and supervision of the entire trucking operation for which it is responsible on a particular contract. 2. The DBE must itself own and operate at least one fully licensed, insured, and operational truck used on the contract. 3. The DBE receives credit for the total value of the transportation services it provides on the contract using trucks it owns,insures,and operates using drivers it employs. 4. The DBE may lease trucks from another DBE firm including an owner-operator, who is certified as a DBI . The DBE who leases trucks from another DBI; receives credit for the total value of the transportation services the lessee DBE provides on the contract. 5. The DBE may also lease trucks from a non-DBE firm including from an owner-operator. The DBE who leases trucks from a non-DBE is entitled to credit only for the fee or commission it receives as a result of the lease arrangement. The DISE does not receive credit for the total value of the transportation services provided by the lessee, since these set-vices are not provided by a DBE; 6. For the purposes of this paragraph G, a lease must indicate that the DBE has exclusive use of and control over the truck. This does not preclude the leased truck from working for others during the term of the lease with the consent of the DBE, so long as the lease gives the DBE absolute priority for use of the leased truck. Leased trucks must display the name and identification number of the DBE. H. Bidders are encouraged to use services offered by financial institutions owned and controlled by DBps, i f 1 i F j -;"7 Page Page I2-93 LPI'06-06 t Novernber 14,2006 EXHIBIT 12-E Local Assistance Procedures Manual Attachment H PS&E Checklist Instructions Page 12-94 March 1.5,2001 LPF 01-04 i Local Assistance Procedures Manual EXHIBIT 12-E PS&E Checklist Instrurtions Attachment I SECTION 3. AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT .The bidder's attention is directed to the provisions in Section 3, "Award and Execution of Contract," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions for the requirements and conditions concerning award and execution of contract. A "LOCAL AGENCY BIDDER-DBE INFORMATION" form will be provided by the Agency in the contract documents to be executed by the successful bidder. The purpose of the form is to collect data required under 49 CFR Part 26. Even if no DBE participation will be reported,the successful bidder must execute and return the form. The successful bidder`s"LOCAL AGENCY BIDDER-DBE INFORMATION" form should include the nacres, addresses and phone numbers of DBE firms that will participate, with a complete description of work or supplies to be provided by each, and the dollar value of each DBE transaction. When 100 percent of a contract iters of work is not to be performed or furnished by a DBE,a description of the exact portion of that work to be performed or furnished by that DBE should be included in the DBE information, including the planned location of that work. A successful bidder certified as a DBE should describe the work it has committed to performing with its own forces as well as any other work that it has committed to be performed by DBE subcontractors, suppliers and trucking companies, The successful bidder is encouraged to provide written confirmation from.each DBE that the DBE is participating in the contract. A copy of a DBE's quote will serve as written confirmation that the DBEs participating in the contract, If a DBE is participating as a joint venture partner,the successful bidder is encouraged to submit a copy of the joint venture agreement. 'rhe"LOCAL AGENCY'LS BIDDER- DBE INFORMA'T'ION" form should be completed and returned to the Agency by the successful bidder with the executed contract and contract bonds. SECTION 4. BEGINNING OF WORK,TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 8-1.03, "Beginning of Work," in Section 8-1,06.; "Time of Completion," and in Section 8-1.07, "Liquidated Damages," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions. The Contractor shall begin work within _calendar dans after the contract has been approved by the City/County of This work shall be diiipently prosecuted to compietion before the expiration of WORKING DAYS beginning on the_calendar day after approval of the contract. (INSERT AMOUNT OF LIQUIDATED DAMAGES) F The Contractor shall pay to the City/County of the such of $ per day, for each and every calendar day's delay in finishing the work in excess of the number of working days prescribed above_ Page I2-97 LPP 06-01 � "� May 1,2006 Local Assistance Procedures Manual EXHIBIT 12_E PS&P Checklist Instructions Attachment.I 5-1, SUBCONTRACTOR AND DBE RECORDS. -- The Contractor shall maintain records showing the name and business address of each first-tier subcontractor. The records shall also show the name and business address of every DBE subcontractor, BBE vendor of materials and DBE trucking company, regardless of tier. The records shall show the date of payment and the total dollar figure paid to all of these firms. DBE prune contractors shall also show the date of work performed by their own forces along with the corresponding dollar value of the work. Upon completion of the contract, a summary of these records shall be prepared on "Final Report— Utilization of Disadvantaged Business Enterprises - {DBE), First-Tier Subcontractors" (Exhibit 17-F/Form CEM-2402) and certified correct by the Contractor or his authorized representative, and shall be furnished to the Engineer. The I form shall be furnished to the Engineer within 90 days from the date of contract acceptance. The amount of $10,000 will be withheld from payment until a satisfactory form is submitted. Prior to the fifteenth of each month, the Contractor shall submit documentation to the Engineer showing the amount paid to DBE trucking companies. The Contractor shall also obtain and submit documentation to the Engineer showing the amount paid by DBE trucking companies to all farms, including owner-operators, for the leasing of trucks. if the DBE leases trucks from a non-DBE,the Contactor may count only the fee or commission the DBR receives as a result of the lease arrangement. The Contractor shall also obtain and submit documentation to the Engineer showing the truck number, owner's name,California Highway Patrol CA number, and if applicable, the DBE certification number of the owner of the truck for all trucks used during that month. This documentation shall be submitted on "Monthly DBE Trucking Verification" Form CEM-24048. Page 12-99 LPP 06-01 May 1,2006 Local:Assistance Procedures Manual EXHIBIT 17-0 Disadvantaged Business,Enterprises(DISE)Certification Status Change STATE OF CALIFORNIA—DEPAP LIENI OF TRANSPORTATION DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES(DBE)CERTIFICATION STATUS CHANGE CP-CEM-2403(F) (New. 10199) CONTACTNU,NIBUR COUNTY ROUTE POST.IMII;ES ADMINISTERING AGENCY CONTRACTCOMPETIONDAI'E PKIME CONTRACTOR ._ BUSINPSS ADDM- S ESTIMATED CONTRACT AMOUNT Prime Contractor:List nil�13Es with chQ�tges in certificalior�sfntus(certified/decerTifed)while in your employ,whether or tial jrmr were ariginally luted for good credit Attach D33I certifcatiaral7aecefrificafion letter in accordance with the Special,Provisions CERTIFICATION/ CON'tRACI- SUBCONTRACTNAMLAND BUSINESS CERTIFICATION NUMBER AMOUNT PAID WHILE DECERTIFICATION ITEM NO. BUSINESS ADDRESS PHONE CERTIFIED DATE Letter attached S $ c� 00 S S Coz�tn�enl.s: ICERTIIY"-'FIAT'THE ABOVE INFORMATION ISCOMPLETE AND CORRECT CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE SIGNATURE TITLE BUSINESS FlIONENUMBER /)ATE TO THE BEST'OF mY KNOWLI D(Z THE ABOVE INFORNL),TIOIN IS COMETE AND CORRECT RESIDENT ENGINEEK - BUSINESS PHONE NUMBER BATE Distribution Original capy-DL,AI: €'apy-I)Bkisiness Enterp(se Program 2)1`utne Contactor 3)Local Agency 4)Resident Engineer Page 17-43 UP 06-03 July 21,2006 EXHIBIT 17-0 Local Assistance Procedures ]Manual Disadvantaged Business Enterprises(DBE)Certification Status Change Form CP-CEM 2403(F)(New 10/99) DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (DBE)CHANGE IN CERTIFICATION STATUS REPORT The top of the form requires specific information regarding the construction project: Contract Number,County, - Route,Post Miles, the Administering Agency, the Contract Completion Date, and the Estimated Contract Amount. It requires the Prirne.Contractor°s name and Business Address.The focus of the form is to substantiate and verify the actual DBE dollar amount paid to contractors on federally funded projects that had a changed in Certification status during the course of the completion of the contract. The two situations that are being addressed by CP-CEM 2403(F) are, ifa firm certified as a DBE and doing work on the contract during the course of the project becomes Decertified, and if a non-DBE firm doing work on the contract during the course of the project becomes Certified as a.DBE. The form has a column to enter the Contract Item No(or Item Nos.) as well as a column for the Subcontractor's Name, Business Address, Business Phone,and contractor's Certification Number. The column entitled Amount Paid While Certified will be lysed to enter the actual dollar value of the work performed by those contractors who meet the conditions as outlined above during the time period they are Certified as a DBE. This column on the CP-CEM-2403(F)should only reflect the dollar value of work performed while the firm was Certified as a DBE. The column called Ccrtification/Decer-tification.Date (Letter attached)will reflect either the date of the Decertification Letter sent out by the Civil Rights Program or the date of the Certification Certificate mailed out by the Civil Rights Program.There is a box to check that support documentation is attached to the CP-CEM-2403 (F) form. There is a Comments section for any additional information that may need to be provided regarding any of the above transactions. The CEM-2403(F)has an area at the bottom where the Contractor and the Resident Engineer sign and elate that the information provided is complete and correct. There is a Cormnents section for any additional information that may need to be provided regarding any of the above transactions. The CEM-2403(1') has an area at the bottom where the Contractor and the Resident Engineer sign and date that the information provided is complete and correct. { Page I7-44 illy 21,2096 1 PP 06-03 Local Assistance Procedures Manual EXHIBIT 12-E PS&E Checklist Instructions Attachment K 51. PERFORMANCE QFSUBCONTRACTURS° The subcontractors listed by the Contractor in conformance with Section 2-1,054,"Required Listing of Proposed i Subcontractors," of the Standard Specifications, skull perform the work and supply the materials for which they E are listed unless the Contractor has received prior written authorization to perform the work with other forces or to obtain the materials from other sources. i The.Contractor should notify the Engineer in writing of any changes to its anticipated DEE participation:. This notice should be provided prior to the commencement of that portion of the work. Page 12-101 LPP•06-01 .' May 1,2006 Local Assistance Procedures Manual EXIIII31T 12-E PS&E Checklist Instructions Attachment L 5-1. SUBCONTRACTING Attention is directed to the provisions in Section 8-1.01, "Subcontracting," and these special provisions. I Pursuant to the provisions in Section 1777.1 of the Labor Code, the labor Commissioner publishes and } distributes a listof contractors ineligible to perform work as a subcontractor on a public works project. This list E of debarred contractors is available from the Department of Industrial Relations web site at; h'Ltp:;'/www.dir.ca.govfD'LISE/Debar.htii-il. The provisions in the third paragraph of Section 8-1.01, "Subcontracting,"of the Standard Specifications, that the Contractor shall perform with the Contractor's own organization contract work atnounting to not less than 50 percent of the original contract price, (is or is riot) changed by the federal Aid requirement specified under "Required Contract Provisions Federal-Aid Construction Contracts" in Section 14 of these special provisions that the Contractor perforin not less than 30 percent of the original contract work with the Contractor's own organization. Each subcontract and any lower tier subcontract that may in turn be made shall 'include the "Required Contract Provisions Federal-Aid Construction Contracts" in Section 14 of these special provisions. Noncompliance shall be corrected. Payment for subcontracted work involved will be withheld from progress payments dine, or to become due, until correction is made. Failure to comply may result in termination of the contract. 3 i i i Page 12-103 LPP C16-(1t May 1,2€106 5-1.10 PROMPT PROGRESS PAYMENT TO SUBCONTRACTORS Attention is directed to the provisions in Sections 10262 and 10262.5 of the Public Contract Code and Section 7108.5 of the Business and Professions Code concerning prompt payment to subcontractors. t E 5-1.102 PROMPT PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS TO SUBCONTRACTORS The Contractor shall return all moneys withheld in retention from the subcontractor within 30 days after receiving payment for work satisfactorily completed, even if the other contract work is not completed and has not been accepted in conformance with Section 7-1.17, "Acceptance of � Contract," of the Standard Specifications. This requirement shall not be construed to limit or impair any contractual., administrative, or judicial.remedies otherwise available to the Contractor or subcontractor in the event of a dispute involving late payment or nonpayment by the Contractor or deficient subcontract performance or noncompliance by a subcontractor. E E E I E i i Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 15-GI Local Agency Bidder UDBE Commitment(Construction Contracts) Exhibit 15-G1 Local Agency Bidder UDBE Commitment (Construction Contracts) NOTE: PLEASE REFER TO INSTRUCTIONS ON THE REVERSE SIDE OF THIS FORM AGENCY: LOCATION: PROJECT DESCRIPTION: TOTAL CONTRACT A-MOUNT:S ID DATE: BIDDE.R'S NAM& CONTRACT UDBF GOAL: —�-- CONTRACT I[TFM OF WORK AND DESCRIPTION �–ert.No.of UDDE NAME OF UDBEs IDOLLAR,AMOUNT IT EIS NO. OR SERVICES TO BE G AND EXPIRATION Must be certified on the date bids UDT3I~. SUBCONTRACTED OR MATERIALS IDATF, reopened-include UDBE Q BE PROVIDED address andfhone number -.. ...� For Local Agency to Complete: Total Ciairned Local Agency Contract Number: Panic€Dation Federal Aid Project Number: Federal Share: %n Contract Award Datc: Local Agency certifies that all information is complete and accurate. Signature of Hidder Print Name -- Signature.__ Date Local Agency Representative pate (Area Cade)Tei.No. ,Area Code)Tete hone Number: For Caltrans ReVIeV4'' Person to Contact (Please Typr or Print) Print Name Signature –. Date Caltrans District Local Assist=e Engineer L caE Aeericy Biddcs-UDBE Commitment(Rev 3109) Distribution; (I)COPY—Fax Or scan a copy t0 the Caltrans District L,Oeal ASSfstanct Enolncer(DL-AIL) within I�days of award. Failure to send a copy to the DLAE within 15 days of award may result in de-obligation of funds for this project. (2)Copy --Include in award package to Caltrans District Loca€Assistance (a)Original–Local agency files Page 15-31 )[.SPP 09-xx - March 27,2009 i Exhibit 15-GI Local Assistance Procedures Manual Local Agency Bidder UDBE Commitment(Construction Contracts) INSTRUCTIONS - LOCAL AGENCY BIDDER UDBE COMMITMENT(CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS) (Revised 03/09) ALL BIDDERS: PLEASE NOTE: It is the bidder's responsibility to verify that the UDBE(s)falls into one of the following groups in order to count towards the UDDE contract goal: 1) Black.American; 2)Asian-Pacific American; 3)Native Americana; 4)Women, This information may be submitted with your bid proposal. If it is not,, and you are the apparent low bidder or the second or third low bidder,it gust submitted and received as specified in the Special Provisions. Failure to submit the required UDBE corhmitment will be grounds for finding the proposal nonresponsive UDBE is a firm meeting the definition of a DBE as specified in 49 CFR and is one of the following groups: 1. Black American 2. Asian-Pacific American 3. Native American 4. Women The form requires specific information regarding the construction contract: Agency, Location, Project Description, Federal Aid Project Number(assigned by Caltrans-Local Assistance), Total Contract Amount, Bid Date,Bidder's Name,and Contract Goal. The form has a column for the Contract Item Number(or Item No's) and Item of Work and Description or Services to be Subcontracted or Materials to be provided by UDBEs. The UDBE should provide a certification number to the Contractor and expiration date. The form has a column for the Names of UDBE contractors to perforin the work(who must be certified on the date bids are opened and include the UDBE address and phone number). Enter the UDBE prime's and subcontractors' certification numbers. Prime contractors shall indicate all work to be performed by UDBEs including, if the prime is a UDBE, work performed by its own forces. IMPORTANT: Identify all UDBE firms being participating in the project regardless of tier. Names of the First Tier UDBE Subcontractors and their respective item(s) of work listed should be consistent, where applicable, with the names and items of work in the "List of Subcontractors" submitted with your bid. Provide copies of the UDBEs' quotes, and if applicable,a copy of joint venture agreements pursuant to the Subcontractors Listing Law and the Special Provisions. There is a column for the total UDBE dollar amount. Enter the Total Claimed UDBE Participation dollars and percentage amount of items of work submitted with your bid pursuant to the Special Provisions. (If 100% of item is not to be performed or furnished by the UDBE,describe exact portion of time to be performed or furnished by the UDBE.) See Section "Disadvantaged Business Enterprise(DBE),"of the Special Provisions(construction contracts); to determine how to count the participation of UDBE firms. Exhibit 15-G(1)must be signed and dated by the person bidding. Also list a phone number in the space provided and print the naive oftlie person to contact. Local agencies should complete the Contract Award Date and Federal Share fields and verify that all information is complete and accurate before signing and sending a copy of the form to the District focal. Assistance Engineer within 15 days of award. Failure to submit a completed and accurate form within the 15-day time period may result in the de-obligation of funds on this project. District DDE Coordinator should verif},that all information is complete and accurate. Once the information has been verified, the District Local Assistance Engineer signs and dates the form. Page 15-32 March 27,2009 . LPP 09-xx Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 15-G2 Local Agency Bidder DBE Information (Construction.Contracts) Exhibit 15-G2 Local Agency Bidder DBE Information (Construction Contracts) (Inclusive of all DBEs including the UDBEs listed at hid proposal) NOTE: PLEASE REFER TO LNI STRUCTtONS ON THE REVERSE SIDE OF THIS FORM AGENCY: LOCATION: PRO.IYCT DESCRIPTION: TOTAL CONTRACT AMOUNT:$ BID HATE: BIDDER'S NAME: CONTRACT ;TEM OF WORK AND DESCRIPTION DBE Cert Na. NAME OF DBEs DOJ -Alt A.MOUNT TtElv1 Np 0R SERVICES TO BE ND EXPIRA T ION titust be certified on the date bids BE r UBCONTRACTED OR MATERIALS DVrE are opened-include IEEE address . TO BE PROVIDED land PLGEe number) For Local Agency to Complete. Total CWmcd Local Agency Contract Number: _ Participation Federal Aid Project plumber; I Federal Share: . ontract Award bate: Local Agency certifies that the DBE certification(sj has been verified and all information is complete and aecurate. Signature of Biddcr Print Name Signature w Date --- Agency Representative Pate (Area Code)-Tc 1.No. (Arca Code)Tele hone Number: For Caltrans Review: Person to Cantact (Please Type or Print) Print Name signainre Dalz Caitrans District Local Assistance Engined 1=21 Agency Biddvr DRE fnfonnation(RZ v 3'09) Distribution: (I)Copy—Fax or scarf a capy to the Cal€tans District l-ocal Assistance Engineer(DLAE) within 15 days of contract execution, Failurc to send a copy to the DLAE within 15 days of contract exccution may result in.de-ohligatior,of Minds for this Project- (Z)Copy --Include in award package to Caltrans Distract Local Assistanec (3)Original--Laca!agency files Page 15-32a LPP 09-xx {� March 27,2009 f E E Exhibit 15-GZ Local Assistance Procedures Manual Local Agency Bidder DBE Information(Construction Contracts) INSTRUCTIONS - LOCAL AGENCY BIDDER DBE INFORMATION (CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS) (Revised 03/09) SUCCESSFUL BADDER: The form requires specific information regarding the construction contract: Agency, Location, Project } Description,Federal Aid Project Number(assigned by Caltrans-Local Assistance),Total Contract Amount, Bid Date.Bidder's Name,and Contract Goal The form has a column for the Contract Item Number(or Item No's)and Item of Work and Description or Services to be Subcontracted or Materials to be provided by DBEs. The DBE should provide a certification number to the Contractor and expiration date. The DBE contractors should notify the Contractor in writing with the date of the decertification if their status should change during the course of the contract. The form has a column for the Names of DBE certified contractors to perform the work(must be certified on the date bids are opened and include DBE address and phone number). Enter DBE prune and subcontractors certification number. Prime contractors shall indicate all work to be performed by DBEs including work performed by its own: forces if a DBE. IMPORTANT: Identify all DBE firms participating in the project--including all UDBEs listed on the UDBE Commitment form (Exhibit 15G(l)),regardless of tier. Names of the First Tier DBE Subcontractors and their respective item(s)of work listed should be consistent,where applicable, with the names and items of work in the "List of Subcontractors" submitted with your bid. There is a column for the total DBE dollar amount. Enter the Total Claimed DBE Participation dollars and percentage amount of items of work submitted with your bid pursuant to the Special Provisions. (If 100% of itern is not to be performed or furnished by the DBE,describe exact portion of time to be performed or furnished by the DBE.) See Section "Disadvantaged Business Enterprise(DBE),"of the Special Provisions (construction contracts);to determine how to count the participation of DBE firms. Exhibit 15-G(2)must be signed and dated by the successful bidder. Also list a phone number in the space provided and print the name of the person to contact. Local agencies should complete the Contract Award Date, Federal Share,Contract and Project Number fields, and verify that all information is complete and accurate before signing and sending a copy of the form, to the District Local Assistance Engineer within 15 days of contract execution. Failure to submit a completed and accurate form within the 15-day time period may result in the de-obligation of funds on this project. District DBE Coordinator should verify that all information is complete and accurate. Once the information has been'verified, the District Local .Assistance Engineer signs and dates the fora-:.. Page 15-32b March 27,2€09 LPP 09-xx Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit 15-H UDBE Information-Good Faith Effort EXHIBIT 15-H UDBE INFORMATION--GOOD FAITH EFFORTS Federal-aid Project No. Sid Opening Date The (City/County of) established an Under-utilized Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (UDBE) goal of % for this project. The information provided herein shows that a good faith effort was made. Lowest, second lowest and third lowest bidders shall submit the following information to document adequate good faith efforts. Bidders should submit the following information even if the "Local Agency Bidder—UDBE Commitment"forth indicates that the bidder has met the UDBE goal. This will protect the bidder's eligibility for award of the contract: if the administering agency determines that the bidder failed to meet the goal.for various reasons,e.g.,a UDBE firm was not certified at bid opening,or the bidder made a mathematical error. Submittal of only the "Local Agency Bidder — UDBE Commitment' form may not provide sufficient documentation to demonstrate that adequate good faith efforts were made. The following items are listed in the Section entitled "Submission of UDBE Commitment" of the Special { Provisions: A. The names and dates of each publication in which a request for UDBE participation for this project was placed by the bidder (please attach copies of advertisements or 'proofs of publication): E E Publications Dates of Advertisement d B. The names and dates of written notices sent to certified UDBEs soliciting bids for this project and the dates and methods used for following up initial solicitations to determine with certainty whether the UDBEs were interested (please attach copies of solicitations, telephone records, fax confirmations, etc.): Names of Date of Follow Up UDBEs Initial Methods and Solicited Solicitation Dates C. The items of work which the bidder made available to UDBE firms, including, where appropriate, any breaking down of the contract work items (including those items normally performed by the bidder with its own forces) into economically feasible units to facilitate UDBE Page I5-33 LP]'09-xx ,J� March 4,2009 Exhibit Ia-H Local Assistance Procedures Manual UDBE Information-Good Faith Effort participation. It is the bidder's responsibility to demonstrate that sufficient work to facilitate UDBE participation was made available to UDBE firms. Items of Work Bidder Normally Breakdown of Items Amount Percentage Performs Item ($) of YIN Contract j D. The names, addresses and phone numbers of rejected UDBE firms,the reasons for the bidder's i rejection of the UDBEs, the farms selected for that work (please attach copies of quoties from the fines involved), and the price difference for each UDBE if the selected firm is not a UDBE: 1 Names, addresses and phone numbers of rejected UDBEs and the reasons for the bidder's f reiection of the UDBEs: Names, addresses and phone numbers of firms selected for the work above: E. Efforts made to assist interested UDBEs in obtaining bonding, lines of credit or insurance, and r any technical assistance or information related to the plans, specifications and requirements for the work which was provided to UDBEs: F, Efforts made to assist interested UDBEs in obtaining necessary equipment, supplies, materials, or related assistance or services, excluding supplies and equipment. the UDBE subcontractor purchases or leases from the prime contractor or its affiliate: G. The names ofagencies, organizations or groups contacted to provide assistance in contacting, recruiting and using UDBE firths (please attach copies of requests to agencies and any responses received, i.e., lists, Internet page download, etc.): Page 15-34 March 4,2009 LPI'(}9-xx i i Local Assistance Procedures Manual Exhibit IS-H UDBE Information-Good Faith Effort Name of Method/Date Results Agency/Organization of Contact H. Any additional data to support a demonstration of goad faith efforts (use additional sheets if necessary): NOTE: USE ADDITIONAL, SHEETS OF PAPER IF NECESSARY. Page 15-34a LPP 09-xx March 4.2009 Local Assistance Procedures Manual EXHIBIT 17»F Final Report of Utilization of Disadvantaged Businesses EXHIBIT 17--F FINAL REPORT UTILIZATION OF DISADVANTAGED BUSINESSES STATE OF CALIFORNIA-DEPARTMENTOF TRANSPORTATION drww LOCAL ASSISTANCE-FEDERAL-FINAL REPORT-UTILIZATION OF !° DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES(D13E),FIRST-TIER SUBCONTRACTORS Revised 9fOL - - CONT RACT NUMSER UNIY_. LOCATION �PROJECT DESCRIPTION FEDERAL AID PROJECT NO- ADMINISTERING AGENCY CONTRACT COMPLETION DATE MIME CONI RAC I'ORK;ONSUL IAN i 13LISINESS ADDRESS FEDERAL SHARE FINAL CON t RAC f AMOUNT - {For local agency to complete) 5 S DESCRIPTION OF Dat= CF-RT, CONTRACT PAYMENTS FEDERAL SHARE S �. CONTRACT WORK PERFORMED SUBCONTRACTOR NAME NUMBER x EXP. DBE DBE (NON- DBE DATE WORK DATE OF FINAL IrFm Na. AND MATERIAL AND BUSINESS ADDRESS DATI NON-DSE DBI {MINORITY} M)NORITY (MINORITY COMPLETE PAYMENT PROVIDED (MINORITY) ) WOMEN) $ TOTAL PAYMENTS S S S S S OPTG31W L DBE COMMITMENT original DBE V ME GOAL ATTAINMENT List all Flrst'Tler Sobcontrac€ors and all Disadvantaged Business Enterprises(DBEs)rsgardless of tier,whether or not the Firms were originally listed for gnat credit.If actual DHE ulifizatlon(Or item of work)was different than that approved at lime of award,provide comments on the back of the form. LIEF actual amount paid to each of the DBE even if different than urlginally listed for goal credit_ - G0NIFACT[3RICONSULTANT gEf RESfwNiA71V€'S SIGNATURE ~„+ � BUSINESS PHONE NLit�aER � DATE RESIDENT PROJECT ENGINEERS SIGNATURE allSiNESS PHONE NOMBER DRTE ArENGY Dji l ribiltirrn; (1)Original plus One copy inclixied in lite Report OtExper ditures-D[.AE (2)Copy-Local Agency fries Page 17-21 July 21,2094 LPP 04-07 EXHIBIT 17-F Chapter 17 Final Report of Utilization of Disadvantaged Businesses Project Completion Form CP-CEM 2402(F)(Rev.08/04) FINAL REPORT—UTILIZATION OF DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES(I)BE),FIRST-TIER SUBCONTRACTORS(FEDERALLY FUNDED PROJECTS) The form requires specific information regarding the construction project: Contract Number, County,Route, Post Miles,a box to check that the project is indeed a Federal Aid Project,the Administering Agency, the Contract Completion Date and the Estimated Contract Amount. It requires the Prime Contractor's naive and Business Address. The focus of the form is to describe who did what by contract item numbers and descriptions,asking for specific dollar values of item work completed broken down by subcontractors who performed the work, both DBE and non-DBE work 1 forces.DBE prune contractors are required to show the date of work performed by their own forces along with the corresponding dollar value of work. The form has a column to enter the Contract Item No(or Idem No`s) and Description of work performed or Materials provided,as we]I as a column for the Subcontractor's Name and Business Address.For firms who are DISE, there is a column to enter their DBE Certification No.The DBE should provide their Certification Number to the Contractor and notify the Contractor in writing with the date of the decertification if their status should change during the course of the project. The form has five columns for the dollar value to be entered for the item work performed by the subcontractor. The Non-DBE Column is used to enter the dollar value of work performed for firms who are not certified DBE. The decision of which column to be used for entering the DBE dollar value is based on what Program(s) the firm is Certified.This Program status is determined by the Civil Rights Certification Unit based or,ethnicity,gender, ownership and control issues at time of certification. The certified firm is issued a certificate by the Civil Rights Unit that states their program status as well as the firms Expiration Date. DBE Program status may be obtained by accessing the Civil Rights website(www.dot.ca, oyZbgLLepD and downloading the Calcert Extract or by calling(916)227 2207. Based on this DBE Program status,the following table depicts which column to be used: F IBE Program Status Column to be used If program status shows DISE only with no DBE other programs listed If program status shows DBE, SMBE DHE Minoru If Prog rami status shows DBE, SMBE, SWBE DB Minority Women If pro&Lam status shows DBE, SWBE DBE(Non-Minority Women If a contractor performing work as a DBE on the project becomes decertified,and stili perforins work after their i decertification date,enter the total dollar value performed by this contractor on Form 2402(F)under the appropriate DBE Program Status(include all work performed after decertification)and complete and submit Form CEM-2403(F) as appropriate. Any comments to be made on the Form 2402(F)are to be explained on the reverse side of the form. Indicate in the Comment section that Foran CEM 2403(k)is being submitted, If a contractor performing work as a Nan-DBE on the project becomes certified as a DBE enter the dollar value of all work performed as a DBE on CEM--2402(F) and CEM-2403(10. Any comments to be made on the Form 2402(;")are,to be explained on the reverse side of the Form. Indicate in the Comment section that Form CEM 2403(F) is being submitted. There is a space provided on the CEM-2402(F)where the TOTAL is entered for tl�ese five columns. There is a column on the CSM-21402(F)to enter the Date Work Complete as well as a column to enter the Date of Final Payment, which is an indicator of when the Prime Contractor made the "final payment" to the subcontractor for the portion of work listed as being completed. The Original IBE Commitment area on the CEM-2402(F) is based on information at Award time of the project and is the total dollar value of those subcontractors listed at Award based on the above table. The CEM-2402(F) has an area at t�e bottom where the Contractor and the Resident Engineer sign and date that the information provided is complete and correct. Page 17-22 July 21,2006 �. LPI'06-03 Local Assistance Procedures Manual EXHIBIT 12-E P5&E Checklist Instructions Attachment M 5-1. BUY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS.--Attention is directed to the"Buy America"requirements of the Title 23 United States Code, Section 313 and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto.In accordance with said law and regulations,all manufacturing processes for steel and iron materials furnished for incorporation into the work on this project shall occur in the United States; with the exception that pig iron and processed, pelletized and reduced iron ore manufactured outside of the United States may be used in the domestic manufacturing process for such steel and iron materials, The application of coatings,such as epoxy coating,galvanizing,painting,and any other coating that protects or enhances the value of such steel or iron materials shall be considered a manufacturing process subject to the"Buy America"requirements. A Certificate of Compliance, conforming to the provisions in Section 6-1.07,Certificates of Compliance,of the Standard Specifications, shall be furnished for steel and iron materials.The certificates, in addition to certifying that the materials comply withh the specifications, shall also specifically certify that all manufacturing processes for the materials occurred in the United States,except for the exceptions allowed herein.The requirements ! imposed by said law and regulations do not prevent a minimal use of foreign steel and iron materials if the total 1 combined cost of such materials used does not exceed one-tenth of one percent(O.l%)of the total contract cost or $2,500, whichever is greater, The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer acceptable documentation of the quantity and value of any foreign steel and iron prior to incorporating such materials into the work. j 1 1'a�e 12-lli� LPP 08-44 December 31,2008 Page i o i 20 GENERAL DECISION: CA20080035 03/06/2009 CA.35 Date: Marcia 6, 2009 General Decision Number: CA20080035 03/06/2009 Superseded General Decision Number: CA20070035 State: California Construction Types: Building. Heavy (Heavy and. Dredging) and Highway County: Orange County in California. t BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS; DREDGING PROJECTS (does not include hopper dredge work) ; HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include water well drilling) ; HIGHWAY CONSTR-UCTION PROJEC'T'S s :codification Number Publication Date 0 02/08/2006 � I 02/3.5/2008 2 02/22/2008 3 02/29/2008 4 03/07/2008 5 03/28/2008 5 04/04/2008 7 05/09/2008 B 06/20/2008 9 07/04/2008 10 07/11/2008 11 08/01/2008 12 08/15/2008 13 08/29/2008 14 09/12/2008 1.5 10/03/2008 16 1.2/05/2008 17 01/32/2009 18 02/06/2009 19 02/27/2009 20 03/06/2009 ASBF0005-002 06/07/2007 Rates Fringes .Asbestos Korkers/Insulator (Includes the application of all insulating materials, protective coverings, coatings, and finishes to all types of mechanical systems) . . . . .5 37.01 10.84 Fire Stop Technician (_application of Firestopping Materials for wall openings and penetrations in wails, floors, ceilings and curtain walls} . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 20.76 10 .23 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ASBE0005-004 08/07/2006 Rates .'riTiCJeS r$ h#tp:/ff'rwe gate.ar,cess.�-,po.gov/cgi-bin/getdoc,ogi?dbnam,=Davis-Bacon&dc)cid=CA20080035 3/1'7/2009 Page 2 of 20 Asbestos Removal worker/hazardous material handler (Includes preparation, wetting, stripping, removal, scrapping, vacuuming, bagging and disposing of all insulation materials from mechanical systems, whether they contain asbestos or not) . . . .$ 19.55 5.38 .._. ---------------------------_-____--_.._.._.._------------------- BRCA0004-010 05/01/20()8 Rates Fringes Bricklayer; Marble Setter. . . . . . . .$ 33.97 10.05 ---------------------------------------------------------------- 13RCA0018-004 05/01/2007 Rates Fringes LMARBLE P114ISHER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 24.02 8.41 TILE FINISHER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 19.82 7.51 Tile Layer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 30.55 11.62 ---------------------------------------------------------------- BRCAD018-010 10/08/2007 Rates fringes TER"9.AZZO FINT SHER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 25.54 8.62 TERRAZZO WORKER/SETTER. . . . . . . . . . .$ 32 .63 9.41 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * CARP0409-001 07/01/2008 Rates Fringes CARPENTER (1) Carpenter, Cabinet Installer, Insolation Installer, Hardwood Floor Worker and acoustical installer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 37.35 9.82 (2) Millwright. . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 37.85 9.82 (3) Piledriver/Derrick Bargeman, Bridge or Deck Carpenter, Heavy Framer, Rock Bargeman or Scow-man, Rocksli.Iger, S:ringler (Commercial) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 37.48 9.82 (a) Pneumatic Nailer, Power Stapler. . . . . . ... . . . . . . .$ 37.50 9.82 (5) Sawfiler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 37.44 9.82 (6) Scat-old Builder. . . . . . .$ 28.5:5 9.82 .(7) Table Rower saw Operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 37.45 9.82 FOOTNOTE: work of forming in the construction of open cut sewers or syo.T=, drains, on operations in which horizontal lagging is used in conjunction with steel. H-Beams driven or placed in pre-- drilled ?poles, for that portior, of a lagged trench against which ooncrete is poured , namely, as a substitute for back forms (which work is performed by piledrivers) : $0.13 per hour additional. Certified Welder http://frwebc,ate.access.gpo.f�av/cgi-bin/p,etdoc.cgi?dbname=Dads-Bacon&docid=CA20080035 3/17/2009 Page 3 of 20 - $1. 00 per hour premium. ---------------------------------------------------------------- * CARP0409-405 07/01/2008 Rates Fringes Drywall DRYWALL INSTALLER/LATHER. . . .$ 37.35 10.10 STOCKER./SCRAPPER. . . . . . . .----$-10-0t1__----_- ---_6`67 ----------------------------- ELEC0011-002 , 03/01/2008 4 COMMUNICATIONS P-ND SYSTEMS WORK Rates Fringes communications system Installer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.43 3%+7.60 Technician. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 28.23 3a+7.60 SCOPE OF WORK: Installation, testing, service and maintenance of systems utilizing the transmission and/or transference of voice, sound, vision and digital for commercial, educational, security and cntertainment purposes for the following: 1V monitoring and surveillance, background-foreground music, intercom and telephone interconnect, inventory control systems, microwave transmission, multi-media, ?multiplex, nurse call systems, radio page, school intercom and sound, burglar alarms, fire alarm ' (see last paragraph below) and �. low voltage master clock systems in commercial buildings. Communication. Systems that transmit or receive information i and/or control systems that are intrinsic to the above listed systems; inclusion or exclusion of terminations and testings of conductors determined by their function; excluding all other data systems or multiple systems which include control function or power supply; excluding installation of raceway systems, conduit systems, line voltage work, and energy management systems. Does not cover work performed at China Lake Naval Ordnance.Test Station. Fire alarm work shall be performed at the current inside wiremar total cost package. ELEC0441-001 12/01/2008 � Rates Fringes CABLE SPLICER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 41.02 30+1.1.25 ELECTRICT.AN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 39.22 3%+1.1.25 IELE:C0441-QC4 12, 01/20. 08 Rates Fringes ELECT==RICIAN (TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS, T'FFIC SIGNALS & STREET LIGI:TING) Cable Splicer/Fiber Optic Splicer. . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39. 82 3 X11.25 Electrician_. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.22 3�+iw.25 Techniciaza. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.42 30+11.25 ,SCOPE OF WORK: Electrical work on public streets, freeways, http://,'rwebgate.access.;po.gov/cgi-bin/getdoe.egi,?dbnalne=Davis-Bacon&docid�CA20080035 3/17/2009 Page 4 of 20 toll-ways, etc, above or below ground.. All, work necessary for the installation, renovation, repair or removal. of Intelligent Transportation Systems, Video Surveilance Systems (CCT'V) , Street Lighting and and Traffic Signal work or systems whether underground or on bridges. Includes dusk, to dawn lighting installations and ramps for access to or egress from freeways, tall-ways, etc. Intelligent Transportation Systems shall include all systems and components to control, monitor, and communicate with pedestrian or vehicular traffic, included but not limited to: installation, modification, removal of. all Fiber optic Video System, Fiber Optic Data Systems, Direct interconnect and Communications Systems, Microwave Data and Video Systems, Infrared and Sonic Detection Systems, Solar Power Systems, Highway Advisory Radio Systems, highway Weight and Motion Systems, etc.. Any and all work required to install and maintain any specialized or newly developed systems. All cutting, fitting and bandaging of ducts, raceways, and conduits. The cleaning, rodding and installation of "fish and pull wires" . The excavation, setting, leveling and grouting of precast manholes, vaults, and pull. boxes .including ground rods or grounding systems, rock necessary for leveling and drainagae as well as pouxing of a concrete envelope if " needed. jOURNEYMAN TRANSPORTATION ELECTRICIAN skull perform all tasks necessary toinstall the complete transportation system. C�t7RNEYMAN TECHNICIAN duties shall consist of: Distribution e,f material at job site, manual excavation and backfill, installation of system conduits and raceways for electrical, telephone, cable television and comnmunication systems. Pulling, terminating and splicing of traffic signal and street light—ing conductors and electrical systems including interconnect, lector loop, fiber optic cable and video/data. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC1245-041. 06/01/2-008 Rates Fringes LINE CONSTRUCTION (I) Lineman; Cable splicer. .$ 43.07 12.57 (2) Equipment specialist (operates crawler trac,tors, commercial motor vehicles, backhoes, trenchers, cranes (50 tons and below) , overhead & underground distribution line equipment) . . . . . . . . , . .$ 34 .40 11.53 (3) Groundman. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 25.31 11.29 (4) Powderman. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 38.46 11.69 HOLIDAYS: New 'Year' s Day, M.L. Eking Day, Memorial Day, TndeDcinde-r,ce Day, `tabor Lay, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day and day after Thanksgiving, Christmas Day --------------------------------------------------------- ZELEV0018-Dal 01-101,12009 Rates Fringes ELEVATOR MECIF,1QIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 44 .10 18.265 http://frwvebgate.access.goo.gov/cgi-bin/getdoc.egi?dbname=Davis-Bacon&docld=CA20090035 3/17/2009 Page S of 20 FOOTNOTE PAID VACATION: Employer contributes 8k of regular hourly rate as vacation pay credit for employees with more than. 5 years of service, and 6% for 6 months to 5 years of service. PAID HOLIDAYS: New Years Day, Memorial Day, independence .Gay, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving, and Christmas Shay. ----------------------------------------------------------------- ENGI001.2-003 07/01/2008 Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (All Other Work) GROUP 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 35.28 1.6.47 GROUP 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . .$ 36.06 16.47 GROUP 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$36.35 16.47 GROUP 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -$ 37.84 16.47 GROUP 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 38. 94 1.6.47 GROUP 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 38. 06 16.47 GROUP 7 - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.16 1.6.47 GROUP 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 38.17 16.47 GROUP 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.27 16.47 GROUP 10. . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 38.29 16.47 GROUP 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 3x.39 16.47 GROUP 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 38.46 16.47 GROUP 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 38.56 1.6.47 GROUP 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 38.59 16.47 GROUP i5- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 38. 67 1.6.47 GROUP 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 38.79 16.47 GROUP 1.7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 38.96 16.47 GROUP 18 - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39. 06 1.6.47 GROUP 19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.1.7 16.47 GROUP 21). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.29 15.47 GROUP 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.46 16.47 GROUP 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.56 16.47 GROUP 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 39.67 16.47 GROUP 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39.79 16.47 GROUP 25- . . . . . . . . . . . 39.96 16.47 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (Cranes, Piledriving & Hoisting) GROUP I. $ 36.63 16.47 Cr20]P 2 . 37.41 16.47 GROUP 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Y 37.70 1.6.47 CROUP 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 37.84 16.47 GROUP 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 38.06 16.47 GROUP 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 38.17 16.47 GROUP 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 38.29 16.47 GROUP 8. . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 38.46 16.47 GROUP 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 38.63 16.47 GROUP 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 39,63 16.47 GROUP 11. 40.63 16.47 GROUP 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 41.63 16.47 GROUP 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 42.63 16.47 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (Tunnel Work) GROUP 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 37.7.3 .'16.47 GROUP 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 37.91 16.47 GROUP 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 38.20 16.47 GROUP 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 38.34 16.47 GROUP 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 38.56 16.47 hap:l/frweb-ate.access. po.goNT/ec i-bin/,oetdoe.egi?dbname=Davis-Bacon&docid CA.200 0035 3/17/2009 Page 6 of 20 GROUP 6. . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . .$ 38.67 26.47 GROUP 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 38.79 16.47 FOOTNOTES: PREMIU-M PAY of $3.75 per hour shall be paid on a.11 power equipment operator work at Camp Pendleton, Point Arguello, and Vandenburg AFB. Workers required to suit up and work in a hazardous material environment: $2.40 per hour additional. Combination mixer and compressor operator on gunite work small be classified as a concrete mobile mixer operator. POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Bargeman.; Brakeman; Compressor operator; Ditch. Witch, with seat or similar type equipment; Elevator operator-inside; Engineer Oiler;. Forklift operator (includes loed, lull or similar types under 5 tons; Generator operator; Generator, pump or compressor plant operator; Pump operator; Signalman; Switchman GROUP 2: Asphalt-rubber plant operator (nurse tank operator) ; . Concrete mixer operator-skip type; Conveyor operator; Fireman; Forklift operator (includes toed, lull or similar types over 5 tons; Hydrostatic pump operator; oiler crusher (as,phalt or concrete plant) ; Petromat laydown machine; PJU side dum jack; Screening and conveyor machine operator (or similar types) ; Skiploader (wheel type up to 3/4 yd. without attachment) ; Tar not fireman; 'temporary heating plant operator; `trenching machine oiler GROUP 3: Asphalt-rubber blend operator; Bobcat or similar type (Skid steer) ; Equipment greaser (rack) ; Ford Ferguson. (with dragtype attachments) ; Helicopter radioman (ground) ; Stationary pipe wrapping ,and cleaning machine operator GROUP 4: Asphalt plant fireman; Hackhoe operator (mini-max or similar type} ; Boring machine operator; Boxman or mixermaan (asphalt or concrete) ; Chip spreading machine operator; Concrete cleaning decontamination machine operator; Concrete Pump Operator (small portable) ; Drilling machine operator, small auger types (Texoma super economatic or similar types - H-ughes 200 or 200 or similar types - drilling depth of 30' maximum) ; Equipment greaser (grease truck) ; Guard rail post driver operator; Highline cableway signalman, Horizontal. Directional Drilling Machine; 13ydra-hammer-aero stomper; Micro Tunneling (above ground tunnel) ; Power concrete curing machine operator; Power concrete saw operator; Power-driven ,jumbo €orm setter` operator; Power sweeper operator; Rock Wheel Saw/Trencher; Roller operator (compacting) ; Screed operator (asphalt or concrete) ; Trenching machine operator (up to 6 ft.) ; Vacuum: or much truck GROUP 5: Equipment Greaser (Grease Truck/Multi Shift) . GROUP 6: Articulating material. hauler; Asphalt plant engineer; Batch plant operator; Hit sharpener; Concrete Io Jint machine operator (canal and similar type) ; Concrete Planer operator; Dandy digger; heck engine operator; Derrickman (oilfield type) ; Drilling machine operator, bucket or auger types (Calweld 1G0 bucket or similar types - Watson 1000 auger or similar types - Texoma 330, 500 or ttp://frwebgate.access,gpo.govlcgi-bin/getdoc.cgi?dbname=Davis-Bacon&docid=CA20080035 3/17/2009 'F 600 auger or similar types - drilling depth of 45' maximum) ; Drilling machine operator; Hydrographic seeder machine operator (straw, pulp or seed.) , Jackson track maintainer, or similar type; Kalamazoo Switch tamper, or similar type; Machine tool operator; Maginnis internal full slab vibrator, Mechanical berm, curb or gutter(concrete or asphalt) ; Mechanical finisher operator (concrete, Clary-Johnson-Bidwell or similar) ; Micro tunnel system (below ground) ; Pavement breaker operator (truck mounted) ; Road oil mixing machine operator; Roller operator (asphalt or finish) , rubber-tired earth moving equipment ,single engine, up to and including 25 yds. struck.) ; self-propelled tar pipelining machine operator; Skiploader operator (crawler and wheel type, over 3/4 yd. and up to and including 1-1/2 yds. ) ; slip form pump operator (power driven hydraulic lifting device for concrete farms) ; Tractor operator-bulldozer, tamper-scraper (single engine, up to IGO h.p. flywheel- and similar types, up to and including D-5 and similar types) ; Tugger hoist operator (l drum) ; Ultra high pressure waterjet cutting tool system operator; vacuum blasting machine operator GROUP 7: Welder - General GROUP 8: Asphalt or concrete spreading operator (tamping or finishing) ; Asphalt paving machine operator Garber Greene or similar type) ; Asphalt-rubber distribution operator; Backhoe operator (up to and including 3/4 yd. ) , small ford, Case or similar; Cast-in-place pipe laying machine operator, Combination mixer and compressor operator (gunite work) ; Compactor operator {self-propelled) ; Concrete mixer operator (paving) ; Crushing plant operator; Drill Doctor; Drilling machine operator, Bucket or auger types (Calweld 150 bucket or similar types - Watson 1560, 2000 2500 auger or similar types - Texoma 7030, 804 auger or similar types - drilling depth of 60' maximum) ; Elevating grader operator; Grade checker; Gradall operator; Grouting machine operator; Heavy-duty repairman; Heavy equipment robotics operator; Kalamazoo balliste regulator or similar type; Kolman belt loader and similar type; Le Tourneau blob compactor or similar type; Loader operator (Athey, Euclid Sierra and similar types) ; Mobarlt' Chipper or similar; Ozzie gadder or similar types; P.C. slot sage; Pneumatic concrete placing machine operator (Rackley-Pr-esswell or similar type) ; E Pumperete gun operator; Rock Drill or similar types; Rotary f drill operator (excluding caisson type) ; Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator (single engine, caterpillar, Euclid, Athey Wagon and similar types with any and all attachments over 25 yds. up to and including 5Q cu. yds. struck) ; Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator (multiple engine up to and. including 25 yds. struck) ; Rubber-tired scraper operator (self-loading paddle wheel. type-John Deere, 1040 and similar single unit) ; Self- propelled curb and gutter machine operator; Shuttle buggy; Skiploader operator (crawler and wheel type over 1-1/2 yds. up to and including 5-1/2 yds..) ; Sail remediation -plant operator; Surface heaters and planer operator; Tractor compressor drill combination operator; Tractor operator (any type larger than D-5 - 100 flywheel h.p. and over, or similar-bulldozer, tamper, scraper and push tractor single engine) ; Tractor operator (boom attachments) , Traveling pipe wrapping, cleaning and bendng machine operator; Trenching machine operator {aver 6 ft, depth capacity, http://frweb,ate.access.gpo.c,ov/cgi�-bice/,-Itdoc.cgi`?dbname=Davis-Bacon&docid=CA20080035 '3/17/2009 Page 8 of 20 manufacturer' s rating) ; trenching Machine with Road Miner attachment (over 6 ft depth capacity) : Ultra high pressure waterjet cutting tool system mechanic; Water pull (compaction) operator GROUP 9: Heavy Duty Repairman GROUP 10: Drilling machine operator, Bucket or auger types (Calweld 200 B bucket or similar types-Watson 3000 or 5000 auger or similar types-Texoma 900 auger or similar types-drilling depth of 105' maximum) ; Dual drum mixer, dynamic compactor LDC350 (or similar types) ; Monorail locomotive operator (diesel, gas or electric) ; Motor patrol-blade operator (single engine) ; Multiple engine tractor operator (Euclid and similar type-except Quad 9 cat. ) ; Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator (single engine, over 50 yds. struck) ; Pneumatic pipe ramming tool and similar types; Prestressed wrapping machine operator; Rubber-tared earth-moving equipment operator (single engine, over 50 yds. struck) ; Rubber tired earth moving equipment operator (multiple engine, Euclid, caterpillar and similar over 25 yds. and up to 50 yds. struck) , Tower crane repairman; Tractor loader operator (crawler and wheel type over 6-1/2 yds.) ; Woods mixer operator (and similar Pugmill equipment) GROUP 11: Heavy Duty Repairman - Welder Combination, Welder - Certified. GROUP 12: ?auto grader operator; Automatic slip form operator; Drilling machine operator, bucket or auger types (Calweld, auger 200 CA or similar types - Watson, auger 5000 or similar types - Hughes Super• Duty, auger 200 or similar types - drilling depth of 175' maximum) ; Hoc ram or similar with compressor; Mass excavator operator less tha 750 cu. ; yardsMechanical finishing machine operator; Mobile form traveler operator; Motor patrol operator (multi-engine) ; Pipe mobile machine operator; Rubber-tired earth- :roving equipment operator (multiple engine, Euclid, Caterpillar and similar type, over 50 cu. yds. struck) ; Rubber-tired self- loading scraper operator (paddle-wheel-auger type self-loading - two (2) or more units) GROUP 13 : Rubber-tared earth-moving equipment operator operating equipment with push-pull system (single engine, up to and including 25 yds_ struck) CROUP 1.4 : Canal liner operator; Canal trimmer operator; Remote- control earth-roving equipment operator (operating a second piece of equipment: $1.00 pier hour additional) ; wheel excavator operator (over 750 cu. yds. ) GROUP 15: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating equipment with push-pull system (single engine, Caterpillar, Euclid, Athey Wagon and similar types with any and all attachments over 25 yds. and up to and including 50 yds. struck) , Rubber-tared earth-moving equipment operator, operating equipment -with push-pull system %multiple engin -up to and including 25 yds_ struck) GROUP 16: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating equipment with push-pull system (single engine, over 50 yds. struck) ; Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment http://fnvebgate.access.apo.gov,cgi-bin/getdoe.egi?dbname=Davis-Bacon&docid=CA20080035 3/17/2009 y p aze 9 0,120 (v 1 operator, operating equipment with push-pull system (multiple engine, Euclid, Caterpillar and similar, over 25 yds. and up to 50 yds. struck) GROUP 17: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating equipment with push-pull system (multiple engine, Euclid, Caterpillar and similar, over 5-0 cu. yds. struck) ; Tandem tractor operator (operating crawler type tractors in tandem - Quad 9 and similar type) GROUP 18: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating in tandem (scrapers, belly dumps and similar types in any commination, excluding compaction units - single engine, up to and including 25 yds. struck) GROUP 19: Rotex concrete belt operator (or similar types) ; tubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating in tandem (scrapers, belly dumps and similar types in any combination, excluding compaction units - single engine, Caterpillar, Euclid, Athey Wagon and similar types with any and all attachments over 25 yds.and up to and .including 50 cu. yds. struck) ; Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating in tandem (scrapers, belly dumps and similar types in any combination, excluding compaction units - multiple engine, up to and including 25 yds. struck) GROUP 20: Rubner-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating in tandem (scrapers, belly clumps and similar [ types in any combination., excluding compaction units - single engine, over 50 yds. struck) ; Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating in tandem (scrapers, belly dumps, and similar types in any combination, excluding compaction units - multiple engine, Euclid, Caterpillar and similar, over 25 yds. and up to 50 yds. struck) GROUP 21: tubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating in tandem (scrapers, belly dumps and similar types in any combination, excluding compaction units - multiple engine, Euclid, Caterpillar and similar type, over 50 cu, yds. struck) GROUP 22: Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating egaipment with the tandem push-pull system (single engine, up to and including 25 'yds. struck) GROUP 23 : Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating equipment with the tandem push-pull system (single engine, Caterpillar, Euclid, Athey Wagon and sim-'lar types with any and all attachments over 25 yds. and up to and including 50 yds. struck) ; Rubber-tired earth-moving equipment operator, operating with the tandem push-pull system (multiple engine, up to and including 25 yds. struck) GROUP 24 : Rubber-tired earth-moving equipmerxt operator, operating equipment with the tandem push-purl system (single engine, over 5o yds. struck) T Rubber-tared earth-moving equipment operator, operating ecluipment with the tandem push-pull system (multiple engine, Euclid, Cater-illar and simi.lar, over 25 yds. and up to SO yds. struck) htp://i'rweb2ate.access.gpo.gov/cgi�-bin/getdoe.ec,i?dbname=Davis-Bacon&docid—CA20080035 3/17/2009 Page 10 of 20 GROUP 25: Concrete pump operator-truck mounted; Rubber-tired. earth-moving equipment operator, operating equipment with the 'tandem push-pull system (multiple engine, Euclid, Caterpillar and similar type, over 50 cu. yds. struck) CRANES, PILEDRTVING AND HOISTING EQUIPMENT CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Engineer oiler; Fork left operator (includes Load, lull or similar types) GROUP 2: Truck crane oiler CROUP 3: A-frame or winch truck operator; Ross carrier operator (jobsite) GROUP 4 : Bridge-type unloader and turntable operator; Helicopter hoist operator GROUP 5: Hydraulic boom truck; Stanger crane (Austin-western or similar type) ; Tugger hoist operator (1 drum) GROUP 6: Bridge crane operator; Cretor crane operator; Hoist operator (Chicago boom and similar type) ; Lift mobile operator; Lift slab machine operator (Vagtborg and similar types) ; Material hoist and/or manlift operator; Polar gantry crane operator; Self Climbing scaffold (or similar type) ; Shovel, backhoe, dragline, clamshell operator (over 3/4 yd. and up to 5 cu. yds. mrc) ; Tugger hoist operator GROUP 7: Pedestal crane operator; Shovel., backhoe, dragline, clamshell operator (over 5 cu. yds. mrc) ; Tower crane repair; Tugger hoist operator (3 drum) GROUP 9: Crane operator (up to and including 25 ton capacity) ; Crawler transporter operator; Derrick barge operator (up to and including 25 ton capacity) ; Hoist operator, stiff legs, Guy derrick or similar type (up to and including 25 ton capacity) ; Shovel, backhoe, dragline, clamshell operator (over 7 cu. yds. , M.R.C. ) GROUP 9: Crane operator (over 25 tons and up to and including 50 tons mrc) ; Derrick barge operator (over 25 tons up to and including 50 tons mrc) ; Highline cableway operator; Hoist operator, stiff legs, Guy derrick or similar .type (over 25 tons up to and including 50 tons mrc) ; K-crane operator; Polar crane operator; Self erecting tower crane operator maximum lifting ca.pacity ten tons GROUP IG: Crane operator }over 50 tons and up to and including 100 tons mrc) ; Derrick barge Operator (over 50 tons up to and including 100 tans mrc) ; Hoist operator, stiff legs, Guy derrick or similar type (over 50 tons up to and including 100 tor:s. mrc) , Mobile tower crane operator {over 50 tons, up to and including 100 tons tl.R.C. ) ; 'T'ower crane operator and tower gantry GROUP ?1: Crane operator (over 100 tons and up to and including 20o toes mrc) ; Derrick barge operator ;over 100 tons up to and including 200 tons mrc) ; Hoist operator, stiff legs, Guy derrick or similar type (over 100 tons up to and iyicluding 200 tons mra} ; mobile tower crane. operator .(over in tons Sp to and including 200 tons mrc) http:!/frwebgate.access.gpo.aov/cgi-bin/getdoo.uoi?dbname=Davis-Bacon&docid=CA2€080035 3/17/2409 Page II Of 20 GROUP 12:- Crane operator (over 200 tons up to and including 300 tons. mrc) ; Derrick barge operator (over 200 tons up to and including 300 tons mrc) i Hoist operator, stiff legs, Guy derrick or similar type (over 200 tons, up to and including 300 tons mrc) ; Mobile tower crane operator (over 200 tons, up to and including 300 tons mrc) GROUP 13: Crane operator (over 300 tons) ; Derrick barge operator (over 300 tons) ; Helicopter pilot; Hoist operator, stiff legs, Guy derrick or similar type (over 300 tans) ; Mobile tower crane operator (over ,300 tons) TUNNEL CLASSIF'ICATIONS GROUP 1: skiploader (wheel type up to 3/4 yd. without attachment) GROUP 2: Power-driven jumbo form ,setter operator GROUP 3 : Dinkey locomotive or motorperson (up to and including 10 tons) GROUP 4: Hit sharpener; Equipment greaser (grease truck) ; Slip form pump operator (pourer-driven hydraulic lifting device for concrete forms) ; 'Tugger hoist operator (1 drum) ; Tunnel locomotive operator {over 10 and up to and including 30 tons) GROUP 5: Backhoe operator (up to and including 3/4 yd. ) ; Small Ford, Care or similar; Drill. doctor; Grouting machine operator; Heading shield operator; Heavy-duty repairperson; Loader operator (Athey, Euclid, Sierra and similar types) ; Mucking machine operator (1/4 yd. , rubber-tired, rail or track type) ; Pneumatic concrete placing machine operator , (Rackley-Presswell or similar type) ; Pneumatic heading shield (tunnel) ; Pumperete gun operator; Tractor compressor drill combination operator; Tugger hoist. operator -(2 drum) ; Tunnel locomotive operator (over 30 tows) GROUP 6: Heavy Duty Repairman GROUP 7: Tunnel mole baring machine operator ENGT0012-004 08/01/2008 Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (OREDGTNG) (1) Leverman. . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 .2B 16.47 (2) Dredge dozer. . . . . . . . . . . .$ M8.81 16.47 (3) Decknate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 38.70 6.47 (4) Winch operator (stern winch on dredge) . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 38.15 16.47 (5) Fireman--Oiler, Deckhand, Bargeman, ' Leveehand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 37.51 15.47 (6) Barge Mate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 38.22 16.47 ---------------------------------------------------------------- iRON0002-004 07/01/2008 Rates Fringes http://f,-webgate.access.-po.gov/egi-bin/getdoe cgi?dbnamf,=Travis-Bacon&doci.d=CA20080035 3/17/2009 rage 12 of 20 Tronworkers: Fence Erector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 25.96 14.08 Ornamental, Reinforcing and Structural. . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 31.83 22.17 PREMIUM PAY: $6.00 additional per Dour at the following locations: China sake Naval Test Station, Chocolate Mountains Naval Reserve-Nil.and, Edwards A17B, Fort Irwin Military Station, Fort Irwin Training Center-Goldstone, San Clemente Island, San Nicholas Island, Susanville Federal Prison, 29 Palms - Marine Corps, U.S. Marine Base - Barstow, U.S. Naval Air Facility - Sealey, Vandenberg AFB $4.00 additional per ? aur at the fallowing locations: . Army Defense Language- Institute - Monterey, Fallon Air Base, Naval. Post Graduate School - Monterey, Yermo Marine Corps Logistics Center $2.00 additional per hour at the following locations: Port Hueneme, Port Mugu, U.S. Coast Guard Station - Two Rock --_---__--------------------------------------------------------- LAF3O0300-001 01'7/01/2008 Mates Fringes Brick Tender_ ­ . . . . . . . .. . . . 1 - -$ 27.17 13 .75 ---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0300-003 07/01/2008 Rates Fringes LABORER (GUNTTE) GROUP 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.79 16.87 GROUP 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 28.84 16.87 GROUP 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 25.30 16.87 LABORER (TUNNEL) GROUP 11 . ­ ­ . . . . . . . . .$ 30.74 GROUP 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 31. 46 14 .04 GROUP 3_ . . . . . . . . . . . . _ _ _$ 31.52 14.04 GROUP 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 32.21 1.4.04 LABORER GROUP 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.33 13.75 GROUP 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 26.88 1.3 .75 GROUP 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 27.43 13.75 GROUP 4. _ _ . . . . . 28.98 13 .75 GROUP 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.33 13 .75 Laborers: GFOUP 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.33 13 .75 CROUP 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 25.88 13.75 GROUP 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 27.43 1.3.75 GROUP 4. . . _ . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.98 1.3.75 GROUP . . . . . . .$ 29.33 1.3.75 FOOTNOTE: GUNITE PREMIUM P21Y: Workers working from a Bosn'n' s Chair or suspended from a rope or cable shall receive 40 cents per hour above the foregoing applicable classification rates. Workers doing gunite and/or http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/getdoe.egi?dbname-Davis-Bacoh&docid=C 20080035 3/17/2009 Page 13 of 20 F shotcrete work in a tunnel shall receive 35 cents per hour above the foregoing applicable classification rates, paid on a portal-to-portal basis. Any work. ,performed on, in or above any smoke stack, silo, storage elevator or similar type of structure, when such structure is in excess of 75'-0" above base level and which work must be performed in whole or in part more than 75' -0" above base level, that worm performed above the 75' -0" level shall be compensated for at 35 cents per hour above the applicable classification wage rate. E LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Cleaning and handling of panel forms; Concrete screeding for rough strike-off; Concrete, water curing; Demolition laborer, the cleaning of brick if performed by a worker performing any other prase of demolition work, and the cleaning of Lumber; Fire watcher, limber, brush loader, piler and debris handler; Flag person; Gas, oil and/or water pipeline laborer; Laborer, asphalt-rubber material loader; Laborer, general or construction; Laborer, general clean-up; Laborer, landscaping; Laborer, jetting; Laborer, temporary water and air lines; Material hose operator (walls, slabs, floors and decks) ; Plugging, filling of shoe bolt holes; Dry packing of concrete; Railroad maintenance, repair track person and roan. beds; Streetcar and railroad construction track laborers; Rigging and signaling; Scaler.; E Slip form raiser; Tar and mortar; Tool crab or tool house laborer; 'traffic control by any method; Window cleaner; Wire mesh pulling - all concrete pouring operations GROUP 2: Asphalt shoveler; Cement dumper (on I yd. or larger i mixer and handling bulk cement) ; Cesspool digger and installer; Chuckterider; Chute handler, pouring concrete, the handling of the chute from readymix trucks, such as walls, slabs, decks, floors, foundation, footings, curbs, gutters and sidewalks; Concrete curer, impervious membrane € and form oiler; Cutting torch operator (demolition) ; Fine grader, highways and street paving, airport, runways and i similar type heavy construction; Gas, oil and./or water III pipelir_e wrapper - pot tender and fora person; Guinea 3 chaser; Headerboard person asphalt; Laborer, packing rod steel and pans; Membrane vapor barrier installer; Power broom sweeper (small) ; Riprap stonepaver, placing stone or wet sacked concrete; Roto scraper and tiller; Sandblaster (pot tender} ; ,Septic tank digger and irstaller(lead) ; Tank scaler and cleaner; Tree: climber, faller, chain saw operator, Pittsburgh chipper and similar type brush shredder; Underground laborer, including caisson bellower GROUP 3 : Buggymobile person; Concrete cutting torch; Concrete pile cutter; Driller, jackhammer, 2-1/2 ft. drill steel or longer; Dri-pak-it machine; Gas, oil anal/or water pipeline wrapper, 6-in. pipe and over, by any method, inside and out; High scaler Uncluding drilling of same) ; Hydro seeder and similar type; Impact wrench multi-plate; Kettle person, pot person_ and workers applying asphalt, lay--kold, creosote, lime caustic and similar type materials ("applying" means applying, dipping, brushing or handling of such materials for pipe wrapping and waterproofing) ; Operator of pneumatic, gas, electric tools, vib2`ating machine, pavement breaker, air blasting, come-alongs, and similar mechanical tools not separately classified herein; htp://frwebgate.access.gpo.gc�vlc i-bin/getdoc.cgi?dbname=Davis-Bacon&doe'd=CA20080035 3/17/2009 rage 14 of 20 Pipelayer's backup person, coating, grouting, making of joints, sealing,. caulking, diapering and including rubber gasket joints, pointing and any and all other services,- Rock ervices;Rock slinger; Rotary scarifier or multiple head concrete chipping scarifier; Steel headerboard and guideline setter; Tamper, Sarko, Wacker and similar type; Trenching machine, :and-propelled GRCUP 4: Asphalt raker, lute person, ironer, asphalt dump person, and asphalt spreader boxes (all types) ; Concrete core cutter (walls, floors or ceilings) , grinder or sander; Concrete saw person, cutting walls or flat work, scoring old or neva concrete; Cribber, shorer, lagging, sheeting and trench bracing, hand--guided lagging hammer; Head rock slinger; Laborer, asphalt- rubber distributor boot person; Laser beam in connection with laborers' work; oversize concrete vibrator operator, 70. 1bs. and over; Pipelayer performing all services in the laying and installation of pipe from the point of receiving pipe in the ditch until completion of operation, including any and all .forms of tubular material, whether pipe, metallic or non-metallic, conduit and any other stationary type of tubular device used fox the conveying of any substance or element, whether water, sewage, solid gas, air, or other product whatsoever and without regard to the nature of material from which the tubular material is fabricated; No-joint pipe and stripping of same; Prefabricated manhole installer; Sandblaster (nozzle person) , water blasting, Porta Shot-Blast- GROUP 5: Blaster powder, all work of loading holes, placing and blasting of all powder and explosives of whatever type, regardless of method used for such loading and placing; Thriller: All power drills, excluding jackhammer, whether core, diamond, wagon, track, multiple unit, and any and all other types of mechanical drills without regard to the form of motive power; Toxic waste removal TUI�NIM LA-SC3RBR CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Batch plant laborer; Bull gang mucker, track person; Changehouse person; Concrete crew, including rodder and spreader; Dump person; Dump person (outside) ; Swamper (brake person and switch person, on tunnel work) ; Tunnel materials handling person CROUP 2 Chucktender, cable ender, loading and unloading agitator cars; Nipper; Pot tender, using mastic or other materials ,for example, but not by way of limitation, shotcrete, etc.) ; vibrator person, jack hammer, pneumatic tools (except driller) GROUP 3: Blaster, driller, powder person; Chemical grout jet person.; Cherry picker person; Grout gun person; Grout mixer person; Grout pump person; J'ackleg miner; Jumbo person,- Kemper erson;Kemper and other pneumatic concrete placer operator; Miner, tunnel (hand or machine) ; Nozzle person; operating of troweling and/or grouting machines; Powder person (primer house) ; Primer nerson; Sandblaster; Shotcrete person; Steel form -raiser and setter; Timber person, retimber person, wood or steel; `Funnel Concrete finisher GROUP 4: Diamond driller; Sandblaster; Shaft and raise work http://f.r,web gate.access.gpo.genv{ogi-binigctdoc.cgi9dbnarne=Davis-Bacon&docid=CA20080035 3/17/2009 Wage 15 of 20 GU3vITS LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: Rodmen, Nozzlemen GROUP 2: Gunmen I GROUP 3: Reboundmen --------------------------------- ------------------------------ LAB00300-005 C78J05/20D8 Rates Fringes � LAEORER PLASTER 7MAN-UP LABORER. . . .$ 25.65 13 .70 PLASTER TENDER. . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.20 13 .70 ---------------------------------------------------------------- L.ABOfl882-002 01/01/2009 Rates Fringes Asbestos Removal Laborer. . . . . . . . .$ 26.15 13.25 SCOPE OF WORK: Includes site mobilization, initial site cleanup, site preparation, removal of asbestos-containing material and toxic waste, encapsulation, enclosure and disposal of asbestos- containing materials and toxic waste by hand or with egvipment or machinery; scaffolding, fabrication of temporary wooden barriers and assembly of decontamination stations. LABSI M-401 47/01/2000 Rates Fringes Laborers: (HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL., DRILLING) (1) Drilling Crew Laborer. . .$ 27.05 9.40 (2) Vehicle Operator/Hauler.$ 27.22 9.40 (31 Horizontal Directional Drill Operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29.07 9.40 (4) Electronic Tracking Locator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 31.07 3.40 Laborers: (STRIPING/SLURRY SEAT) GROUP 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..$ 27.7.5 12.96 GROUP 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 29. 05 12.06 GROUP 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 31. Q6 12.06 CROUP 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 32.80 12.06 LABORERS - STRIPING CL:ASS.IFIC ATIONS GROUP 1: Protective coating, pavement sealing, including repair and filling of cracks by any method on any surface in parking lots, game courts and playgrounds; carstops; operation of all related machinery and equipment; equipment repair technician GROUP 2 : Traffic surface abrasive blaster; pot tender removal of all traffic lines and markings by any method (sandblasting, waterb?asting, grinding, etc. ) and preparation of surface for coatings. Traffic control person: controlling and directing traffic through both http-.//f ebgate,access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/getdoe.cgi?dbnarr c=Davis-Bacon&docid=C 20080035 3/17/2009 Page 16 of 0 conventional and moving lane closures; operation of all related machinery and equipment GROUP 3: 'Traffic delir_eati.ng device applicator: Layout and application of pavement markers, delineating signs, rumble and traffic bars, adhesives, guide markers, other traffic delineating devices including traffic control. This category includes all traffic related surface preparation (sandblasting, waterblasting, grinding) as part of the application process. Traffic protective delineating system installer: removes, relocates, installs, permanently affixed roadside and parking delineation barricades, fencing, cable anchor, guard rail, reference signs, monument markers; operation of all related machinery and equipment; power broom sweeper GROUP 4: Striper: layout and application, of traffic stripes and markings; hot thermo plastic; tape traffic stripes and markings, including traffic control; operation of all related machinery and equipment PAIND036-,001 07/01/2008 Rates Fringes Painters: (Including Lead Abatement) (1.) Repaint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.05 8.54 (2) All Cther Work. . . . . . . . . .$ 29.32 8.54 REPAINT of any structure with the exception of work involving the aerospace industry, breweries, commercial, recreational facilities, hotels which operate commercial establishments as part of hotel service, and sports facilities, tenant improvement wank not included in conjunction with the construction of the building and all repainting of tenant improvement projects. ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0036-008 10/01./2008 Rates Fringes 7JRYWA.LL FINISHER/TAPER. . . . . . . . . . .$ 31.64 11,29 ___.........._..--------------------------. ------------ --------------- PAIN0036-015 01/011/2009 Rates Fringes GLAZIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.30 16.42 FOOTNOTE- Additional $1..25 per hour nor work in a condor, from the third Ord) floor and up Additional $1 ,25 per hour for work on the outside of the building from a swing stage ar any suspended. contrivance, from the ground up ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN1247-002 01/01/2009 Rates Fringes . SOFT FLOOR LAYER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 30.85 9.05 ---------------------------------------------------------------- FLASC7200- 003 08/06/2008 http./ffr ebaate.acc;ss.gpo. ov/cgyi-bin/.aetcoc.cgi?dbname--Davis-Bacon&docid=C.A20080035 3/17/2009 Page 17 of 20 Rates Fringes PLASTERER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 34 .56 8.63 ----------------------------------------------------------------- PLAS0500-002 07/01/2007 Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE .FINISHER. . .$ 28. 00 16.45 ---- ----------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0016-OGI 07/01./2008 Rates Fringes FLUMBER/PIPEFI'I TER (1) Work on strip malls, light commercial, tenant improvement and remodel work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 28.15 13.64 (2) work on neve additions and remodeling of bars, restaurant, stores and commercial buildings not to exceed 5, 000 sq. ft. of floor space. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 35.17 15.03 (3) All other work. . . . . . . . . .$ 36.27 16.01 PLUM0250-002 01/02/2006 Rates Fringes REFRIGERATION MECHANIC Refrigeration Fitter. . . . . . . ,5 33.30 3 .95 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0345-601 07/01/2008 Rates Fringes PLUMBER Landscape/Irrigation Fitter.$ 25.58 1.3 .01 Sewer & Storm Drain Work. . . .$ 24 .52 1.4 .84 R00F0035-002 08/01/2008 Rates Fringes ROOFER- - . . . . . . . .$ 31.65 7.87 FOOTNOTE: Pitch premium: work on which employees are exposed to pitch fames or required to handle pitch, pitch base or pitch impregnated products, or any material containing coal tar pitch, the entire roofing crew shall receive $1.75 per hour 'pitch premium" pay. ---------------------------------------------------------------- sFCAns�s-ooa n1!cl/2�os DOES NOT INCLUDE SAN CLEMENTE ISLAND, THE CITY OF SANTA ANPL, - 7 THAT PAPT OF ORANGE uOTu�iPY �`T?sI�T 25 MILES OF THE CITY LIMITS OF LOTS ANGELES: (Rates Fringes SPRINKLER FITTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 32.85 1.6. 05 http:/,Ifnvebgate.access.cpo.gov/cgl-bin/c,etdoc_cgi?dbname=Davis-Bacoti&docid=CA2008003 5 1/17/2009 Paye 48 of 20 SFC.A0709-003 01/01/20039 SAN CLEMENTE ISLAND, THE CITY OF SANTA ANA, AND THAT PART OF ORANGE COUNTY WITHIN 25 MILES BEYOND THE. CITY LIMITS OF LOS ANGELES: Rates Fringes SPRINKLER FITTER (Fire) . . . . . . . . . .$ 38.08 19.75 SHEE0105-003 01/01/2009 LOS ANGELES (South of a straight line drawn 'between Gorman and Big Pines)ar_d Catalina Island, INYO, KERB (Northeast part, East of Hwy 3 95) , MONO ORANGE, RIVERSIDE, AND SAN BERNARDINO COUNTIES Rates Fringes SHEET ME'T'AL WORKER (1) Commercial - New Construction and Remodel work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 38.57 16.19 (2) Industrial work including air pollution control systems, noise abatement, hand rails, guard rails, excluding aritechtural sheet metal wort, excluding A-C, heating, ventilating systems for human comfort. . .$ 33 .22 21.74 ---------------------------------------------------------------- TEAM0011-002 07/01/2001.8 Rates Fringes TRUCK DRIVER GROUP 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.44 18.24 GROUP 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.59 18.24 GROUP 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.72 18.24 GROUP 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26. 91 18.24 GROUP 5_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.94 18.24 GROUP 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 26.97 18.24 GROUP 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 27.22 18.24 GZOUP 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 27.47 18.24 GROUP 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 27.67 18.24 GROUP 10. . . . . $ 27.97 18.24 GROUP 11- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 28.47 18.24 GROUP 12 - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ 2$.90 18.24 WORK ON ALL M17,ITARY BASES: PREMIUM PAY: $3 .00 per hour additional. (29 palms Marine Base, Camp Roberts, China Lake, Edwards AFB, El Centro caval Facility, Fort Trw .n, George AFB, Marine Corps Logistics Base at Nebo & Yermo, Mountain.Warfare Training Center, Bridgeport, Point. Arguello, Point Conception, Vandenberg AFB3 TRUCK DRIVERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 1: 'Truck driver http:,',Ifrwebgate,access.g-po.gov/cgi-bin/getdoc.cg.i"dbname=Davis-Bacon&doom.=CA20080035 3/1712009 i age 19 of 20 GROUP 2: Driver of vehicle or combination of vehicles - 2 axles; Traffic control pilot car excluding moving heavy equipment permit load; Truck mounted broom GROUP 3: Driver of vehicle or combination of vehicles - 3 axles; Boot person; Cement mason distribution. truck; Fuel truck driver; Water truck - 2 axle; Dump truck: less than 16 yds. water level; Erosion control driver GROUP 4: Driver of transit mix truck, under 3 yds. ; Dumperete truck, less than 6-1/2 yds. crater level r GROUP 5: Water truck, 3 or more axles; Truck greaser and tire person ($0.50 additional for tiro person) ; Pipeline and utility working truck driver, including winch truck and plastic fusion, limited to pipeline and utility work; Slurry truck driver GROUP 6: Transit mix truck, 3 yds. or more; Dumperete truck, 6-1/2 yds, water level and over; Vehicle or combination of vehicles - 4 or more axles; Oil spreader truck; Dump truck., 16 yds. to 25 yds. water level GROUP 7: A Frame, Swedish crane or similar; Forklift driver; Ross carrier driver GROUP S: Dump truck, 25 yds. to 49 yds. water level; '.Truck repair person; Water pull - single engine; Welder GROUP 9: Truck repair person/welder; Low bed driver, 9 axles or over GROUP 10: bump truck - 5o yds. or more water level; Water pull. - single engine with attachment GROUP 11; Water pull. - twin engine; Water pull. - twin engine with. attachments; Winch truck driver - $1.25 additional when operating winch or similar special attachments GROUP 12: Boom Truck 17K and above ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS . - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.. ------------------- Unl sled classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii ) ) . ---------------------------------------------------------------- in the listing above, the "SU°E designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations .indicate unions whose rate, have been determined to be prevailing. ---------------------------------------------------------------- v:AGE DETERIMT vA?.ION APPEALS PROCESS http://fi-,vebgate,accf--ss,gpo.gov/'cgi-bin/getdoc.egi?dbname=Davis-Bacon&docid=CA2008003 5 3/17/2009 Page 20 of 20 1. ) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling on survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Dour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. if the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in. 2. ) and 3 .) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage 'and Hour Division J.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 2021.0 2. ) if the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, teen an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and. 29 CFR Part 7) . Write to- Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, IAC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the . interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, -area ,practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3 . ) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Hoard. (formerly the Wage Appeals Board) . Write to: Rdmizni;trative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N, .W. Washington, DC 20210 4. ) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL, DECISION http:Hfrwebgate.access,gpo.goy,/cgi-biti getdoc.cgi?dbname—Davis-Bacon&docid=CA20080035 3117/2009 DETAIL SPECIFICATIONS PART I GENERAL STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS The Standard Specifications of the City are contained in the 2006 Edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction.as written and promulgated by the Joint Cooperative Committee of the Southern California Chapter of the American Public Works Association and the Southern California District of the Associated General Contractors of California. Copies of these Standard Specifications are available from the publisher,Building News,Incorporated, 1612 South Clementine Street, Anaheim, California 92802, telephone (714) 517-0970. The Standard Specifications set forth above will control the Detail Specifications, construction materials, and construction methods for this contract, except as amended by the Plans, Project Specifications, or other contract documents. The following Detail Specifications are supplementary and in addition to the provisions of the Standard Specifications unless otherwise noted and the section numbers of the Special Provisions coincide with those of the said Standard Specifications. Only those,sections requiring elaborations,amendments, specifying of options,or additions are called out. MOBILIZATION , , Mobilization shall conform to the provisions of Section 9-3.4 of the Standard Specifications. The maximum price for this item shall not exceed 5 percent of the total contract price at the time of award. PAYMENT • Payment for Mobilization shall be at the contract lump sum bid price and shall be payable as follows- for each payment upon approval of the Engineer: 1. Payment of 50 percent(less retention)of the contract lump sum bid price for Mobilization at the first progress payment; 2. Payment of 75 percent (less retention) of the contract lump sum bid price for Mobilization when the monthly partial payment estimate of the base bid earned to date,not including the amount earned for.mobilization, is 30 percent or more of the contract base bid amount; and 3. Payment to 100 percent(less retention) of the contract lump sum bid price for.Mobilization when the monthly partial payment estimate of the base bid earned to date,not including the amount earned for Mobilization, is 50 percent or more of the contract base bid amount. l-1 OFF-STREET STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS The work for this item shall conform with the requirements of Section 7-8.4.2 of the Standard Specifications and as modified in.Section. l ---- Standard Specifications of these Special Provisions. PAYMENT The lump sum price for Off Street Storage of Equipment and Materials shall include all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to carry out the work as specified and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL / BMP / DIVERSION AND CONTROL OF WATER The work for this item shall conform to the requirements of Section 10---Project Site Maintenance and Section 13 —Mitigation Measures of these Special Provisions. Diversion and Control of Water shall be in accordance with the Orange County Public Works Flood Control Division standards, and as directed by the Engineer, and shall conform to these Special Provisions. PAYMENT Payment for Stormwater Pollution Control/ BMP/Diversion and Control of Water shall be at the contract lump sum price and shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor,materials, tools, equipment and incidentals for doing all work involved in preparing and implementing a stormwater and erosion control practices in accordance with Agency Permits and the City Water Quality Manag.ement Plan (WQMP); achieving and maintaining compliance with all applicable regulations, as applicable; and for doing all work involved in the implementation of an effective combination of erosion and sediment controls, waste and materials management controls, and other BMPs, as required to prevent transport of pollutants from the site to streets, drainage facilities or adjoining property by wind or runoff, to the maximum extent practicable and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. PROJECT SURVEY The work for this item shall conforni to the previsions of Section 2-9 of the Standard Specifications and as modified in Section 1 ----Standard Specifications of these Special Provisions and shall include project survey by a licensed engineer or surveyor and certification of construction to the required line and grade. The contractor shall ensure that the intent of the design will be met by checking existing construction elevations for compatibility with the proposed construction.. Any discrepancies shall be reported to the engineer for review, PAYMENT The lump sum price for Project Survey shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment and 1-2 incidentals necessary to carry out the work as specified and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. TRAFFIC CONTROL Traffic Control shall conform to the provisions of the Standard Specification, Manual of Traffic Controls(CALTRANS),the California Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices(CA MUTCD) dated September 26, 2006 and these special provisions. The contractor is responsible for submitting a traffic control plans prepared by a Registered Traffic Engineer to the City Engineer for approval prior to commencing any work for approval. All existing traffic control signs and street names shall be maintained in visible locations except as directed by the engineers where they are in conflict with the project. Public notification shall be considered part of the traffic control system. The contractor shall provide written notices to all affected residents and business at least seven days prior to when the traffic control will change. The contractor shall provide ingress and egress access to existing driveways at all times and at least one 12' wide paved lane of traffic shall be maintained in each direction on Del Obispo Street. The left turn lanes shall be maintained at each intersection, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer in the field. PAYMENT Full compensation for conforming to the above requirements shall be paid on a lump sura basis for Traffic Control shall include all labor, materials, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to prepare and traffic control plan and provide all traffic control for public and construction safety throughout the duration of the project and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. REGULATORY PERMIT COMPLIANCE AND IMPLEMENTATION Regulatory permit compliance and implementation shall be in accordance regulatory pen-nits from the following Regulating Agencies contained in Section 13 ---- Mitigation Measures of the Special Provisions and Appendix C of these Specifications: 1. United States Array Corps of Engineers 404 Permit 2. California Regional Water Quality Control Board-401 Permit 3. Department of Fish and Game- Stream Bed Alteration Agreement---- 1601 Permit 4. Orange County Public Works -Encroachment Permit PAYMENT Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of the Regulatory Permit Compliance and Implezmentation, including furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary for implementing and coordinating with each.Permitting Agency to insure complete compliance with all regulatory permit requirements shall be considered as included in the contract lump sum price bid , and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. PROGRESS SCHEDULE (CRITICAL PATH METHOD) Progress Schedule (Critical Path Method) shall be in accordance with Section 14 - Progress 13 Schedule of the Special Provisions. PAYMENT Progress schedule(critical path method)will be paid for at a lump sum price.The contract lump sum price paid for progress schedule(critical path method)shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor,material,tools, equipment, and incidentals,including computer software,and for doing all the work involved in preparing, furnishing, and updating schedules, and instructing and assisting the Engineer in the use of computer software, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. Payments for the progress schedule(critical path method)contract item will be made progressively on an equal monthly basis. UTILITY POTHOLING Potholing shall be performed by the Contractor prior to beginning construction activities as required herein to prevent excavation damage to existing underground utilities for all open-cut excavations and trenchless installation methods of proposed utilities and drainage system as well as roadway, bridge and channel improvements as shown on the construction drawings. METHODS The following alternative methods shall be utilized for potholing: Hand Digging_Hand digging is the method of excavating a pothole by manual means with hand- held, non- mechanical equipment such as a shovel. Vacuum Excavation. Vacuum excavation shall consist of air or water pressure to break up the soil and a vacuum device to collect the spoil. The Contractor shall determine if air or water vacuum excavation shall be used dependent upon specific site and environmental characteristics. Soil type such as heavy clay may require water vacuum excavation. Air vacuum excavators shall be utilized if mud from water vacuum excavators cannot be disposed of properly. Air vacuum excavators shall be used if damage to utilities, such as cutting through cables, will occur with the use of water vacuum excavators. Air: Air vacuum excavators shall utilize a high velocity air stream to penetrate, expand, and break-up the soil. The loosened particles of soil and rock shall be removed from the excavation through the use of a vacuum. Water: Water vacuum excavation systems shall excavate the pothole using high-pressure water to reduce and loosen the soil. The wet soil and mud slurry shall be removed to a spoil tank using a vacuum. SIZE OF POTHOLE Maximum pothole size shall be 12 inches in diameter or 12 inch x 12 inch square. 1-4 CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS The Contractor shall review the construction drawings indicating the proposed construction and existing utilities to determine, prepare and present a proposed potholing plan to be utilized during potholing,activities. The construction drawings shall be compared to locate paint marks to determine if all existing utilities shown on the drawings have been identified in the_field. If the drawings and locate paint marks do not match, additional potholing shall be completed to determine accurate locations. MIS-DESIGNATED FACILITY: If locate paint marks have improperly designated the location of a facility, and the facility is exposed during potholing, the facility owner and One-Call shall be notified. The entity that exposed the facility shall domiment the horizontal and vertical location of the facility and communicate the information to the facility owner. If a utility cannot be located through potholing used in conjunction with construction drawings and locate marks, the facility owner and One-Call shall be contacted. CONDITIONS REQUIRING POTHOLING Open-Cut Excavations: Potholing shall be completed to expose existing utilities, including mains and service lines, when open cut excavations are within the tolerance zone of the marked utility. The tolerance zone, also known as the "approximate location", is a strip of land equal to the width of the underground utility plus two -feet on each side. TrenchIess Installation Methods: For trenchless operations with a bore path that parallels a utility (mains and service lines) within 3 feet, potholing shall be completed at the beginning and end of the bore and every 50 feet along the route. For trenchless operations with a bore path that parallels a utility (mains and service Panes) within 5 feet, potholing should be required at the beginning and end of the bore and every 200 feet along the route. Potholing shall be completed for all utilities (mains and service lines) crossing the path of trenchless operations. Congested Utilities: In congested areas having several facilities in close proximity and/or crisscrossing each other, locates have greater potential to be less accurate. Potholing shall be utilized for excavations near congested utility areas. PROTECTION OF EXPOSED FACILITIES Facilities exposed during potholing shall be protected throughout the project. Utilities that are rendered unsupported due to potholing shall be temporarily supported by shoring or other means. The utility shall be protected from heavy and sharp items falling into the excavation that could damage or cut the facility. BACKFILL AND RESTORATION Potholes shall be restored within 24 hours after the utility has been located or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. Backfilling and restoration of the pavement shall be in accordance with the City construction standards and specifications. PAYMENT 1-5 .Utility Potholing will be paid for at the contract lump sum price. The contract lump sum price paid for Utility Potholing shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools, equipment, and incidentals for doing all the work involved in preparing a utility potholing plan and perfon-ning utility potholing, including traffic control and pavement repair, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. 1-6 DETAIL SPECIFICATIONS PART 2 ROADWAY CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work for this section shall conform to the provisions of Section 300-1 and 300-2 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. This work shall include removing all.natural and artificial objectionable material within the project limits as required to construct the proposed improvements as shown on the plans that are not provided for in the other bid items for removal and relocation. This work includes,but is not limited to saw cutting,removal of shrub,turf,groundcover,wood fence,metal beam guard railing and posts, USGS equipment on bridge,miscellaneous concrete and unclassified.excavation within the project area as required to complete this project;and the protection of existing facilities that are to remain in place. Area to be cleared shall be grubbed to a depth necessary to remove all stumps, roots, and other objectionable material. The Contractor's attention is directed to existing landscaped areas within the right-of-way and need to conform to the requirements of Subsection 300-1.2., "Preservation of Property." Protection, relocation and restoration of existing improvements which are to remain including utilities, trees, walls; signs, monumchts; landscape lighting and other facilities within the construction zone shall conform to Section 7-9 of the Standard Specifications. PAYIMENT Payment for Clearing and Grubbing shall be at the contract lump sum price and shall be considered full compensation for removal and disposal of all resulting materials, and for furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary for accomplishing the work as specified herein and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. REMOVE CONCRE'T'E DRIVEWAY This work shall consist of removing concrete driveway as shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer, including saw cutting and base removal to the depth as required to construct the proposed improvements and shall conform. to Subsection 300-1 and 300-2 of the Standard Specifications. PAYMENT The unit price per square foot for Remove Concrete Driveway shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary for accomplishing the work as specified herein and no 2-1 additional compensation will be allowed therefor. REMOVE CONCRETE SIDEWALK This work shall consist of removing concrete sidewalk as shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer, including saw cutting and base removal to the depth as required to construct the proposed improvements and shall conform to Subsection 300-1 and 300-2 of the Standard Specifications. PAYMENT The unit price per square foot for Remove Concrete Sidewalk shall include all labor,materials,tools, equipment and incidentals as necessary for accomplishing the work as specified herein and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. REMOVE CONCRETE CURE AND GUTTER This work shall consist of removing concrete curb and gutter as shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer, including local depression removal, saw cutting and base removal to the depth as required to construct the proposed improvements and shall conform to Subsection 300-1 and 300-2 of the Standard Specifications. PAYMENT The unit price per linear foot for Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter shall include all labor,materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary for accomplishing the work as specified herein and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. REMOVE CONCRETE CURS This work shall consist of removing concrete curb as shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer, including saw cutting and base removal to the depth as required to construct the proposed improvements and shall conform to Subsection 300-1 and 300-2 of the Standard Specifications. PAYMENT The unit price per linear foot for Remove Concrete Curb shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary for accomplishing the work specified herein and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. REMOVE ASPHALT PAVEMENT AND BASE This work shall consist of removing asphalt pavement and base as shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer including removal of asphalt roadway, parking lots and sidewalk, including base removal to the depth as required to construct the proposed improvements. The Remove Asphalt Pavernent work shall conform. to Subsection 300-1 and 300-2 of the Standard 2-2 Specifications. PAYMENT The unit price per square foot for Remove Asphalt Pavement and Base shall include all labor, materials,tools,equipment and incidentals necessary for accomplishing the work as specified herein and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. SALVAGE PLAQUE This work includes removal, storage and installation of the existing plaque located at the east end of the existing northern concrete bridge barrier as shown on the plans. PAYMENT The lump sum price for Salvage Plaque shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals as necessary for accomplishing the work as specified herein no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. '_REMOVE TREE This work shall include removing trees as as shown on the project plans and as directed by the Engineer. This section shall conform to Subsection 300-1 of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions. Area to be cleared shall be grubbed to a depth necessary to remove all stumps, roots, and other objectionable material. The Contractor's attention is directed to existing landscaped areas within the right-of-way and need to conform to the requirements of Subsection 300-1.2., "Preservation of Property." Protection and restoration of existing improvements which are to remain including utilities, trees, walls, signs, monuments landscape lighting and other facilities within the construction zone shall conform to Section 7-9 of the Standard. Specifications including the relocation of mailboxes. Tree removal shall be in accordance with the City tree removal permit and includes falling of trees, grinding the stump,removal of all wood,limbs,debris, and area cleanup. Stumps shall be b ound to a minimum of three (3) feet below the existing ground surface or subgrade, whichever is deeper. Stump holes shall be backfilled and compacted with excess soil and raked level with existing grade. When stumps are not ground the same day as the tree removal, stumps shall be left five (5) feet above parkway grade, or an adequate warning device shall be placed over the stump until grinding is completed. All damaging or potentially damaging tree roots shall be pruned or shaved as specified in these special provisions. The Contractor is required to complete and submit the Tree Removal Permit included in the Appendix B. 2-3 PAYMENT Payment for Remove Tree shall be at the contract unit price per each and shall be considered full compensation for removal and disposal of all resulting materials, and for furnishing all labor, materials,-.equipment and incidentals as necessary for accomplishing the work as specified herein and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. REMOVE CHAIN LINK FENCE This work shall consist of removing chain link fence as shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer, including footing removal to the depth as required to construct the proposed improvements and shall conform to Subsection 300•-1 and 300-2 of the Standard Specifications. PAYMENT The unit price per linear foot for Remove Chain Link Fence shall include all labor,materials,tools, equipment and incidentals necessary for accomplishing the work specified herein and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. RESET SURVEY MONUMENT This work shall consist of resetting the existing survey monument located at the western end of the existing northern bridge sidewalk as shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer, and shall conform to Section 1 of the Special Provisions, Subsection 300-1 and 300-2 of the Standard Specifications and applicable County standards. PAYMENT The contract unit price per each for Reset Survey Monument shall include all labor,materials,.tools, equipment and incidentals necessary for accomplishing the work specified herein and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. ADJUST UTILITY COVERIBOX TO GRADE This work shall consist of adjusting utility covers and boxes to grade as shown on the plans including, but not limited to gas valves, water valves, water meters, and irrigation meters and valves, and shall conform to the provisions of Section 5-4 of the Standard Specifications, PAYNTtNNT Payment for Adjust Utility Cover/Box to Grade shall be at the contract unit price per each and shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, toot.s,•equi.pment and incidentals for accomplishing the work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 24 ADJUST MANHOLE TO GRADE This work shall consist of adjusting manhole covers to grade as shown on the plans and shall conform to the provisions of Section 302-5.8 of the Standard Specifications. PAYMENT Payment for Adjust Manhole to Grade shall be at the contract unit price per each and shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals for accomplishing the work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. CONSTRUCT SEAL COAT This work shall consist of constructing seal coat within the Del Obispo Street/Alipaz Street and Del Obispo Street/Paseo Adelanto intersections and on each of the four legs adjacent to the intersections to the limits as directed by the Engineer in the field. This work shall conform to the provisions of Section 302-8 of the Standard Specifications. PAYMENT Payment for Construct Seal Coat shall be at the contract unit price per square yard and shall be considered full compensation for famishing all labor,materials, tools, equipment and incidentals for accomplishing the work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. CONSTRUCT ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT BASE COURSE (TYPE 1111-B2-PG 64-10) This work shall consist of furnishing and placing of Asphalt Concrete(AC) as shown on the plans and per these Special Provisions. The workmanship and matInals necessary to complete the work as required shall confonn to Section X02-5 and 400-4 of the Standard Specifications. Asphalt concrete base course shall be Type III-B2-PG 64-10. Coarse aggregate shall consist of material of which at least 75%by weight shall be crushed particles. The Contractor shall submit for Engineer approval the mix design for asphalt concrete covering the specific materials to be used. Base course asphalt shall be placed on the prepared subgrade by approved spreading devices,which will deposit a uniform laver of material.a.,Surface course shall be placed in one lift with an approved self-propelled asphalt paver. Any surface irregularities will be corrected in the aforementioned manner as directed. PAYMENT The unit price bid,per ton.for Construct Asphalt Concrete Pavement Base Course(Type III-B2-PG 64-10) shall include all labor,materials, tools,equipment and incidentals necessary to construct the asphalt concrete paving and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 2-5 CONSTRUCT ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT FINISH COURSE (TYPE III-C2- PG 64-10) This work shall consist of furnishing and placing of Asphalt Concrete (AC) as shown on the plans and per these Special Provisions. The workmanship and materials necessary to complete the work as required shall conform to Section 302-5 and 400-4 of the Standard Specifications. Asphalt concrete finish course shall be shall be Type 111-C2-PG 64-10. Coarse aggregate shall consist of material of which at least 75%by weight shall be crushed particles. The Contractor shall submit for Engineer approval the mix design for asphalt concrete covering the specific materials to be used. Full depth AC and AC dike as shown on the plans shall be finish course. PAYMENT The unit price bid per ton for Construct Asphalt Concrete Pavement Finish Course(Type III-C2-PG 64-10) shall include all labor,materials,tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to construct the asphalt concrete paving, including placing dike, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. CONSTRUCT CRUSHED MISCELLANEOUS BASE This work shall consist of furnishing and placing Crashed Miscellaneous Base (CMB) under AC paving, curb and gutter, curb, driveways, v-gutter, access ramps, brick and paver sidewalks and concrete sidewalks. CMB shall conform to provisions of Section 200-2.4 and 211 of the Standard Specifications. Subgrade excavation, preparation and compaction shall be in accordance with Section 301-1 and placement and cgrnpaction of CMB shall be in accordance with Section 301-2 of the Standard Specifications. Thickness of CMB shall be per plans, standard plans and as directed by the Engineer in the field. PAYMENT The unit price bid per cubic yard for Construct Crushed Miscellaneous Base shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment-and incidentals necessary to construct all the work involved including excavation, s-bbgrade preparation,backfill and root removal and supplying,placing and compacting the 'aggregate base, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. CONSTRUCT CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER, TYPE C-8 This'work shall consist of constructing concrete curb and gutter as shown on the plarrs and in accordance with the City of San Juan Capistrano Standard Plan No. 301,Type C-8. This work shall conform to the provisions of Section 303-5 of the Standard Specifications. Construction of curb and gutter at driveway approaches shall also be in accordance with City of San .Tuan Capistrano Standard flan No. 310. 2-6 PAYMENT The unit price bid per linear foot for Construct Concrete Curb and Gutter, Type C-8 shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to accomplish the work as described herein and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. CONSTRUCT CONCRETE CURB, TYPE A-8 This work shall consist of constructing concrete curb with an 8"curb face as shown on the plans and shall be constructed in accordance with the City of San .Tuan Capistrano Standard Plan No. 300, Type A. This work shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 3035 of the Standard Specifications. PAYMENT The unit price bid per linear foot for Construct Concrete Curb, Type A-8 shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary for accomplishing the work as described herein and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. CONSTRUCT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY This work shall consist of constructing 6" thick concrete driveway approaches as shown on the plans and in accordance with.Standard Plans for Public Works Construction Standard (SPPWC) Plan No. 110-1, and the construction notes on the City of San Juan Capistrano Standard Plan No, 402. The construction of driveway approaches shall conform to Section 303-5 of the Standard Specifications. Six-inch thick concrete sidewalk at driveway approaches will be measured and paid for as Construct Concrete Driveway. PAYMENT The unit price per square foot for Construct Concrete Driveway shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor,materials,tools, equipment and incidentals for accomplishing the work as described herein and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. CONSTRUCT BIOSWAEE This work shall consist of constructing a bioswale in accordance with the project plans and details as shown and per the direction of the Engineer. Construction shall include the required grading and furnishing and installing all necessary material that comprises the bioswale as shown on the project plans. PAYMENT The contract lump sum price bid for Construct Bioswale shall be considered full compensation for 2-7 furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals for accomplishing the work as specified. herein including, but not limited to, geotextile, topsoil, permeable material, PVC pipe, nprap, corrugated metal pipe, concrete headwall and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. CONSTRUCT CONCRETE SIDEWALK This work shall consist of furnishing, placing and finishing 4" thick concrete sidewalk as shown on the plans and,in accordance with the City of San Juan Capistrano Standard flan No. 331. The construction of sidewalks shall conform to Section 303-5 of the Standard Specifications. Existing concrete sidewalk at some join locations are a color stained concrete. The Contractor shall construct the concrete sidewalk to match existing color of adjacent concrete sidewalk where applicable at the join locations. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City and provide a sample of stained concrete for approval as required to match existing colors prior to constructing the final improvement. PAYMENT The unit price per square foot for Construct Concrete Sidewalk shall be considerZM full compensation for furnishing all labor,materials,tools,equipment and incidentals for accomplishing the work as specified herein and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. CONSTRUCT CONCRETE CURB RAMP This work shall consist of constructing a concrete curb ramp and shall be constructed as shown on the plans and in accordance with SPPWC Standard Plan No. 111-3. The construction of curb ramp shall conform to Section 303-5 of the Standard Specifications. PAYMENT The unit price per square foot for Construct Concrete Curb Ramp shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor,materials, tools,equipment and incidentals for accomplishing the work as specified herein and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. CONSTRUCT PARKWAY DRAIN This work shall consist of constructing a parkway drain and local depression as shown.on the plans. This work shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 303 of the Standard Specifications. PAYMENT The lump sum price bid for Construct Parkway Drain shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary for accomplishing the work as specified herein,including local depression and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 2-S CONSTRUCT CHAIN LINK FENCE This work shall consist of constructing a chain link fence as shown on the plans. This work shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 206-6 and. 344 of the Standard Specifications. PAYMENT The contract unit price per linear foot bid. for Construct Chain Link Pence shall include all labor, materials,tools, equipment and incidentals necessary for accomplishing the work as specified herein, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. CONSTRUCT RETAINING WALL AND CABLE RAILING This work shall consist of constructing a concrete retaining wall and cable railing along the west side of Paseo Adelanto, south of Del Obispo Street as shown on the plans. This work shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section'003 of the Standard Specifications and Section 83 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. PAYMENT The contract unit price per linear foot bid for Construct Retaining Wall and Chain Link Railing shall include all labor,materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary for accomplishing the work as specified herein, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. CONSTRUCT REMOVABLE GUARD POST This work shall consist of constructing a removable guard post per the project plans and Caltrans standard plan ES-7P as modified herein. The guard post shall be a concrete filled 4 NPS galvanized steel pipe with a post sleeve. This work shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 86-2.04 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. PAYMENT The contract unit price per each for Construct Removable Guard Post shall include all labor, materials,tools, equipment.and incidentals necessary for accomplishing the work as specified herein, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 29 DETAIL SPECIFICATIONS PART 3 CHANNEL REMOVE REINFORCED CONCRETE CHANNEL LINING Remove existing reinforced concrete channel lining as designated on the plans. The work shall conform to the provisions in Subsection 300-1.3, "Removal and Disposal of Materials," of the Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions. PAYMENT Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of Remove Reinforced Concrete Channel Lining, including furnishing all labor,tools,equipment, and materials necessary for accomplishing the work complete and in place, saw cutting and disposal of removed materials shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid per square yard for Remove Reinforced Concrete Channel Lining, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. EARTHWORK Earthwork shall conform to the provisions of Section 300, "Earthwork," of the Standard Specifications, and these,Special Provisions. To Section 300, "Earthwork," of the Standard Specifications, add the following: Whenever reference to finished grade is made,it shall be considered to be the finished surface of the completed facility. Relative compaction of not Iess than 90 percent shall be obtained for a minimum depth of 0.5 foot below the grading plane whether in excavation or embankment: In connection with earthwork, tests shall be male to conform with Section 211, "Soils and Aggregate Tests," and the following: TEST TEST METHOD I RELATIVE COMPACTION E SAND EQUIVALENT € NO. CALIF. 217 RESISTANCE (R-VALUE) NO. CALIF. 301 SIEVE ANALYSIS NO. CALIF. NUCLEAR DENSITY GAUGE NO. CALIF. 231 (PART 1) Trenches, holes, depressions and pits caused by the removal of facilities shall be backfilled with 3-1 embankment material as provided in Section 300,"Earthwork,"of the Standard Specifications. Such trenches,holes,depressions and pits that are in surfaced areas,otherwise to remain undisturbed,shall be backfilled with material equal to or better in quality and to the same thickness as the surrounding materials. When hauling is done over public highways, and when directed by the Engineer, loads shall be trimmed and all material removed from shelf area of vehicles in order.to eliminate spilling of material., if directed by the Engineer, loads shall be watered after trimming to eliminate dust. Operations shall be conducted in such a manner that existing highway facilities, utilities, and other upon-highway facilities, which are to remain in place, will not be damaged. Surplus excavated material shall become the property of Contractor. Contractor shall be responsible to dispose surplus material outside of project right-of-way in accordance with all applicable ordinances. Cross-sections were derived from topographic maps. The accuracy specification of the topographic snap is.that 90 percent of the points field checked in the inspection of the map are accurate within. one-half contour interval. UNCLASSIFIED FILL (COMPACTED FILL) Unclassified Fill shall conform to Subsection 300-4 of the Standard Specifications, Unclassified Fill shall include all fill required to construct finished lines and grades within the payline limits shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. No payment shall be made for placing material excavated as part of, or in place of, a sharing operation, including material excavated for sloping or placement of shoring. PAYMENT Full compensation for transporting excavated material and placing it as compacted fill shall be considered as being included in the contract unit bid price per cubic yard for Unclassified Fill compacted in place; and no adjustment for shrinkage, subsidence or any other allowance will be made therefor. Structural and unclassified excavated material may be used as unclassified fill as approved by the Engineer. Whenever selection is possible, excavation material having sand equivalent value less than 20 shall not be placed within 2.5 feet of finished grade, and shall be placed in the lower portions of embankments. Measurement of all Unclassified Fill will be based only on the volume it occupies in its final position after compaction. Any disagreement over volume measurements requiring verification by survey will be. 3-2 Excavated material may be used as approved by the Engineer, for Unclassified Fill. Before placing material for compacted fill,the surfaces shall be cleared of all existing obstructions, vegetation, and debris. Unsuitable material shall be removed as directed by the Engineer and the existing surfaces scarified to a depth of 6 inches before placing the fill. Fill material shall be compacted in horizontal layers such that the compaction equipment will be brought to bear on the full width and depth of the fill layer. Fill shall be compacted to a relative compaction of not Iess than 90 percent. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of unclassified Fill shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid per cubic yard, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. No adjustment in the unit price bid will be allowed for any increase or decrease in the quantity of Unclassified Fill. SUBGRADE TOLERANCES Subsection 301-1.4, "Subgrade Tolerances," shall be deleted and the following added: Subgrade for pavement, sidewalk, curb and gutter or other roadway structures shall not vary more than 0.05 foot from the specified grade and cross section. Subgrade for sub-base or base material shall not vary more than 0.10 foot from the specified grade and cross section. Variations within the above-specified tolerances shall be compensating so that the average grade and cross section specified are met. UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION (EXCAVATION) Unclassified Excavation shall conforin to the provisions of Section 300-2, "Unclassified Excavation," of the Standard Specifications for public Works Construction and these Special Provisions. Unclassified excavation material shall become the property of the Contractor. Contractor shall be responsible to dispose surplus material outside of project right-of-way, Contractor shall make all arrangements for disposal of the"material at off-site locations. Delete the second paragraph of Subsection 300.2.8 and substitute the following: Measurement of Unclassified Excavation will be based on the volume it occupied prior to excavation. Disagreement regarding volume measurements shall be resolved prior to excavation. Any remeasuring or resurveying required as a result of disagreement will be at Contractor's expense. 3-3 No excavation within five (5) feet of the traveled way shall remain open longer than is necessary to perform the work. At the end of each working day, if a difference in excess of 0.33 foot-exists between the elevation of the existing pavement and the elevation of any excavation within 5 feet of the traveled way,material shall be placed up and compacted against the vertical cuts adjacent to the traveled way. The material shall be placed to the level of the elevation of the top of existing pavement and tapered at a slope of 4:1 or flatter to the bottom of the excavation. During excavation operations,native material may be used for this purpose; however, once the placing of the structural section commences, structural material shall be used. No payment for material excavated as part of structural excavation and removal shall be included in the price paid for Unclassified Excavation. No payment for material excavated as part of shoring operations, including slopes,shall be included in the price paid for Unclassified Excavation. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of Unclassified Excavation, including: I. Providing all of the equipment, tools, labor and materials required for accomplishing the work complete and in place necessary. 2. Disposing excess materials shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid per cubic yard , and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. No adjustment in the unit price bid will be allowed for any increase or decrease in the quantity of unclassified excavation. DEWATERING The Contractor's attention is directed to the probability of encountering surface run-off, and groundwater during the excavation for the channel. Any groundwater that may be encountered shall be controlled and removed by methods of the Contractor's choice subject to the requirements of the California Regional Water Quality Control Board Individual Dewatering Permit, Section 401 Permit, and Section 402 (SWPPP) Permit, Fish and Game Permit, US Army Corps of ENGINEERS Permit(see Appendix C). The dewatering system chosen shall relieve seepage pressure and keep the subgrade free from water. Regardless of the dewatering method chosen by the Contractor, the subgrade elevations shall be maintained. If the material at subgrade is unstable due to a high-moisture content, the Contractor 3-4 shall remove the material and place fill at 90%relative compaction to re-establish the subgrade at no cost.to the County. The Contractor may provide other methods of stabilization at subgrade at no cost • to the County. The Contractor shall control the water level below the subgrade to prevent pumping of gravel base material. No discharge water quality problems are anticipated other than desalting prior to discharging into the downstream portion of the channel. The cost of desilting the discharge shall be included in the contract price for dewatering. Contractor shall submit plan for Engineer review at least twenty(20)working days prior to start of his scheduled dewatering. Engineer shall have ten (10) working days to review plan and request modifications, changes, or additions to plan. If Contractor does not agree with Engineer review; Contractor may request and schedule a meeting with the Engineer within five(5)working days from return of reviewed plans to discuss requested modifications, changes, or additions. Contractor shall receive no contract time extensions for Engineer review except when time for Engineer review may exceed. ten (10) working days for the first review, only, as specified in the above paragraph. Subsequent reviews will not be subject to the ten(10) working day limit and are not subject to a claim for contract extension. A desalting basin will be required in at least one location to conform to the provisions of CRWQCB dewatering permit. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of dewatering, including- I. Construction requirements and discharge requirements imposed by the project permits (Appendix C). shall be included in the various contract items of work involved, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. CONCRETE CHANNEL LINING The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, labor, tools and materials to construct reinforced Portland cement concrete channel lining, and appurtenant work to the grades and dimensions shown on the Plans or staked in the field. The Contractor shall submit a method for placement of PCC for the Engineer's approval, at leapt 5 days prior to commencement of work. Unless otherwise specified,transverse construction joints shall be placed in all reinforced sections at. intervals of not less than 10 feet or more than 50 feet. The joints shall be in the same plane for the entire structure. 3-5 FORMS Add to Subsection 303-1.3, "Forms," the following: Forms shall be braced to withstand the pressures developed and shall be tight to prevent the loss of PCC or mortar. Formed wall surface shall be free of any unevenness greater than one-fourth (1/4) inch when checked with a ten (10) foot straight edge. If"snap-ties" are to be used for bracing of forms, only non-metallic "snap-ties" shall be used. In addition, after removal of forms all "snap-ties," and any,portions thereof,protruding or exposed on the concrete surface shall be removed and any holes patched. A clear non-staining form release agent;which will neither discolor nor affect the surface texture of the concrete and which does not react with any ingredients of the concrete, shall be used. The cost of furnishing and placing form release agent shall be included in the contract unit price bid for applicable items of work, and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. TOLERANCES AND SURFACE FINISHES Top of channel walls elevation shall not vary from true line and grade more than one-half(1/2)inch in thirty (30) foot. Unevenness of all surfaces shall not be more than one-half(1/2) inch when checked with a ten (I0)-foot straight edge. The ten(10)-foot straight edge or template shall be furnished by the Contractor and shall be readily available prior to placing of concrete. Except as specified above, vertical or horizontal position of structures as shown on the plans or as specified in these Specifications shall not vary more than one-half(1/2) inch from true position. Elevation at inlet lips shall not vary more than one-fourth(114)inch from elevations shown on plans. Add to 303-1.9.2, "Ordinary Surface Finish," the following: Ordinary Surface shall not apply to rock pockets which, in the opinion of the Engineer,are of such an extent or character as to affect the strength of the structure materially or to endanger the life of the steel reinforcement. In such cases,he may declare the concrete defective and require the removal and replacement of the structure affected. The concrete finish on the Equestrian Trail Underpass and.Maintenance underpass shall be a Rough Concrete Finish (Steel Broom Finish) in accordance with Section 303-1.9 The concrete finish for the channel lining, channel invert and side drain outlet structures shall be in accordance with Section 303-1.9 36 CURING Add to Subsection 303-1.10, „Curing," the following:. Where the curing compound method is used on concrete surfaces exposed after construction, sloped surfaces flatter than 314:1 shall be sealed with Type 2 white pigmented wax base compound. Surfaces steeper than 314:1 shall be sealed.with a Type 1 clear or translucent wax base-curing compound. PAYMENT Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of Concrete Channel Lining shall include but not be limited.to all labor, equipment, tools, materials and incidentals (including protection of existing sub-drain system); forms, expansion joints; bar reinforcing steel; establishing and compacting finished sub-grade; finishing and curing, and shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid per cubic yard for Concrete Channel Lining and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. BAR REINFORCING STEEL Reinforcing steel shall be Grade 60,hot rolled from new billet steel,conforming to ASTM A615 and ASTM A706, Section 201-2, "Reinforcement for Concrete,"of the Standard Specifications, PFRD Standard flan 180.3, and these Special Provisions. All reinforcing steel shall be placed on supports to maintain the distance between the reinforcing steel and the subgrade, as required by the Plans and Specifications. Under no circumstances shall the reinforcing steel be placed on the subgrade and pulled during placement of concrete. The Contractor shall not place concrete until the Engineer has inspected the reinforcing steel placement and integrity of the steel reinforcement. No splices in transverse steel reinforcement will be permitted other than shown on the plans. No lapped splices will be permitted at locations where the concrete section is not sufficient to provide a minimum clear distance of two inches (2") between the splice and the nearest adjacent bar. Splicing of reinforcing bars shall be by mechanical butt splicing or mechanical lap s=plicing at the option of the Contractor. Splicing of reinforcing bars by butt welding shall not be permitted. Mechanical butt splicing shall be performed per Section 52-1.08C, "Splicing," of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. No more than one splice will be permitted in any longitudinal bar between transverse joints and the splices shall be staggered. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of Bar Reinforcing Steel,including furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals involved in placing the reinforcing bars as detailed on the plans shall be included in the contract unit price bid for the applicable items of work, and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. 3-7 CONCRETE STRUCTURES All Concrete Structures shall conform to the Plans,the provisions in Subsection 303, "Concrete and Masonry Construction," of the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions, and the details shown on the pians. Materials comprising construction shown on the plans and referenced to in these Special Provisions shall conform to Section 201, "Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials," and Section 201-2, "Steel Reinforcement for Concrete," of the Standard Specifications, and PFRD Standard Plan 1803. All concrete used in non-precast structures shall be Class 560-C-3250 as specified by Section 201- 1.1.2, "Concrete Specified by Class," of the Standard Specifications. All precast units shall be made of concrete having a minimum compressive strength(f c)of 5000 psi at 28 days (61/2 sack mix). All cement shall be Type IL All reinforcing steel shall be ASTM A-615 Grade 60. CHANNEL STRUCTURE CONCRETE Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) for structures shall conform to the Plans, the provisions in Subsection 303-1, "Concrete Structures," and these Special Provisions. The concrete shall be PCC as specified in Subsection 201-1.1.2., "Concrete Specified by Class" of the Standard Specifications and as indicated on the plans. Concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated to ensure high density and impermeability. Channel Structure Concrete shall include the following items: I. Concrete parapet wall (56A) 2. Reinforced Concrete Box (56B) 3. Transition structure (56C) 4. Wing walls (56D) PAYMENT Add to Subsection 303-1.11, "Payment," the following: Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of Channel Structure Concrete shall include but not be limited to all labor, equipment, tools, materials and incidentals (including protection of existing sub-drain system); fonns, expansion joints; bar reinforcing steel; structural excavation, establishing and compacting finished sub-grade; finishing and curing, and shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid per cubic yard Channel Structure Concrete and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. 3-8 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION Structure Excavation shall conform to Subsections 300-3 and 300-7 of the Standard Specifications. All surplus excavated shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of outside of project right-of-way in accordance with all applicable ordinances. Copies of the Soils Report are available at the City offices for review by the Contractor upon request. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of Structure Excavation,including furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary for accomplishing the work complete and in place;disposal of surplus excavated material; shoring and bracing,shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid for Channel Structure Concrete and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. STRUCTURE BACKFILL To Subsection 300-3.5, "Structure Backfill," add the following: Compaction equipment or methods which may cause excessive displacement or may damage structures, shall not be used. Structure Backfill shall have a minimum sand equivalent of 20 and shall conform to Subsection 300- 3.5 of the Standard Specifications. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of Structure Backfill,including furnishing all labor,tools, equipment, and materials necessary for accomplishing the work complete and in place, shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid per for Channel Structure Concrete,and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. No adjustment in the unit price bid will be allowed for any increase or decrease in the quantity of Structure Backfill. SHORING AND TRENCH SHORING Shoring and Trench Shoring for the project shall conform to the provisions in Subsection 306-1.1.6, "Bracing Excavation," of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. Contractor shall obtain a Cal-OSHA permit prior to any trench excavation. The Contractor's attention is directed to the provisions in Subsection 7-.10.4.1, "Safety Orders," which require submitting a shoring/bracing plan for County review and approval. Approval by the Engineer of the shoring drawings or shoring inspection performed by the Engineer will in no way relieve Contractor of full responsibility for adequacy of the shoring. 3-9 The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect the public, especially children, from the hazards of open excavation. Trenches shall be covered at night and on weekends and during non-working fours. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of Shoring and Trench Shoring shall be considered as included in the contract bid price for Channel Structure Concrete, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. SAFETY RAILING Safety Railing construction shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans. PAYMENT Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of Safety Railing, including fumishing all. labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary for accomplishing the work complete and in place shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid per lineal foot, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. No adjustment in the unit price paid for Safety Railing shall be made due to a change in quantity regardless of the reason for such change. BREAKAI AY SAFETY RAILING Breakaway Safety Railing construction shall be in accordance with details sbown on the plans. PAYMENT Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of Breakaway Safety Railing, including furnishing all labor,tools, equipment, and inaterials necessary for accomplishing the work complete and in place shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid per lineal foot, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. No adjustment in the unit price paid for Breakaway Safety Railing shall be made due to a change in quantity regardless of the reason for suchachange. 3-10 DETAIL SPECIFICATIONS PART 4 BRIDGE PART I: GENERAL DEL OBISPO STREET BRIDGE IDENING DESCRIPTION OF WORK The work to be done consists of the construction of the Del Obispo Street Bridge (Widening) over Trabuco Creek, as shown on the plans and as specified in these special provisions, briefly described as follows: An existing three-span reinforced concrete "T"-girder structure. The bridge is to be widened by approximately 28-feet to the north with pre-cast, pre-stressed concrete "1"- girders and a cast-in-place concrete bridge deck. Tn alr npdsi reti*ox iga In addition to the construction of the bridge widening, the work shall include, but not limited to construction of structure excavation and backfill and drainage behind the abutments and wingwalls, as shown on the plans. Such other items of work or details not mentioned above that are required by the plans, Standard Plans, Standard Specifications and these special provisions, shall be performed, placed, constructed or.installed. REFERENCE STANDARD PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Except as stated otherwise, the performance of all work and the property and quality of all materials for the construction of the Del Obispo Street Bridge (Widening) over Trabuco Creek shall conform to the Standard Plans and the applicable sections of the Standard Specifications of the State of California, Department of Transportation, dated May 2006, hereinafter designated as Standard Specifications, and in accordance with these special provisions. Amendments to the Standard Specifications set forth in these special provisions shall be considered as part of the State Standard Specifications for the purpose set forth in Section 5-1.04, "Coordination and Interpretation of Plans, State Standard Specifications and Special Provisions," of the Standard Specifications. The amendments shall take precedence over and be used in lieu of the amended portions. 4-1 In case of conflict between the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, the special provisions shall tape precedence over and be used in lieu of such conflicting portions. In case of conflict between the Standard Specifications, these special provisions, and the Contract Agreement, the Contract Agreement shall take precedence over and be used in lieu of such conflicting portions. In instances where the applicable Standard Specifications are not specified or where there appear to be overlapping or conflicting areas of jurisdiction, the Standard Specifications shall take precedence. The terra "City" used in these special provisions implies the City of San Juan Capistrano. The term "Contractor" used in these special provisions implies the constructor who will be entered into an agreement with the City to perform the work. The term "Subcontractor" used in these special provisions implies a person or entity which has a contract with Contractor to perform on portions of the project. The tenn "Engineer" used in these special provisions implies the City's designated Engineer and the Geotechnical Consultant, When the specifications require working drawings to be submitted to the Office of Structure Design., the drawings shall be submitted to the City. When a reference is made in the specifications.to the "Laboratory," the reference shall mean the State of California, Department of Transportation, Division of Engineering Services Materials Engineering and Testing Services, or established laboratories of the various Districts of the State of California, Department of Transportation, or other laboratories authorized by the State of California; Department of Transportation to test materials and work involved in the contract. When a reference is made in the specifications to the "Transportation Laboratory," the reference shall mean the State of California, Department of Transportation, Division of Engineering Services Materials Engineering; and Testing Services, located at 5900 Folsom Boulevard, Sacramento, CA 95819, Telephone (916) 227-7000. AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS DATED MAY 2006 (Issued 10-03-08) AMMENDMENTS TO SECTION 19 EARTHWORK (Issued 07-31-07) Replace Section 19-1..03 with, 19-1.03 GRADE TQLEI2ANCE Immediately prior to placing subsequent layers of material thereon, the grading plane shall confonn to one of the following: A. When hot mix asphalt is to be placed on the grading plane, the grading plane at any point shall not vary more than 0.05 foot above or below the grade established by the Engineer. 4-2 B. When subbase or base material to be placed on the grading plane is to be paid for by the ton, the grading plane at any point shall not vary more than 0•.10 foot above or below the. grade established by the Engineer. C. When the material to be.. placed on the grading plane is to be paid for by the cubic yard, the grading plane at any point shall be not more than 0.05 foot above the grade established by the Engineer. In Section 19-3.025C, replace the 1st paragraph with: Cementitious material used in soil cement bedding shall conform to the provisions in Section 90- 2.01, "Cementitious Materials." Supplementary cementitious material will.not be required. In Section 19-3.025C, replace the 4th paragraph with: The aggregate, cementitious material, and water shall be proportioned either by weight or by volume. Soil cement bedding shall contain not less than 282 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. The water content shall be sufficient to produce a fluid, workable unix that will flow and can be pumped without segregation of the aggregate while being placed. In Section 19-3.062, replace the 1st paragraph with: Slurry cement backfill shall consist of a fluid, workable mixture of aggregate, cementitious material, and water. In Section 19-3.062, replace the 5th paragraph with: Cementitio,us material shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-2.01, "Cementitious Materials." Supplementary cementitious material will not be required. In Section 19-3.062, replace the 8th paragraph with: The aggregate, cementitious material, and water shall be proportioned either by weight or by volume. Slurry cement backfill shall contain not less than 188 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. The water content shall be sufficient to produce a fluid, workable mix that will flow and can be pumped without segregation of the aggregate while being placed. AMMENDMENTS TO SECTION 51 CONCRE'T'E STRUCTURES (Issued 05-02-08) 5 In Section 51-1..05 in the 11th paragraph, replace the 1st sentence with: Form panels for exposed surfaces shall be furnished and placed in uniform widths of not less than 3 feet and in uniform lengths of not less than 6 feet, except at the end of continuously formed surfaces where the final panel length required is less than 6 feet. In Section 51-1.06C in the 11th paragraph, replace the 1st sentence with: Falsework for box culverts and other structures with decks lower than the roadway pavement and with span lengths of 14 feet or less shall not be released until the last placed concrete has attained a compressive strength of 1,600 psi, provided that curing of the concrete is not interrupted. 4-3 In Section 51-1,11, replace the 6th paragraph with: Construction methods and equipment employed by the Contractor shall conform to the provisions in Section 7-1.02, "Load Limitations." In Section 51-1.12D, replace the 4th paragraph with: Expanded polystyrene shall be a commercially available polystyrene board. Expanded polystyrene shall have a minimum flexural strength of 35 psi determined in conformance with the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 203 and a compressive yield strength of between 16 and 40 psi at 5 perccrdt compression. Surfaces of expanded polystyrene against which concrete is placed shall be fwd with hardboard. Hardboard shall be 1/8 inch minimum thickness, conforming to ANSI Al 75.4, any class. Other facing materials maybe used provided they furnish equivalent protection. Boards shall be held in place by nails, waterproof adhesive, or other means approved"by the Engineer. In Section 51-1.135, replace the 1st paragraph with.- Mortar ith:Mortar shall be composed of cementitious material, sand, and water proportioned and mixed as specified in this Section 51-1.135. In Section 51-1.135,'replace the 3rd paragraph with: The proportion of cementitious material to sand, measured by volume, shall be 1 to 2 unless otherwise specified. .. In Section 51-1..17 in 4th paragraph, replace the 3rd sentence with: The surfaces shall have a profile trace showing no high points in excess of 0.25 inch, and the portions of the surfaces within the traveled way shall have a profile count of 5 or less in any 100 foot section. In Section 51m1.18C, replace the 2nd paragraph with: When Class 2 surface finish (gun finish) is specified, ordinary surface finish shall first be completed. The concrete surfaces shall then be abrasive blasted to a rough texture and thoroughly washed down with water, While the washed surfaces are damp, but not wet, a finish coating of machine applied mortar, approximately 1.14 inch thick, shall be applied in not less than 2 passes. The coating shall be pneumatically applied and shall consist of either (1) sand, cernentitious material, and water mechanically mixed prior to its introduction to the nozzle, or (2) premixed sand and cer-rentitious material to which water is added prior to its expulsion from the nozzle. The use of admixtures shall. be subject to the approval of the Engineer as provided in Section 90,"„Portland Cement Concrete,` Unless otherwise specified, supplementary cementitious materials will not be required. 1 he proportion of cementitious material to sand shall be not less than one to 4, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Sand shall be of a grading suitable for the purpose intended. The machines shall be operated and the coating shall be applied in conformance with standard practice. The coating shall be firinly bonded to the concrete surfaces on which it is applied. 4-4 AMMENDMENTS TO SECTION 52 RELNFORCEMENT (Issuers 1.2-07-07) In Section 52-1.07 in the I1th paragraph, replace the table with: Height Zone(H) Wind Pressure Value (Feet above ground) ( so H<_30 20 30<H:�50 25 50<H<_ 100 30 H> 100 35 In Section 52-1.08B(1) in the 2nd paragraph, replace the table with: Reinforcing Bar Number I Total Slip 4 0.010-inch 5 0.010-inch 6 0.010-inch 7 0.014-inch 8 0:014-inch 9 0.014-inch 10 0.018-inch .11 0.018-inch 14 0.024-inch 18 0.030-inch In Section 52-1.08B(2) in the 6th paragraph, replace the subparagraph with: The minimum preheat and interpass temperatures shall be 400° F for Grade 40 bars and 600° F for Grade 60 bars. Irninediately after completing the welding, at least 6 inches of the bar on each side of the splice shall be covered by an insulated wrapping to control the rate of cooling. The insulated wrapping shall remain in place until the bar has cooled below 200° F. In Section 52-1.08(C) in the 3rd paragraph, replace item A with: . A. Proper facilities, including a calibrated tensile testing machine capable of breaking the largest size of reinforcing bar to be tested. In Section 52-1.08(C), replace the 5th paragraph with: Prequalification and production sample splices and testing shall conform to California Test 670 and these specifications.. In Section 52-1.08(C), delete the 6th paragraph. 1n Section 52-1.08(C)(2)(a), replace the 5th paragraph with: 4-5 If 3 or more sample splices from a production test conform to the provisions in this Section 52- 1.08C(2), "Service Splice Test Criteria," all splices in the lot represented by this production test will be considered acceptable. In Section 52-1.08(C)(3), replace the 2nd paragraph with: A minimum of 1 control bar shall be removed from the same bar as, and adjacent to, all ultimate prequalification, production, and quality assurance sample splices. The lengths of control bars shall conform to the lengths specified for sample splices in California Test 670. The portion of adjacent bar remaining in. the work shall also be identified with weatherproof markings that correspond to its adjacent control bar. In Section 52-1.08(C)(3) in the 6th paragraph, replace the 2nd sentence with: In addition, necking of the bar, as defined in California Test 670, shall occur at rupture regardless of whether the bar breaks inside or outside the affected zone. AMMENDMENTS TO SECTION 75 MISCELLANEOUS METAL. (Issued 01-18-08) In Section 75-1.03, replace the 13th paragraph with: Concrete anchorage devices shall be mechanical expansion or resin capsule types installed in drilled holes or cast-in-place insert types. The anchorage devices shall be selected from the Department's Pre-Qualified Products List at: http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/esc/approved_products—list The anchorage devices shall be a complete system; including threaded studs, hex nuts, and cut washers. Thread dimensions for externally threaded concrete anchorage devices prior to zinc coating, shall confonn to the requirements in ANSI Standard: 81.1 having Class 2A tolerances or ANSI Standard: B1.13M having Grade 6g tolerances. Thread dimensions for internally threaded concrete anchorage devices shall conform to the requirements in ASTM A 563. In Section 754.03, replace the 18th paragraph with: Mechanical expansion anchors shall, when installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and these specifications and tested in conformance with the requirements in California Test 681, withstand the application of a sustained tension test load of at least the following values for at least 48 hours with a movement not greater than 0.035 inch: 4-6 Stud Diameter Sustained Tension Test Load inches) (pounds) *3/4 5.000 5/8 4,100 1/2 3,200 318 _2,100_ [ 1/4 1,000 € *Maximum stud diameter permitted for mechanical expansion anchors. Resin capsule anchors shall, when installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and these specifications and tested in conformance with the requirements in California Test 681, withstand the application of a sustained tension test load of at least the following values for at least 48 hours with a movement not greater than 0.010 inch: Stud Diameter Sustained Tension Test Load (inches) (pounds) i 1-114 31,000 1 17,900 718 14,400 314 5,000 518 4,100 112 3,200 318 2,100 1/4 1,000 At least 25 days before use, the Contractor shall submit one sample of each resin capsule anchor per lot to the Transportation Laboratory for testing. A lot of resin capsule anchors is 100 units, or fxaction thereof, of the same brand and product'name. In Section 75-1.03, replace the 20th paragraph with: The Pre-Qualified Products List for concrete anchorage devices has been developed from data previously furnished by suppliers or manufacturers for each type and size. Approval of additional anchorage device types and sizes is contingent upon the Contractor submitting to the Engineer one sample of each type of concrete anchorage device, manufacturer's installation instructions, and certified results of tests, either by a private testing laboratory or the manufacturer, indicating compliance with the above requirements. In Section 75-1.03 replace the 24th paragraph with: Sealing compound, for caulking and adhesive sealing, shall be a polysulfide or polyurethane material conforming to the requirements in.ASTMM Designation: C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use 0. In Section 75-1.635 in the 3rd paragraph, replace the Ist sentence with: 4-7 Cables shall be 3/4 inch preformed, 6 x 19, wire strand core or independent wire rope core (IWRC), galvanized in conformance with the requirements in Federal Specification RR-W-410, right regular lay, manufactured of improved plow steel with a minimum breaking strength of 23 tons. In Section 75-1.035 in the 4th paragraph, replace item C with: C. Nuts shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation: A 563 including Appendix Xl, except lubrication is not required. In Section 75-1.035, replace the 12th paragraph with: Concrete for fillinb cable drum units shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-10, "Minor Concrete," or at the option of the Contractor, may be a mix with 318-inch maximum size aggregate and not less than 675 pounds of ceentitious material per cubic yard. In Section 75-1.05, replace the 6th paragraph with: Galvanizing of iron and steel hardware and nuts and bolts, when specified or shown on the plans, shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation: A 153/A 153M, except whenever threaded studs, bolts, nuts, and washers are specified to conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation: A 307, A 325, A 449, A 563, or F 436 and zinc coating is required, they shall be hot- dip zinc coated or mechanically zinc coated in conformance with the requirements in the ASTM . Designations. Unless otherwise specified, galvanizing shall be perfon-fled after fabrication. In Section 75-1.05, replace the Sth paragraph with: Tapping of nuts or other internally threaded parts to be used with zinc coated bolts, anchor bars or studs.shall be done after galvanizing and shall confonn to the requirements for thread dimensions and overtapping allowances in ASTM Designation: A 563. AMMENDMENTS TO SECTION 80 FENCES . (issued 01-05-07) In Section 80-3.01F, replace the 4th paragraph with: Portland cement concrete for metal post and brace footings and for deadmen shall be minor concrete conforming to the provisions in Section 90-10, "Minor Concrete." Minor concrete shall contain not less than 470 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. In Section 80-4.01C, replace the 4th paragraph with. _. Portland cement concrete for metal post and for deadmen shall be produced from minor concrete conforming to the provisions in Section 90-10, "Minor Concrete." Minor concrete shall contain.not less than 470 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. AMMENDMENTS TO SECTION 83 RAILINGS AND BARRIERS (Issued 09-19-08) In Section 83-1.02 replace the 7th paragraph with: 4-8 Mortar shall conform to the provisions in Section 51-1.135, "Mortar," and shall consist of one part by volume of cementitious material and 3 parts of clean sand. In Section 83-1.02B in the 24th paragraph in the 8th subparagraph, replace the 1st sentence with: Anchor cable shall be 314 inch preformed, 6 x 19, wire strand core or independent wire rope core (IWRC), galvanized in conformance with the requirements in Federal Specification RR-W-410, right regular lay, manufactured of improved plow steel with a minimum breaking strength of 23 tons. In Section 83-1.021✓ in the 6th paragraph, replace the 2nd sentence with: Cable shall be galvanized in confonnance with the requirements in Federal Specification RR-W- 410. In Section 83-1..021 replace the 5th paragraph with: Where shown on the plans, cables used in the frame shall be 5116 inch in diameter, wire rope, with a minimum breaking strength of 5,000 pounds and shall be galvanized in conformance with the requirements in Federal Specification.RR-W-410. In Section 83-1.021 replace the 14th paragraph with: a Chain link fabric shall be either I1-gage Type I zinc-coated fabric confon-niang to the requirements in AASHTO M 181 or 11-gage Type IV polyvinyl chloride (PVC:) coated fabric conforming to the requirements in Federal Specification RR-F-19111. In Section 83-2.021)(1) replace the 5th paragraph with: When concrete barriers are to be constructed on existing structures, the dowels shall be bonded in holes drilled in the existing concrete. Drilling of holes and bonding of dowels shall conform to the following: 1. The bonding materials shall be either magnesium phosphate concrete, modified high alumina based concrete or portland cement based concrete. Magnesium phosphate concrete shall be either single component (water activated) or dual component (with. a prepackaged liquid activator). Modified high alumina based concrete and portland cement based concrete shall be water activated. Bonding materials shall conform to the following requirements: 4-9 Property Test Method Requirements Compressive Strength. at 3 hours,MPa California Test 551 21 min. at 24 hours,MPa i Califomia Test 551 35 min. Flexure Strength at 24 hours,MPa California Test 551 3.5 min. Bond Strength: at 24 fours SSD Concrete, MPa California Test 551 2.1 min. Dry Concrete,MPa California Test 551 2.8 zein. Rater Absorption,% California Test 551 10 max. Abrasion Resistance at 24 hours,grains California Test 550 25 max. Drying shrinkage at 4 days,% ( ASTM Designation: 0.13 max. C 596 Soluble Chlorides by weight,% California Test 422 0.05 max. Water Soluble Sulfates by weight, % California Test 417 0.25 max. . 2. Magnesium phosphate concrete shall be formulated for minimum initial set time of 15 minutes and minimum final set time of 25 minutes at '70° F. The materials, prior to use, shall be stored in a cool, dry environment. 3. Mix water used with water activated material shall conform to the provisions in Section 90 2.03, "Water." 4. The quantity- of water for single component type or liquid activator (for dual component type) to be blended with the dry component, shall be within the limits recommended by the manufacturer and shall be.the least amount required to produce a pourable batter. 5. Addition of retarders, when required and approved by the Engineer, shall be in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 6. Before using concrete material that has not been previously approved, a minimum of 45 pounds shall be submitted to the Engineer for testing. The Contractor shall allow 45 days for the testing. Each shipment of concrete material that has been previously approved shall be accompanied by a Certificate of Compliance as provided in Section 6 1.07, "Certificates of Compliance." 7. Magnesium phosphate concrete shall not be mixed in containers or worked with tools containing zinc, cadmium, aluminum or copper metals. Modified high alumina based concrete shall not be mixed in containers or worked with tools containing aluminum. 8. The surface of any dowel coated with zinc or cadmium shall 'be -coated with a colored lacquer before installation of the dowel. The lacquer shall be allowed to dry thoroughly before embedment of the dowels. 9. The holes shall be drilled by methods that will not shatter or damage the concrete adjacent to the hole. The diameter of the drilled hole shall be I/2 inch larger than the nominal diameter of the dowels. 10. The drilled holes Shall be clean and dry at the time of placing the bonding material and the steel dowels. Bonding material and dowel shall completely fill the drilled hole. The surface temperature shall be 40° F or above when the bonding material is placed. 4-10 11. After bonding, dowels shall remain undisturbed for a minimum of 3 hours or until the bonding; material has reached a strength sufficient to support the dowels. Dowels that are improperly bonded, as determined by the Engineer, shall be removed. The holes shall be cleaned or new hales shall be drilled and the dowels replaced and securely bonded to the concrete. Removing, redrilling and replacing improperly bonded dowels shall be performed at the Contractor's expense. Modified high alumina based concrete and portland cement based concrete shall be cured in conformance with the provisions in Section 90-7.01B, "Curing Compound Method," of the Standard Specifications. Magnesium phosphate concrete shall not be cured. AMMENDMENTS TO SECTION 90 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE (Issued 01-05-07) Replace Section 90 with: SECTION 90 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 90-1 GENERAL 90-1.01 DESCRIPTION Portland eenient concrete shall be composed of cementitious material, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, admixtures if used, and water, proportioned and mixed as specified in these specifications. The Contractor shall determine the mix proportions for concrete in conformance with these specifications. Class 1 concrete shall contain not less than 675 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. Class 2 concrete shall contain not less than 590 pounds of cenientitious material per cubic yard. Class 3 concrete shall contain not less than 505 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. Class 4 concrete shall contain not less than 420 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. Minor concrete shall contain not less than. 550 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard unless otherwise specified in these specifications or the special provisions. Unless otherwise designated on the plans or specified in these specifications or the special provisions, the amount of cementitious material used per cubic yard of concrete in structures or portions of structures shall conform to the following: 4-11. Use Cementitious Material Content (pounds{CY) Concrete designated by compressive strength.: 675 min., 800 max. Deck slabs and slab spans of bridges 675 min., 800 max. Roof sections of exposed top box culverts 590 min., 800 max, Other portions of structures Concrete not designated by compressive strength: 675 mini. Deck slabs and slab spans of bridges 675 min. Roof sections of exposed top box culverts 675 min. Prestressed members 675 min. Seal courses 590 min. Other portions of structures Concrete for precast members 590 rein., 925 max. Whenever the 28-day compressive strength shown on the plans is greater than 3,600 pounds per square inch, the concrete shall be designated by compressive strength. If the plans show a 28-day compressive strength that is 4,000 pounds per square inch or g7cater, an additional 14 days will be allowed to obtain the specified strength. The 28-day compressive strengths shown on the plans that are 3,600 pounds per square inch or less are shown for design information only and are not a requirement for acceptance of the concrete. Concrete designated by compressive strength shall be proportioned such that the concrete will attain the strength shown on the plans or specified in the special provisions. Before using concrete for which the mix proportions have been determined by the Contractor, or in advance of revising those mix proportions, the Contractor shat submit in writing to the Engineer a copy of the mix design. Compliance with cementitious material content requirements will be verified in conformance with procedures described in California Test 518 for cement content. For testing purposes, supplementary cementitious Material shall be considered to be cement. Batch proportions shall be adjusted as necessary to produce concrete having the specified cementitious material content. If any concrete has a cementitious material, portland cement; or supplementary cementitious material content that is less than the minimum required., the concrete shall be removed. However, if the Ejgineer detern-iines that the concrete is structurally adequate, the concrete may remain.in place and the Contractor shall pay to the State $0.25 for each pound of cementitious material, portland cement, or supplementary cementitious material that is less than the minimum required. The Department may deduct the amount frorn any moneys due, or that may become due, the Contractor under the contract. The deductions will not be made unless the difference between the contents required*and those, actually provided exceeds the batching tolerances permitted by Section 90-5, "proportioning." No deductions will be made based on the results of California Test 518. The requirements of the preceding paragraph shall not apply to minor concrete or commercial quality concrete. 4-12 90-2 MATERIALS 90-2.01. CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS ^' Unless otherwise specified., cementitious material shall be either a combination of Type 11 or Type V portland cement and a supplementary cementitious material, or a blended cement. Cementitious materials used in cast-in-place concrete for exposed surfaces of like elements of a structure shall be from the same sources and of the same proportions. Cementitious materials shall be protected from moisture until used. Sacked cementitious materials shall be piled to permit access for tallying, inspecting, and identifying each shipment. Facilities shall be provided to ensure that cementitious materials meeting this Section 90-2.01 are kept separate from other cementitious materials. Sampling cementitious materials shall be in conformance with California Test 125. The Contractor shall furnish a Certificate of Compliance for cementious materials in conformance with the provisions in Section 6-1.07, „Certificates of Compliance.". The Certificate of Compliance shall indicate the source by name and location (including country, state, and city). If cementitious material is delivered directly to the job site, the Certificate of Compliance shall be signed by the cementitious material supplier. If the cementitious material is used in ready-mixed concrete or in precast concrete products purchased as such by the Contractor, the Certificate of Compliance shall be signed by the manufacturer of the concrete or product. 90-2.01A Cement Portland cement shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 150 except, using a 10-sample moving average, limestone shall not exceed 2.5 percent. The C3S content of Type 11 cement shall not exceed 65 percent. Blended cement shall confonxi to the requirements for Portland Blast-Furnace Slag, Cement Type IS (MS) or Portland-Pozzolan Cement, Type IP (MS) in AASHTO Designation: M 240 and shall be comprised of ars intimate and uniform blend of Type II or Type V cement and supplementary cementitious material in an amount conforming to the requirements in Section 90-2.01C, „Required Use of Supplementary Cementitious Materials." In addition,blended cement, Type II portland cement, and Type V portland cement sliall conform to the following requirements: A. The cement shall not contain more than 0.60-percent by mass of alkalies, calculated as the percentage of Na2O plus 0.658 times the percentage of K2rO, when determined by methods as required in AASHTO Designation: T 105; B. The autoclave expansion shall not exceed 0.50-percent; and C. Mortar, containing the cement to be used and Ottawa sand, when tested in conformance with California Test 527, shall not expand in water more than 0.010-percent and shall not contract in air more than. 0.048-percent, except that when cement is to be used for precast prestressed concrete piling, precast prestressed concrete members, or steam cured concrete products, the mortar shall not contract in air more than 0.053-percent. Type III portland cement shall be used only as specified in the special provisions or with the approval of the Engineer. Type III portland cernent shall conform to the additional requirements listed above for Type II portland cement, except when tested in conformance with California Test 527, mortar containing Type III portland cement shall not contract in air more than 0.075-percent. 4-13 90-2.01B Supplementary Cementiti€►us Materials (SCM) Fly ash shall conform to the requirements in AASHTO Designation: M 295, Class F, and the following: A. Calcium oxide content shall not exceed 10 percent. B. The available alkali, as sodium oxide equivalent, shall not exceed 1.5 percent when determined in conformance with the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 311 or the total alkali, as sodium oxide equivalent, shall not exceed 5.0 percent when detennined in conformance with the requirements in AASHTO Designation: T 105. C. Commingling of fly ash from different sources at uncontrolled ratios is permissible only if the following criteria are satisfied: 1. Sources of fly ash to be commingled shall be on the approved list of materials for use in concrete. 2. Testing of the commingled product is the responsibility of the fly ash supplier. 3. Each fly ash's running average of density shall not differ from any other by more than 0.01-pound per cubic inch at the time of commingling. 4. Each fly ash's running average of loss on ignition shall not differ from any other by more than one percent at the time of commingling. 5. The final product of commingled fly ash shall conform to the requirement in AASHTO Designation: M 295. Raw or calcined natural pozzolans shall conform to the requirements in AASHTO Designation: M 295, Class N and the following requirements: A. Calcium oxide content shall not exceed 10 percent. B. The available alkali, as sodium oxide equivalent, shall not exceed. 1.5 percent when determined in conformance with the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 311 or the total alkali, as sodium oxide equivalent, shall not exceed 5.0 percent when determined in conformance with the requirements in AASHTO Designation: T 105, Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag (GGBFS) shall conform to the requirements in AASHTO Designation: M 302, Grade 100 or Grade 120. Silica Fume shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO Designation; M 307, with Ireduction in mortar expansion of 80 percent, minimum. using the cement from the proposed mix design. 90-2.01C Required Use Of Supplementary Cementitious Materials The arnount of portland cement and SCM used in portland cement concrete shall conform to the minimum cementitious material content provisions in Section 90-1.01, "Description," or Section 90.4.05, "Optional Use of Chemical Admixtures," and the following: A. If a blended cement conforming to the provisions in Section 90-2.01A, „Cement," is used., the minimum amount of SCM incorporated into the cement shall conform to the provisions in this Section 90-2.01 C. 4-14 B. Fly ash or natural pozzolan, silica fume, or GGBFS shall not be used with Type IP or Type 1S cements. Use of SCMs shall conform to the following: A. If fly ash or natural pozzolan is used: 1. The minimum amount of portland cement shall not be less than 75 percent by weight of the specified minimum cementitious material content. 2. The minimum amount of fly ash or natural pozzolan shall be: a. Fifteen percent by weight of the total amount of cementitious material if the calcium oxide content of fly ash or natural pozzolan is equal to or less than 2 percent by weight; b. Twenty-five percent by weight of the total amount of cementitious material if the calcium oxide content of fly ash or natural pozzolan is greater than 2 percent by weight. 3. The total amount of fly ash or natural pozzolan shall not exceed 35 percent by weight of the total amount of cementitious material to be used in the mix. If Section 90-1.01., "Description,,' specifies a maximum cementitious material content in pounds per cubic yard, the total weight of portland cement and fly ash or natural pozzolan per cubic yard shall not exceed the specified maximum cementitious material content. B. If silica fuzee is used: 1. The amount of silica fume shall not be less than 10 percent by weight of the total amount of cementitious material. 2. The amount of portland cement shall not be less than 75 percent by weight of the specified minimum cementitious material content. 3. If Section 90-1.01, "Description," specifies a maximum cementitious material content in pounds per cubic yard, the total weight of portland cement and silica fume per cubic yard shall not exceed the specified maximum cementitious material content. C. if GGBFS is used: 1. The minimum amount of GGBFS shall be either: a. Forty percent of the total cementitious material to be used, if the aggregates used in the concrete are on the Department's list of "Approved Aggregates For Use in Concrete with Reduced Fly Ash." b. No less than 50 percent. 2. The amount of GGBFS shall not exceed 60 percent by weight of the total amount of cementitious materials to be used. 4-15 90-2.02 AGGREGATES Aggregates shallbe free from deleterious coatings, clay balls, roots, bark; sticks; rags, and other extraneous material. The Contractor shall provide safe and suitable facilities, including necessary splitting devices for obtaining.samples of aggregates, in confonnance with California Test 125. Aggregates shall be of such character that it will be possible to produce workable concrete within the limits of water content provided in Section 90-6.06, „Amount of Water and Penetration." Aggregates shall have not more than 10 percent loss when tested for soundness in conformance with the requirements in California Test 214. The soundness requirement for fine aggregate will be waived, provided that the durability index, Df, of the fine aggregate is 60 or greater when tested for durability in conformance with California Test 229. If the results of any one or more of the Cleanness Value, Sand Equivalent, or aggregate grading tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Operating Range" but all meet the "Contract Compliance" requirements, the placement of concrete shall be suspended at the completion of the current pour until tests or other information indicate that the next material to be used in the work will comply with the requirements specified for "Operating Range." If the results of either or both the Cleanness Value and coarse aggregate grading tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Contract Compliance," the concrete that is represented by the tests shall be removed. However, if the Engineer determines that the concrete is structurally adequate, the concrete may remain in place, and the Contractor shall pay to the State $3.50 per cubic yard for paving concrete and $5.50 per cubic yard for all other concrete for the concrete represented by these tests and left in place. The Department may deduct the amount from.any, moneys due, or that may become due, the Contractor under the contract. If the results of either or both the Sand Equivalent and fine aggregate grading tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Contract Compliance," the concrete which is represented by the tests shall be removed. However, if the Engineer determines that the concrete is structurally adequate, the concrete may remain in place, and the Contractor shall pay to the State $3.50 per cubic yard for paving concrete and $5.50 per cubic yard for all other concrete for the concrete represented by these tests and left in place. The Department may deduct the amount from any moneys due, or that may become due, the Contractor under the contract. The 2 preceding paragraphs apply individually to the "Contract Compliance" requirements for coarse aggregate and fine aggregate. When both coarse aggregate and fine aggregate do not conform to the "Contract Compliance" requirements, both paragraphs shall apply. The payments specified iii those paragraphs are in addition to any payments made in conformance with the provisions in Section 90-1.03, "Description." No single Cleanness Value, Sand Equivalent, or aggregate grading test shall represent more ~ than. 300 cubic yards of concrete or one day's pour, whichever is smaller. When the source of an aggregate is changed; the Contractor shall adjust the mix proportions and submit in writing to the Engineer a copy of the mix design before using the aggregates. 90-2.02A Coarse Aggregate Coarse aggregate shall consist of gravel, crushed gravel, crushed rock, reclaimed aggregate, crushed air-cooled iron blast furnace slag or combinations thereof. Crushed air-cooled blast furnace slag shall not be used in reinforced or prestressed concrete. Reclaimed aggregate is aggregate that has been recovered from plastic concrete by washing away the ceznentitious material. Reclaimed aggregate shall conform to all aggregate requirements. 4-16 Coarse aggregate shall conform to the following quality requirements: Calif Tests ornia Require € Test ments Loss in Los Angeles Rattler(after 211 45% 500 revolutions) max. Cleanness Value I Operating Range 227 75 min. Contract Compliance 227. 71 min. In lieu of the above Cleanness Value requirements, a Cleanness Value "Operating Range" limit of 71, minimum, and a Cleanness Value "Contract Compliance" limit of 68, minimum; will be used to determine the acceptability of the coarse aggregate if the Contractor furnishes a Certificate of Compliance, as provided in Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of Compliance," certifying that: A. Coarse aggregate sampled at the completion of processing at the aggregate production plant had a Cleanness Value of not less than 82 when tested in conformance with the requirements in California Test 227; and B. Prequaliftcation tests performed in conformance with the requirements in California Test 549 indicated that the aggregate would develop a relative strength of not less than 95 percent and would have a relative shrinkage not greater than 105 percent, based on concrete. 90-2.02B Fine Aggregate Fine aggregate shall consist of natural sand, manufactured sand produced from larger aggregate or a combination thereof. Manufactured sand shall be well graded. Fine aggregate shall conform to the following quality requirements: Calif Test omia Require Test nients Organic Impurities 213 Satisfact orya E Mortar Strengths Relative to 51.5 95 , Ottawa Sand min. Sand Equivalent: — Operating Range 217 75,min. 11 ( Contract Compliance i 217 71, min. Fine aggregate developing a color darker than the reference standard color solution may be accepted if it is determined by the Engineer, from.mortar strength tests, that a darker color is acceptable. In lieu of the above Sand Equivalent requirements, a Sand Equivalent "Operating Range" limit of 71, minimum, and a Sand Equivalent "Contract Compliance" limit of 68, minimum, will be used 4-1.7 to determine the acceptability of the fine aggregate if the Contractor furnishes a Certificate of Compliance, as provided in Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of Compliance," certifying that: A. Fine aggregate sampled at the completion of processing at the aggregate production plant had a Sand Equivalent value of not less than 82 when tested by California Test 217; and B. Prequalification tests performed in conformance with California Test 549 indicated that the aggregate would develop a relative strength of not less than 95 percent and would have a relative shrinkage not greater than. 105 percent,based on concrete. 902.03 WATER In conventionally reinforced concrete work, the water for curing, for washing aggregates, and for mixing shall be free from oil and shall not contain more than 1,000 parts per million of chlorides as Cl, when tested in conformance with California Test 422, nor more than 1,300 parts per million of sulfates as 5O4, when tested in conformance with California Test 417. In prestressed concrete work, the water for curing, for washing aggregates, and for mixing shall be free from oil and shall not contain more than 650 parts per million of chlorides as Cl,when tested in conformance with California Test 422, nor more than 1,300 parts per million of sulfates as 5O4, when tested in conformance with California Test 417. In no case shall the water contain an amount of impurities that will cause either: 1) a change in the setting time of cement of more than 25 percent when tested in conformance with the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 191 or ASTM Designation: C 266 or 2) a reduction in the compressive strength of mortar at 14 days of more than 5 percent, when tested in conformance with the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 1.09, when compared to the results obtained with distilled water or deionized water, tested in conformance with the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 109. In nonreinforced concrete work, the water for curing, for washing aggregates and for mixing shall he free from oil and shall not contain more than 2,000 parts per million of chlorides as Cl, when tested in conformance with California Test 422, or more than 1,500 parts per million of sulfates as 5O4, when tested in conformance with California Test 417. In addition to the above provisions, water for curing concrete shall not contain impurities in a sufficient amount to cause discoloration of the concrete or produce etching of the surface. Water reclaimed from mixer wash-out operations may be used in mixing concrete. The water shall not contain coloring agents or more than 300 parts per million of alkalis {Na2O + 0.658 K20) as determined on the filtrate. The specific gravity of the water shall not exceed 1.03 and shall not vary more than 0.010 during a day's operations. 90-2.04 Admixture Materials Admixture materials shall conform to the requirements in the following ASTM Designations: A. Chemical Admixtures—ASTM Designation: C 494. B. Air-entraininu Admixtures----ASTM Designation: C 260, 90-3 AGGREGATE GRADINGS 90-3.01 GENERAL Before beginning concrete work, the Contractor shall submit in writing to the Engineer the gradation of the primary aggregate nominal sizes that the Contractor proposes to furnish. If a primary coarse aggregate or the fine aggregate is separated into 2 or more sizes, the proposed 4--18 gradation shall consist of.the gradation for each individual size, and the proposed proportions of each individual size, combined mathematically to indicate one proposed gradation. The proposed gradation shall meet the grading requirements shown in the table in this section, and shall show the percentage passing each of the sieve sizes used in determining the end result. The Engineer may waive, in writing, the gradation requirements in this Section 90-3.01 and in Sections 90-3.02, "Coarse Aggregate Grading," 90-3.03, "Fine Aggregate Grading," and 90-3.04, "Combined Aggregate Gradings," if, in the Engineer's opinion, furnishing the gradation is not necessary for the type or amount of concrete work to be constructed. Gradations proposed by the Contractor shall be within the following percentage passing limits: Primary Aggregate Sieve Limits of Proposed ?nominal Size Size Gradation 1112" x314" 1" 19 - 41 1" x No. 4 _ 3/4" 52 - 85 i 1" x No. 4 318" 15 - 38 1/2" x No. 4 3/8" 40 - 78 318" x No. 8 318" 50 - 85 Pine Aggregate No. 16 55 - 75 ! Fine Aggregate No. 30 34 - 46 I Fine Aggregate No. 50 ! 16 - 29 Should the Contractor change the source of supply, the Contractor shall submit in writing to the Engineer the new gradations before their intended use. 90-3.02 COARSE AGGREGATE GRADING The grading requirements for coarse aggregates are shown in the following table for each size of coarse aggregate: 4-19 Percentage Passing Primary Aggregate Nominal Sizes 1 1/2" x 314" 1" x No. 4 112" x No. 4 3/8" x No. 8 Ope Contr Ope Contr Ope Contr Ope Contr rating act rating act rating act rating act Sieve Ran Comp Ran Comp Ran Comp Ran Comp Sizes ge liance ge liance I ge liance ' ge Bance 2" 1"00 100 — — - — — — 1 112 88 - 85 - 100 100 - — — ' 100 100 1" X± X_=25 8s - 86 - — --- 18 100 100 3/4" 0 - 0 - 20 X± X±22 100 100 — — 17 15 1/2" — — — — 82 - 80 - 100 100 100 100 3/8" 0 - 7 0 - 9 X± X±22 X:E X-x-22 X X±20 - 15 15 15 No. 4 --- --- 0 - 0 - 18 0 - 0 - 18 0 - 0 - 28 16 15 25 No. $ 1 0 - 6 0 - 7 0 - 6 0 - 7 0 - 6 0 - 7 In the above table, the symbol X is the gradation that the Contractor proposes to furnish for the specific sieve size as provided in Section 90-3.01, "General." Coarse aggregate for the 1 112 inch, maximum, combined aggregate grading as provided in Section 90-3.04, "Combined Aggregate Gradings," shall be furnished in 2 or more primary aggregate nominal sizes. Each primary aggregate nominal size may be separated into 2 sizes and stored separately, provided that the combined material conforms to the grading requirements for that particular primary aggregate nominal size. When the one inch, maximum, combined aggregate grading as provided in Section 90-3.04, "Combined Aggregate Gradings;" is to be used, the coarse aggregate may be separated into 2 sizes and stored separately, provided that the combined material shall conform to the grading requirements for the 1" x leo. 4 primary aggregate nominal size. 90-3.03 EINE AGGREGATE GRADING Fine aggregate shall be graded within the following limits- 4-21 0 imits:4-20 Percentage Passing Sieve Sizes Operating Contract E Range Compliance 318" 100 100 No. 4 95 - 100 93 - 100 No. 8 65 - 95 61 - 99 No. 16 X±10 X±13 No. 30 X±9 X±12 No. 50 X±6 X..9 No. 100 2 - 12 1 - 15 No. 200 0 - 8 0 - 10 In the above table, the symbol X is the gradation that the Contractor proposes to furnish for the specific sieve size as provided in Section 90-3.01, "General." In addition to the above required grading analysis, the distribution of the fine aggregate sizes shall be such that the difference between the total percentage passing the No. 16 sieve and the total percentage passing the No. 30 sieve shall be between 10 and 40, and the difference between the percentage passing the No. 30 and No. 50 sieves shall be between 10 and 40. Fine aggregate may be separated into 2 or more sizes and stored separately, provided that the combined material conforms to the grading requirements specified in this Section 90-3.03. 90-3.04 COMBINED AGGREGATE GRADINGS Combined aggregate grading limits shall be used only for the design of concrete mixes. Concrete mixes shall be designed so that aggregates are combined in.proportions that shall produce a mixture within the grading limits for combined aggregates as specified herein. The combined aggregate grading, except when otherwise specified in these specifications or the special provisions, shall be either the 1 1/2 inch, maximum grading, or the 1 inch, maxin-iurn grading, at the option of the Contractor. 4-21 Grading Limits of Combined Aggregates Percentage Passing _Sieve Sizes 1 112" Max. 1" Max. 112" Max. 2" _ i . 100 — --- -- 1 112" go - 100 100 1„ 50 - 86 90 - 100 3/4" 45 - 75 55 - 100 100 _ 112„ — - 90 - 100 1.00 318" 38 - 55 45 - 75 55 - 86 50 - 100 No. 4 30 - 45 35 - 60 45 - 63 45 - 63 No. 8 ; 23 - 38 27 - 45 35 - 49 35 - 49 No. 16 17 - 33 ! 20 - 35 25 - 37 25 - 37 No. 30 10 - 22-7 12 - 25 15 -25 15 - 25 No. 50 4 - 10 5 - 15 5 - 15 5 -- 15 No. 100 1 -6 1 - 8 1 - 8 1. - 8 No. 200 0 - 3 0 - 4 04 0 - 4 J Changes from one grading to another shall not be made during the progress of the work unless permitted by the Engineer. 90-4 ADMIXTURES 90-4.01 GENERAL Admixtures used in portland cement concrete shall conform to and be used in conformance with the provisions in this Section 90-4 and the special provisions. Admixtures shall be used when specified or ordered by the Engineer and may be used at the Contractor's option as provided herein. Chemical admixtures and air-entraining admixtures containing chlorides as Cl in excess of one percent by weight of admixture, as determined by California Test 415, shall not be used. Admixtures shall be uniform in propertiesthroughout their use in the work. Should it be found that an admixture as furnished is not uniform in properties, its use shall be discontinued- If more iscontinued.lfmore than one admixture is used, the admixtures shall be compatible with each other so that . the desirable effects of all admixtures used will be realized. Chemical admixtures shall be used in conformance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. 90-4.02 MATERIALS Admixture materials shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-2.04, "Admixture Materials." 90-4.03 ADMIXTURE APPROVAL No admixture brand shall be used in the work unless it is on the Department's current list of approved brands for the type of admixture involved. Admixture brands will be considered for addition to the approved list if the manufacturer of the admixture submits to the Transportation Laboratory a sample of the admixture accompanied by certified test results demonstrating that the admixture complies with the requirements in the appropriate ASTM Designation and these specifications. The sample shall be sufficient to permit 4-22 performance of all required tests. Approval of admixture brands will be dependent upon. a determination as to co I� et ireri ents, based`Qa -c certified. test results submitted., together with tests the Department may elect to perform. If the Contractor proposes to use an admixture of a brand and type on the current list of approved admixture brands, the Contractor shall furnish a Certificate of Compliance from the manufacturer, as provided in Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of Compliance," certifying that the admixture furnished is the same as that previously approved. If a previously approved admixture is not accompanied by a Certificate of Compliance, the admixture shall not be used in the work until the Engineer has had sufficient time to make the appropriate tests and has approved the admixture for use. The Engineer may take samples for testing at any time, whether or not the admixture has been accompanied by a Certificate of Compliance. 90-4.04 REQUIRED USE OF CHEMICAL ADMIXTURES If the use of a chemical admixture is specified, the admixture shall be used at the dosage specified, except that if no dosage is specified, the admixture shall be used at the dosage normally recommended by the manufacturer of the admixture. 90.4.05 OPTIONAL USE OF CHEMICAL ADMIXTURES The Contractor may use Type A or F, water-reducing; Type B, retarding; or Type D or G, water-reducing and retarding admixtures as described in ASTM Designation: C 494 to conserve cementitious material or to facilitate any concrete construction application subject to the following conditions: . A. If a water-reducing admixture or a water-reducing and retarding admixture is used, the cementitious material content specified or ordered may be reduced by a maximum of 5 percent by weight, except that the resultant cementitious material content shall be not less than 505 pounds per cubic yard; and B. When a reduction in cementitious material content is made, the dosage of admixture used shall be the dosage used in determining approval of the admixture. Unless otherwise specified, a Type C accelerating chemical admixture confoi ping to the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 494, may be used in portland cement concrete. Inclusion in the mix design submitted for approval will not be required provided that the admixture is added to counteract changing conditions that contribute to delayed setting of the portland cement concrete, and the use or change-in dosage-of the admixture is approved in writing by the Engineer. 90-4.06 REQUIRED USE OF AIR-ENTRAINING ADMIXTURES When air-entrainment is specified or ordered by the Engineer, the air-entraining admixture shall be used in amounts to produce a concrete having the specified air content as determined by California Test 504. 90-4.07 OPTIONAL USE OF AIR-ENTRAINING ADMIXTURES When air-entraiiunent has not been specified or ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor will be permitted to use an air-entraining admixture to facilitate the use of any construction procedure or equipment provided that the average air content, as determined by California Test 504, of 3 successive tests does not exceed 4 percent, and no single test value exceeds 5.5 percent. If the 4-23 Contractor elects to use an air-entraining admixture in concrete for pavement, the Contractor shall so indicate at the time the Contractor designates the source of aggregate. 90-4.O8 BLANK 90-4.09 BLANK 90-4.10 PROPORTIONING AND DISPENSING LIQUID ADMIXTURES Chemical admixtures and air-entraining admixtures shall be dispensed in liquid form. Dispensers for liquid admixtures shall have sufficient capacity to measure at one time the prescribed quantity required for each batch of concrete. Each dispenser shall include a graduated measuring unit into which liquid admixtures are measured to within±5 percent of the prescribed quantity for each batch. Dispensers shall be located and maintained so that the graduations can be accurately read from the point at which proportioning operations are controlled to permit a visual check of batching accuracy prior to discharge. Each measuring unit shall be,clearly marked for the type and quantity of admixture. Each liquid admixture dispensing system shall be equipped with a sampling device consisting of a valve located in a safe and readily accessible position such that a sample of the admixture may be withdrawn slowly by the Engineer. If more than one liquid admixture is used in the concrete mix, each liquid admixture shall have a separate measuring unit and shall be dispensed by injecting equipment located in such a manner that the admixtures are not mixed at high concentrations and do not interfere with the effectiveness of each ether. When air-entraining admixtures are used in conjunction with other liquid admixtures, the air-entraining admixture shall be the first to be incorporated into the mix, unless it is demonstrated that a different sequence improves perforriiance. When automatic proportioning devices are required for concrete pavement, dispensers for liquid admixtures shall operate automatically with the batching control equipment. The dispensers shall be equipped With an automatic warning system in good operating condition that will provide a visible or audible signal at the point at which proportioning operations are controlled when the quantity of admixture measured for each batch of concrete varies from the preselected dosage by more than 5 percent, or when the entire contents of the measuring unit are not emptied from the dispenser into each batch of concrete. Unless liquid admixtures are added to premeasured water for the batch, their discharge into the batch shall be arranged to flow into the stream of water so that the admixtures are well dispersed throughout the batch, except that air-entraining admixtures may be dispensed directly into moist sand in the batching bins provided that adequate control of the air content of the concrete can be maintained. Liquid admixtures requiring dosages greater than one-half gallon per cubic yard shall be considered to be water when determining the total amount of free water as specified in Section 90-6.06, "Amount of Water and Penetration." 90-4.11 BLANK ' 4-24 90-5 PROPORTIONING 90-5.01 STORAGE OF AGGREGATES Aggregates shall be stored or stockpiled in such a manner that separation of coarse and fine particles of each size shall be avoided and the various sizes shall not become intermixed before proportioning. Aggregates shall be stored or stockpiled and handled in a manner that prevent contamination by foreign materials. In addition, storage of aggregates at batching or mixing facilities that are erected subsequent to the award of the contract and that furnish concrete to the project shall conform to the following: A. Intermingling of the different sizes of aggregates shall be positively prevented. The Contractor shall take the necessary measures to prevent intermingling. The preventive measures may include, but are not necessarily limited to, physical separation of stockpiles or construction of bulkheads of adequate length and height; and B. Contamination of aggregates by contact with the ground shall be positively prevented. The Contractor shall take the necessary measures to prevent contamination. The preventive measures shall include, but are not necessarily limited to, placing aggregates on wooden platforms or on hardened surfaces consisting of portland cement concrete, asphalt concrete, or cement treated material. In placing aggregates in storage or in moving the aggregates from storage to the weigh hopper of the batching plant, any method that may cause segregation, degradation, or the combining of materials of different gradings that will result in any size of aggregate at the weigh hopper failing to meet the grading requirements, shall be discontinued. Any method of handling aggregates that results in excessive breakage of particles shall be discontinued. The use of suitable devices to reduce impact of falling aggregates may be required by the Engineer. 90-5.02 PROPORTIONING DEVICES Weighing, measuring, or metering devices used for proportioning materials shall conform to the requirements in Section 9-1.01, "Measurement of Quantities," and this Section 90-5.02. In addition, automatic weighing systems shall comply with the requirements for automatic proportioning devices in Section. 90-5.03A.; "Proportioning for Pavement." Automatic devices shall be automatic to the extent that the only manual operation required for proportioning the aggregates, cement, and supplementary cementitious material for one batch of concrete is a single operation of a switch or starter. Proportioning devices shall be tested as frequently as the Engineer may deem necessary to ensure their accuracy. Weighing equipment shall be insulated against vibration or movement of other operating equipment in the plant. When thWlant is in operation, the weight of each batch of material shall not vary from the weight designated by the Engineer by more than the tolerances specified herein. Equipment for cumulative weighing of aggregate shall have a,zero tolerance of X0.5 percent of the designated total batch weight of the aggregate. For systems with individual weigh hoppers for the various sizes of aggregate, the zero tolerance shall be±0.5 percent of the individual batch weight designated for each size of aggregate. Equipmentfor cumulative weighing of cement and supplementary cementitious material shall have a zero tolerance of±0.5 percent of the designated total batch weight of the cement and supplementary cementitious material. Equipment for 4-25 we cement or supplementary cementitious material separately shall have a zero tolerance of 0.5 percent of their designated individual batch weights. Equipment for measuring water shall have a zero tolerance of i0.5 percent of its designated weight or volume. The weight indicated for any batch of material shall not vary from the preselected scale setting by more than the Following: A. Aggregate weighed cumulatively shall be within 1.0 percent of the designated total batch weight of the aggregate. Aggregates weighed individually shall be within 1.5 percent of their respective designated batch weights; and B. Cement shall be 99 to 102 percent of its designated batch weight. When weighed. individually, supplementary cernentitious material shall be 99 to 102 percent of its designated batch weight. When supplementary cementitious material and cement are permitted to be weighed cumulatively, cement shall be weighed first to 99 to 102 percent of its designated batch weight, and the total for cement and supplementary cementitious material shall be 99 to 102 percent of the sum of their designated batch weights; and C. Water shall be within 1.5 percent of its designated weight or volume. Each scale graduation shall be approximately 0.001 of the total capacity of the scale. The capacity of scales for weighing cement, supplementary cementitious material, or cement plus supplementary cementitious material and aggregates shall not exceed that of commercially available scales having single graduations indicating a weight not exceeding the maximum permissible weight variation above, except that no scale shall be required having a capacity of less than 1,000 pounds, with one pound graduations. 90-5.03 PROPORTIONING Proportioning shall consist of dividing the aggregates into the specified sizes, each stored in a separate bin, and combining them with cementitious material and water as provided in these specifications. Aggregates shall be proportioned by weight. At the time of batching, aggregates shall have been dried or drained sufficiently to result in a stable moisture content such that no visible separation of water from aggregate will take place during transportation from the proportioning plant to the point of mixing. In no event shall the free moisture content of the fine aggregate at the time of batching exceed 8 percent of its saturated, surface-dry weight. Should separate supplies of aggregate material of the same size group, but of different moisture content or specific gravity or surface characteristics affecting-workability, be available at the proportioning plant, withdrawals shall be made from one supply exclusively and the materials therein completely exhaustedbefore starting upon another. Bulk Type.IP (MS) cement shall be weighed in an individual hopper and shall be kept separate from the aggregates until the ingredients are released for discharge into the mixer. Bulk cei ent and supplementary cementitious material may be weighed in separate, individual weigh hoppers or maybe weighed in the sarxre weigh hopper and shall be kept separate from the aggregates until the ingredients are released for discharge into the mixer. If the gement and supplementary cementitious material are weighed cumulatively,the cement shall be weighed first. If cement and supplementary cementitious material are weighed in separate weigh hoppers, the weigh systems for the proportioning of the aggregate, the cement, and the supplementary cementitious material shall be individual and distinct from all other weigh systems. Each weigh 4-26 system shall be equipped with a hopper, a lever system, and an indicator to constitute an individual and independent material-weighing device. The cement and the supplementary cementitious material shall be discharged into the mixer simultaneously with the aggregate. The scales and weigh hoppers for bulk weighing cement, supplementary cementitious material, or cement plus supplementary cementitious material shall be separate and distinct from the . aggregate weighing equipment. For batches of one cubic yard or more, the batching equipment shall conform to one of the following combinations: A. Separate boxes and separate scale and indicator for weighing each size of aggregate. B. Single box and scale indicator for all aggregates. C. Single box or separate boxes and automatic weighing mechanism for all aggregates In order to check the accuracy of batch weights, the gross weight and tare weight of batch trucks, truck mixers, truck agitators, and non-agitating hauling equipment shall be determined when ordered by the Engineer. The equipment shall be weighed on scales designated by the Engineer. 90-5.03A Proportioning For Pavement Aggregates and bulk supplementary cementitious material for use in pavement shall be proportioned by weight by means of automatic proportioning devices of approved type conforining to these specifications. The Contractor shall install and maintain in operating condition an electronically actuated moisture meter that will indicate, on a readily visible scale, changes in the moisture content of the fine aggregate as it is batched within a sensitivity of 0.5 percent by weight of the fine aggregate. The batching of cement, supplementary cementitious material, or cement plus supplementary cementitious material and aggregate shall be interlocked so that a new batch cannot be started until all weigh hoppers are empty, the proportioning devices are within zero tolerance, and the discharge gates are closed. The interlock shall permit no part of the batch to be discharged until all aggregate hoppers and the cement and supplementary cementitious material hoppers or the cement plus supplementary cementitious material hopper are charged with weights that are within the tolerances specified in Section 90-5.02, "Proportioning Devices.` If interlocks are required for cement and supplementary cementitious material charging mechanisms and cement and supplementary cementitious material are weighed cumulatively, their charging mechanisms shall be interlocked to prevent the introduction of mineral admixture until the weight of cement in the cement weigh hopper is within the tolerances specified in Section 90-5.02, "Proportioning Devices." . If concrete is completely mixed in stationary paving mixers, the supplementary cementitious materials shall be weighed in a separate weigh hopper and the supplementary cementitious material and cement shall be introduced simultaneously into the mixer proportionately with the aggregate. If the Contractor provides certification that the stationary mixer is capable of mixing the cement, supplementary cementitious material, aggregates, and water uniformly before discharge, weighing the supplementary cementitious material cumulatively with the cement is permitted. Certification shall contain the following: A. Test results for 2 compressive strength test cylinders of concrete taken within the first one- third and 2 compressive strength test cylinders of concrete taken within the last one-third of the 4-2'7 concrete discharged from a single batch from the stationary paving mixer. Strength tests and cylinder preparation will be in conformance with the provisions of Section 90-9, "Compressive Strength"; B. Calculations demonstrating that the difference in the averages of 2 compressive strengths taken . in the first one-third is no greater than 7.5 percent different than the averages of 2 compressive strengths taken in the last one-third of the concrete discharged from a single batch from the stationary paving mixer. Strength tests and cylinder preparation will be in conformance with the provisions of Section 90-9, „Compressive Strength;" and C. The mixer rotation speed and time of mixing before discharge that are required to produce a mix that meets the requirements above. The discharge gate on the cement and supplementary cementitious material hoppers or the cement plus supplementary cementitious material hopper shall be designed to permit regulating the flow of cement, supplementary cementitious material, or cement plus supplementary cementitious material into the aggregate as directed by the Engineer. If separate weigh boxes are used for each size of aggregate, the discharge gates shall permit regulating the flow of each size of aggregate as directed by the Engineer. Material discharged from the several bins shall be controlled by gates or by mechanical conveyors. The means of withdrawal from the several bins, and of discharge from the weigh box, shall be interlocked so that not more than one bin can discharge at a time, and so that the weigh box cannot be tripped until the required quantity from each of the several bins has been deposited therein. Should a separate weigh box be used for each size of aggregate, all.may be operated and discharged simultaneously. If the discharge from the several bins is controlled by gates, each gate shall be actuated automatically so that the required mass is discharged.into the weigh box, after which the gate shall automatically close and lock. The automatic weighing system shall be designed so that all proportions required may be set on the weighing controller at the same time. 90.6 MIXING AND TRANSPORTING 906.01 GENERAL Concrete shall be mixed in mechanically operated mixers, except that when pen-nitted by the Engineer, batches not exceeding l/a cubic yard may be mixed by hand methods in conformance with the provisions in Section 90-6.05, "Hand-Mixing." Equipment having components matte of aluminum or magnesium alloys that would have contact with plastic concrete during mixing, transporting, or pumping of portland cement concrete shall. not be used. Concrete shall be homogeneous and thoroughly nixed, and there shall be no lumps or evidence of undispersed cementitious material. Uniformity of concrete mixtures will be determined by differences in penetration as determined by California Test 533, or slump as determined by ASTM Designation. C 143, and by variations in .the proportion of coarse aggregate as determined by California Test 529. When the mix design specifies a penetration value, the difference in penetration, determined by comparing penetration tests on 2 samples of mixed concrete from the same batch or truck mixer load, shall not exceed 1/2-inch. When the mix design specifies a slump value, the difference in. slump, detennined by comparing slump tests on 2 samples of mixed concrete from the same batch 4-28 or truck mixer load, shall not exceed the values given in the table below. Variation in the proportion of coarse aggregate will be determined by comparing the results of tests of 2 samples of mixed concrete from the same batch or truck mixer load and the difference between the 2 results shall not exceed 170 pounds per cubic yard of concrete. Average Slump Maximum Permissible Difference Less than 4" 1" 4" to b" 1 112" Greater than 6" to 9" 2" The Contractor shall furnish samples of the freshly mixed concrete and provide satisfactory facilities for obtaining the samples. 90-6.02 MACHINE MIXING Concrete mixers may be of the revolving drum or the revolving blade type, and the mixing drum or blades shall be operated uniformly at the mixing speed recon-amended by the manufacturer. Mixers and agitators that have an accumulation of hard concrete or mortar shall not be used. The temperature of mixed concrete, immediately before placing, shall be not less than 50° F or more than 90° F. Aggregates and water shall be heated or cooled as necessary to produce concrete within these temperature limits. Neither aggregates nor mixing water shall be heated to exceed 150° F. If ice is used to cool the concrete, discharge of the mixer will not be permitted until all ice is melted. The batch shall be so charged into the mixer that some water will enter in advance of cementitious materials and aggregates. All water shall be in the drum by the end of the first one-fourth of the specified mixing time. . Cementitious materials shall be batched and charged into the mixer by means that will not result either in loss of cementitious materials due to the effect of wind, in accumulation of cementitious materials on surfaces of conveyors or hoppers, or in other conditions that reduce or vary the required quantity of cementitious material in.the concrete mixture. Paving and stationary mixers shall be operated with an automatic tuning device. The timing device and discharge mechanism shall be interlocked so that during normal operation no part of the batch will be discharged until the specified mixing time has elapsed. The total elapsed time between the intermingling of damp aggregates and all cernentitious material-s and the start of mixing shall not exceed 30 minutes. The size of batch shall not exceed the manufacturer's guaranteed capacity. When producing concrete for pavement or base, suitable batch counters sha11 be installed and maintained in good operating condition at job site batching plants and stationary mixers. The batch counters shall indicate the exact number of batches proportioned and mixed. Concrete shall be mixed and delivered to the job site by means of one of the following combinations of operations: A. Mixed completely in a stationary mixer and the mixed concrete transported to the point of delivery in truck agitators or in nonagitating hauling equipment {central-mixed concrete). B. Mixed partially in a stationary mixer, and the mixing completed in a truck mixer (shrink-mixed concrete). 4-29 C. Mixed completely in a truck mixer(transit-mixed concrete). D. Mixed completely in a paving mixer. Agitators may be track mixers operating at agitating speed or truck agitators. Each mixer and agitator shall have attached thereto in a prominent place a metal plate or plates on which is plainly marked the various uses for which the equipment is designed, the manufacturer's guaranteed capacity of the drum or container in terms of the volume of mixed concrete and the speed of rotation of the mixing drum or blades. Truck mixers shall be equipped with electrically or mechanically actuated revolution counters by which the number of revolutions of the drum or blades may readily be verified. When shrink-mixed concrete is furnished, concrete that has been partially mixed at a central plant shall be transferred to a track mixer and all requirements for transit-mixed concrete shall apply. No credit in the number of revolutions at mixing speed will be allowed for partial mixing in a central plant. 90-6.43 TRANSPORTING MIXED CONCRETE Mixed concrete may be transported to the delivery point in truck agitators or track mixers operating at the speed designated by the manufacturer of the equipment as agitating speed, or in non-agitating hauling equipment, provided the consistency and workability of the mixed concrete upon discharge at the delivery point is suitable for adequate placement and consolidation in place, acid provided the mixed concrete after hauling to the delivery point conforms to the provisions in Section 90-6.01, "General." Truck agitators shall be loaded not to exceed the manufacturer's guaranteed capacity and shall maintain the mixed concrete in a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass during hauling. Bodies of nonagitating hauling equipment shall be constructed so that leakage of the concrete mix, or any part thereof, will not occur at any time. Concrete hauled in open-top vehicles shall be protected during hauling against rain or against exposure to the sun for more than 20 minutes when the ambient temperature exceeds 75° F. No additional mixing water shall be incorporated into the concrete during hauling or after arrival at the delivery point, unless authorized by the Engineer. If the Engineer authorizes additional water to be incorporated into the concrete, the drum shall be revolved not less than -- 30 revolutions at mixing speed after the water is added and before discharge is commenced. The rate of discharge of mixed concrete from truck mixer-agitators shall be controlled by the speed of rotation of the drum in the discharge direction with the discharge gate fully open. If a truck mixer or agitator is used for transporting.concrete to.the delivery point, discharge shall be completed within 1.5 hours or before 250 revolutions of the drum or blades, whichever occurs first, after the introduction of the cement to the aggregates. tinder conditions contributing to quick stiffening of the concrete, or if the temperature of the concrete is 85° F or above, the time allowed may be less than 1.5 hours. If an admixture is used to retard the set time, the temperature of the concrete shall not exceed 85° F, the time limit shall be 2 hours, and the revolution.limitation shall be 300. If nonagitating hauling equipment is used for transporting concrete to the delivery point, discharge.shall be completed within one hour after the addition of the cement to the aggregates. Under conditions contributing to quick stiffening of the concrete, or when the temperature of the concrete is 85° F or above, the time between the introduction of cement to the aggregates and discharge shall not exceed 45 minutes. 4-3 0 Each load of concrete delivered at the job site shall be accompanied by a weighmaster certificate showing the mix identification number, nonrepeating load number, date and time at which the materials were batched, the total amount of water added to the load, and,for transit-mixed concrete, the reading of the revolution counter at the time the truck mixer is charged with cement. This weighmaster certificate shall also show the actual scale weights (pounds) for the ingredients hatched. Theoretical or target batch weights shall not be used as a substitute for actual scale weights. Weighnmaster certificates shall be provided in printed form, or if approved by the Engineer, the data may be submitted in electronic media. Electronic media shall be presented in a tab-delimited format on a 3 1/2-inch diskette with a capacity of at least 1.4 megabytes. Captured data, for the ingredients represented by each batch shall be "line feed, carriage return" (LFCR) and "one line, separate record" with allowances for sufficient fields to satisfy the amount of data required by these specifications. The Contractor may furnish a weighmaster certificate accompanied by a separate certificate that lists the actual batch weights or measurements for a load of concrete provided that both certificates are unprinted with the same nonrepeating load number that is unique to the contract and delivered to the job site with the load. Weighmaster certificates furnished by the Contractor shall conform to the provisions in Section 9-1.01, "Measurement of Quantities." 90-6.04 TIME OR AMOUNT OF MIXING Mixing of concrete in paving or stationary mixers shall continue for the required mixing time after all ingredients, except water and admixture, if added with the water, are in the mixing compartment of the mixer before any part of the batch is released. Transfer time in multiple drum mixers shall not be counted as part of the required mixing time. The required mixing time, in paving or stationary mixers, of concrete used for concrete structures, except minor structures, shall be not less than 90 seconds or more than 5 minutes, except that when directed by the Engineer in writing, the requirements of the following paragraph shall apply. The required mixing time, in paving or stationary mixers, except as provided in the preceding paragraph, shall be not less than 50 seconds or more than 5 minutes. The minimum required revolutions at the mixing speed for transit-mixed concrete shall not be less than that recommended by the mixer manufacturer, but in no case shall the number of revolutions be less than that required to consistently produce concrete conforming to the provisions for uniformity in Section 90-6.01, "General." When a high range water-reducing admixture is added to the concrete at the job site, the total number of revolutions shall not exceed 300. 90-6.05 HAND-MIXING 1-land-mixed concrete shall be made in batches of not more than 1/3 cubic yard and shall be mixed on a watertight, level platform. The proper amount of coarse aggregate shall be measured in measuring boxes and spread on the platform and the fine aggregate shall be spread on this layer, the 2 layers being not more than one foot in total depth. On this mixture shall be spread the dry cementitious materials and the whole mass turned no fewer than 2 times dry; then. sufficient clean water shall be added, evenly distributed,and the whole mass again turned no fewer than 3 times, not including placing; in the carriers or foams. 4-31 90-6.06 AMOUNT OF WATER AND PENETRATION The amount of water used in concrete mixes shall be regulated so that the penetration of the concrete as determined by California Test 533 or the slump of the concrete as determined by ASTM Designation: C 143 is within the nominal values shown in the following table. When the penetration or slump of the concrete is found to exceed the nominal values listed, the mixture of subsequent batches shall be adjusted to reduce the penetration or slump to a value within the nominal range shown. Batches of concrete with a penetration or slump exceeding the maximum values listed shall not be used in the work. If Type F or Type G chemical admixtures are added to the mix, the penetration requirements shall not apply and the slump shall not exceed 9 inches after the chemical admixtures are added. Type of Work Nominal Maximum Penetrati Slump Penetrati Slump on. on (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) Concrete Pavement 0 - 1 — 1 1/2 — Non-reinforced concrete 0 - 11/2 — 2 — facilities Reinforced concrete structures Sections over 12 inches thick 0 - 1 112 -- 21/2 — Sections 12 inches thick or less 0 - 2 --- 3 — Concrete placed under water — _6 _ 8 ------ 9 Cast-in-place concrete piles 21/2 - 5 - 7 4 S 3 1/2 The amount of free water used in concrete shall not exceed 310 pounds per cubic yard, plus 20 pounds for each required 100 pounds of cementitious material in excess of 550 pounds per cubic yard. The term free water is defined as the total water in the mixture minus the water absorbed by the aggregates in reaching a saturated surface-dry condition. If there are adverse or difficult conditions that affect the placing of concrete, the above specified penetration and free water content limitations may be exceeded providing the Contractor is granted permission by the Engineer in writing to increase the cementitious material content per cubic yard of concrete. The increase in water and cementitious material shall be at a ratio not to exceed 30 pounds of water per added 100 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. Full compensation for additional cementitious material and water added under these conditions shall be considered as included in the contract price paid for the concrete work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. The equipment for supplying water to the mixer shall be constructed and arranged so that the amount of water added can be measured accurately. Any method of discharging water into the mixer for a batch shall be accurate within. 1.5 percent of the quantity of water required to be added to the mix for any position of the mixer. Tanks used to measure water shall be designed so that water cannot enter while water is being discharged into the mixer and discharge into the mixer shall be made rapidly in one operation without dribbling. All equipment shall be arranged so as to permit checking the amount of water delivered by discharging into measured containers. 4-32 90-7 CURING CONCRETE 90-7.01 METHODS OF CURING Newly placed concrete shall be cured by the methods specified in this Section 90-7.01 and the special provisions. 90-7.01A Water Method. The concrete shall be kept continuously wet by the application of water for a minimum curing period of 7 days after the concrete has been placed. Cotton mats, rugs, carpets, or earth or sand blankets may be used as a curing medium to retain the moisture during the curing period. If a curing medium consisting of cotton mats, rugs, carpets, polyethylene sheeting, polyethylene sheeting on burlap, or earth or sand blankets is to be used to retain the moisture, the entire surface of the concrete shall be kept damp by applying water with a nozzle that so atomizes the flow that a mist and not a spray is formed, until the surface of the concrete is covered with the curing medium. The moisture from the nozzle shall not be applied under pressure directly upon the concrete and shall not be allowed to accumulate on the concrete iii a quantity sufficient to cause a Mow or wash the surface. At the expiration of the curing period, the concrete surfaces shall be cleared of all curing media. At the option of the Contractor, a curing medium consisting of white opaque polyethylene sheeting extruded onto burlap may be used to cure concrete structures. The polyethylene sheeting shall have a minimum thickness of 4-mil, and shall be extruded onto ]0-ounce burlap. At the option of the Contractor, a curing medium consisting of polyethylene sheeting may be used to cure concrete columns. The polyethylene sheeting shall have a minimum thickness of 10-mil achieved in a single layer of material. If the Contractor chooses to use polyethylene sheeting or polyethylene sheeting on burlap as'a curing medium, these media and any joints therein shall be secured as necessary to provide moisture retention and shall be within 3 inches of the concrete at all points along the surface being cured. When these media are used, the temperature of the concrete shall be monitored during curing. If the temperature of the concrete cannot be maintained below 140° li, use of these curing media shall be disallowed. When concrete bridge decks and flat slabs are to be cured without the use of a curing medium, the entire surface of the bridge deck or slab shall be kept damp by the application of water with an atomizing nozzle as specified above, until the concrete has set, after which the entire surface of the concrete shall be sprinkled continuously with water for a period of not less than 7-days'. 90-7.018 Curing Compound Method Surfaces of the concrete that are exposed to the air shall be sprayed uniformly with a curing compound. Curing compounds to be used shall be as follows: 1. Pi&q-rented curing impound conforming to the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 309, Type 2, Class B, except the resin type shall be poly-alpha-methylstyrene. 2. Pigmented curing compound conforming to the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 309, Type 2, Class B. 4-33 3. Pigmented curing compound conforming to the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 309, Type 2, Class A. 4. . Nonpigmented curing compound conforming to the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 309, Type 1, Class B. S. Nonpigmented curing compound conforming to the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 309, Type 1, Class A. 6. Nonpigmented curing compound with fugitive dye conforming to the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 309, Type 1-D, Class A. The infrared scan for the dried vehicle from curing compound (1) shall match the infrared scan on file at the Transportation Laboratory. The loss of water for each type of curing compound, when tested in conformance with the requirements in California Test 534, shall not be more than 0.28-pounds per square yard in 24 hours. The curing compound to be used will be specified elsewhere in these specifications or in the special provisions. If the use of curing compound is required or permitted elsewhere in these specifications or in the special provisions and no specific kind is specified, any of the curing compounds listed above maybe used. Curing compound shall.be applied at a nominal rate of one gallon per 150 square feet, unless otherwise specified. At any point, the application rate shall be within x-50 square feet per gallon of the nominal rate specified, and the average application rate shall be within±25 square feet per gallon of the nominal rate specified when tested in confori-nance with the requirements in California Test 535. Runs, sags, thin areas, skips, or holidays in the applied curing compound shall be evidence that the application is not satisfactory. Curing compounds shall be applied using power operated spray equipment.- The power operated spraying equipment shall be equipped with an operationalpressure gage and a means of controlling the pressure. Hand spraying of sinall and irregular areas that are not reasonably accessible to mechanical spraying equipment, in the opinion of the Engineer, may be permitted. The curing compound shall be applied to the concrete following the surface finishing operation, immediately before the moisture sheen disappears from the surface, but before any drying shrinkage or craze cracks begin to appear. In the event of any drying or cracking of the surface, application of water with an atomizing nozzle as specified in Section 90-7.01A, "Water Method," shall be started immediately and shall be continued until application of the compound is resumed or started; however, the compound shall not be applied over any resulting freestanding water. Should the film of compound be damaged from any cause before the expiration of 7 days after the concrete is placed in the case of structures and 72 hours in the case of pavement, the damaged portion shall be repaired immediately with additional compound. At the time of use, compounds containing pigments shall be in a thoroughly mixed condition with the pigment uniformly dispersed throughout the vehicle. A paddle shall be used to loosen all settled pigment from the bottom of the container, and a power driven agitator shall be used to disperse the pigment uniformly throughout the vehicle. Agitation shall not introduce air or other foreign substance into the curing compound. The manufacturer shall include in the curing compound the necessary additives for control of sagging, pigment settling, leveling, de-emulsification, or other requisite qualities of a satisfactory 4-34 working material. pigmented curing compounds shall be manufactured so that the pigment does not settle badly,does not cake or thicken in the container, and does not became granular or curdled. Settlement of pigment shall be a thoroughly wetted, soft, mushy mass permitting the complete and easy vertical penetration of a paddle. Settled pigment shall be easily redispersed, with minimum resistance to the sideways manual motion of the paddle across the bottom of the container, to forma a smooth uniform product of the proper consistency. Curing compounds shall remain sprayable at temperatures above 40° F and shall not be diluted or altered after manufacture. The curing compound shall be packaged in clean 274-gallon totes, 55-gallon barrels or 5-gallon pails shall be supplied from a suitable storage tank located at the jobsite. The containers shall comply with "Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations,Hazardous Materials Regulations." The 274-gallon totes and the 55-gallon barrels shall have removable lids and airtight fasteners. The 5-gallon pails shall be round and have standard full open head and bail. Lids with bungholes will not be permitted. Settling or separation of solids in containers, except tanks, roust be completely redispersed with low speed mixing prior to use; in conformance with these specifications and the manufacturer's recommendations. Mixing shall be accomplished either manually by use of a paddle or by use of a mixing blade driven by a drill motor, at low speed. Mixing blades shall be the type used for mixing paint. Onsite storage tanks shall be kept clean and free of contaminants. Each tank shall have a permanent system designed to completely redisperse settled material without introducing air or other foreign substances. Steel containers and lids shall be lined with a coating that will prevent destructive action by the compound or chemical agents in the air space above the compound. The coating shall not come off the container or lid as skins. Containers shall be filled in a manner that will prevent skinning. Plastic containers shall not react with the compound. Each container shall be labeled with the manufacturer's name, kind of curing compound, batch number, volume, date of manufacture, and volatile organic compound (VOC) content. The label shall also warn that the curing compound containing pigment shall be well stirred before use. Precautions concerning the handling and the application of curing compound shall be shown on the label of the curing compound containers in conformance with the Construction Safety Orders and General industry Safety Orders of the State. Containers of curing compound shall be labeled to indicate that the contents fully comply with the rules and regulations concerning air pollution control in the State. Wren the curing compound is shipped in tanks or tank trucks, a shipping invoice shall accompany each load. The invoice shall contain the same information as that required herein for container labels. Curing compound will be sampled by the Engineer at the source of supply, at the job site, or at both locations, Curing compound shall be formulated so as to maintain the specified properties for a minimum of one year. The Engineer may require additional testing before use to determine compliance with these,specifications if the compound has not been used within one year or whenever the Engineer has reason to believe the compound is no longer satisfactory. Tests will be conducted in conformance with the latest ASTM test methods and methods in use by the Transportation Laboratory. 4-35 90-7.610 Waterproof Membrane Method The exposed finished surfaces of concrete shall be sprayed with water,using a nozzle that so atomizes the flow that a mist and not a spray is formed, until the concrete has set, after which the curing membrane, shall be placed. The curing membrane shall remain in place for a period of not less than 72 hours. Sheeting material for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements in AASHTQ Designation: ?Vl 171 for white reflective materials. The sheeting material shall be fabricated into sheets of such width as to provide a complete cover for the entire concrete surface. Joints in the sheets shall be securely cemented together in such a manner as to provide a waterproof joint. The joint seams shall have a minimum lap of 0.33-foot. The sheets shall be securely weighted down by placing a bank of earth on the edges of the sheets or by other means satisfactory to the Engineer. Should any portion of the sheets be broken or damaged before the expiration of 72 hours after being placed, the broken or damaged portions shall be immediately repaired with new sheets properly cemented into place. Sections of membrane that have lost their waterproof qualities or have been damaged to such an extent as to render them unfit for curing the concrete shall not be used. 90-7.01D Forms-In-Place Method Formed surfaces of concrete may be cured by retaining the forms"in place. The forms shall remain in place for a mimmuin period of 7 days after the concrete has been placed, except that for members over 20 inches in least dimension the forms shall remain in place fora minimum period of 5 days. Joints in the forms and the joints between the end of forms and concrete shall be kept moisture tight during the curing period. Cracks in the forms and cracks between the forms and the concrete shall be resealed by methods subject to the approval of the Engineer. 90-7.02 CURING PAVEMENT The entire-exposed area of the pavement, including edges; shall be cured by the waterproof membrane method, or curing compound method using curing compound (1) or (2) as the: Contractor may elect. Should the side forms be removed before the expiration of 72 hours following the start of curing, the exposed pavement edges shall also be cured. If the pavement is cured by means of the curing compound method, the sawcut and all portions of the curing compound that have been disturbed by sawing operations shall be restored by spraying with additional curing compound. Curing shall commence as soon as the finishing process provided in Section 40-1.10, ,Final Finishing," has been completed. The method selected shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-7.01, „Methods of Curing." When the curing compound method is used, the compound shall be applied to the entire pavement surface by mechanical sprayers. Spraying equipment shall be of the fully atomizing type equipped with a tank agitator that provides for continual agitation of the curing compound during the time of application. The spray shall be adequately protected against wind, and the nozzles shall be so oriented or moved mechanically transversely as to result in the minimum specified rate of coverage being applied uniformly on exposed faces. Hand spraying of small and irregular areas, and areas inaccessible to mechanical spraying equipment, in the opinion of the Engineer, will be permitted. When the ambient air temperature is above 60° F, the Contractor shall fog the surface of 4-36 the concrete with a fine spray of water as specified in Section 90-7.01A, "Water Method." The surface of the pavement shall be kept moist between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. on the day the concrete is placed. However, the fogging done after the curing compound has been applied shall not begin until the compound has set sufficiently to prevent displacement. Fogging shall be discontinued if ordered in writing by the Engineer. 90-7.03 CURING STRUCTURES Newlyplaced concrete for cast-in-place structures, other than highway bridge decks, shall be cured by the water method, the forms-in-place method, or, as permitted herein, by the curing compound method, in conformance with the provisions-in Section 90-7.01, "Methods of Curing." The curing compound method using a pigmented curing compound may be used on concrete surfaces of construction joints, surfaces that are to be buried underground; and surfaces where only ordinary surface finish is to be applied and on which a uniform color is not required and that will not be visible from a public traveled way. If the Contractor elects to use the curing compound method on the bottom slab of box girder spans, the curing compound shall be curing compound (1). The top surface of highway bridge decks shall be cured by both the curing compound method and the water method. The curing compound shall be curing compound (1). Concrete surfaces of minor structures, as defined in Section 51-1.02, "Minor Structures," shall be cured by the water method, the forms-in-place method or the curing compound method. When deemed necessary by the Engineer during periods of hot weather, water shall be applied to concrete surfaces being cured by the curing compound method or by the forms-in-place method, until the Engineer determines that a cooling effect is no longer required. Application of water for this purpose will be paid for as extra work as provided in Section 4-1.03D, "Extra Work." 90-7.04 CURING PRECAST CONCRETE MEMBERS Precast concrete members shall be cured in conformance with any of the methods specified in Section 90-7.01, "Methods of Curing:" Curing shall be provided for the minimum time specified for each method or until the concrete reaches its design strength, whichever is less. Stearn, curing may also be used for precast members and shall conform to the following provisions: A. After placement of the concrete, members shall be held for a minimum 4-hour presteaming period. if the ambient air temperature is below 50° F, steam shall be applied during the presteaming period to hold the air surrounding the member at a temperature between 50° F and 90° F. B. To prevent moisture loss on exposed surfaces during the presteaming period,members shall be covered as soon as possible after casting or the exposed surfaces shall be kept wet by fog spray or wet blankets. C. Enclosures for steam curing shall allow free circulation of steam about the member and shall be constructed to contain the live steam with a minimum moisture loss. The use of tarpaulins or similar flexible covers will be pennitted, provided they are kept in good repair and secured in such a manner as to prevent the loss of steam and moisture. D. Steam at the jets shall be at low pressure and in a saturated condition. Steam jets shall not impinge directly on the concrete, test cylinders, or forms. During application of the steam, the temperature rise within the enclosure shall not exceed 40° F per hour. The curing temperature throughout the enclosure shall not exceed 150° F and shall be maintained at a constant level for a sufficient time necessary to develop the required transfer strength. Control cylinders shall be 4-37 covered to prevent moisture loss and shall be placed in a location where temperature is representative of the average temperature of the enclosure. E, Temperature recording devices that will provide an accurate, continuous, permanent record of the curing temperature shall be provided. A minimum of one temperature recording device per 200 feet of continuous bed length will be required for checking temperature. F. Members in pretension beds shall be detensioned immediately after the termination of steam curing while the concrete and forms are still waren, or the temperature under the enclosure shall be maintained above 60° F until the stress is transferred to the concrete. C. Curing of precast concrete will be considered completed after tei ination of the steam curing cycle. 90-7.05 CURING PRECAST PRESTRESSED CONCRETE PILES Newly placed concrete for precast prestressed concrete piles shall be cured in conformance with the provisions in Section 90-7.04, "Curing Precast Concrete Members," except that piles in a corrosive environirnent shall be cured as follows: A. Piles shall be either steam cured or water cured. If water curing is used, the piles shall be kept continuously wet by the application of water in conformance with the provisions in Section 90-7.01A, "Water Method." B. If steam curing is used, the steam curing provisions in Section 90-7.04, „Curing Precast Concrete Members," shall apply except that the piles shall be kept continuously wet for their entire length for a period of not less than 3 days, including the holding and steam curing periods. 90-7.06 CURING SLOPE PROTECTION Concrete slope protection shall be cured in conformance with any of the methods specified in Section 90-7.01, "Methods of Curing." Concreted-rock slope protection shall.be cured in conformance with any of the methods specified in Section 90-7.01, "Methods of Curing," with a blanket of earth kept wet for 72 hours, or by sprinkling with a fine spray of water every 2 hours during the daytime for a period of 3 days. 90-7.07 CURING MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE WORK Exposed surfaces of curbs shall be cured by pigmented curing compounds as specified in Section. 90-7.0113, „Curing Compound.Method." Concrete sidewalks, gutter depressions, island paving, curb ramps, driveways, and other miscellaneous concrete,areas shall be cured in conformance with any of the methods specified in Section 90-7.01, "Methods of Curing." Shoterete shall be cured for at least 72 hours by spraying with water, by a moist earth blanket, or by any of the methods provided in Section 90-7.01, "Methods of Curing." Mortar and grout shall be cured.by keeping the surface damp for 3 days. After placing, the exposed surfaces of sign structure foundations, including pedestal portions, if constructed, shall be cured for at least 72 hours by spraying with water, by a moist earth blanket, or by any of the methods provided in Section 90-7.01, "Methods of Curing." 4-3S 90-8 PROTECTING CONCRETE 90-8.01 GENERAL In addition to the provisions in Section 7-1.16, "Contractor's Responsibility for the Work and Materials," the Contractor shall protect concrete as provided in this Section 90-8. if required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit a written outline of the proposed methods for protecting the concrete. The Contractor shall protect concrete from damage from any cause, which shall include, but not be limited to: rain, heat, cold, wind, Contractor's actions, and actions of others. Concrete shall not be placed on frozen or ice-coated ground or subgrade nor on ice-coated forms, reinforcing steel, structural steel, conduits, precast members, or construction joints. Under rainy conditions, placing of concrete shall be stopped before the quantity of surface water is sufficient to damage surface mortar or cause a flow or wash of the concrete surface, unless the Contractor provides adequate protection against damage. Concrete that has been frozen or damaged by other causes, as determined by the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. 90-8.02 PROTEC'T'ING CONCRETE STRUCTURES , Structure concrete and shoterete used as structure concrete shall be maintained at a temperature of not less than 45° F for 72 hours after placing and at not less than 40° F for an additional 4 days. 90-8.03 PROTECTING CONCRETE PAVEMENT Pavement concrete shall be maintained at a temperature of not less than 40° F for 72 hours. Except as provided in Section 7-1.08, "Public Convenience," the Contractor shall protect concrete pavement against construction and other activities that abrade, scar,discolor, reduce texture depth, lower coefficient of friction, or otherwise damage the surface. Stockpiling, drifting, or excessive spillage of soil, gravel, petroleum products, and concrete or asphalt mixes on the surface of concrete pavement is prohibited unless otherwise specified in these specifications, the special provisions or permitted by the Engineer. If ordered by the Engineer or shown on the plans or specified in the special provisions, pavement crossings shall be constructed for the convenience of public traffic. The material and work necessary for the construction of the crossings, and their subsequent removal and disposal, will.be paid for at the contract unit prices for the items of work involved and if there are no contract items for the work involved, payment for pavement crossings will be made by extra work as provided in Section 4-1.03D, "Extra Work.". Where public traffic will be required to cross over the new pavement, Type III portland cement may be used in concrete, if permitted in writing by the Engineer. The pavement may be opened to traffic as soon as the concrete has.developed a modulus of rupture of 550 pounds per square inch. The modulus of rupture will be determined by California Test 523. No traffic or Contractor's equipment, except as Hereinafter provided, will be permitted on the pavement before a period of 10 days has elapsed after the concrete has been placed, nor before the concrete has developed a modulus of rupture of at least 550 pounds per square inch. Concrete that fails to attain a modulus of rupture of 550 pounds per square inch within 10 days shall not be opened to traffic until directed by the Engineer. Equipment for sawing weakened plane joints will be permitted on the pavement as specified in Section 40-I.08B. "Weakened Plane Joints.,' 4-39 .When requested in writing by the Contractor, the tracks on one side of paving equipment will be permitted on the pavement after a modulus of rupture of 350 pounds per square inch has been attained, provided that: A. Unit pressure exerted on the pavement by the paver shall not exceed 20 pounds per square inch; B. Tracks with cleats, grousers, or similar protuberances shall be modified or shall travel on planks or equivalent protective material, so that the pavement is not damaged; and C. No part of the track shall be closer than one foot from the edge of pavement. In case of visible cracking of, or other damage to the pavement, operation of the paving equipment on the pavement shall be immediately discontinued. Damage to the pavement resulting from early use of pavement by the Contractor's equipment as provided above shall be repaired by the Contractor. The State will furnish the molds and machines for testing the concrete for modulus of rupture, and the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, shall furnish the material and whatever labor the Engineer may require. 90=9 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH 90-9.01 GENERAL Concrete compressive strength requirements consist of a minimum strength that shall be attained before various loads or stresses are applied to the concrete and, for concrete designated by strength, a minimum strength at the age of 28 days or at the age otherwise allowed in Section 90-1.01, "Description." The various strengths required are specified in these specifications or the special provisions or are shown on the plans. The compressive strength of concrete will be determined from test cylinders that-have been fabricated from concrete sampled in conformance with the requirements of California Test 539. Test cylinders will be molded and initially field cured in conformance with California Test 540. Test cylinders will be cured and tested after receipt at the testing laboratory in conformance with the requirements of California Test 521. A strength test shall consist of the average strength of 2 cylinders fabricated from material taken from a single load of concrete, except that, if any cylinder should show evidence of improper sampling, molding, or testing, that cylinder shall be discarded and the strength test shall consist of the strength of the remaining cylinder. When concrete compressive strength is specified as a prerequisite to applying loads or stresses to a concrete structure or member, test cylinders for_other than steam cured concrete will be cured in conforzmance with Method 1 of California Test 540. The compressive strength of concrete determined for these purposes will be evaluated on the basis of individual tests. When concrete is designated by 28-day compressive strength rather than by cementitious material content, the concrete strength to be used as a basis for acceptance of other than steam cured concrete will be determined from cylinders cured in conformance with Method 1. of California Test 540. If the result of a single compressive strength test at the maximum age specified or allowed is below the specified strength but is 95 percent or more of the specified strength, the Contractor shall make corrective changes, subject to approval of the Engineer, in the mix proportions or in the concrete fabrication procedures, before placing additional concrete, and shall pay to the State $10 for each in-place cubic yard of concrete represented by the deficient test. If the result of a single compressive strength test at the maximum age specified or allowed is below 4-40 95 percent of the specified strength, but is 85 percent or more of the specified strength, the Contractor shall make the corrective changes specified above, and shall pay to the State S 15 for each in-Iilace cubic yard of concrete represented by the deficient test. In addition, such corrective changes shall be made when the compressive strength of concrete tested at 7 days indicates, in the judgment of the Engineer, that the concrete will not attain the required compressive strength at the maximum age specified or allowed. Concrete represented by a single test that indicates a compressive strength of less than 85 percent of the specified 28-day compressive strength will be rejected in conformance with the provisions in Section 6-1.04, "Defective Materials." If the test result indicates that the compressive strength at the maximum curing age specified or allowed is below the specified strength, but is 85 percent or more of the specified strength, payments to the State as required above shall be made, unless the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, obtains and submits evidence acceptable to the Engineer that the strength of the concrete placed in the work meets or exceeds the specified 28-day compressive strength. .Ifthe test result indicates a compressive strength at the maximum curing age specified or allowed below 85 percent, the concrete represented by that test will be rejected, unless the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, obtains and submits evidence acceptable to the Engineer that the strength and quality of the concrete placed in the work are acceptable. If the evidence consists of tests made on cores taken from the work, the cores shall be obtained and tested in conformance with the requirements in ASTM Designation: C 42. No single compressive strength test shall represent more than 320 cubic yards. If a precast concrete member is steam cured, the compressive strength of the concrete will be determined from test cylinders that have been handled and stored in conformance with Method 3 of California Test 540. The compressive strength of steam cured concrete will be evaluated on the basis of individual tests representing specific portions of production. If the concrete is designated by 28-day compressive strength rather than by cementitious material content, the concrete shall be considered to be acceptable whenever its compressive strength reaches the specified 28-day compressive strength provided that strength is reached in not more than the maximum number of days specified or allowed after the member is cast. When. concrete is specified by compressive strength, prequalification of materials, mix proportions, mixing equipment, and procedures proposed for use will be required prior to placement of the concrete. prequalification shall be accomplished by the submission of acceptable certified test data or trial batch reports by the Contractor. Prequalification data shall be based on the use of materials, mix proportions, mixing equipment, procedures, and size of batch proposed for use in the work. Certified test data, in order to be acceptable, shall indicate that not less than 90 percent of at least 20 consecutive tests exceed the specified strength at the maximum'number of cure days specified or allowed, and none of those tests are less than 95 percent of specified strength. Strength tests included in the data shall be the most recent tests made on concrete of the proposed mix design and all shall have been made within one year of the proposed use of the concrete. Trial batch test reports, in order to be acceptable, shall indicate that the average compressive strength of 5 consecutive concrete cylinders, taken fi-om a single batch, at not more than 28 days (or the maximum age allowed) after molding shall be at least 580 pounds per square inch greater than the specified 28-day compressive strength., and no individual cylinder shall have a strength less than the specified strength at the maximum age specified or allowed. Data contained in the report shall be from trial batches that were produced within one year of the proposed use of specified strength concrete in the project. Whenever air-entrainment is required, the air content of trial batches shall 4-41 be equal to or greater than the air content specified for the concrete without reduction due to tolerances. Tests shall be performed in conformance with either the appropriate California Test methods or the comparable ASTM test methods. Equipment employed in testing shall be in good condition and shall be properly calibrated. If the tests are performed during the life of the contract, the Engineer shall be notified sufficiently in advance of performing the tests in order to witness the test procedures. The certified test data and trial batch test reports shall include the following information: A. Date of mixing. B. Mixing equipment and procedures used. C. The size of batch in cubic yards and the weight, type, and source of all ingredients used. D. Penetration or slump (if the concrete will be placed under water or placed in cast-in-place concrete piles) of the concrete. E. The air content of the concrete if ars air-entraining admixture is used. F. The age at time of testing and strength of all concrete cylinders tested. Certified test data and trial batch test reports shall be signed by an official of the firm that performed the tests. When approved by the Engineer, concrete from trial batches may be used in the work at locations where concrete of a lower quality is required and the concrete will be paid for as the type or class of concrete required at that location. After materials, nzix proportions, mixing equipment, and procedures for concrete have been prequalified for use, additional prequalification by testing of trial batches will be required prior to making changes that, in the judgment of the Engineer, could result in a strength of concrete below that specified. The Contractor's attention is directed to the time required to test trial batches and the Contractor shall be responsible for production of trial batches at a sufficiently early date so that the progress of the work is not delayed. When precast concrete members are manufactured at the plant of an established manufacturer of precast concrete members, the mix proportions of the concrete shall be determined by the Contractor, and a trial batch and prequalification of the materials, mix proportions, mixing equipment, and procedures will not be required. 90-10 MINOR CONCRETE 90-10.01 GENERAL Concrete for minor structures, slope paving, curbs, sidewalks and other concrete work, when designated as minor concrete on the plans, in the specifications, or in the contract item, shall. conform to the provisions specified herein. The Engineer, at the Engineer's discretion,will ihspect and test the facilities, materials and methods for producing the concrete to ensure that minor concrete of the quality suitable for use in the work is obtained. 90-10.02 MATERIALS Minor concrete shall conform to the following requirements: 4-42 90-10.02A Cementitious Material Cementitious material shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-1.01, "Description." 90-10.028 Aggregate Aggregate shall be clean and free from deleterious coatings, clay balls, roots, and other extraneous materials. Use of crushed concrete or reclaimed aggregate is acceptable only if the aggregate satisfies all aggregate requirements. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval, a grading of the combined aggregate proposed for use in the minor concrete. After acceptance of the grading, aggregate furnished for minor concrete shall conform to that grading, unless a change is authorized in writing by the Engineer. The Engineer may require the Contractor'to furnish periodic test reports of the aggregate grading furnished. The maximum size of aggregate used shall be at the option of the Contractor, but in no case shall the maximum size be larger than 1 112-inch or smaller than 3/4-inch. The Engineer may waive, in writing, the gradation requirements ire this Section 90-10.02B, if, in the Engineer's opinion, the furnishing of the gradation is not necessary for the type or amount of concrete work to be constructed. 90-10.02C 'Vater Water used for washing, mixing, and curing shall be free from oil, salts, and other impurities that would discolor or etch the surface or have an adverse affect on the quality of the concrete. 9040.021) Admixtures The use of admixtures shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-4, "Admixtures." 90-10.03 PRODUCTION Cementitious material, water, aggregate, and admixtures shall be stored, proportioned, mixed, transported, and discharged in conformance with recognized standards of good practice that will result in concrete that is thoroughly and uniformly mixed, that is suitable for the use intended, and that conforms to requirements specified herein. Recognized standards of good practice are outlined in various industry publications such as are issued by American Concrete Institute, AASHTO, or the Department. The cementitious material content of minor concrete shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-1.01, "Description." The amount of water used shall result in a consistency of concrete conforming to the provisions in Section 90-6.06, "Amount of Water and Penetration." Additional mixing water shall not be incorporated into the concrete during hauling or after arrival at the delivery point, unless authorized by the Engineer. Discharge of ready-mixed concrete from the transporting vehicle shall be made while the concrete is still plastic and before stiffening occurs. An elapsed time of 1.5 hours (one hour in non-agitating hauling equipment), or more than 250 revolutions of the drum or blades, after the introduction of the cementitious material to the aggregates, or a temperature of concrete of more than 90' F will be considered conditions contributing to the quick stiffening of concrete. The 4-43 Contractor shall take whatever action is necessary to eliminate quick stiffening, except that the addition of water will not be permitted. The required mixing time in stationary mixers shall be not less than 50 seconds or more than 5 minutes. The minimum required revolutions at mixing speed for transit-mixed concrete shall be not less than that recommended by the mixer manufacturer, and shall be increased, if necessary, to produce thoroughly and uniformly mixed concrete. When a high range water-reducing admixture is added to the concrete at the job site, the total number of revolutions shall not exceed 304. Each load of ready-mixed concrete shall be accompanied by a weighmaster certificate that shall be delivered to the Engineer at the discharge location of the concrete,unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The weighmaster certificate shall be clearly marked with the date and time of day when the load left the batching plant and, if hauled in truck mixers or agitators, the time the mixing cycle started. A Certificate of Compliance conforming to the provisions in Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of Compliance," shall be furnished to the Engineer, prior to placing minor concrete from a source not previously used on the contract, stating that minor concrete to be furnished meets contract requirements, including minimum cementitious material content specified. 90-10.04 CURING MINOR CONCRETE Curing minor concrete shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-7, "Curing Concrete." 90-10.05 PROTECTING MINOR CONCRETE Protecting minor concrete shall conform to the provisions in Section 90-8, "Protecting Concrete," except the concrete shall be maintained at a temperature of not Iess than 40° F for 72 hours after placing. 90-10.06MEASUREMENT ANIS PAYMENT Minor concrete will be measured and paid for in conformance with the provisions specified in the various sections of these specifications covering concrete construction when minor concrete is specified in the specifications, shown on the pians, or indicated by contract item in the Engineer's Estimate. 90-11 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 90-11.01 MEASUREMENT Portland cement concrete will be measured in conformance with the provisions specified in the various sections of these specifications covering construction requiring concrete. For concrete measured at the mixer, the volume in cubic feet shall be computed as the total weight of the batch in pounds divided by the density of the concrete in pounds per cubic foot. The total weight of the batch shall be calculated as the sum of all materials. including water, entering the batch. The density of the concrete will be determined in conformance with the requirements in California Test 518. 4-44 90-11.02 PAYMENT Portland cement concrete will be paid for in conformance with the provisions specified in the various sections of these specifications covering construction requiring concrete. Pull compensation for furnishing and incorporating admixtures required by these specifications or the special provisions will be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the concrete involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Should the Engineer order the Contractor to incorporate any admixtures in the concrete when their use is not required by these specifications or the special provisions, furnishing the admixtures and adding thein to the concrete will be paid for as extra work as provided in Section 4-1.03D, "Extra Work." Should the Contractor use admixtures in conformance with the provisions in Section 90-4.05, "Optional Use of Chemical Admixtures," or Section 90-4.07, "Optional Use of Air-entraining Admixtures," or should the Contractor request and obtain permission to use other admixtures for the Contractor's benefit, the Contractor shall furnish those admixtures and incorporate thein into the concrete at the Contractor's expense and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. .......................... END OF AMENDMENTS ........................ 4-45 PART 2: CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND METHODS DEL OBISPO STREET BRIDGE WIDENING ENGINEERING FABRICS Engineering fabrics shall conform to the provisions in Section 88, "Engineering. Fabrics," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions. Filter fabric for this project shall be ultraviolet (UV) ray protected. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE Portland cement concrete shall conform to. the provisions in Section 90, "Portland Cement Concrete," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions. The Department maintains a list of sources of fine and coarse aggregate that have been approved for use with a reduced amount of supplementary cernentitious material in the total amount of cernentitious material to be used. A source of aggregate will be considered for addition to the approved list if the producer of the aggregate submits to the Transportation Laboratory certified test results from a qualified testing laboratory that verify the aggregate complies with the requirements, Before the testing starts, the aggregate test shall be registered with the Department. A registration number can be obtained by calling (916) 227 7228. The registration number shall be used as the identification for the aggregate sample in correspondence with the Department. Upon request, a split of the tested sample shall be provided to the Department. Approval of aggregate will depend upon compliance with the specifications, based on the certified test results submitted, together with any replicate testing the Department may elect to perform. Approval will expire 3 years from the date the most recent registered and evaluated sample was collected from the aggregate source. Qualified testing laboratories shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Laboratories performing ASTM Designation: C 1293 shall participate in the Cement and Concrete Reference Laboratory (CCRL) Concrete Proficiency Sample Program and shall have received a score of 3 or better on each test of the previous 2 sets of concrete samples. 2. Laboratories performing ASTM Designation: C 1260 shall participate in the Cement and Concrete Reference Laboratory (CCRL) Pozzolan Proficiency Sample Program and shall have received a score of 3 or better on the shrinkage and soundness tests of the previous 2 sets of pozzolan samples. Ag&rregates on the list shall conform to one of the following requirements: 1. When the aggregate is tested in conformance with the requirements in California Test 554 and ASTM Designation: C 1293, the average expansion at one year shall be less than or equal to 0.040 percent;or 2. When the aggregate is tested in conformance with the requirements in Califomia Test 554 and ASTM Designation: C 1260, the average of the expansion at 16 days shall be less than or equal to 0.15 percent. 4-46 If the aggregates used in the concrete are on the Department's list, the minimum amount of supplementary cementitious material shall conform.to the following; I. If fly ash or natural pozzolan conforming to the provisions in Section 90 2.01C, "Required Use of Supplementary Cementitious Materials," of the Standard Specifications is used, the minimum amount of supplementary cementitious material shall be 15 percent by weight of the total cementitious material; or 2. If silica fume conforming to the provisions in Section 90 2.01C, "Required Use of Supplementary Cementitious Materials," of the Standard Specifications is used, the minimum amount of supplementary cementitious material shall be 7 percent by weight of the total cementitious material. The limitation on tricalcium silicate (OS) content in Type I1 cement specified in Section 90 2.01A, "Cernent," of the Standard Specifications shall not apply. PRECAST CONCRETE QUALITY CONTROL GENERAL Precast concrete duality control shall conform to these special provisions. Unless otherwise specified, precast concrete quality control shall apply when any precast concrete members are fabricated in conformance with the provisions in Section 49, "Piling," or Section 51, "Concrete Structures," of the Standard Specifications. In.addition, precast concrete quality control shall apply when precast members are fabricated for the facing panels of the mechanically stabilized embankment. Quality Control (QC) shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor's QC inspectors shall perform inspection and testing prior to precasting, during precasting, and after precasting, and as specified in this section and additionally as necessary to ensure that materials and workmanship conform to the details shown on the plans, and to the specifications. Quality Assurance (QA) is the prerogative of the Engineer. Regardless of the acceptance for a given precast element by the Contractor, the Engineer will evaluate the precast element. The Engineer will reject any precast element that does not conform to the approved Precast Concrete Quality Control Plan (PCQCP), the details shown on the plans, or to these special provisions. The Contractor shall designate in writing a precast Quality Control Manager (QCM) for each precasting facility. The QCM shall be responsible directly to the Contractor for the quality of .precasting; including materials and workmanship, performed by the Contractor and all subcontractors. The QCM shall be the sole individual responsible to the Contractor for submitting, receiving, and approving all correspondence, required submittals, and reports to and from the Engineer. The QCM shall not be employed or compensated by any subcontractor, or other persons or entities hired by subcontractors, or suppliers, who will provide other services or materials for the project. The QCM may be an employee of the Contractor. 4-47 Prior to submitting the PCQCP required herein, a meeting between the Engineer, the Contractor's QCM, and a representative from each entity performing precast concrete operations for this project, shall be held to discuss the requirements for precast quality control. QC Inspectors shall either be 1) licensed as Civil Engineers in the State of California, or 2) have a current Plant Quality Personnel Certification, Level II, from the Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute. A QC Inspector shall witness all precast concrete operations. PRECAST CONCRETE QUALIFICATION AUDIT Unless otherwise specified, no Contractors or subcontractors performing precast concrete operations for the project shall commence work without having successfully completed the Department's Precast Fabrication Qualification Audit, hereinafter referred to as the audit. The Engineer will perform the audit, and copies of the audit form, along with procedures for requesting and completing the audit, are available at the Transportation Laboratory or at: http-,//www.dot.ca.gov/hq/csc/Translab/smbpubs.htm An audit that was previously approved by the Engineer no more than 3 years prior to the beginning of work on this contract will be acceptable for the entire,period of this contract, provided the Engineer determines the audit is for the same type of work that is to be performed on this contract. Successful completion of an audit shall not relieve the 'Contractor of the responsibility for furnishing materials or producing finished work of the duality specified in these special provisions and as shown on the plans. PRECAST CONCRETE QUALITY CONTROL PLAN Prior to performing any precasting operations, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, in conformance with the provisions in Section 5 1.02, „Plans and Working Drawings,' of the Standard Specifications, 3 copies of a separate PCQCP for each item of work to be precast. A separate PCQCP shall be 'submitted for each facility. As a -minimum, each PCQCP shall include the following: A. The name of the precasting firm, the concrete plants to be used, and any concrete testing firm to be used; B. A manual prepared by the precasting firm that includes equipment, testing procedures, safety plan, and the names, qualifications, and documentation of certifications for all personnel to be used; C. The name of the QCM and the names, qualifications, and documentation of certifications for all QC inspection personnel to be used; D. An organizational chart showing all QC personnel and their assigned QC responsibilities; E. The methods and frequencies for performing all required quality control procedures, including all inspections, material testing, and any required survey procedures for all components of the precast elements including prestressing systerns, concrete, grout, 4-48 reinforcement, steel components embedded or attached to the precast member, miscellaneous metal, and formwork; F. A system for identification and tracking of required precast element repairs, and a procedure for the reinspection of any repaired precast element. The system shall have provisions for a method of reporting nonconforming precast elements to the Engineer; and G. Forms to be used for Certificates of Compliance, daily production logs, and daily reports. The Engineer shall have 4 weeks to review the PCQCP submittal after a complete plan has been received. No precasting shall be perfonxied until the PCQCP is approved in writing by the Engineer. A PCQCP that was previously approved by the Engineer no more than one year prior to the beginning of work on this contract will be acceptable for the entire period of this contract, provided the Engineer determines the PCQCP is for the same type of work that is to be performed on this contract. An amended PCQCP or addendum shall. be submitted to, and approved in writing by the Engineer, for any proposed revisions to the approved PCQCP. An amended PCQCP or addendum will be required for any revisions to the PCQCP, including but not limited to changes in concrete plants or source materials, changes in material testing procedures and testing labs, changes in procedures and equipment, changes in QC personnel, or updated .systems for tracking and identifying precast elements. The Engineer shall have 2 weeks to complete the review of the amended PCQCP or addendum, once a complete submittal has been received. Work that is affected by any of the proposed revisions shall not be performed until the amended PCQCP or addendum has been approved. • . .After final approval of the PCQCP, amended PCQCP, or addendum, the Contractor shall submit 7 copies to the Engineer of each of these approved documents. It is expressly understood that the Engineer's approval of the Contractor's PCQCP shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility under the contract for the successful completion of the work in conformance with the requirements of the plans and specifications. The Engineer's approval shall neither constitute a waiver of any of the requirements of the plans and specifications nor relieve the Contractor of any obligation thereunder; and defective work, materials,and equipment may be rejected notwithstanding approval of the PCQCP. REPORTING The QC Inspector shall provide reports to the QCM on a daily basis for each day that precasting operations are performed. A daily production log for precasting shall-be kept by the QCM for each day that precasting operations, including setting forms, placing reinforcement, setting prestressing steel, casting, curing, post tensioning, and form release, are performed. The log shall include the facility location, 4-49 and shall include a specific description of casting or related operations, any problems or deficiencies discovered, any testing or repair work performed, and the names of all QC personnel and the specific QC inspections they performed that day. The daily report from each QC Inspector shall also be included in the log. This daily log shall be available for viewing by the Engineer, at the precasting facility. All reports regarding material tests and any required survey checks shall be signed by the person who performed the test or check, and then submitted directly to the QCM for review and signature prior to submittal to the Engineer. Corresponding names shall be clearly printed or type-written next to all signatures. The Engineer shall be notified immediately in writing when any precasting problems or deficiencies are discovered and of the proposed repair or process changes`required to correct them. The Engineer shall have 4 weeks to review these procedures. No remedial work shall begin instil the Engineer approves these procedures in writing. The following items shall be included in a precast report that is to be submitted to the Engineer following the completion of any precast element: A. Reports of all material tests and any required survey checks; B. Documentation that the Contractor has evaluated all tests and corrected all rejected deficiencies, and all repairs have been re-examined with the required tests and found acceptable; and C. A daily production log. At the completion of any precast element, and if the QCM determines that eleinent is in conformance with these special provisions, the QCM shall sign and furnish to the Engineer, a Certificate of Compliance in conformance with the provisions in Section. d 1.07, "Certificates of Compliance," of the Standard Specifications. This Certificate of Compliance shall be submitted with the precast report. The certificate shall state that all of the materials and workmanship incorporated in the work, and all required tests and inspections of this work, have been performed in confonnance with the details shown on the plans and the provisions of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions. PAYMENT In the event the Engineer fails to complete the review of 1) a PCQCP, 2) an amended PCQCP or addendum, or 3) a proposed repair or process change, within the time allowed, and if, in the opinion of the Engineer, completion of the work is delayed or interfered with by reason of the Engineer's delay in completing the review, the Contractor will be compensated for any resulting loss, and an extension of time will be granted, in the same manner as provided for in Section S 1.09, "Right of Way.Belays," of the Standard Specifications. All required repair work or process changes required to correct precasting operation deficiencies, whether discovered by the QCM, QC Inspector, or by the Engineer, and any associated delays or expenses to the Contractor caused by performing these repairs,shall be at the Contractor's expense. 4-50 Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. WELDING GENERAL Flux cored welding electrodes conforming to the requirements of AWS A5.20 E6XT 4 or E7XT 4 shall not be used to perforin welding for this project. Wherever reference is made to the following AWS welding codes in the Standard Specifications, on the plans, or in these special provisions, the year of adoption for these codes shall be as listed: AWS Code Year of Adoption D1.l 20106 D 1.4 2005 D1.5 2002 DL6 1999 Iwo Requirements of the AWS welding codes shall apply unless otherwise specified in the Standard Specifications, on the plans, or in .'these special provisions. Wherever the abbreviation AWS is used, it shall be equivalent to the abbreviations ANSI/AWS or AASHTO/AWS. Section 6.1.1.1 of AWS D1.5 is replaced with the following: Quality Control (QC) shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. As a minimum, the Contractor shall perform inspection and testing of each weld joint prior to welding, during welding, and after welding as specified in this section and as necessary to ensure that materials and workmanship conform to the requirements of the contract documents. Unless otherwise specified, Sections 6.1.3 through 6.1.4.3 of AWS D1.1, Section 7.1.2 of AWS D1.4, and Sections 6.1.1.2 through 6.1:3:3 of AWS DI.5 are replaced with the following: The QC Inspector shall be the duly designated person who acts for and on behalf of the Contractor for inspection, testing, and quality related matters for all welding. Quality Assurance (QA) is the prerogative of the Engineer. The QA Inspector is the duly designated person who acts for and on behalf of the Engineer. The QC Inspector shall be responsible for quality control acceptance or rejection of materials and workmanship, and shall be currently certified as an AWS Certified Welding Inspector (CWT) in conformance with the requirements in AWS QC1, "Standard for AWS Certification of Welding Inspectors." 4-51 The QC Inspector may be assisted by an Assistant QC Inspector provided that this individual is currently certified as an AWS Certified Associate Welding Inspector (CAWI) in conformance with the requirements in AWS QCI, "Standard for AWS Certification of Welding Inspectors." The Assistant QC Inspector may perform inspection under the direct supervision of the QC Inspector provided the assistant is always within visible and audible range of the QC Inspector. The QC Inspector shall. be responsible for signing all reports and for determining if welded materials conform to workmanship and acceptance criteria. The ratio of QC Assistants to QC Inspectors shall not exceed 5 to 1. When the term "Inspector" is used without further qualification, it shall refer to the QC Inspector. When any work is welded in conformance with the provisions in Section 75, "Miscellaneous Metal," of the Standard Specifications, not including Section 75 1.035, "Bridge Joint Restrainer Units," of the Standard Specifications, Section 6.1.4 of AWS D 1.1 is replaced with the following: The QC Inspector shall be responsible for quality control acceptance or rejection of materials and workmanship and shall be currently certified as an AWS CWI in conformance with ,the requirements in AWS QC1, "Standard for AWS Certification of Welding Inspectors," or as a Welding Inspector Specialist (WIS) in conformance with the requirements in AWS B5.2, "Specification for the Qualification of Welding Inspector Specialists and Welding Inspector Assistants." Section 6.14.6, "Personnel Qualification," of AWS D1.1, Section 7.8, "Personnel Qualification," of AWS DIA, and Section 6.1.3.4, "Personnel Qualification," of AWS D1.5 ate replaced with the following: Personnel performing nondestructive testing (NDT) shall be qualified and certified in conformance with the requirements of the American Society for Nondestructive Testing (ASNT) Recommended Practice No. SNT TC IA and the Written Practice of the NDT firm. The Written Practice of the NDT firm shall meet or exceed the guidelines of the ASNT Recommended Practice No. SNT TC IA. Individuals who perform NDT, review the results, and prepare the written reports shall be either: A. Certified NDT Level lI technicians, or; B. Level III technicians who hold a current ASNT Level III certificate in that discipline and are authorized and certified to perform the work of Level II technicians. Section 6.5.4 of AWS D1.5 is replaced with the following: The QC Inspector shall inspect and approve each joint preparation, assembly practice, welding technique, joint fit up, and the performance of each welder, welding operator, and tack welder to make certain that the applicable requirements of this code and the approved Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) are met. The QC Inspector shall examine the work to make certain that it meets the requirements of Sections 3 and 6.26. The size and contour of all welds shall be measured using suitable gages. Visual inspection for cracks in welds and base metal, and for other discontinuities shall be aided by strong light, magnifiers, or such other devices as may be helpful. 4-52 Acceptance criteria different from those specified in this code may be used when approved by the Engineer. Section 6.6.5, "Nonspecified NDT Other than. Visual," of AWS D1.1, Section 7.6.5 of AWS DIA and Section 6.6.5 of AWS D1.5 shall not apply. For any welding, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to perform NDT that is in addition to the visual 'inspection or NDT specified in the AWS or other specified welding codes, in the Standard Specifications, or in these special provisions. Except as provided for in these special provisions, additional NDT required by the Engineer, and associated repair work, will be paid for as extra work as provided in Section 4 1.03D, "Extra Work," of the Standard Specifications. Prior to release of welded material by the Engineer, if testing by NDT methods other than those-originally specified discloses an attempt to defraud or reveals a gross nonconformance, all costs associated with the repair of the deficient area, including NDT of the weld and of the repair, and any delays caused by the repair, shall be at the Contractor's expense. A gross nonconformance is defined as the sum of planar type rejectable indications in more than 20 percent of the tested length. When less than 100 percent of NDT is specified for any weld, it is expected that the entire length of weld meet the specified acceptance-rejection. criteria. Should any welding deficiencies be discovered by additional NDT directed or performed by the Engineer that utilizes the same NDT method as that originally specified, all costs associated with the repair of the deficient area, including NDT of the weld and of the weld repair, and any delays caused by the repair, shall be at the Contractor's expense. Repair work to correct welding deficiencies discovered by visual inspection directed or performed by the Engineer, and any associated delays or expenses caused to the Contractor by performing these repairs, shall be at the Contractor's expense. The Engineer shall have the authority to verify the qualifications or certifications of any welder, QC Inspector, or NDT personnel to specified levels by retests or other means approved by the Engineer. Inspection and approval of all joint preparations, assembly practices, joint fit ups, welding techniques, and the performance of each welder, welding operator, and tack welder shall be documented by the QC Inspector on a daily basis for each day welding is performed. For each inspection., including ft up, Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) verification, and final weld inspection, the QC Inspector shall confiri-n and document compliance with the requirements of the AWS or other specified code criteria and the requirements of these special provisions on all welded joints before welding, during welding, and after the completion of each weld. In addition to the requirements specified in the applicable code, the period of effectiveness for a welder's or welding operator's qualification shall be a maximum of 3 years for the same weld process, welding position, and weld type. If welding{will be performed without gas shielding, then qualification shall also be without gas-shielding. Excluding welding of fracture critical members, a valid qualification at the beginning of work on a contract will be acceptable for the entire period of the contract, as long as the welder's or welding operator's work remains satisfactory. 4-53 In addition to the requirements of AWS D1.1, welding procedures qualification for work welded in conformance with that code shall conform to the following: When a nonstandard weld joint is to be made using a combination of WPSs, a ,single test may be conducted combining the WPSs to be used in production, provided the essential variables, including weld bead placement, of each process are limited to those established in Table 4.5. In addition to the requirements of AWS D1.5, Section 5.12 or 5.13, welding procedures qualification for work welded in conformance with that code shall conform to the following requirements: A. Unless considered prequalified, fillet welds shall be qualified in each position. The fillet weld soundness test shall be conducted using the essential variables of the WPS as established by the Procedure Qualification Record (PQR). B. For qualification of joints that do not conform to Figures 2.4 and 2.5 of AWS D1.5, a minimum of two WPS qualification tests are required. The tests shall be conducted using both Figure 5.1 and Figure 5.3. The test conforming to Figure 5.1 shall be conducted in conformance with AWS D1.5, Section 5.12 or 5.13. The test conforming to Figure 5.3 shall be conducted using the welding electrical parameters that were established for the test conducted conforming to Figure 5.1. The ranges of welding electrical parameters established during welding per Figure 5.1 in conformance with AWS D1.5, Section 5.12, shall be further restricted according to the limits in Table 5.3 during welding per Figure 5.3. C. Multiple zones within a weld joint may be qualified. The travel speed, amperage, and voltage values that are used for tests conducted per AWS D1.5 Section 5.13 shall be consistent for each pass in a weld joint, and shall in no case vary by more than 10 percent for travel speed, ±10 percent for amperage, and ±7 percent for voltage as measured from a.predetenmined target value or average within each weld pass or zone. The travel speed shall in no case vary by more than±15 percent when using submerged are welding. D. For a WPS qualified in conformance with AWS D1.5 Section 5.13, the values to be used for calculating ranges for current and voltage shall be based on the average of all weld passes made in the test. Heat input shall be calculated using the average of w current and voltage of all weld passes made in the test for a WPS qualified in conformance with Section 5.12 or 5.13. E. Macroetch tests are required for WPS qualification tests, and acceptance shall be per AWS D1.5 Section 5.19.3. F. When a nonstandard weld joint is to be made using a combination of WPSs, a test conforn-ung to Figure 5.3 may be conducted combining the WPSs to be used in production, provided the essential variables, including weld bead placement, of each process are lirnited'to those established in Table 5.3. G. Prior to preparing mechanical test specimens, the PQR welds shall be inspected by visual and radiographic tests. Backing bar shall be 3 inches in width and shall remain in place during NDT testing. Results of the visual and radiographic tests 4-54 shall comply with AWS D1.5 Section 6.26.2, excluding Section 6.26.2.2. Test plates that do not comply with both tests shall not be used. "WELDING QUALITY CONTROL Welding quality control shall conform to the requirements in the AWS or other specified welding codes, the Standard Specifications, and these special provisions. Unless otherwise specified, welding quality control shall apply when any work is weldedin conformance with the provisions in Section 49, „Piling," Section 52, "Reinforcement," Section 55, "Steel Structures," or Section 75 1.035, "Bridge Joint Restrainer Units," of the Standard Specifications. All welding will require inspection by the Engineer. The Contractor shall request inspection at least 3 working days prior to the beginning of welding for locations within California and 5 working days for locations outside of California. The Contractor shall request inspection at: http://www.dot.ca.gov/bq/esc/Translab!si-nbforms.htm Continuous inspection shall be provided when any welding is being performed. Continuous inspection, as a minimum, shall include having a QC Inspector within such close proximity of all welders or welding operators so that inspections by the QC Inspector of each welding operation at each welding location does not lapse for a period exceeding 30 minutes. When joint weld details that are not prequalified to the details of Section 3 of AWS D 1.1 or to the details of figure 2.4 or 2.5 of AWS D1.5 are proposed for use in the work, the joint details, their intended locations, and the proposed welding parameters and essential variables, shall be approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall allow the Engineer 2 weeks to complete the review of the proposed joint: detail locations. In the event the Engineer fails to complete the review within the. time allowed, and if, in the opinion of the Engineer, completion of the work is delayed or interfered with by reason of the Engineer's delay in completing the review, the Contractor will be compensated for any resulting loss, and an extension of time will be granted, in the same manner as provided for in Section 8 1.09, "Right of Way Delays," of the Standard Specifications. upon approval of the proposed joint detail locations and qualification of the proposed joint details, welders and welding operators using these details shall perform a qualification test plate using the WPS variables and the joint detail to be used in production. The test plate shall have the maximum " thickness to be used in production and a minimum length of IS irw-hes. The test plate shall be mechanically and radiographically tested. Mechanical and radiographic testing and acceptance criteria shall be as specified in the applicable AWS codes. The Engineer will witness all qualification tests for WPSs that were not previously approved by the Department. Unless otherwise specified, an approved independent third party will witness the qualification tests for welders or welding operators. The independent third party shall be a current CWI and shall not be an employee of�the contractor performing the welding. The Contractor shall allow the Engineer 2 weeks to review the qualifications and copy of the current certification of the independent third party. In the event the Engineer fails to complete the review within the time 4-55 allowed, and if, in the opinion of the Engineer, completion of the work is delayed or interfered with by reason of the Engineer's delay in completing the review, the Contractor will be compensated for any resulting loss, and an extension of time will be granted, in the same manner as provided for in Section 8 1.09, "Right of Way Delays," of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer one week prior to perfonning any qualification tests. Witnessing of qualification tests by the Engineer shall not constitute approval of the intended joint locations, welding parameters, or essential variables. The Contractor shall designate in writing a welding Quality Control Manager (QCM). The QCM shall be responsible directly to the Contractor for the quality of welding, including materials and workmanship, performed by the Contractor and subcontractors. The QCM shall be the sole individual responsible to the Contractor for submitting, receiving, reviewing, and approving all correspondence, required submittals, and reports to and from the Engineer. The QCM shall be a registered professional engineer or shall be currently certified as a CWI. Unless the QCM is hired by a subcontractor providing only QC services; the QCM shall not be employed or compensated by any subcontractor, or by other persons or entities hired by subcontractors, who will provide other services or materials for the project. The QCM may be an employee of the Contractor. Welding inspection personnel or NDT fines to be used in the work shall. not be employed or compensated by any subcontractor, or'by other persons or entities hired by subcontractors, who will provide other services or materials for the project, except for the following conditions: A. The work is welded in conformance with AWS DI.5 and is performed at a permanent fabrication or manufacturing facility that is certified under the AISC Quality Certification Program, Category Cbr, Major Steel Bridges and Fracture Critical endorsement F, when applicable. B. The welding is performed on pipe pile material at a permanent pipe manufacturing facility authorized to apply the American Petroleum Institute (API) monogram for API 5L pipe. For welding performed at such facilities, the inspection personnel or NDT firms may be employed or compensated by the facility performing the welding provided`the facility maintains a QC program that is independent from production.- Prior roduction:Prior to submitting the Welding Quality Control Plan (WQCP) required herein, a prewelding meeting between the Engineer, the Contractor's QCM, and a representative from each entity perforining welding or inspection for this project, shall be held to discuss the requirements for the WQCP. -The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer,-in conformance with the provisions in Section 5 1.02, "Plans and Working Drawings," of the Standard Specifications, 2 copies of a separate WQCP for each subcontractor or supplier for each item of work for which welding is to be performed. 4-56 The Contractor shall allow the Engineer 2 weeks to review the WQCP submittal after a complete plan has been received. No welding shall be performed until the WQCP is approved in writing by the Engineer. In the event the Engineer fails to complete the review within the time allowed, and if, in the opinion of the Engineer, completion of the work is delayed or interfered with by reason of the Engineer's delay in completing the review, the Contractor will be compensated for any resulting loss, and an extension of time will be granted, in the same manner as provided for in Section 8 1.09, "Right of Way Delays," of the Standard Specifications. An amended WQCP or any addendum to the approved WQCP shall be submitted to, and approved in writing by the Engineer, for proposed revisions to the approved WQCP. An amended WQCP or addendum will be required for revisions io the WQCP, including but not limited to a revised WPS; additional welders; changes in NDT firms, QC, or. NDT personnel or procedures, or updated systems for tracking and identifying welds. The Engineer shall have one week to complete the review of the amended WQCP or addendum. Work affected by the proposed revisions shall not be performed until the amended WQCP or addendum has been approved. In the event the Engineer fails to complete the review within the time allowed, and if, in the opinion of the Engineer, completion of the work is delayed or interfered with by reason of the Engineer's delay in completing the review, the Contractor will be compensated for any resulting loss, and an extension of time will be granted, in the same manner as provided for in Section 8 1.09, "Right of Way Delays," of the Standard Specifications. Information regarding the contents, format, and organization of a WQCP, is available at the Transportation Laboratory and at: http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/ese/Translab/smbresources.htm After final approval of the WQCP, amended WQCP, or addendum, the Contractor shall submit 7 copies to the Engineer of the approved documents. A copy of the Engineer approved document shall be available at each location where welding is to be performed. A daily production log for welding shall be kept for each day that welding is performed. The log shall clearly indicate the locations of all welding. The log shall include the welders' names, amount of welding performed, any problems or deficiencies discovered, and any testing or repair work performed, at each location. The daily report from each QC Inspector shall also be included in the log. The following items shall be included in a Welding Report that is to be submitted to the Engineer within 2 weeks following the performance of any welding: A. A daily production log. B. Reports of all visual weld inspections and NDT. C. Radiographs and radiographic reports, and other required NDT reports. D. A summary of welding and NDT activities that occurred during the reporting period. E. Reports of each application of heat straightening. 4-57 F. A summarized log listing the rejected lengths of weld by welder; position, process, joint configuration, and piece number. G. Documentation that the Contractor has evaluated all radiographs and other nondestructive tests and corrected all rejectable deficiencies, and that all repaired welds have been reexamined using the required NDT and found acceptable: The following information shall be clearly written on the outside of radiographic envelopes: name of the QCM, name of the nondestructive testing firm, name of the radiographer, date, contract number, complete part description, and all included weld numbers, report numbers, and station markers or views, as detailed in the WQCP. In addition, all interleaves shall have clearly written on them the part description and all included weld numbers and station markers or views, as detailed in the WQCP. A maximum of 2 pieces of film shall be used for each interleave. Reports of all visual inspections and NDT shall be signed by the inspector or technician and submitted daily to the QCNi for review and signature prior to submittal to the Engineer. Corresponding names shall be clearly printed or typewritten next to all signatures. Reports of all NDT, whether specified, additional, or informational, performed by the Contractor shall be submitted to the Engineer. The Engineer will review the Welding Report to determine if the Contractor is in conformance with the WQCP. Unless otherwise specified, the Engineer shall be allowed 2 weeks to review the report and respond in writing after the complete Welding Report has been received. Prior to receiving notification from the Engineer of the Contractor's conformance with the WQCP, the Contractor may encase in concrete or cover welds for which the Welding Report has been submitted. However, should the Contractor elect to encase or cover those welds prior to receiving notification from the Engineer, it is expressly understood that the Contractor shall not be relieved of the responsibility for incorporating material in the work that conforms to the requirements of the plans and specifications. Material not conforming to these requirements will be subject to rejection. Should the Contractor elect to wait to encase or cover welds pending notification by the Engineer, and in the event the Engineer fails to complete the review within the time allowed, and if, in the opinion of the Engineer, completion of the work is delayed or interfered with by reason of the Engineer's delay in completing the review, the Contractor will be compensated for any resulting loss, and an extension of time will be granted, in the same manner as provided for in Section S 1.09, "Right of Way Delays," of the Standard Specifications. In addition to the requirements in AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.5, second-tine excavations of welds or base metal to repair unacceptable discontinuities, regardless of NDT method, and all repairs of cracks require prior approval of the Engineer. The Engineer shall be notified immediately in writing when welding problems, deficiencies, base metal repairs, or any other type of repairs not submitted in the WQCP are discovered, and also of the proposed repair procedures to correct them.. For requests to perforin second-time repairs or repairs of cracks, the Contror shall include an engineering evaluation of the proposed repair. The engineering evaluation, at a minimum; shall address the following: A. What is causing each defect? 4-58 B. Why the repair will not degrade the material properties? C. What steps are being taken to prevent similar defects from happening again? The Contractor shall allow the Engineer one week to review these procedures. No remedial work shall begin until the repair procedures are approved in writing by the Engineer, In the event the Engineer fails to complete the review within the time allowed, and if, in the opinion of the Engineer, completion of the work is delayed or interfered with by reason of the Engineer's delay in completing the review, the Contractor-will be compensated for any resulting loss, and an extension of time will be granted, in the same manner as provided for in Section 8 1.09, „Right 'of Way Delays," of the Standard Specifications. The'QCM shall sign and furnish to the Engineer, a Certificate of Compliance in conformance with the provisions in Section 6 1.07, "Certificates of Compliance," of the Standard Specifications for each item of work for which welding was perforrned. The certificate shall state that all of the materials and workmanship incorporated in the work, and all required tests and inspections of this work, have been performed in conformance with the details shown on the plans; the Standard Specifications, and these special provisions. PAYMENT Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of"Welding„ shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. BRIDGE REMOVAL Removing bridges or portions of bridges shall conforrra to the provisions in Section 15-4, "Bridge Removal," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions. Bridge removal shall include removal of portions of existing deck overhang, concrete barrier, sidewalk, metal railings; wingwalls,abutment diaphragms, and concrete slope protection, as shown on the plans. Existing footing concrete that is below ground and outside of the footing limits shown on the contract plans or original contract plans shall be removed as directed by the Engineer and will be paid in conforra-aance with Section 44.031D, "Extra Work," of the Standard Specifications. Removed materials that are not to be salvaged or used in the reconstruction shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in conformance with the provisions in Section 7-1.13, "Disposal of Material Outside the Highway Right of Way," of the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall submit a complete bridge removal plan to the Engineer for each bridge listed above, detailing procedures, sequences, and all features required to perform the removal in a safe and controlled manner. 4-59 The bridge removal plan shall include, but not be limited to the following; A. The removal sequence, including staging of removal operations. B. Equipment locations on the structure during removal operations. C. Temporary support shoring or temporary bracing. D. Locations where work is to be performed over bikeway traffic, utilities, or creek bed. E. Details, locations, and types of protective covers to be used. F. Measures to assure that people, property, environmental resources, utilities, and improvements will not be endangered. G. Details and measures for preventing material, equipment, and debris from falling onto bikeway traffic, or creek bed. When protective covers are required for removal of portions of the bridge, the Contractor shall submit working drawings, with design calculations, to the Engineer for the proposed bridge removal plan , and the bridge removal plan shall be prepared and signed by an engineer who is registered as a Civil Engineer in the State of California. The design calculations shall be adequate to demonstrate the stability of the structure during all stages of the removal operations. Calculations shall be provided for each stage of bridge removal and shall include dead and live load values assumed in the design of protective covers. Temporary support shoring, temporary bracing, and protective covers, as required, shall be designed and constructed in conformance with the provisions in Section 51-1.06, "Falsework," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions. The bridge removal plan shall conform to the provisions in Section 5-1.02, "Plans and Working Drawings," of the Standard Specifications. The number of sets of drawings, design calculations, and the time for reviewing bridge removal plans shall be the same as specified for falsework working drawings in Section 51-1.06A, "Falsework Design and Drawings,' of the Standard Specifications. Full compensation for preparation and implementation of the bridge removal plan shall be considered as included in the contract lump sum price paid for bridge removal (portion), and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 4-60 EARTHWORK K Earthwork shall conform to the provisions in Section 19, "Earthwork," of the Standard Specifications and these special-provisions. If structure excavation or structure backfill for bridges is not otherwise designated by type and payment for the structure excavation or stricture backfill has not otherwise been provided for in the Standard Specifications or these special provisions, the structure excavation or structure backfill will be measured and paid for as structure excavation(bridge) or structure backfill (bridge), respectively. Pervious backfill will be measured and paid for as structure backfill (bridge). PILING Piling shall conform to the provisions in Section 49, "Piling," of the Standard Specifications, and these special provisions. Unless otherwise specified, welding of any work performed in conformance with the provisions in Section 49, "Piling," of the Standard Specifications, shall be in conformance with the requirements in AWS D1.1. Difficult pile installation is anticipated due to' the presence of high ground water, cobbles and boulders, subsurface concrete debris, low overhead clearance, underground utilities, overhead utilities, sound control, vibration monitoring and traffic control. In addition to conforming to the provisions in Section 49-1.05, "Driving Equipment," of the Standard Specifications, should obstructions to driving be encountered, the Contractor shall provide special driving tips or heavier pile sections, or shall subexcavate below the bottom of footing, or take other measures to prevent damage to the pile during driving. Full compensation for providing special tips, heavier sections, or for subexcavating or employing other measures to prevent damage to the piles shall be considered as included in the contract price paid per unit for drive steel pile of the sire shown on the plans, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Measurement and payment for the various types and classes of piles shall conform to the provisions in Sections 49-6.01, "Measurement," and 49-6.02, "Payment," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions. Driven: piling which is substituted, at the Contractor's option, for the piling shown on the plans, will be measured and paid for by the linear foot as famish piling and by the unit as drive pile of the type or class shown in the Engineer's Estimate. Additional length needed to develop the required be, -inb shall be at the Contractor's expense. Full compensation for furnishing and placing the pile anchors, splicing piles, or other expenses resulting from said substitution shall be considered as included in the contract price paid per linear foot for furnish piling and the contract unit price paid for drive pile of the type or class shown in the Engineer's Estimate, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 4.61 CONCRETE STRUCTURES Portland cement concrete structures shall conform to the provisions in Section 51, "Concrete Structures," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions. GENERAL Attention is directed to "Precast Concrete Quality Control" of these special provisions. Unless otherwise specified, supplementary cementitious material Will not be required in portl.and cement concrete used for precast concrete girders. Concrete shown on the plans that has a 28 day compressive strength of greater than 3,600 psi shall contain not less than 675 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard. The concrete shall be considered to be designated by cementitious material content rather than by 28 day compressive strength. The Contractor will be permitted to use Type 111 port land cement for concrete used in the manufacture of precast concrete girders. Except for abutment retrofit construction, shotcrete shall not be used as an alternative construction method for reinforced concrete members unless otherwise specified. When a roughened concrete surface is shown on the plans, the existing concrete surface shall be roughened to a full amplitude of approximately 114 inch by abrasive blasting, water blasting, or mechanical equipment. DECK CRACK TREATMENT When methacrylate resin work is to be conducted within 100 feet of a residence, business, or public space, including sidewalks under a structure, the Contractor shall notify the public at least 7 days before starting work and monitor airborne emissions during the work. Public notification and monitoring of airborne emissions shall conform to the following: A. The public safety plan required in Section 51 1.17A, „Deck.Crack Treatment," of the Standard Specifications shall include a copy of the notification letter and a list of addresses and locations where the letter will be delivered and posted. The letter shall state the methacrylate resin work locations, dates, times, and what to expect. The letter shall be delivered to each residence and each business within 100 feet of the methacrylate resin work. The letter shall be delivered to local fire and police responders, and it shall be posted at the job site. B. The public safety plan shall include an airborne emissions monitoring plan prepared by a certified industrial hygienist and a copy of the hygienist's certification. Airborne emissions shall be monitored at a minimum of 4 points including the point of mixing, the point of application, and the point of nearest public contact, as determined by the Engineer. At the completion of methacrylate resin work, a report 4-62 by the certified industrial hygienist with results of the airborne emissions monitoring plan shall be submitted to the Engineer. PERMANIENT STEEL DECK FORMS Forms for the deck slabs between girders, at the option of the Contractor, shall either be constructed and removed as provided in Section 51-1.05, 'Forms," of the Standard Specifications or shall be constructed and left in place in conformance with these special provisions. Pennanent steel deck forms and supports shall be steel conforming to the requirements in ASTM Designation: A 6531A 653M (Designation. SS, Grades 33 through 80) having a coating designation. .0x165. The forms shall be mortar-tight, true to line and grade, and of sufficient strength to support the loads applied. Detailed working drawings for forms shall be submitted to the :Engineer for approval in confonnance with the provisions in Section 5-1.02, "flans and Working Drawings," of the Standard Specifications. Three sets of drawings shall be submitted. These drawings shall show the grade of steel, the physical and section properties for all deck members, the method of support and grade adjustment, accommodation for skew, and methods of sealing against grout leaks. Working drawings shall be submitted sufficiently in advance of the start of the affected work to allow -time for review by,the Engineer and correction by the Contractor of the drawings without .delaying the work. Such time shall be proportional to the complexity of the work but in no case shall such time be less than 3 weeks after complete drawings and all support data are submitted. The design of permanent steel deck forms shall be based on the combined dead load of the farms, reinforcement, and plastic concrete plus an allowance for all anticipated construction loads. The allowance for construction loads shall be not less than 50 psf. The combined dead load shall be assumed to be not less than 160 pcf for normal concrete and not less than 130 pcf for lightweight concrete. Physical design properties shall be computed in conformance with the requirements of the AISI specification for the "Design of Cold Formed Steel Structural Members." The maximum allowable stresses and deflections used in the design of steel forms shall be as fellows: A. Tensile stress shall not exceed 0.725 of the specified yield strength of the material furnished or 36,000 psi. B. Deflection due to dead load shall not exceed 0.0056 of fonn span or 112 inch, whichever is less. In no case shall the dead load for deflection calculations be less than 120 psf total. C. Form camber, used at the option of the Contractor, shall be based on the actual dead load condition. Camber shall not be used to compensate for deflection in excess of the allowable limits. 4-63 D. The design span of the form sheets shall be the clear span of the form plus 2 inches measured parallel to the form flutes. Permanent steel deck forms shall not be used for those sections of deck slabs that contain a longitudinal expansion joint unless additional supports are placed under the joint. Permanent steel deck forms shall not interfere with the movement at deck expansion joints. The clearance between the surface of permanent forms and any bar reinforcement shall be not less than one inch. The configuration of the forms shall be such that the weight of deck slab is not more than 11 0 percent of the weight of the total deck slab as dimensioned on the plans. Permanent steel deck forms shall be installed in conformance with the approved working drawings. Form sheets shall not rest directly on the top of the girder flanges. Sheets shall be securely fastened to fonn supports and shall have a minimum bearing length of one inch at each end. Form supports shall be placed in direct contact with the flange of the girder. Attachment of supports shall be made by bolts, clips or other approved means. Transverse deck construction joints shall be located at the bottom of a flute and 114 inch weep holes shall be field drilled at not less than 12 inches on center along the line of the joint. Permanently exposed,galvanized form surfaces that are abraded or damaged prior to installation shall. be repaired by thoroughly wire brushing the damaged areas and removing all loose and cracked coating, after which the cleaned areas shall be painted with 2 applications of unthinned zinc-rich primer (organic vehicle type) confonnin.g to the provisions in Section 91, 'Paint," of the Standard Specifications. Aerosol cans shall not be used. Minor heat discoloration in area of welds need not be repaired, DECK CLOSURE POURS Where a deck closure pour is shown on the plans, reinforcement protruding into the closure space and forms for the closure pour shall conform to the following: A. During the time of placement of concrete in the deck, other than for the closure pour itself, reinforcing steel which protrudes into the closure space shall be completely free from any connection to the reinforcing steel, concrete, or other attachments of the adjacent structure, including forms. The reinforcing steel shakl remain free of any connection for a period of not less than 24 hours following completion of the pour. B. Dorms for the closure pour shall be supported fxom the superstructure on both sides of the closure space. ELAST®MERIC BEARING PADS 4-64 Elastomeric bearing pads shall- conform to the provisions in Section 51-1.12H, "Elastomoric Bearing Pads," of the Standard Specifications, and these special provisions. Elastomeric bearing pads shall be lubricated with grease and covered with sheet metal and shall conform to the following requirements: A. Grease shall conform to the requirements of Society of Automotive Engineers AS 8660. A uniform film of grease shall be applied to the upper surface of the pads prior to placing the sheet metal. B. Sheet metal shall be commercial quality galvanized. sheet steel. The sheet metal shall be smooth and free of kinks, bends, or burrs. C. Construction methods and procedures shall prevent grout or concrete seepage into the sliding bearing assembly. DRILL AND BOND DOWELS Drilling and bonding dowels shall conform to the details shown on the plans, the provisions in Section 83-2.021)(1), "General," of the Standard Specifications, and these special provisions. Dowels shall conform to the provisions for bar reinforcement in "Reinforcement" of these special provisions. If'reinforcement is encountered during drilling before the specified depth is attained, the Engineer shall be notified. Unless the Engineer approves coring through the reinforcement, the hole will be rejected and a new hole, in which reinforcement is not encountered, shall be drilled adjacent to the rejected hole to the depth shown on the plans. Unless otherwise provided, dowels to be bonded into drilled boles will be paid for as bar reinforcing steel (bridge). DRILL AND BOND DOWEL (CHEMICAL ADHESIVE) Drilling and bonding dowels with chemical adhesives shall conform to the details shown on the plans and these special provisions. Reinforcing steel dowels shall conform to the provisions in "Reinforcement" of these special provisions. Threaded rods used as dowels shall conform to the provisions in Section 75-1.03, "Miscellaneous Bridge Metal," of the Standard Specifications. The threaded rods shall be installed in conformance with the requirements for dowels specified herein. Chemical adhesives to be used shall be selected frown the Pre-Qualified Products List at: http://www.dot.ca.govlhq/'esc/'approved_products list/ 4-65 The Contractor may propose to use a chemical adhesive not-on the Pre-Qualified Products List. Information regarding product qualification can be obtained at the Transportation Laboratory. The chemical adhesive system used shall. be appropriate for the concrete temperature and installation conditions in conformance with the requirements in the Department's prequalified list. Chemical adhesive systems shall be accompanied by a Certificate of Compliance as provided in Section. 6-1.07, "Certificates of Compliance," of the Standard Specifications. The certificate shall state that the material complies in all respects to the requirements of ICBO AC58 and Caltrans Augmentation/Revisions to ICBO AC58 available at the Transportation Laboratory and at: http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/ese/approved_products—list/ At least 25 days prior to use, the Contractor shall submit one sample of each chemical adhesive system per lot to the Transportation Laboratory for testing. The sample shall consist of one unit of chemical adhesive, one mixing nozzle, and one retaining nut. A lot of chemical adhesives is defined as 100 units, or fraction thereof, of the same brand and product name. Each chemical adhesive system shall be clearly and permanently marked with the manufacturer's name, model number of the system,manufacturing date, lot number, shelf life or expiration date, and current ICBO Evaluation Report (ER) number. Each carton of chemical adhesives shall contain the .manufacturer's recommended installation procedures and warnings or precautions concerning the contents as may be required by State or Federal laws and regulations. The holes shall be drilled by methods that will not shatter or damage the concrete adjacent to the holes. If reinforcement is encountered during drilling, before the specified depth is attained, the Engineer shall be notified. Unless the Engineer approves coring through the reinforcement, the hole will be rejected and a new hole, in which reinforcement is not encountered, shall be drilled adjacent to the rejected hole. The drilled holes shall be cleaned in conformance with the manufacturer's instructions and shall be dry at the time of placing the chemical adhesive. Unless otherwise specified, the diameter and depth of drilled holes shall conform to the values listed in the ICBO ER for the size of dowel or rod being installed. The depth of the drilled hole listed in the ICBO ER shall be increased by 50 percent when epoxy coating of dowels is required. Storage and installation procedures shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. A copy of the manufacturer's recommended installation procedure shall be provided to the Engineer at least 2 days prior to the start of work. Immediately after inserting the dowels into the chemical adhesive, the dowels shall be supported as necessary to prevent movement during curing and shall remain undisturbed until the epoxy has cured a minimum time as specified in the Department's Pre-Qualified Products List. Dowels that are improperly bonded, as determined by the Engineer; will be rejected. Adjacent new holes shall be drilled, and new dowels shall be placed and securely bonded to the concrete. All work necessary to correct improperly bonded dowels shall be performed at the Contractor's expense. 4-66 Unless otherwise provided, dowels to be bonded into drilled holes will be measured and paid for as bar reinforcing steel(bridge). PRECAST CONCRETE GIRDERS Precast reinforced concrete girders shall conform to the provisions in Section 51, "Concrete Structures," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions. Prestressing of precast concrete girders shall conform to the provisions in Section 50, "Prestressing Concrete," of the Standard Specifications. Before curing operations, the top surface of each member shall be given a coarse texture by broorning with a stiff bristled broom or by other suitable devices that will result in uniform transverse scoring. Surfaces to be given a coarse broom finish shall be cleaned of surface laitance and curing compound before placing deck concrete. Exposure of clean aggregate will not be required. The anticipated deflection and method of accommodation of deflection of precast prestressed concrete girders, prior to the time the deck concrete is placed, shall be shown on the working drawings in conformance with the provisions in Section 5-1.02, "flans and Working Drawings;" of the Standard Specifications. The deflection shall include the fallowing: A. Anticipated upward deflection caused by the prestressing forces: B. Downward deflection caused by-the dead load of the girder. C. Deflection caused by the creep and shrinkage of the concrete for the time interval between the stressing of the girders and the plaimed placement of the deck. The deflection shall be substantiated by calculations that consider the ages of the girder concrete at the tirne of stressing and the, Contractor's planned placement of the deck. Deflection calculations shall be based on the concrete producer's estimate of the modulus of elasticity at the applicable concrete age.. Adjustments to accommodate girder deflections that occur prior to the time the deck concrete is placed may include revisions in bearing seat elevations, but the adjustments shall be Iii-sited by the following conditions; A. The minimum pennanent vertical clearance under the structure as shown on the plans shall not be reduced.- B. educed.B. The profile grade and cross slope of the deck shall not be changed. C. A minimum of one inch of deck slab concrete between the top of the precast girders and the deck slab reinforcement shall be maintained. Girders with unanticipated girder deflection that do not comply with conditions A, B,.and C will be rejected in. conformance with the provisions in Section 6-1.04, "Defective-Materials," of the Standard Specifications. 4-67 Adjustments to accommodate girder deflections will not be considered a change in dimensions. Full compensation for increases in the cost of construction, including increases in the quantity of deck or bearing seat concrete, resulting from adjustments to accommodate girder deflections shall be considered as included in the contract prices paid for the various items of work involved, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. The Contractor shall submit a girder erection plan to the Engineer for approval in conformance with the provisions in Section 5-1.02, "Plans and Working Drawings," of the Standard Specifications. The girder erection plan shall include procedures, details, and sequences for unloading, lifting, erecting, and installing temporary bracing, and shall be signed by an engineer who is registered as a Civil Engineer in the State of California. The Contractor shall allow 20 days for the review of the - girder erection plan. Temporary lateral bracing shall be provided for all girders. The bracing shall be installed at a minimum at each end of each girder segment and at midspan. The bracing shall be in place prior to the release of the erection equipment from the girder and shall remain in place until 48 hours after the concrete diaphragms have been placed. The bracing shall be designed to prevent overturning of the girders prior to completion of the work and to resist a lateral pressure of 20 psf applied at the top of the girder in either direction, MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Measurement and payment for concrete in structures shall conform to the provisions in Section 51- 1.22, "Measurement," and Section 51-1.23, "Payment," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions. Full compensation for roughening existing concrete surfaces to a full amplitude of approximately 1l4 inch, where shown on the plans, shall be considered as included in the contract price paid per cubic yard for structural concrete, bridge and no separate payment will be made therefor. Full compensation for furnishing and constructing permanent steel deck forms shall be considered as included in the contract price paid per cubic yard for structural concrete, bridge and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Full compensation deck crack treatment and for related public notification and airborne monitoring shall be considered as included in the contract pricy; paid per cubic yard for structural concrete, bridge, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Full compensation for drilling holes, including coring through reinforcement when approved by the Engineer, and bonding.dowels (including chemical adhesives) shall be considered as included in the contract price paid per cubic yard for structural concrete, bridge and no separate payment will be made therefor. 4-68 REFINISHING BRIDGE DECKS Surfaces of bridge decks that are exposed when existing railings, curbs, or sidewalks are removed shall be prepared and refinished flush with the adjoining; deck surface in conformance with these special provisions. The Contractor may refinish the deck surface using Portland cement concrete or rapid setting concrete. The exact area to be refinished will be designated by the Engineer. Dust and residue from deck preparation and cleaning shall be removed or controlled by vacuum, water spray, or shield methods approved by the Engineer. Concrete shall be removed without damage to concrete that is to remain in place. Damage to concrete that is to remain in place shall be repaired to a condition satisfactory to the Engineer. The concrete in deck areas to be refinished shall be removed to a depth of approximately 314 inch. below the adjoining deck surface. A 3/4 inch deep saw,cut shall be made along the perimeter of deck areas to be refinished before removing the concrete. Existing areas of the deck-more than 3/4 inch below the adjoining deck surface shall be prepared by removing not less than 1/4 inch of surface material to expose sound. aggregate. Concrete removal may be done by abrasive blast cutting, abrasive sawing, impact tool cutting, machine rotary abrading, or by other methods, all to be approved by the Engineer. Cut areas shall be cleaned free of dust and all other loose and deleterious materials by broorning, abrasive blast cleaning, and high pressure air jets. Equipment shall be fitted with suitable traps, filters, drip pans, or other devices to prevent oil or other deleterious matter from being deposited on the deck. Existing reinforcement, exposed during the removal of concrete, that is to remain in place shall be protected from damage. Existing vertical reinforcing steel shall be cut off 1 inch below the existing concrete deck surface or at the bottom of concrete removal, whichever is lower. Where refinishing is not required, existing vertical reinforcing steel shall be cut off 1 inch below the finished surface and the holes shall be patched with rapid setting concrete. Refinishing isolated high areas in. the existing deck may be accomplished by cutting the concrete down to be flush with the plane of the adjoining deck surface by abrasive sawing, grinding, impact tool cutting; or by other methods approved by the Engineer. When grinding is performed to bring the deck concrete flush with the adjoining deck surface, the resulting surface shall have a coefficient of friction of not less than 0.35 as determined by California Test 342. 4-69 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE An epoxy adhesive shall be applied to the surfaces to be refinished before placing the portland cement concrete. Immediately before applying the adhesive, the area to receive the adhesive shall be cleaned by abrasive blasting and blown clean by compressed air to remove dust and any other loose material. The area to be covered shall be surface cozy and the substrate temperature shall be 40° F or above when the adhesive is applied. The epoxy adhesive shall be furmshed and applied in conformance with the provisions in Section 95-1, "General," and Section 95-2.03, "Epoxy Resin Adhesive for Bonding New Concrete to Old Concrete," of the Standard Specificatigns. The exact rate of applying epoxy adhesive will be determined by the Engineer. The adhesive shall be worked onto the surface with stiff brushes or equal. Portland cement concrete used to fill the prepared areas shall confonn to the provisions in Section 90, "Portland Cement Concrete," of the Standard Specifications and the following: A. The concrete shall contain a minimum of 675 pounds of cementitioirs material per cubic yard. B. The amount of free water used in concrete shall not exceed 280 pounds per cubic yard. C. The aggregate shall contain between 50 and 55 percent fine aggregate and the remainder shall be pea gravel. The grading of pea gravel shall be such that 100 percent passes the 1/2 inch sieve and not more than 5 percent passes the No. 16 sieve, unless a larger size is ordered by the Engineer. D. Admixtures shall be furnished and used if directed by the Engineer. E. Immediately after depositing on the newly placed adhesive, the portland cement concrete shall be thoroughly consolidateduntil all voids are filled and free mortar appears on the surface and then struck off to the required grade. F. - Concrete shall be cured as provided in Section 90-7.03, "Curing Structures," of the Standard Specifications. G. No loads of any kind shall be applied to the portland cement concrete for at least 7 days after placing. RAPID SETTING CONCRETE Rapid setting concrete used to fill the prepared areas shall be a high-strength material consisting of magnesium phosphate concrete, modified high alumina based concrete, or portland cement based concrete. Magnesium phosphate concrete shall conform to the requirements for magnesium phosphate concrete in Section 83=2.0.21)(1), "General," of the Standard Specifications. Modified high alumina based concrete and portland cement based concrete shall be water activated and shall conform to the requirements for single component (water activated) magnesium phosphate concrete in Section 83-2.021)(1), "General," of the Standard Specifications. 4-70 A clean uniform rounded aggregate filler may be used to extend the rapid setting concrete. The moisture content of the aggregate shall not exceed 0.5 percent. Grading of the aggregate shall conform to the following: Sieve size Percentage Passing 112" 100 No. 16 0-5 The amount of aggregate filler shall conform to the manufacturer's recommendation, but in no case shall the concrete strengths be less than that specified for magnesium phosphate concrete in Section 83--2.021)(1), "GeneraI," of the Standard Specifications. Mixing of components of dual component (with a prepackaged liquid activator) magnesium phosphate shall be by complete units, supplied by the manufacturer. Portions of units shall not be used. Water shall not be added to dual component magnesium phosphate. Immediately before applying the rapid setting concrete, the surface shall be dry and blown clean by compressed air to remove accumulated dust and any other loose material. If the surface becomes contaminated at any time before placing the concrete,. the surface shall be cleaned by abrasive blasting. The surface temperature of the areas to be covered shall be 39-degrees F or above when the concrete is applied. Methods proposed to heat said surfaces are subject to approval by the Engineer. The surface for the magnesium phosphate concrete shall be dry. The surfaces for modified high alumina based concrete or portland cement based concrete may be damp but not saturated. Magnesium phosphate concrete shall not be mixed in containers or worked with tools containing zinc, cadmium, aluminum, or copper. Modified high alumina based concrete shall not be mixed in containers or worked with tools containing aluminum. Concrete shall not be retempered. Finishing fools that are cleaned with water shall be thoroughly dried before working the concrete. When placing concrete on slopes exceeding 5 percent, the Engineer may require the Contractor to provide a flow controlled modified material. Modified high alumina based concrete and portland cement based concrete shall be cured in conformance with the provisions in Section 90-7.01B, "Curing Compound Method," of the Standard Specifications. Magnesium phosphate concrete shall not be cured, Unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Engineer, public traffic shall not be permitted on the new concrete until at least 24 hours a-fter final set. FINISHING REQ UIR&MEN TS In advance of the curing operations, the surface of the concrete shall be textured by brooming with a stiff bristled broom or by other suitable devices that will result in uniform scoring. Brooming shall be performed transversely. The operation shall be performed at a time and in a manner that 4-71 produces a hardened surface having a uniform texture and a coefficient of friction of not less than 0.35 as determined by California Test 342. a Refinished surfaces that are found to have a coefficient of friction less than 0.35 shall be ground or grooved by the Contractor at his expense in conformance with the applicable provisions in Section 42, "Groove and Grind Pavement," of the Standard Specifications. In the longitudinal direction, refinished surfaces shall. not vary more than 0.02 foot from the lower edge of a 12-foot straightedge. The refinished surface shall be flush with the existing adjoining surface. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No adjustment of compensation will be made for any increase or decrease in the quantity of refinish bridge deck, regardless of the reason for the increase or decrease. The provisions in Section 4- 1.03B, "Increased or Decreased Quantities," of the Standard Specifications shall not apply to the contract item of refinish bridge deck. The quantity in square feet of refinish bridge deck,to be paid for will be determined from the lengths and widths of the refinished areas, measured horizontally, plus 0.2 square foot for patching around each dowel. The contract price paid per square foot for refinish bridge deck shall include fall compensation for famishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in refinishing areas of the existing bridge deck, including cutting existing vertical reinforcing steel, complete in place, as shown on the plans, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. 4-72 REINFORCEMENT Reinforcement shall conform to the provisions in Section 52, "Reinforcement," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions. The Department's mechanical splices prequalified list can be found at- http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/ese/approved_products—list/ The provisions in "Welding Quality Control of these special provisions shall not apply to resistance butt welding. Reinforcement shown on the plans to be galvanized shall be galvanized in conformance with the provisions in Section 75-1.05,"Galvanizing," of the Standard Specifications. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Measurement and payment for reinforcennent in structures shall conforin to the provisions in Section 52-1.10, "Measbrement," and Section 52-1.11, "Payment," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions. Full compensation for galvanizing steel reinforcement shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 4-73 UTILITY HANGERS ANCHORAGES AND SUPPORTS The Contractor shall furnish and install all hangers, anchorages and supports, including embedded concrete anchors, for the various utilities to be carried between or adjacent to the bridge girders. Utility hangers, anchorages and supports shall conform to the provisions for miscellaneous bridge metal in Section 75, "Miscellaneous Metal," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions. The Contractor shall coordinate with the respective utility companies in regard to the location, size, type, and configuration of the various utility hangers, anchorages and supports required. The contract lump sum price paid for utility hangers, anchorages and supports shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in furnishing and installing the utility hangers, anchorages and supports, complete in place, as shown on the pians, as specified in the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, as required by the various utility companies, and as directed by the Engineer. 4-74 BRIDGE DECK DRAINAGE SYSTEM Bridge deck drainage systems shall conform to the provisions for miscellaneous bridge metal in Section 75, "Miscellaneous Metal," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions. Self tapping screws used for sleeve connections shall be hex head stainless steel, installed in holes drilled to fit the self tapping screws, conforming to the requirements of ASTM Designation.: A 276, Type 304. At the Contractor's option, fiberglass pipes and fittings with the same diameter and minimum bend radius as those shown on the plans may be substituted for welded steel pipe in deck drain systems. Fiberglass pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements in ASTM Designation: D 2996, and. shall have a minimum short term rupture strength of 30,000 psi. The adhesive type recommended by the manufacturer shall be used for joining pipe and fittings. Fiberglass pipe not enclosed in a box girder cell or encased in concrete shall be manufactured from ultraviolet-resistant resin pigmented with concrete gray color, or be coated with a concrete gray resin rich exterior coating. Paint shall not be used. Fiberglass pipe treated with ultraviolet protection shall withstand a minimum. of 2,500 hours of accelerated weathering when tested in conformance with the requirements in ASTM Designation: G 154. Lamps shall be UV B (313 nm wavelength). The resting cycle shall be 4 hours of ultraviolet exposure at 140-degrees F, and then 4 hours of condensate exposure at 120-degrees F. After testing, the surface of the pipe shall exhibit no fiber exposure, crazing, or checking, and only a slight chalking or color change. Support spacing for fiberglass pipe shall be the same as shown. on the plans for welded steel pipe. Pipe supports shall have a width of not less than 1.5 inches. A Certificate of Compliance for fiberglass pipe and fittings shall be furnished to the Engineer.in conformance with the provisions in Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of Compliance," of the Standard Specifications. The Certificate of Compliance shall include afl laboratory test results conforming to the provisions specified herein. Bridge deck drainage systems will be measured and paid for by the pound in the same manner specified for miscellaneous metal (bridge) in Section 75-1.06, "Measurement," and Section. 75- 1.07, "Payment," of the Standard Specifications. 4-75 TUBULAR HAND RAILING Tubular hand railing shall conform to the provisions in Section 83-1, "Railings," of the Standard Specifications. CONCRETE BARRIER (SPECIAL) Concrete barrier (special) shall conform to the provisions in Section. 83-2, "Barriers," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions. 'T'he Contractor's attention is directed to "Drill and Bond Dowels" of these special provisions for drilling and bonding of reinforcement into existing bridge deck. 4-76 DETAIL SPECIFICATIONS PART 5 SIGNING, STRIPING,AND PAVEMENT MARKERS Signing and striping installation and payment therefore shall conforrn to the provisions in Section 84, "Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markings" and Section 85 "Pavement Markers", of the Standard Specifications and Standard Plans of the State of California,Department of Transportation,dated May 2006, hereinafter referred to as State Standard Plans and State Standard Specifications, California Manual of Uniforrn Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD) dated September 26, 2006 and these special provisions. Signing and Striping work is to be performed at the following location: DEL OBISPO STREET FROM 280' WEST OF ALIPAZ ROAD TO 390' EAST OF PASEO ADELANTO PASEO ADELANTO FROM DEL OBISPO STREET TO 600' SOUTH REMOVE PA VI ME11TT STRIPES. MA ItKINGSAND RAISED PA VEMEN T MARIES When wet sandblasting or grinding is used,street shall be swept clean of all material/debris immediately after completion of pavement marking(s)removal or at the end of the work day(whichever is first)and hauled off at Contractor's expense. This expense shall be included in the lump surn bid price. Traffic stripes shall be removed before any change is made in the traffic pattern and before painting new stripes and markings. Where wet sandblasting or grinding is used for the removal of traffic stripes and pavement markings or for removal of objectionable material,and such removal operation is being performed within ten feet of a lane occupied by public traffic,the residue including dust shall be removed immediately after contact between the sand and the surface being treated. Nothing in these Special Provisions shall relieve the Contractor froze his responsibilities as provided iri Subsection 7-10, "Public Convenience and Safety", of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. INSTALL PA VE AIIENT STRIPES, ALA IZKJNGS AND RAISED PA VEMENT MARKERS The Contractor shall furnish and apply traffic stripes and pavement markings shown on the plans or where directed by the Engineer. Placement of striping and markings shall conform to the requirements of section 84-2 "Thermoplastic Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markings" of the Caltrans Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. All traffic striping shall be thermoplastic including crosswalks,arrows and other pavement legends. 5-1 The installation of traffic stripes includes placement of raised pavement markers when called for on the plans. Adhesive for raised pavement markers shall be per Section 85, "Pavement Markers." Epoxy shall be the Rapid Set type. The Contractor shall be responsible for the completeness and accuracy of all layout alignment and spotting. Traffic striping shall not vary more than 1/2 inch in 50 feet from the alignment shown on the plans. Prior to use by traffic, the Contractor shall mark, or otherwise delineate, the new traffic lanes after the removal of the existing striping and markings. First application of final striping/markings shall be installed and traffic worthy a minimum of 24 hours prior to signal controller being turned on for City acceptance. No street shall be without the proper striping/delineation overnight or during the weekend. INSTALL ROADSIDE SIGNS Roadside signs shall be installed at the locations shown on the plans or where directed by the Engineer, and shall conform to the details shown on the plans and the provisions in Section 56-2, "Roadside Signs", of the Standard Specifications. Roadside sign posts shall be 3 lb. steel channel. REMOVE ROADSIDE SIGNS Existing roadside signs,at locations shown on the plans to be removed,shall be salvaged and delivered to the City Maintenance Yard located at 32400 Paseo Adelanto, San Juan Capistrano. Existing roadside signs shall not be removed until replacement signs have been installed or until the existing signs are no longer required for the direction of public traffic,unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. RELOCATE ROADSIDE WC7ArS Existing;roadside signs shall be removed and installed at new locations shown on the plans. Each roadside sign shall be installed at the new location on the same day said sign is removed from its original location. - PAYMENT The lump sum price for all Traffic Signing and Striping shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary for doing the work shown on the plans and specified in the Standard Specifications and in these Special Provisions and as directed by the Engineer, and no additional compensation shall be made. 5-2 DETAIL SPECIFICATIONS PART 6 SIGNALS, LIGHTING, AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Furnishing and installing traffic signals and highway lighting systems and payment therefor shall conform to the provisions in Section 86, "Signals and Lighting" of the Standard Specifications and Standard Plans of the State of California, Department of Transportation, dated May 2006,hereinafter referred to as State Standard'Plans and State Standard Specifications, California Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD) dated September 26, 2006 and these special provisions. Traffic signal work is to be performed at the following location: DEL OBISPO STREET AND ALIPAZ ROAD. DEL OBISPO STREET AND PASEO ADELANTO i U1-PME]VT LTS.T AND DRA TANGS The controller cabinet schematic wiring diagram and intersection sketch,to be mounted on the cabinet door(24"x 36"),shall be combined into one drawing so that when the cabinet door is open the drawing is oriented with the intersection. The Contractor shall furnish two maintenance manuals for all new controller cabinet equipment, including vehicle detector sensor units. The maintenance manuals shall be submitted at the time the equipment is delivered. One copy shall be placed inside the controller cabinet and one copy shall be delivered the City. The maintenance manuals shall include,but need not be limited to, thb following items: (a) Specifications (b) Design Characteristics (c) General operation theory (d) Function of all controls (e) Troubleshooting procedure (diagnostic routine) (f) Block circuit diagram (g) Geographical layout of components (h) Schematic diagrams (i) List of replaceable component parts with stock numbers. SCHEDULING OF WORK The Contractor may perforin sub-surface work consisting of the installation of conduit,foundations,and detectors, prior to receipt of all electrical materials and equipment. Above ground signal work shall not commence until such.time that the Contractor notifies the Engineer, in writing, of the date that all electrical materials and equipment are received, and said work shall start within 1.5 days after said date. 6-1 No materials or equipment shall be stored at the job sites until receipt of said notification by the Engineer. The job sites shall be maintained in neat and orderly condition at all times. All striping, pavement markings, and.signing shall be in place prior to any signal turn on. GUARANTEES The Contractor shall guarantee the entire work constructed by him under this contract and will fully meet all requirements as to quality of workmanship and materials furnished by him. The Contractor shall make,at his own expense,any repairs or replacements made necessary by defects in workmanship or materials furnished by him that become evident within one (1) year after filing of the Notice of Completion of the work and to restore to full compliance with the requirements of these specifications, any part of the work which during the one(1) year period is found to be deficient with respect to any provision of the plans and specifications. The Contractor shall make all repairs and replacements promptly upon receipt of written orders from the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to snake the repairs. and replacements promptly, the City may do the work and the Contractor and his surety shall be liable to the City for the cost. FOUNDATIONS Portland cement concrete shall c6nfon-n to Section 90-10, "Minor Concrete", of the Standard Specifications and shall contain not less than 470 pounds of cement per cubic yard,except concrete for reinforced pile foundations shall contain not less than 564 pounds of cement per cubic yard. The foundations shown on the plan shall be extended if conditions require additional depth; such additional work if ordered by the Engineer shall be considered as included in the lump sum contract bid price. EX CA VA TI?VG,4ATD I3ACKF1'LLING Excavations for new foundations shall be hand dug until clear of substructures. STAND.4.RDS STEEL.PEDESTALS AND POSTS In addition to identifying each new pole shaft as detailed on State Standard Pian ES-6S,the Contractor shall also identify each new mast arra for all signals and luminaires. The stamped metal identification tag shall be located on the mast arin near the connection plate and shall contain the same infonnation required on the pole;shaft. Where the plans refer to the side tenon detail at the end of the signal mast arra,the applicable tip tenon detail may be substituted. COAD ULT Conduit shall conform to the provisions in section 86-2.05, "Conduit,",of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. 6-2 All signal conduits shown on project plans shall be rigid metal with bell type conduit bushings, unless otherwise indicated. "Trenching In Pavement Method"is specifically not allowed; therefore,all conduit shall be placed under existing pavement by jacking or drilling methods. Pavement shall not be disturbed without permission from the City Engineer. Conduit to be placed as part of the completed work shall not be used for drilling and jacking. Section 86-2.05A "Material" is amended as follows: Delete: (5) Intermediate Steel Conduit (IMC)._.. inc�ve. After conductors have been installed, the ends of conduits terminating in pull boxes and controller cabinet shall be sealed with an approved type of sealing compound. All conduit shall terminate in a pull box or an approved terminating equipment. Conduit runs are shown in schematic form only. Actual installation shall be done in the most direct manner. The Contractor shall locate the interfering underground facilities, if any, and the actual installation shall.be done in the most direct manner as the existing underground condition permits and as approved by the Engineer in the field. PULL BOXES New pull boxes shall be precast reinforced concrete. Recesses for suspension of ballasts will not be required. Pull boxes shall be installed.on a 6-inch pea gravel base with grout. Lids shall read"'Traffic Signal" only. CONDUCTORS AND WIRING Conductors shall be spliced by the use of"C" shaped compression connectors as shown on the plans. Splices shall be insulated by "Method B". Subparagraph 5.of the first paragraph of Section 86-2.09D. "Splicing" ofthe Standard Specifications is deleted. BONDING AND GROUNDING Grounding jumper shall be attached by a 3/1.6 inch, or larger, brass bolt in the signal standard or controller pedestal and shall be run to the ground rod or bonding wire in adjacent pull box. Grounding jumper shall be visible after cap has been poured on foundation. Equipment grounding conductors will not be required in conduit containing loop lead-in cables only. TESTING The eighth paragraph in Section 86-2.14C, "Functional Testing", of the Standard Specifications, is 6-3 amended to read: A shutdown of the electrical system resulting from damage caused by public traffic or from a power interruption shall not constitute discontinuity of the functional test. Payment for necessary delivery, testing,modifications,repair, storage, and pick-up is included in the lump sum price bid for Traffic Signal Modification. No additional compensation for this iter-n will be made. ACCEPTANCE The Contractor shall arrange an on-site meeting (a minimum of 72 hours in advance) with a representative of the City Engineer, a signal technician, and the City Inspector who can assure proper interconnect hookup between the City;central computer,field master and controller(s)to be present for the controller assembly turn on for tentative acceptance by the City. The signal technician shall be fully qualified to work on the controller-assembly and shall be employed by the controller manufacturer or his authorized representative. The costs of the signal technician will be considered as included in the prices bid, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. All conduits shall be filled with water(and in the presence of the City Inspector)no more than two (2) hours before this meeting. VEHICLE SIGNAL FACES AND SIGNAL HEADS Signal section housings shall be aluminum type. All lamps for traffic signal units shall be furnished by the Contractor. All new and existing sections of the traffic signal faces shall utilize light-emitting diode signal modules conforming to Section 86-4.02 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. Light-ernitting diodes shall be Daylight, DuraLED or approved equal. GUARANTEE LED signal modules shall be guaranteed by the Contractor for a period of one year starting on the day after the prof ect is accepted by the Engineer. Modules that fail during this period shall be replaced at no cost to the City, except that City forces will change out the modules in the field. The replacement modules shall be delivered to the engineer within five working days after notification. The failed modules will be made available to the Contractor at the office of the City Engineer. WARRANTY The manufacturer shall provide a written warranty against defects in materials and workmanship for the LED signal modules for a period of 3 6 months after installation of the modules. Replacement modules shall be provided promptly after receipt of modules that have failed at no cost to the City except cost of shipping of the failed modules. All warranty documentation shall be given to the Engineer prior to installation. PEDESTRIAN SIGNALS 6-4 Pedestrian signal shall be Type A with the Z-crate type screen. All symbols ,shall be LED type. Plastic housing will not be permitted.Hand symbol shall conform to Caltrans Standard Specifications. The hood described in Section 86-4.05D, "Visors",of the Standard Specifications shall be provided. 1'EDE,'STRIAN P USIH B UTTONS Pedestrian push buttons shall be Type B. The housing shall be metallic. Push button signs shall conform to State Standard Plan ES-5 C. SIGNAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLII.S Where a signal face is to be supported by a Type MAS mounting, a side attachment slip fitter inserted between the two sections, a spacer or spacers shall be placed between the two sections. The vertical dimension of spacers shall permit proper seating of the serration between the lip-fitter and the two sections. Holes in the spacers shall align with the front holes in the section housings. In addition to the fastening through the large openings in the housings,two sections shall be joined with at least two bolts through the holes near the front of the housings and spacers, and through snatching holes in a reinforcing plate installed within each housing. Saucers shall be made of the same material as the signal housings. Reinforcing plates shall be alun-iinurn with a minimum thickness of 0.125 inches and shall be painted to match the housing. Bolts for the joining signal sections shall be either stainless steel or cadmium-plated steel with round or binder heads. DETECTORS Loop wire shall be Type 2. Loop detector lead-in cable shall be Type B. Loop sealant shall be hot-melt rubberized asphalt per state standard 86-S.01.(S). The Contractor shall test the detectors with a motor-driven cycle, as defined in the California Vehicle Code;that is licensed for street use by the Department of Motor Vehicles of the State of California. The unladen weight of the vehicle shall not exceed 220 pounds and the engine displacement shall not exceed 100 cubic centimeters. Special features, components,or vehicles designed to activate the detector will not be permitted. The Contractor shall provide an operator who shall drive the motor-driven cycle through the response or detection area of the detector at not less than 3 miles per hour nor more than 7 smiles per hour. PAYMEIVTT The traffic signal installation shall be complete. Notwithstanding discrepancies,or incompleteness or inaccuracies between the state Standard.Specifications,these Special Provisions and the Plans, it shall be the responsibility of the.Contractor to provide and install the proper and necessary quantities of items to result in a complete, workable, and fully operating traffic signal and lighting installation. The lump sum price for Traffic Signal Modification and Lighting shall include all labor, materials, 65 tools, equipment, incidentals, poles, foundations, painting, controller installation, cable, conduit, hardware,and appurtenances including interconnect conduit with pull rope and pull boxes as shown on the construction plans,loop detectors,and testing,necessary to install complete and in full operation the traffic sipal as specified, and no additional compensation shall be made. 6-6 DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS PART 7 DOMESTIC NATER Section Description 01045 Existing Facilities 01300 Submittals 01340 Shop Drawings and Materials Submittals 01610 Transportation and Handling of Materials & Equipment 02200 Structural Earthwork 02223 Trenching; Backfilling, and Compacting 02900 Asbestos Cement Pipe Abandonment and Disposal 03300 Concrete 03462 Precast Concrete Vaults 09900 Painting and Coating 15041 Chlorination of Water Mains and Services for Disinfection 15042 Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines 15052 Exposed Piping Installation 15055 Steel Pipe and Pittings 15056 Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings 15064 PVC Pressure Distribution Pipe 15089 Combination Air Release and Vacuum Relief Valve Assembly 15090 Pipe Supports 15096 Wall Pipes, Floor Pipes, and Pipe Sleeves 15100 Manual Valves 15151 Domestic& Recycled Water Identification 15162 Flexible Pipe Couplings CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-1 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 01045 EXISTING FACILITIES PART 1 GENERAL A. Description This section includes requirements for connection to and abandonment of existing water facilities. B. Related work All related work specified elsewhere, or in other codes or standards, will be as last revised, unless a specific date of issuance is called out in opposition to later revision dates). Other sections of the technical specifications, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this work. 1. Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting- 02223 2. Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 15056 3. PVC 'Pressure Distribution Pipe 15064 C. Condition of Existing Facilities The PWD does not warranty the condition, size, materia 1, and location of existing facilities. D. Location The contractor shall be responsible for potholing and verifying in advance the location of all existing pipelines as shown on the plans. Discrepancies shall be reported to the project engineer,prior to the fabrication of, or purchase of material affected by the discrepancy. E. Protection of Existing Utilities and Facilities 1. The contractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all existing sewer pipe, water pipe, gas mains, culverts, power or communications lines, side walks, CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-2 01045 curbs, pavement, or other facilities and structures that may be encountered in or near the area of the work. 2. It shall be the duty of the contractor to notify Underground Service Alert and each agency of jurisdiction and make arrangements for locating their facilities prior to beginning construction. 3. In the event of damage to any existing facilities during the progress of the work and of the failure of the contractor to exercise the proper precautions, the contractor will pay for the cost of all repairs and protection to said facilities. The contractor's work may be stopped until repair operations are complete. F. Protection of Landsca in I. The contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all the trees, shrubs, fences, and other landscape items adjacent to or within the work area, unless directed to do otherwise on the plans. 2. In the event of damage to landscape items, the contractor shall replace the damaged items in a manner satisfactory to the PWD Representative and the property owner. 3. When the proposed pipeline is to be within planted or other improved areas in public or private easements, the contractor shall restore such areas to the original condition after completion of the work. This restoration shall include grading, a placement of 5 inches of good topsoil, new sod, and replacement of all landscape items indicated. G. Permits All work shall conform to the specifications and requirements of the State of California Department of Transportation, the Orange County PFRD, the city having jurisdiction, or the other affected agencies involved. The contractor shall keep a copy of all the required permits in the job site and comply with all the terms and conditions of said permits. H. Measurement and Payment Payment for the work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which.such work is appurtenant thereto. cl 'p ragrapl fi r pa epf p connections, d ted PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Grout Grout shall consist of Portland cement and water; or, of Portland cement, sand, and water. All grout mixtures shall contain 2% of bentonite by weight of the cement. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-3 01045 Portland cement, water and sand shall conform to the applicable requirements of the concrete section (Section 03300), except that sand used shall be of such fineness that 100% will pass a standard 8-mesh sieve and at least 45%, by weight, will pass a standard 40-mesh sieve. B. Bentonite Bentonite shall be a commercial-processed powdered bentonite, Wyoming type, such as Imacco-gel, Black Hills, or equal. All materials used in making the connection or removing the facility from service shall conforrra to the applicable sections of these specifications. PART 3 EXECUTION A. Connection to Existing Water Lines 1. The contractor shall make ,all connections unless shown otherwise on the plans or specified herein. 2. The contractor shallfurnish all pipe and materials including furnishing all labor and equipment necessary to make the connections, all required excavation, backfill, pavement replacement, lights, and barricades, and may be required to include a water truck, high line hose, and fittings as part of this equipment for making the connections. In addition, the contractor shall assist the PWD in alleviating any hardship incurred during the shutdown for connections. The PWD Representative may require standby equipment or materials. 3. The contractor will de-water existing mains, as required, in the presence of the PWD Representative. 4. Connections shall be made with as little change as possible in the grade of the new main. If the grade of the existing pipe is below that of the new pipeline, a sufficient length of the new line shall be deepened so as to prevent the creation of any high spot or abrupt changes in grade of the new line. Where the grade of the existing pipe is above that of the new pipeline, the new line shall be laid at specified depth, except for the first joint adjacent to the convection, which shall be deflected as necessary to meet the grade of the existing pipe. If sufficient change in direction cannot be obtained by the limited deflection of the first joint, a fatting of the proper angle shall be installed. Where the conn ection creates a high or low spot in the line, a standard air release or blow off assemble shall be installed as directed by the PWD Representative. Addp araaph about l.acataos a existrn vale es to usl; fns lsoltc o 1pq fps eonrlectroa of the liew liaae B. Removal from Service of Existing Mains and Appurtenances CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-4 01045 1. Existing mars and appurtenances shall be removed from service at the locations shown on the plans or as directed by the PWD Representative. 2. Abandoned pipe shall be filled with gout or bentonite. 3. Existing pipe and appurtenances may be removed from the round, in which case all backfill and repair of surface shall be in accordance with Sections 02200 and 02223. 4. Removed pipe and appurtenances may be temporarily stockpiled on the job in a location that will not disrupt traffic or be a safety hazard, disposed of in a proper manner (as detennined by the PWD Representative), or it may be delivered to the PWD yard as directed by the PWD Representative. 5. Before excavating for installing mains that are to replace existing pipes and/or services, the contractor shall make proper provisions for the maintenance and continuation of service as directed by the PWD Representative unless otherwise specified. 6. If the meter box is to be removed from an abandoned water service, the service line is to be removed and the corporation stop closed and capped. If there is no corporation stop on the service, the adapter is to be removed and a brass plug is to be installed in the service saddle. END OF SECTION CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-5 01045 SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS PART1 GENERAL A. Description 1. Submittals of documents described in the Contract Documents, and hereinafter are required prior to, during and at the end of the construction period. The submittals shall conform. to the requirements described in this Section and all referenced Sections or Articles. B. Procedure 1. Submittals within 10 days after the effective date of the Agreement: Submit the following items within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement: a. Preliminary Construction Schedule: Prepare and submit in accordance with Section 01310, Construction. Schedule. b. Preliminary Submittal Schedule: Prepare and submit schedule for the submittal of all. Shop Drawings, product data and samples in accordance with Section 01340, Shop Drawing Procedures. Form is inuded in this Section. 2. Submittals within 30 days after the effective date of the Agreement: Submit the following items within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 1. Construction Schedule: Prepare and submit in accordance with Section 01310, Construction Schedule. 2. Submittal Schedule: Prepare and submit schedule for the submittal of all Shop Drawings, product data and samples in accordance with Section 01340, Shop Drawing Procedures. Form is included in this Section. 3. Monthly payment schedule. 3. Submittals Prior to Beginning The Work: Reference the Standard Form of Construction Agreement in the Contract Documents, 4. Submittals During Construction: During progress of the construction, make the following submittals in a timely manner to prevent any delay in the Work schedule: a. Updates to Construction Schedule: Provide an assessment of Work progress in relation to the Construction Schedule in accordance with Section 01310,Construction Schedule. b. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Submit Shop Drawings, product data and samples in accordance with Section 01340, Shop Drawing Procedures, and as required in various Sections of the Specifications. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-6 01300 c. Progress Payments: Submit applications for partial payments as specified in the Construction Agreement. d. Request for Information: The CONTRACTOR shall retain 1 copy and submit 3 copies to the PWD for response. Foran is included in this Section. Submit a Request for Information when any of the following are required: i. An interpretation of the Specifications. ii. Additional details. iii. Information not shown on the Drawings or in the Specifications. iv. Clarification of discrepancies. e. Change Orders: Forms are included in this Section. Whenever the PWD determines the need for a Change Order, the CONTRACTOR will receive a Request for Change Order Proposal Form, included in this Section. Upon receipt of a Request for Change Order Proposal Foran or when the CONTRACTOR determines the need for a Change Order; the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit 3 copies of a Change Order Proposal in accordance with the Construction Agreement. The Change Order Proposal, included in this Section, must be in writing and must include sufficient information to assess the need for a change in the Work, the. Contract time or the Contract amount. The Change Order Proposal must be approved by the CONTRACTOR, and PWD. When a Change Order Proposal is acceptable to the PWD, a Change Order will be prepared and executed. The CONTRACTOR is not authorized to begin Work on a Change Order until it is -fully executed. Any Work done by the CONTRACTOR prior to execution of a Change Order is entirely at his own risk. f. CONTRACTOR'S Daily Report: Form is included in this Section. Submit 4 copies of the CONTRACTOR'S Daily Report. The CONTRACTOR and each Subcontractor shall prepare and submit a daily report on the form shown in this Section. The report shall contain, as a minimum, information on the location and description of the Work being perfori-ned, size, quantity and description of materials and equipment installed or delivered, coordination or scheduling concerns, requests for clarifications, and any discrepancies noted in the Contract Documents, or on the as-built conditions. The report shall also contain the CONTRACTOR'S daily"Workforce count by craft, general weather conditions, any Work performed other than during established working hours, and any other pertinent items relative to the Work and as required by the PWD. The report is due at the PWD's office by 9:00 a.m. on the fallowing work clay and shall be signed by a responsible member of the CONTRACTOR'S staff. g. Updates to Submittal Schedule: Submit 3 updated Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples Submittal Schedule with each month's Progress Payment Request. h. Construction Photographs: Submit Construction Photographs with each month's Progress Payment Request, as specified in Section 01380, Construction Photographs. i. Operation. and Maintenance Manuals and Lesson Plans: Submit Equipment Operation and Maintenance Manuals for approval by the PWD within 90 days after approval of Equipment Shop Drawing. Submit Equipment Training Lesson Plans for approval by the PWD 10 days prior to commencement of training. Submit Operation and Maintenance Data and Lesson Plans in accordance with Section 0730, Operation and Maintenance Data. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-7 01300 5. Submittals at Interim Completion: Submit all Operations and Maintenance Data for each item of Work commissioned into operation at each interim completion date. 6. Submittals At Project Closeout: With a written Notice of Completion, submit the following items in the proper fond as a condition of Final Acceptance of the Work: - I. Guarantees, Warranties and Bonds: Submit as required in the Construction Agreement and listed in various Sections of the Specifications. 2. Operations and Maintenance Data: Submit all remaining product data and manuals as specified in various Sections of the Specifications. 3. Survey notes. 4. Construction photographs of all completed Work. 7. Attachments: I. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples Submittal Schedule. 2. Request for Information. 3. Request for Change Order Proposal. 4. Change Order Proposal. S. CONTRACTOR'S Daily Construction Report. C. Measurement and Payment Payment for the work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-surra or unit-price bid amount for which such work is appurtenant thereto. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION CS.IC-PWD AUG 2006 7-8 01300 SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWLNG PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL A. Description L The-submittal of Shop Drawings shall conform to requirements of Contract Documents and procedures described in this Section. A separate transmittal form shall be used for each specific item or class of material or equipment for which a submittal is required. Transmittal of Shop Drawings on various items using a single transmittal form shall be permitted orily when the items taken together constitute a manufacturer's "package" or are so functionally related that expediency indicates review of the group.or package as a whole. The item(s) to be supplied shall be highlighted clearly. 2. The term "Shop Drawing" as used herein shall be understood to include detailed design calculations, fabrication and installation drawings, lists, graphs, test data, operating instructions, and other items which shall include, but not are necessarily limited to: a. Drawings and/or catalog information and cuts. b. Specifications, parts list, suggested spare parts lists, and equipment drawings. C. Wiring diagrams of systems and equipment. d. Complete lubrication, maintenance and operation instructions, including initial startup instructions as described in Section 01731, Instruction of Operations and Maintenance Personnel. e. Applicable certifications. f. Anchor bolt templates, mounting instructions and mounting design calculations as required. g. Required maintenance operations to allow all installed equipment to remain idle for a period of time not to exceed 24 months. h. Other technical, installation, and maintenance data as applicable. L unloading and handling methods and storage requirements. j. Note, highlight, and explain proposed changes to the Contract Documents. k. Paint submittal showing type of paint and the mils thickness of coating system used. The coating system shall be the approved system as submitted under Division 9, Finishes, 1. Drawings showing CONTRACTOR field verifications illustrating all field dimensions. CONTRACTOR shall field verify all dimensions and existing materials shown on the Drawings. Any modifications required shall be at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. CS.1C-PWD AUG 2006 7-9 01340 3. Submittal Schedule: The CONTRACTOR, within ten (10) days after the Notice. of Award Date, shall prepare and submit to the PWD a comprehensive Submittal Schedule. The CONTRACTOR shall identify on his Submittal Schedule all of the submittal items required by the Contract Documents governing his Work. The CONTRACTOR shall indicate, for each submittal item on his Submittal Schedule the following: a. Description and Transmittal Number; b. Reference to the applicable paragraph in the Contract Documents in chronological order that requires the submittal; C. The dates the CONTRACTOR proposes to furnish the submittals; d. The dates the materials, equipment,etc. are needed at the job site; and e. The date confirmation of compliance is needed by the CONTRACTOR (a minimum of 30 days from the date the PWD receives the shop drawing unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents). f. Whether the submittal is for a deviation or an "equal" item. Complete submittals for all deviations or "equal" items shall be made to the PWD within? calendar days after the Notice of Award. Identification by the CONTRACTOR of deviations or "equal" items.does not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility to furnish equipment and materials that meet all the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. In preparing his Submittal Schedule, the CONTRACTOR shall consider the nature and complexity of each submittal item and. shall allow ample time for review, revision or correction. Submittals will nonnally be returned to the CONTRACTOR within 30 calendar days following receipt of thq submittal. S. The PWD will review the CONTRACTOR'S Submittal Schedule to determine its completeness and compatibility with the Progress Schedule. A Submittal Schedule which is incompatible with the Progress Schedule or a review schedule which places extraordinary manpower demands on the PWD will be sufficient reason(s) to reject the Submittal Schedule. It shall be understood that certain submittals will take longer than 30 days to review and that these particular submittals will be identified during the submittal, by the PWD to allow for very complex submittal reviews. The CONTRAC- TOR shall also identify submittals for which he anticipates long review periods. 6. The CONTRACTOR'S Submittal Schedule shall be consistent with the Progress Schedule. 7. PWD's acceptance of the Submittal Schedule will be a precondition of the receipt of the first progress payment. CS.1C-PWD AUG 2006 7-10 01340 B. .Procedures 1. All Shop Drawing submittals shall be accompanied by the PWD's standard shop drawing transmittal form. This form may be obtained from the PWD. Any Shop Drawing submittal not accompanied by such a form, or where all applicable items on the form are not completed, will be returned for resubmittal. Ultimate responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the information contained in the submittal shall remain with the CONTRACTOR. If data for more than one Section of the Specifications is submitted, a separate transmittal letter shall accompany the data submitted for each Section. A copy of all transmittal letters shall be sent to the PWD. 2. All letters of transmittal shall be submitted in duplicate. 3. At the beginning of each letter of transmittal, provide a reference heading indicating the following: 1. PWD's Naive 2. Project Name 3. Contract No, 4., Transmittal No. 5. Section No, 4. If a Shop Drawing deviates frorn the requirements of the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall specifically note each variation in his letter of transmittal. S. All Shop Drawings submitted for acceptance shall have a title block with complete identifying information satisfactory to PWD. 6. All Shop Drawings submitted shall. bear the stamp of approval and signature of CONTRACTOR as evidence that they have been reviewed by CONTRACTOR. Submittals without this stamp of approval will not be reviewed by PWD and will be returned to CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR'S stamp shall contain the following minimum information.: CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-11 01340 Project Name, CONTRACTOR'S Name: Date: ----------------Reference-_-----------__ Item: Specifications: Section; Page No.: Para. No.: Drawing No.: of Location: Submittal No.: Approved By: 7. A number shall be assigned to each submittal by CONTRACTOR starting with No. 1 and thence numbered consecutively. Resubmittals shall be identified by the original submittal number followed by the suffix "A" for the first resubmittal, the suffix "B" for the second resubmittal, etc. S. The CONTRACTOR shall initially submit to PWD a minimum of seven (7) copies of all submittals that are on 5-112-inch by 11-inch or smaller sheets, and one unfolded sepia and 6 prints made from that sepia for all submittals on sheets larger than 8-1l2-inch by 11-inch. 9. After PWD completes his review, Shop Drawings will be affixed with a stamp and marked with one of the following notations: 1. No Objection. 2. No Objection; Make Corrections Noted. 3. Make Corrections Noted, Resubmit. 4. Non-Conforming. 5. Non-Conforming; Submit Conforming Submittal. 6. Not Reviewed. 7. For Information Only. 10 If a submittal is acceptable, it will be marked "No Objection" or "No Objection; Make Corrections Noted." Four (4) prints or copies of the submittal will be returned to CONTRACTOR. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-12 01340 11. Upon return of a submittal marked "No Objection" or "No Objection; Make Corrections Rioted," CONTRACTOR may order, ship or fabricate the materials included on the submittal, provided it is in accordance with the corrections indicated. 12. if a Shop Drawing marked "No Objection; Make Corrections Noted" has extensive corrections or corrections affecting other Drawings or Work, PWD may require that CONTRACTOR make the corrections indicated thereon and resubmit the Shop Drawings for record purposes. Such Drawings will have the notation, "Make Corrections Noted, Resubmit," The corrected Shop Drawing shall be a pre-condition for payment for the work item of the Shop Drawing, 13. If a submittal is unacceptable, two (2) copies will be returned to CONTRACTOR with one of the following notations: 1 "Non-Conforming, Submit Conforming Submittal" 2. "Non-Conforming" 14. Upon return of a submittal marked "Non-Conforming; Submit Confonning Submittal," CONTRACTOR shall make the corrections indicated and repeat the initial approval procedure. The "Non-Conforming" notation is used to indicate material and/or equipment that is not acceptable. Upon return of a submittal so marked, CONTRACTOR shall repeat the initial approval procedure utilizing acceptable material and/or equipment. 15. Any related Work perfonned or equipment installed without a "No Objection" or "No Objection; Make Corrections Noted" Shop Drawing will be at the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. 16, Shop Drawings shall be submitted well in advance of the need for the-material or equipment for construction and with ample allowance for the time required to make delivery of material or equipment after data covering such is approved. CONTRACTOR shall assume the risk for all materials or equipment which are fabricated or delivered prior to the approval of Shop Drawings. Materials or equipment will not be included in periodic progress payments until approval thereof has been obtained in the specified manner. 17. PWD will review and process submittals within 30 calendar days following submittal receipt. 18. It is CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to review submittals made by his suppliers and subcontractors before transmitting therm to PWD to assure proper coordination of the Work and to determine that each submittal is in accordance with his desires and that there is sufficient information about materials .and equipment for PWD to determine compliance with the Contract Documents. Incomplete or inadequate submittals will be returned for revision without review. Each Shop Drawing shall clearly identify what is to be supplied. CS3C-PWD AUG 2006 7-13 01340 S. CONTRACTOR shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuraev in order to achieve required a rov;l of an item within three submittals. All costs to PWD involved with subse cent submittals of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval will be back charged to CONTRACTOR. Costs shall be determined as follows: C = (D.L.C. x 3.15) + (O.D.C. x 1.10) where: C — ' Cost for additional reviews D.L.C. — Direct Labor Cost (Hours spent on review x hourly rate of reviewer) O.D.C. — Other Direct Costs (travel, subsistence, etc.) In the event that CONTRACTOR requests a substitution for a previously approved item, all of PWD's costs in the reviewing of the substitution will be back charged to CONTRACTOR, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of CONTRACTOR. 19. The PWD reserves the right to withhold monies, up to the limit identified in the Contract Documents, for Shop Drawing reviews beyond those described herein. 20. The PWD will implement, if requested by the CONTRACTOR, one (1) special Shop Drawing Review :Meeting. The purpose of the meeting is to expedite Shop Drawing reviews for the equipment and materials required for the first document of the Work. Requirements of this Section will not be waived but could be expedited. 21. Extension of contract time will not be granted because of CONTRACTOR=S substitutions, or because of the CONTRACTOR=S failure to make timely and. correctly prepared and presented submittals with allowance for the checking and review periods. 22. The acceptance of submittals shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of responsibility for any deviation fxom the requirements of the Contract Documents or for any revision in resubmittals unless the CONTRACTOR has given notice in writing of the deviation or revision at the time of submission or resubmission and written approval has been given to the specific deviation or revision. Acceptance of submittals shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of responsibility for error or omissions in the submittal or for the accuracy of dimensions and quantities, the adequacy of connections and the proper and acceptable fitting, execution and completion of the Work. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-14 01340 23, No Work represented by required submittals shall be purchased or commenced until the applicable submittal has been accepted. Work shall conform to the approved submittals and all other requirements of the Contract Documents unless subsequently revised by an appropriate modification, in which case the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit revised submittals as may be required. 24. Within thirty (30) days of receiving a ANo Objection@ or ANo Objection; Make Corrections Noted@ equipment submittal, the CONTRACTOR shall submit Operation and Maintenance manuals for that item of equipment. C. Schedule of Submittals 1. A schedule of submittals shall be submitted to the ENGINEER via the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER within 7 calendar days after the date of receipt of the Notice To Proceed from the OWNER. Seven (7) copies of this schedule shall be submitted indicating the CONTRACTOR'S proposed schedule for submitting all submittals. Additionally, the schedule shall reflect the following information for each item.. 1. Description of Transmittal Number; 2. Reference to the applicable paragraph in the Contract Documents in chronological order that requires the submittal; 3. The dates the CONNRACTOR proposes to furnish the submittals; 4. The elates the materials, equipment, etc. are needed at the job site; and 5. The date confirmation of compliance is needed by the CONTRACTOR (a minimum of 14 days from the date the ENGINEER receives the shop drawing unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents), 6. Whether the submittal is for a deviation or an "equal'' item, complete submittals fof all deviations or "equal" items shall be made to the ENGINEER within 30 calendar days after the CONTRACTOR'S Submittal Schedule is approved by the ENGINEER. Identification by the CONTRACTOR of deviations or "equal" items does not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility to furnish equipment and materials that meet all the requirements of the plans and specifications. 2. In preparing the schedule, the CONTRACTOR shall coordinate it with the Progress Schedule and shall allow a minimum of 14 days for its processing and review by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGERJENGINEER. Furnishing of the schedule shall not be interpreted as relieving the CONTRACTOR of his obligation to comply with all of the contract requirements for the items listed on the schedule. The CONTRACTOR shall review the listing at least every 30 days and take appropriate action to maintain an effective and updated system and a copy of the schedule shall be maintained at the job site. Seven (7) copies of the revised and/or updated submittal schedule shall be submitted to the ENGINIEER at least every 30 days. The CONTRACTOR shall indicate on the schedule those submittals/re-submittals that were added or updated. Payment will not be made for any material or equipment which does not comply with contract requirements. Failure to submit revised and/or updated Submittal Schedule as described will result in CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-15 01340 suspension of the processing of monthly Progress Payments by the PWD until the revised and/or updated Submittal Schedule is received. 3. Updated shop drawing schedule submittals shall be numbered consecutively as 01341- 101, 01341-102, and so on. Resubmittals shall be identified with alpha subscripts as specified in this Section. 4. Submittals shall not be accepted by the ENGINEER until the submittal schedule has been approved by the ENGINEER. D. Submittal List The. following general list of submittals is provided for the convenience of the CONTRACTOR in preparing his Submittal Schedule. The CONTRACTOR shall be required to furnish all submittals required by the Contract Documents. Pipe and fitting material Pipe fabrication Pipe support details Vaults Meters Valves E. Measurement.and Patent Payment for the work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such work is appurtenant thereto. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-16 01340 SECTION 01610 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PART 1. GENERAL A. Description 1. CONTRACTOR shall make all arrangements for transportation, delivery, receiving and handling of products required for prosecution and completion of the Work. 2. Shipments of products to CONTRACTOR or Subcontractors shall be delivered to the Site only during regular working hours. Shipments shall be addressed and consigned to the proper party giving name of Project; street number and city. Shipments shall not be delivered to PWD except where otherwise directed. 3. If necessary to move stored products during construction, CONTRACTOR shall move them without any additional compensation. B. Preparation for Shipment 1. When practical, factory assemble products. Match mark or tag separate parts and assemblies to facilitate field assembly. Cover machined and unpainted parts that'may be damaged by the elements With a strippable protective coating. 2. Package products to facilitate handling and protect from damage during shipping, handling, and storage. Mark or tag outside of each package or crate to indicate its purchase order number, bill of lading number, contents by game, PWD's contract name and number, CONTRACTOR, equipment number, and approximate weight. Include complete packing lists and bills of materials with each shipment. 3. ments and keep thoroughly dry and dust free at Protect products from exposure to the ele all tines. Protect painted surfaces against impact, abrasion, discoloration, or other damage. Grease or oil all bearings and similar items. 4. Do not have products shipped until related Shop Drawings have been approved by PWD. C. Delivery 1. Arrange deliveries of products in accordance with progress schedules and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation.. 2. Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at Site and to accommodate the following: CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-1.7 01610 a. Work of other contractors or PWD. b. Limitations of storage space. C. Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products. d. PWD's use of premises. 3. Have products delivered to Site in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled containers. Keep PWD informed of delivery of all equipment to be incorporated in the Work. 4. Clearly mark partial deliveries of component parts of equipment to identify the equipment, to permit easy accumulation of parts and to facilitate assembly. 5. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipment to ensure: a. Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents and reviewed submittals. b. Quantities are correct. C. Containers and packages are intact and labels are legible. d. Products are properly protected and undamaged. 6. Promptly remove damaged products from the Site and expedite delivery of new, undamaged products. Remedy incomplete or lost products to provide that specified, so as not to delay progress of the Work. D Product Handling I. Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products, including those provided by PWD, by methods to prevent soiling or damage to products or packaging. 2. Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent scraping, marring or otherwise damaging products or surrounding surfaces. 3. Handle products by methods to prevent bending or overstressing. 4. Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points. 5. Handle products in a safe manner and as recommended by manufacturer to prevent damage. Do not drop, roll or skid products off delivery vehicles. Hand carry or use suitable materials handling equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-18 01610 Not Used. END OF SECTION CS.1C-I'U'D AUG 2006 7-19 01610 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 02200 STRUCTURAL EARTHWORK PART 1 GENERAL A. Description This section includes excavation, backfilling, materials, testing, and shoring for structures. B. Related work All related work specified elsewhere, or in other codes or standards, will be as last revised, unless a specific date of issuance is called out in opposition to later revision dates). Other sections of the technical specifications, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this work. 1. Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting: 02223 2. Concrete: 03300 C. Testing for Compaction Testing for compaction shall confonn to Section 02223. D. Definition of Zones 1. Pavement-and street zones shall be as specified in Section 02223. 2. Backfill zone is the backfill from the bottom of the structure excavation to the bottom of the street zone in paved areas or to the existing surface in unpaved areas. E. Permits All work shall conform to the specifications and requirements of the State of California Department of Transportation, the Orange County Pl~RD, the city having jurisdiction, or any other affected agencies involved. The contractor shall keep a copy of all the required permits in the job site and comply with all the terms and conditions of said permits. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-20 02200 F. Measurement and Payment Payment for the work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-stun or unit-price bid amount for which such work is appurtenant thereto. PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Native earth backfill, imported backfill material, granular material, imported sand, and crushed rock shall conform to the requirements of Section 02223. PART 3 EXECUTION A. Compaction Requirements 1. Backfill in Street Zone: 90% relative compaction 2. Structural Backfill: 90% relative compaction 3. Gravel Base: 90% relative compaction 4. Adjacent to existing structures: 95% relative cornpaction B. Sidewalk Pavement and Curb Removal 1. Saw cut bituminous or concrete pavements regardless of their thickness, andcurbs and sidewalks prior to excavation for the structure in accordance with the requirements of the City, or agency having jurisdiction. Curbs and sidewalks that are damaged in the course of construction are to be cut and removed and replaced from joint to joint 2. Haul removed pavement and concrete materials from the site to a proper disposal facility. These materials are not permitted for use as backfill. If the material to be removed exceeds 50 cubic yards, the contractor shall obtain a haul route pen-nit from the City(s) having jurisdiction. C. De-watering 1. Provide and maintain means and devices to continuously remove and dispose of all water entering the excavation during construction of the structure and all backfill operations. 2, Dispose of the water in a manner to prevent damage to adjacent property and pipe trenches. 3. Do not allow water to rise in the excavation until backfilling around and above the stricture is completed. CS3C-PWD AUG 2006 7-21 02200 4. Reporting shall conform to the requirements of the City of San Juan Capistrano's NPDES permit requirements. S. In no event shall the sewer system be used as a drain for de-watering. D. Structure Excavation 1. Structure excavation shall include the removal of all material of whatever nature necessary for the construction of structures and foundations in accordance with the plans and these specifications. 2. The sides of excavations for structures shall be sufficient to leave at least a 2-foot clearance, as measured from the extreme outside of formwork or the structure, as the case may be. 3. The contractor shall dispose of surplus material in accordance with Section 02223. E. Correction of Over Excavation 1. Where excavation is inadvertently carried below design depths, suitable provision shall be .made by the contractor to adjust construction, as directed by the PWD Representative to meet requirements incurred by the deeper excavation. 2. No earth backfill will be permitted to correct over excavation beneath structures. 3. Over excavation shall be corrected by backfilling with crushed rock or concrete, as directed by the PWD Representative. E Bracin 1. The contractor's design and installation of bracing and sheeting shall take the necessary precautions to be consistent with the rules, orders, and regulations of the State of California Construction Safety Orders. 2. Excavations shall be so braced, sheeted, and supported that they will be safe, such that the walls of the excavation will not slide or settle and all existing improvements of any kind, either on public or private property, will be fully protected from damage. 3. The sheeting, shoring; and bracing shall be arranged so as not to place any.stress on portions of the completed work. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-22 02200 4. Carefully remove sheeting, shoring,bracing, and timbering to prevent the caving or collapse of the excavation faces being supported. G. Backfill I. After structures and foundations are in place, backfill shall be placed to the original ground line or to the limits designated on the plans. 2. No material shall be deposited against concrete structures until the concrete has reached a compressive strength of at least 3,000 pounds per square inch as tested per Section 03300. 3. Imported sand or granular material shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 8 inches in depth. 4. Each layer of backfill material shall be moistened and thoroughly tamped, rolled, or otherwise compacted to the specified relative density.. 5. Carefully operate compaction equipment near structures to prevent their displacement or damage. Structural fill is to be placed and compacted in uniform layers around all sides of the structure. H. Pavement Replacement Pavement replacement shall be in accordance with the requirements of the City or the agency having jurisdiction, 1. Pennits An Encroachment Permit from the City having jurisdiction is required prior to any work within City right-of way. All traffic control and pavement replacement work shall be in accordance with the requirements of the permit and the City Inspector. A permit from OSHA is required of any excavation exceeding 5 feet. Follow all restrictions of the required permits form other agencies. END OF SECTION STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 02223 CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-23 02200 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING PART 1 GENERAL A. Description This section includes materials, testing, and installation for trench excavation, backfilling, and compacting. B. Related work All related work specified elsewhere, or in other codes or standards, will be as last revised, unless a specific date of issuance is called out in opposition to later revision dates). Other sections of the technical specifications, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this work. C. Testing for Compaction 1. Determine the density of soil in place by the use of a sand cone, drive tube, or nuclear tester. 2. Determine laboratory moisture-density relations of existing soils by ASTM D 1557. 3. Determine the relative density of cohesionless soils by ASTM D 2049. 4. Sample backfill materials by ASTM D 75, 5. Express "relative compaction" as the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the in place dry density to the laboratory maximum dry density. 6. Compaction shall be deemed to comply with the specifications when no test falls below the specified relative compaction. 7. The Contractor shall secure the services of a qualified testing laboratory, acceptable to the PWD, and pay the costs of all testing work. Test results shall be furnished to the PWD Representative. D. Pavement Zone The pavement zone includes the asphalt concrete and aggregate base pavement section placed over the trench backfill. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-24 02223 E. Street Zone The street zone is the top 18 inches of the trench in paved areas, or the depth determined by the jurisdictional agency. T. Trench Zone The trench zone includes the portion of the trench from the top of the pipe zone to the bottom of the street zone in paved areas €3r to the existing surface in unpaved areas. G. Pit)e Zone The pipe zone shall include the full width of trench from the bottom of the pipe or conduit to a horizontal level 12 inches above the top of the pipe. Where multiple pipes or conduits are. placed in the same trench, the pipe zone shall extend from the bottom of the lowest pipes to a horizontal level 12 inches above the top of the highest or.topmost pipe. H. Pipe Base The pipe base shall be defined as a layer of material immediately below the bottom of the pipe or conduit and extending over the full trench width in which the pipe is bedded. Thickness of pipe base shall be a minimum of 4 inches, or as shown on the drawings or as described in these specifications for the particular type of pipe installed. 1. Excess Excavated Material 1. The contractor shall make the necessary arrangements for and shall remove and dispose of all excess excavated material unless indicated differently in the special provisions for arty job. 2. It is the intent of,these specifications that all surplus material not required for backfill or the contractor at a proper disposal site shall.properly dispose of fill. 3. No excavated i aterial shall be deposited on private property unless written the contractor thereof secures written pertnission from, the owner. Before the PWD will accept the work, the contractor shall file a written release signed by all property owners with whom he has entered into agreements for disposing excess excavated material, absolving the PWD from any liability connected therewith. 4. The contractor shall obtain a haul route permit from the city having jurisdiction. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-25 02223 J. Safety 1. All excavations shall be performed, protected, and supported as required for safety and in the manner set forth in the operation rules, orders, and regulations prescribed by the Division of Industrial Safety of the State of California. 2. Barriers shall be placed at each end of all excavations and at such places as may be necessary along excavations to warn all pedestrians and vehicular traffic of such excavations. Lights shall also be placed along excavations from sunset each day to sunrise of the next day until such excavation is entirely refilled. 3. No trench or excavation shall remain open during non-working hours. The trench or excavation shall be covered with steel plates, spiked in place, or secured with temporary A.C. pavement around the edges, or backfilled. K. Access 1. Unobstructed access must be provided to all driveways, water valves, hydrants, or other property or facilities that require routine use. L. Blasting 1. Blasting for excavation will be permitted only after securing approval of the City having jurisdiction, and PWD Engineer, and only when proper precautions are taken for the protection of persons and property. 2. The contractor shall also obtain permission from. the Orange County Fire Department before corivnencing blasting operations. 3. All aspects concerning safety, transportation and the use of explosives shall be in accordance with Article S of the CAL-OSHA State of California Occupational Safety and Health Standards. 4. The contractor's methods of blasting and procedure shall confonri to all state laws and local ordinances. 5. A permit shall be obtained from all state and local authorities, having jurisdiction, prior to blasting. M. Pen-nits CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-26 02223 All work shall conform to the specifications and requirements of the State of California Department of Transportation, the Orange County Pl~RD, the city having jurisdiction, or and other agencies involved. The contractor shall keep a copy of all the required permits in the job site and comply with all the terms and conditions of said permits. N. Measurement and Pa hent Payment for the work in this section shall be included in the unit-price bid amount for the installation of the pipeline for which such work is appurtenant thereto. PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Native Earth Backfill 1. The use of native earth as backfill material will require the approval of the PW'D Representative in all cases. 2. Native earth backfill, acceptable for use, shall be fine-grained material free from roots, debris, and rocks with a maximum dimension not larger than 4 inches. 3. Native backfill shall not be used in the pipe zone. B. Im orted Backfill Material 1. Whenever the excavated material is not suitable for backfill, the contractor shall arrange for and furnish suitable imported backfill material that is capable of attaining the required relative density. 2. The contractor shall dispose of the excess trench excavation as specified in the preceding section. Backfilling with imported material shall be done in accordance with the methods described herein. C. Granular Material Granular material shall be defined as soil having a minimum sand equivalent of 30 as determined in accordance with State of California, CALTRANS, Test "California 217," with not more than 20% passing a 200-mesh sieve. D. lm or-ted Sand Imported sand shall have a minimum sand equivalent of 30 per State of California, CALTRANS, Test "California 217" with 100% passing a 318-inch sieve and not more than CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-27 02223 20% passing a 200-mesh sieve. Certification that the sand meets this requirement shall be provided. E. Crushed Rock and Gravel 1. Crushed rock shall be the product of crushing rock or gravel. Fifty percent of the particles retained on a 3f8-inch sieve shall have their entire surface area composed of faces resulting from fracture due to mechanical crushing. Not over 5% shall be particles that show no faces resulting from crushing. Less than 10% of the particles that pass the 318-inch sieve and are retained on the No. 4 sieve shall be weatherworn particles. Gravel shall not be added to crushed rock. -2. Gravel shall be defined as particles that show no evidence of mechanical crushing, are fully weatherworn, and are rounded. For pipe bedding, where gravel is specified, crushed rock may he substituted or added.. 3. Where crushed rock or gravel is specified in the bedding details on the plans, the material shall have the following gradations: 1'/2-Inch 1-Inch 314-Inch Max Gravel Max Gravel Max Crushed Rock Sieve Size v% Passing % Passing %Passim 2" too 1'/2" 90 - 100 100 111 20 - 55 90 - 100 100 314" 0 - 15 60 - 80 90 - 100 1/2" - - 30 - 60 318" 0 - 5 0 - 15 0 - 20 No. 4 - 0 - 5 0 - 5 No. 8 - - 4. Unless otherwise specified, 314-inch-maximum crushed rock shall be used for pipes with inside diameters of 30 inches and less. F, Sand-Cement Slurry Sand-cement slurry shall consist of two sacks (188 pounds) of Portland cement per cubic yard of sand and sufficient moisture for workability. PART 3 EXECUTION A. Compaction Reguirem,erzts CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 ?-28 02223 1. The developer shall engage the services of a qualified soils engineering firm to determine the relative compaction of the trench backfill. 2. If the backfill fails to meet the specified relative compaction requirements, the contractor shall rework the backfill until the requirements are met. The contractor shall make all necessary excavations for,density tests as directed by the PWD Representative. Orange County PFRD, city having jurisdiction, or CALTRANS compaction requirements shall prevail in all public roads. 3. Compaction tests shall be perfonined at random depths and at 200-foot intervals and as directed by the PWD Representative. 4. unless otherwise shown on the drawings or otherwise described in the specifications for the particular type of pipe installed, relative compaction in pipe trenches shall be as described below: a. Pipe zone and pipe base: 90%relative cornpaction b. Trench zone not beneath paving: 90% relative compaction. e. Trench zone to street zone in paved areas: 90% relative compaction. d. Street zone in paved areas: per agency requirements. The most stringent agency requirements shall prevail. e. Rock refill material for foundation stabilization: 90%relative density. f. Rock refill for over excavation: 90% relative density. B. Material Replacement Removal and replacement of any trench and backfill material that does not meet the specifications shall be the contractor's responsibility. C. Clearing and Grubbing I Areas where work is to be performed shall be cleared of all trees, shrubs, rubbish, and other objectionable material of any kind which, if left in place, would interfere with the proper perfonnance or completion of the contemplated work, would impair its subsequent use, or would form obstructions therein. 2. Organic material from clearing and grubbing operations will not be incorporated in the trench backfill. I Organic material from clearing and grubbing operations will be disposed of at a proper waste disposal facility. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-29 02, 223 D. Sidewalk Pavement and Curb Removal 1. Saw cut bituminous or concrete pavements regardless of their thickness, and curbs and sidewalks prior to excavation for the structure in accordance with the requirements of the City, or the agency having jurisdiction. Saw cut, remove and replace from joint to joint all curbs and sidewalks damaged in the course of construction. 2. Haul removed pavement and concrete materials from the site, to a proper disposal facility. These materials are not permitted for use as trench backfill. if the material to be removed exceeds 50 cubic yards, the contractor shall obtain a haul route permit from the City(s)having jurisdiction. E. Trenching and Tunneling 1. Excavation for pipe, fittings, and appurtenances shall be open trench to the depth and in the direction necessary for the proper installation of the facilities as shown on the plans. 2. Trench banks shall be kept as near to vertical as possible and shall be properly braced and sheeted. 3. Tunneling will not be pennitted. .4. The use of a jack and bore or hydraulic ram may be employed. F. Bracing 1. The contractor's design and installation of bracing and. shoring shall,be consistent with the rules, orders, and regulations of the State of California Construction Safety Orders. 2. Excavations shall be so braced, sheeted, and supported that they will be safe such that the walls of the excavation will not slide or settle and all existing improvements of any kind, either on public or private property, will be fully protected from damage. 3. The sheeting, shoring, and bracing shall be arranged so as not to place any stress on portions of the completed work until the general construction thereof has proceeded far enough to provide ample strength.. 4. Care shall be exercised in the drawing or removal of sheeting, shoring, bracing, and timbering to prevent the caving or collapse of the excavation faces being supported. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-30 02223 G. Trench Widths 1. Excavation and trenching shall be true to line so that a clear space of not more than. 8 inches or less than 6 inches in width is provided on each side of the largest outside diameter of the pipe in place measured at a point 12 inches above the top of the pipe. For the purpose of this article, the largest outside diameter shall be the outside diameter of the bell on bell and spigot pipe or the pipe collar. 2. Where the trench width, measured at a point 12 inches above the top of the bell of the pipe, is wider than the maximum set forth above, the trench area around the pipe shall be backfilled with crushed rock, Class B concrete, or slurry to form a cradle for the pipe as shown on 'the Drawing W-8 at the discretion of the PWD Representative. Concrete or slurry shall not be poured directly against the pipe. H. Len hof Open Trench Within developed areas, the length of open trench.nay be restricted as determined by the encroacl-iment permit from the city or the agency having jurisdiction. 1. Grade 1. Excavate the trench to the lines and grades shown on the drawings with allowance for pipe thickness and for pipe base or special bedding. 2. The trench bottom shall be graded to provide a smooth firrn, and stable foundation that is free from rocks and other obstructions and shall be at a reasonably uniform grad e. 3. Correction of Over Excavation 1. Where excavation is inadvertently carried below the design trench depth, suitable provision shall be made by the contractor to adjust the excavation., as directed by the PWD Representative, to meet requirements incurred by the deeper excavation. 2. Over excavations shall be corrected by backfilling with approved graded crushed rock or gravel and shall be compacted to provide a firm and unyielding subgrade or foundation, as directed by the PWD Representative. K. De-watering CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-31 02223 1. The contractor shall provide and maintain at all times during construction ample means and devices with which to promptly remove and properly dispose of all water from any source entering the excavations or other parts of the work. De- watering shall be done by methods that will ensure a dry excavation and preservation of the final lines and grades of the bottoms of excavations. De- watering methods may include well points, sump points, suitable rock or gravel placed below the required bedding for drainage and pumping; temporary pipelines, and other means, all subject to the approval of the PWD Representative. 2. In no event shall the sewer, or storm drain system be used as drains for de-watering the construction trenches. 3. De-watering shall conunence when groundwater is first encountered and shall be continuous until such times as water can be allowed to rise. No concrete shall be poured in water, nor shall water be allowed to rise around the concrete or mortar until it has set at least eight hours. L. Foundation Stabilization I. Whenever the trench bottom does not afford a sufficiently solid and stable base to support the pipe or appurtenances, the contractor shall excavate to a depth below the design trench bottom, as directed by the PWD Representative, and the trench bottom shall be backfilled with 314-inch rock and compacted to provide uniform support and a firm foundation. 2. Where rock is encountered, it shall be removed below grade and the trench shall be backfilled with graded gravel or crushed rock to provide a compacted foundation cushion with a minimum allowable thickness of 4 inches under the pipe foundation plane. 3. If excessively wet, soft, spongy, unstable, or similarly unsuitable material is encountered at the surface upon which the bedding material is to be placed, the unsuitable material shall be removed to a depth as determined in the field by the PWD Representative and replaced by crashed rock. M. Excavated Material I. All excavated material shall not be stockpiled in a manner that will create an unsafe work arca or obstruct sidewalks or driveways. Gutters shall be kept clean or other satisfactory measures shall be taken to maintain street or other drainage. 2. In confined work areas, the contractor may be required to stockpile the excavated material off-site, as determined by the project permits. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-32 02223 N. Placing Pipe Base 1. Place the specified thickness of pipe base material over the full width of trench and compact the material-to the specified relative density. Grade the top of the pipe base ahead of the pipe to provide-firm, uniform support along the full length of pipe. 2. Excavate bell holes at each joint to permit assembly and inspection of the entire joint. O. Placing Mounds to Su ort Pipe 1. As an alternate to placing imported sand pipe base material, the pipe may be supported on mounds of imported sand. 2. The mounds shall be of imported sand and extend the full trench width. The mounds shall'provide a minimum of 6 inches of contact with the pipe. 3. The pipe shall be supported to maintain its design line and grade. 4. The mounds shall be located 2'f2 feet from the coupling of the pipe. P. Backfilling within Pipe Zone 1. Backfill the pipe zone per the detailed piping specification for the particular type of pipe and per the following: 2. After pipe has been bedded, place pipe zone material simultaneously on both sides of the pipe, keeping the level of backfill the same on each side. Carefully place the material around the pipe so that the pipe barrel is completely supported and that no voids or un-compacted areas are left beneath the pipe. Use particular care in placing material on the underside of the pipe to prevent lateral movement during subsequent backfilling. 3. Compact material placed within 12 inches of the outer surface of the pipe by hand tamping only. Q. Backfill within Trench Gone 1. Compact the trench zone per the detailed piping specification for the particular type of pipe and per the following: CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 . 7.33 02223 2. Push the backfill material carefully onto the backfill previously placed in the pipe zone. Do not permit free fall of the material until at least 2 feet of cover is provided over the top of the pipe. Do not drop sharp, heavy pieces of material directly onto the pipe or the tamped material around the pipe. 3. The remaining portion of the trench to the street zone or ground surface, as the case may be, shall be backfilled, compacted and/or consolidated by approved methods to obtain the specified relative compaction. a. Where densities are required which cannot be attained by water densified backfill the Engineer may authorize the use of impact, free fall or "Stomping„ type equipment to supplement the densification of the backfill. The backfill shall be placed in horizontal layers of such depths as are considered proper for the type of compacting equipment being used in relation to the backfill material being placed. Each layer shall be evenly spread, properly moistened, and compacted to the specified relative.density. The contractor shall repair or replace any pipe, fittings, manholes, or structures as directed by the PWD Representative damaged by the contractor's operations. b. Consolidation of backfill performed by flooding, or jetting shall not be allowed. R. Backfill within Street Zone 1. The street zone within roadbed areas shall be compacted using approved hand, pneumatic, or mechanical type tampers to obtain the required relative compaction. 2. All work shall be done in accordance with the requirements and to the satisfaction of the city or the agency having jurisdiction. 3. Flooding and jetting will not be permitted in this Zone. S. Sidewalk. Pavement and Curb Re lacement Replace bituminous and concrete pavement, curbs, and sidewalks damaged or removed during construction in accordance with the requirements of the city or the agency having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION r CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-34 62223 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 02900 ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE ABANDONMENT AND DISPOSAL PART GENERAL A. Section Includes 1. Abandonment and disposal of asbestos cement pipe (ACP). B. QualjL Assurance item i est Far 7 est Standard requency Pirst T st.Paid Detests Paid I B S 1' Abandonment Field Pressure in Greenbook Std. Spec As diractcd Contractor Contractor of existingL Iu at ca' 3�6-1.4.a j I 2. Do not disturb existing water lines without a City Inspector present. Do not operate valves without written permission. Normally, only the Water Division will operate valves. C. Submittals 1. Shop Catalog Installation O&M Manufacturer Potholing Proof of Drawings Data instructions Instructions Statement of data Asbestos _ Responsibility i Disosai ISubmit proof ( of ACP pipe ' disposal per No No No No © i Iva SCAQMD Asbestos Derrt rem en 1 Ra uireanent W_' 2. Shutdown schedule shall be submitted 72 hours before depressurizing or tapping existing pipelines or manholes. Show time to complete connections. Owner's inspection, testing and disinfection within specified shutdown period. 3. Before removing pipes and utilities to be abandoned, provide highline hoses, water trucks and fittings as directed by the water operations manager to service. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-35 02900 D. Measurement and PaMe 1. Removal and disposal of asbestos cement pipe shall be included in the unit- price bid amount for removal and disposal of existing 8" ACP per the Bid Schedule. The above contract unit bid Brice per lineal foot shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, permits, manifests, tools, equipment, transportation, excavation, backfill, pavement sawcutting and removal, surface repair, pipe disposal, and incidentals for the abandonment and disposal of ACP in accordance with the Contract Documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PAR T 3 EXECUTION A. General 1, All ACh water line(s) within the limits shown on the Plans shall be removed and disposed of otherwise noted on the plans. B. Abandomnent and Disposal 1. If it is necessary to remove any abandoned ACP line(s) and/or appurtenances to accommodate improvements, the ACP line(s) and/or appurtenances shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with all applicable local or federal laws. 2. All work involved in the removal or disposal of ACP shall be the responsibility and at the expense of the Contractor. 3. All scrap ACP shall be properly manifested and prepared for transport and disposal per federal, state, and local requirements. C. Execution 1. Stockpiling of removed non-asbestos materials shall be temporary, outside of vehicle right of way in a location that will not cause a safety hazard 2. Do not cut, trim, mill or disturb asbestos cement pipe, except to remove whole lengths of pipe, connecting PVC to ACP at the nearest joint using a suitable adaptor. Dispose of asbestos per SCAQMD Rule 1403. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-36 02900 3. Where services are abandoned. Remove meter box. Salvage and return meter to inspector. Close and cap corporation stop, or remove adaptor from service and install plug in service saddle where no corp stop is present. 4. Following removal, repair surrounding improvements to reconstruction conditions or better to Water Inspector. END OF SECTION CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-37 02900 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 03300 CONCRETE PART I GENERAL A: Description This section describes concrete materials, mixing, placement, form work, reinforcement and curing. B. Related work All related work specified elsewhere, or in.other cosies or standards, will be as last revised, unless a specific date of issuance is called out iir opposition to later revision date(s). Other sections of the technical specifications, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper perfon-nance of this work. 1. Structure Excavation: 02200 C. Measurement and Payment Hent A Payment for the work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such work is appurtenant thereto. PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Concrete 1. All Portland cement concrete shall conform to the provisions of Section 90 of the "State Specifications" except as herein modified. 2. Portland cement concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, and water proportioned and mixed to produce a smooth dense workable mixture. It can be of the ready-mix variety as produced by any reliable ready-mix concrete firm.. 3. Portland cement, including Portland cement used in precast products, shall be Type II confon-iiing to ASTM C 150, CS3C-PWD AUG 2006 7-38 03300 4. Concrete mix design shall conform with ASTM C 94. Use classes of concrete as described in the following table. Class Type of Work Minimum 28-Dgy Corn ressive Strength fin psi A Concrete for all 3,000 reinforced structures, piers, vaults B Concrete for anchors, 2,000 thrust blocks, encase- ments, slope protection cutoff walls, cradles and miscellaneous unreinforced concrete B. Reinforcing Steel I. Reinforcement shall conform to ASTM A 615, Grade 40. .2. Fabricate reinforcing steel in accordance with the current edition of the Manual of Standard practice, published by the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute. Bend reinforcing steel cold. 3. Deliver reinforcing steel to the site bundled and tagged with'identifying tags. C. Welded Wire Fabric Welded wire,fabric shall conforrn to ASTM 195. D. Tie Wire Tie wire shall be 16-gage minimum,black, soft annealed.. E. Bar Sur >orts Bar supports in beams and slabs exposed to view after form stripping shall be galvanised or plastic coated.. Use concrete supports for reinforcing in concrete placed on grade. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-39 033)00 R Forms 1. Forms shall be accurately constructed of clean lumber and shall be of sufficient strength and rigidity to hold the concrete and to withstand the necessary pressure and tamping without deflection from the prescribed lines. 2. The surface of forms against which concrete is placed shall be smooth and free from irregularities, dents, sags, or holes. The surface shall leave uniform form marks conforming to the general lines of the structure. PART 3 EXECUTION A. Excavation Excavation for structures shall be in accordance with Section 02200. B. Fonn Work 1. The contractor shall notify the PWD Representative a minimum of one working day before the placement of concrete to enable the PWD Representative to check the fornr lines, grades, and other required items for approval before placernent of concrete. 2. Unless otherwise indicated on the plans, all exposed sharp edges shall be chamfered with at least 314 -by 314-inch triangular fillets. 3. Before placing concrete; the form surface shall be clean and coated.with form oil of high penetrating dualities. C. Reinforcement 1. Place reinforcing steel. in accordance with the current edition of Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars,published by the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute. 2. All reinforcing steel shall be of the required sizes and shapes and placed where shown on the drawings or prescribed by the PWD Representative. 3: Do not straighten or rebend reinforcing steel in a manner that will injure the material. Do not use bars with bends not shown on the drawings. 4. All bars shall be free from rust, scale, oil, or any other coating which would reduce or destroy the band between concrete and steel. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-40 03300 , S. Position reinforcement steel in accordance with the drawings and secure by using annealed wire ties or clips at intersections and support by concrete or metal supports, spacers, or metal hangers. Do not place metal clips or supports in contact with the forms. Bend tie wires away from the forms in order to provide the specified concrete coverage. Bars additional to those shown on the drawings, which may be found necessary or desirable by the Contractor for the purpose of securing reinforcement in position, shall be provided and paid for by the Contractor. 6. Place reinforcement a minimum of 2 inches clear of any metal pipe or fittings. 7. The reinforcement shall be so secured in position that it will not be displaced during the placement of concrete. 8. All reinforcing steel and wire mesh shall be completely encased in concrete. 9. Secure reinforcing dowels in place prior to placing concrete. Do not press dowels into the concrete after the concrete has been placed. 10. Minimum lap for all reinforcement shall be 20 bar diameters. 11. Place additional reinforcement around the pipe or opening as indicated in the drawings. 1.2. Wire mesh reinforcement is to be rolled flat before being•placed in the fon-n. Support and tie wire mesh to prevent movement during concrete placement. 13. Extend welded wire fabric to within 2 inches of the edges of the slab. Lap splices at least 1-1/2 courses of the fabric and a minimum of 6 inches. Tie laps and splices securely at ends and at least every 24 inches with 6-gage black annealed steel wire. Pull the fabric into position as the concrete is placed by means of hooks, and work concrete under the steel to ensure that it is at the proper distance above the bottom of the slab. D. Embedded Items All embedded bolts, dowels, anchors, and other embedded items shall be held correctly in. place in the forms before concrete is placed. E. Mixing and Placing Concrete 1. Concrete, either commercial of on-site ready mix or batch mixed, shall be placed in the fon-ns before taking its initial set. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-41 03300 2. No concrete shall be placed in water except with permission of the PWD Representative. 3. As the concrete is. placed in the forms, or in excavations to be filled with concrete, it shall be thoroughly settled and compacted throughout the entire layer by internal vibration and tamping bars. 4. All concrete surfaces upon which or against which the concrete is to be placed, and to which new concrete is to adhere, shall be roughened, thoroughly cleaned, wet, and grouted before the concrete is deposited.. F. Concrete Finishing 1. Immediately upon the removal of forms, all voids shall be neatly filled with cement mortar. 2. The surfaces of concrete to be permanently exposed to view must be smooth, free fromm projections, and thoroughly filled with mortar. 3. Exposed surfaces of concrete not finished against forms, such as horizontal or sloping surfaces, shall be screened to. a uniform surface and worked with suitable tools to a smooth mortar finish. G. Protection and Curing of Concrete The contractor shall protect all concrete against damage. Exposed surfaces of new concrete shall be protected from.the direct rays of the sun and from frost by being kept damp for at least two weeks after the concrete has been placed, or by using the "Hunt White Coverage" process or approved equal. H. Backfill Backfill around structures shall be in accordance with Section 02200. ENID Of SECTION CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 ?-w42 03300 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 03462 PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS PART I GENERAL A. Description This section includes the materials, manufacture, and installation of precast concrete vaults. B. Related work All related work specified elsewhere, or in other codes or standards, will be as last revised, unless a specific date of issuance is called out in opposition to later revision date(s). Other sections of the technical specifications, not referenced below; shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this work. l) Structure Earthwork: 02200 ?) Concrete: 03300 C. Approved Manufacturers 1. Precast Vaults Brooks Products, Inc. Best Concrete Products Associated Concrete Products 2. Meter Boxes Eisel Enterprises, Inc. Brooks Products, Inc. 3. Joint Sealing Compound Quikseal manufactured by Associated Concrete Products 4. Watemro_ ofng Grace Dehydratine 4 D. Frames and Covers All precast sections shall be provided with fabricated aluminum or steel frames and covers as specified or shown on the drawings and shall be built up so that the cover is flush with CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-43 03462 the surrounding surface unless otherwise specified on the drawings or by the PWD Representative in the field. E. Meter Boxes 1. Precast concrete meter boxes shall be furnished and installed by the contractor unless noted otherwise. 2. Sizes shall be as specified on the standard drawings for the various sizes and types of services. 3. Any meter boxes to be requested for review as an equal must have identical lid and inside box dimensions. P. Submittals 1. Manufacturer's certification that precast vault has been designed to withstand the loading conditions as presented in Part 2.A below. G. Measurement and Pannent 1. Measurement and payment for precast concrete utility vaults shall be included in the lump sum price for the expansion joint utility vault per the bid schedule. The above price shall include full compensation for excavations of the trench; the control of ground and surface waters; the preparation of subgrade; placing and joining pipe; backfilling; testing, vault access hatches, flexible expansion joints, flange pipe supports, pipe penetrations and sealants, and all other work necessary to install the vault and complete in place as indicated in the Bid Schedule, PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Precast Concrete Vault. . Precast concrete vaults and covers shall be manufactured in a plant especially designed for that purpose and shall conform to the shapes and dimensions indicated on the plans. 2. Design loads shall consist of dead load, live; load; impact, and in addition, loads due to water table and any other loads that may be imposed upon the structure. Live loads shall be for HS 20 per AASHTO standard specifications for highway bridges. Design wheel load shall be 16 kips. The live load shall be that which produces the maximum shears and bending moments in the structure. 3. The manufacture shall certify that the precast vault is fabricated to withstand the soil and loading conditions. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-44 03462 B. Meter Box Covers 1. All meter box covers shall be furnished with rectangular reading lids. ?. Concrete meter box covers shall be installed only in non-traffic locations. 3. Meter box covers within. roadways or driveways shall be steel diamond plate designed to withstand highway loading. C. Vault Frames and Covers I. Vault frames and covers shall be fabricated stainless steel or aluminum, per the Plans. 2. Covers shall be fabricated with supports to resist deflection. 3. All covers shall be hinged. Covers shall have hydraulic assists. 4. All covers shall be equipped with a hold-open mechanism. 5. All covers shall be equipped with a flush locking devices. 7. All vaults located within roadways or driveways shall have traffic covers. Vaults in all other locations shall have parkway,covers unless specified otherwise by the PWD Representative. S. A 6" by 12" hinged reading lid shall be positioned over a meter in a vault. D. Joint Sealing Compound The joint sealing compound shall be a pennanently flexible plastic material complying in every detail to Federal Specification SS 5-00210 (GSA-FSS) dated July 26, 1965. "Quickseal", or equal. E. Wat9mroofing Waterproofing shall be formulated to comply with Federal Specification SS-A-701. D'ART 3 EXECUTION A. Earthwork 1. Excavation and backfill for precast concrete vaults shall be in accordance with Section 02200 and the requirements herein. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-45 03462 2. The Contractor shall prepare an excavation large enough to accommodate the structure and permit grouting of openings and backfilling operations. 3. The bottom of the structure shall be placed on 12 inches of compacted, crushed rock sub-base, graded level and to the proper elevation as shown on the plans. B. Installation. 1. Openings or "knockouts" in precast concrete vaults shall be located as shown on the drawings and shall be sized sufficiently to permit passage of the largest dimension of pipe and/or coupling flange. Upon completion of installation, all voids or openings in the vault walls around pipes shall be filled with 3,000-psi concrete or mortar, using an approved epoxy for bonding concrete surfaces, unless otherwise noted on the Plans. 2. After the structure and all appurtenances are in place and approved, backfill shall be placed to the original ground line or to the limits designated on the plans. 3. All joints between precast concrete vault sections shall be made watertight. The sealing compound. shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations to provide a watertight joint that remains impermeable throughout the design life of the structure. 4. Frames and covers shall be built up so that the cover is flush with the surrounding surface unless otherwise specified on the drawings or by the PWD Representative in the field. The contractor is responsible for placing the cover at the proper elevation where paving is to be installed and.shall make all necessary adjustments so that the cover meets these requirements. S. Waterproofing shall be applied to the exterior walls of all buried vaults in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Protection shall be placed over the waterproofing to prevent damage. 5. Access hatch for expansion joint utility vaults shall be installed in the bridge approach slab. C. Meter Boxes 1. Boxes shall be set true to line and to the grade of the top of the curb, sidewalk, or surrounding graded area. 2. Meter boxes are not to be set until the developer has completed fine grading for landscape grading. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-46 03462 3. Retaining walls may be required around meter boxes installed on slopes 'as determined by the PWD Representative. END OF SECTION CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-47 03462 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 09900 PAINTING AND COATING PART I GENERAL A. Description This section includes the materials and application of painting and coating systems for - buried and exposed surfaces. All articles to be painted or coated will be painted or coated in the place of manufacture, unless field painting and coating is absolutely necessary. The PWD Representative will make the determination. In the event that the paint or coating is damaged in the field, it will be touched up in the same manner as the original paint or coating applied in the place of manufacture. B. Related Work Described Elsewhere All related work, or in other codes or standards, will be as last revised, unless a specific date of issuance is called out in opposition to later revision date(s). Other sections of the technical specifications, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this work. 1. Steel Pipe and Fittins: 15055 2. Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings: 15056 3. Manual Valves: 15100 4. Domestic and Recycled water Facilities Identification: 15151 C. Approved Manufacturers and Materials I> Inorganic Zinc Primer Carboline 621 Tneznec—Zinc 90-97 Devoe Catha-Coat 302H 2. Alkyd Enamel Carboline Subsil 30 HS Tnemec Hi-Build Tnemec-Gloss 2H Ameron Amercoat 5401 HSA CS.IC-PWD AUG 2006 7-48 09900 Devoe Devguard 4308 3. Epoxy Paint Carboline Glamorglaze 202 Tnemec Hi-Build 66 Epoxolirie Devoe Bar—Rust 233H Ameron Amercoat 351 4. Biturninous Mastic Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing EC 244 Carboline Kop-Coat Biturnastic 300M 5. Polyurethanes Carboline 133HB Tnernec Hi-Build Epoxoline 69 Devoe Devthane 389 Ameron Amercoat 450HS D. Paint Schedule Aboveground or exposed facilities shall be color coded to differentiate recycled water facilities from domestic water facilities. 1. Domestic water Svsten- a. P pini and Structures: Safety Blue Carboline S 150 Tnemec SC06 Devoe 9800 Ameron BL-6 b. Valve Box Lids and PWD Fire Hvdrants: OSHA Safety Yellow CarboIine 6666 Tnemec SCOL Devoe 9400 Ani.eron YE-3 C. Private Fire System: Safety Red Carboline 5555 Tnemec SC09 Devoe 9000 Ameron RD-2 2. Recveled Irrigation Water Facilities: Safety Pu le Devoe 9600 CS,IC-PWD AUG 2006 7-49 .09900 Tnernec SCOS E. Permits All work shall conform to the specifications and requirements of the State of California Department of Transportation, the Orange County PFRD, the city having jurisdiction, or and other agencies involved. The contractor shall keep a copy of all the required permits in the job site and comply with all the terms and conditions of said permits. F. Measurement and Pavment Payment for the work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such work is appurtenant thereto. PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Primer 1. All primer shall contain not less that 63% solids by volume. B. Alkyd Enamel I. All enamels shall be silicone-alkyd based. 2. All enamels shall be lead-free. 3. All enamels shall be high gloss industrial type intended for use on exterior metal surfaces. 4. All enamels shall contain not less than 60% solids. C. Bituminous Mastic 1. Bituminous mastic shall be coal-tar pitch based. �. Bituminous mastic shall have a minimum of 70% solids by volume. D. EWxv Paint 1. Epoxy shall be a colored polyamide cured epoxy with not less than 70% solids by volume. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-50 09900 2. All coatings and pigments to be used in the water passages of domestic water service components and appurtenances shall have National Sanitation foundation (NSF) or Underwriters Laboratory (UL) approval for use with domestic water. NSF and f or UL approved coatings acceptable for use in contact with domestic water are: a. Devoe Bar-Rust 233H b. Tnemec Pota-Pox Series 20 c. Carboline Super Hi-Guard 891 PART 3 EXECUTION A. Surface Preparation 1. Do not sandblast or prepare more surface area than can be coated in one day. Remove all sharp edges, burrs, and weld spatter. Do not sandblast epoxy-coated pipe that has already been factory coated. 2. Surface preparation shall conform to the SSPC specifications as described below: Solvent Cleaning SP-1 Hand Tool Cleaning SP-2 Power Tool Cleaning SP-3 White Metal Blast Cleaning; SP-5 Commercial Blast Cleaning SP-6 Brush-Off Blast Cleaning SP-7 Near-White Blast Cleaning SP-10 3. Wherever the words "solvent cleaning," "hand tool cleaning," „wire brushing," or "blast cleaning" or similar words are used in these specifications or in paint manufacturer's specifications, they shall be understood to refer to the applicable SSPC (Steel Structure Painting Council, Surface Preparation Specifications, ANSI Al59.1) specifications listed above. B. Painting Svstems I. All materials of a specified painting system., including primer, intermediate, and finish coats, shall be produced by the same manufacturer. Thinners, cleaners, driers, and other additives shall be as recommended by the paint manufacturer for the particular coating system. 2. Deliver all paints to the job site in the original, unopened containers. CS.IC-PWD AUG 2006 7-51 09900 C. Surfaces Not To Be Coated The following surfaces shall not be painted and shall be protected during the painting of adjacent areas: 1. Mortar-coated pipe and fittings. 2. Stainless steel. 3. Metal letters. 4. Nameplates. 5. Grease fittings. b. Brass and copper, submerged. 7. Buried pipe, unless specifically required in the piping specifications. S. Bronze meters and strainers. D. Protection of Surfaces Not To Be Painted . Remove, mask, or otherwise protect hardware, lighting fixtures, switch plates, aluminrun surfaces, machined surfaces, couplings, shafts, bearings,. nameplates on machinery, and other surfaces not intended to be painted. Provide drop cloths to prevent paint materials from falling on or marring adjacent.surfaces. Protect working parts of mechanical and electrical equipment from damage during surface preparation and painting process. Mask openings in motors to prevent paint and other materials from entering the motors. E. Field Touch Up of Manufacturer-Applied Prime Coats Surfaces that are primed at the place of manufacture shall receive a field touch-up of inorganic zinc pruner to cover all scratches or abraded areas. F. Alkvd Enamel 1. The following items shall be painted using an alkyd enamel system: a. All aboveground or exposed piping and all piping in vaults. b. Fire hydrants. C. Valve box lids. d. Air release valves. C. Meter bax reading lids for all recycled water services. f. Steel meter vault covers for all services 3 inches and larger. g. All exposed metalwork as directed by the PWD Representative. 2. Surface Preparation: CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-52 09900 a. All rust, mill scale, or weld splatter shall be removed by sandblasting or power tool cleaning. b. All unpainted surfaces shall be solvent cleaned in accordance with SP-1. C. All abraded or scratched enamel coatings shall be sanded smooth or receive power tool cleaning per SP-3. d. All failures in the existing coating shall be sandblasted in accordance with SP-h. e. All existing surfaces to be repainted shall be Solvent cleaned in accordance with SP-1. 3. All unpainted, or damaged surfaces shall be coated with primer to a dry-film thickness of not less than 2 mils. 4. The finish coats shall be two or more coats of alkyd enamel applied to a dry-film thickness of 3 mils each, providing a total painted dry film thickness of not less than 5 mils. G. Bituminous Mastic 1. Buried metal (flanges, Teflon coated nuts and bolts, flexible couplings, exposed reinforcing steel, etc.) shall be coated with a minimum of 20 mils of bituminous mastic. 2. All surfaces coated with bituminous mastic shall be covered with 8 mil polyethylene wrap per Section 15056,Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. H. Epoxy,Coating All items requiring epoxy coating to be coated with factory applied fusion bonded 100% pure powder epoxy. However, where, in the Engineer's opinion, because of the nature of the item being coated it would be impossible to use the fusion bonded powder method without causing damage to the item, the use of a liquid epoxy, factory applied by the manufactured of the item being coated, will be permitted. The use of liquid epoxy other than those specified herein, including the equipment manufacturer's proprietary coating systems. must be reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to use. 1. Only those metal surfaces specifically called out shall be epoxy coated. 2. Epoxy lining and coating of valves shall be per AWWA 0550 and Section 15100 Manual Valves. 3. Surfaces to be epoxy coated shall be sandblasted to SP-10 requirements. 4. Sandblasted surfaces shall be coated with inorganic zinc primer to a dry film thickness of not less than 3 mils. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-53 09900 5. Apply two coats of epoxy paint (4 mils each) to the primed surface. The manufacturer's recommended drying time between coats shall be followed. b. Prepare multiple-component coatings using all.of the contents of the container for each component as packaged by the paint'manufacturer. Do not use partial batches. Do not use multiple-component coatings that have been mixed beyond their pot life. Provide small quantity kits for touch up painting and for painting other small ureas. Mix only the components specified and furnished by the paint manufacturer. Do not intermix additional components for reasons of color or otherwise, even within the same generic type of coating. I. Dry--Film Thickness Testing 1. Measure coating thickness specified for metal surfaces with a magnetic-type dry- film thickness gage. Test the finish coat (except zinc primer and galvanizing) for holidays and discontinuities with an electrical holiday detector, low-voltage, wet- sponge type. The Contractor shall provide measuring equipment. Provide,detector as manufactured by Tinker and Rasor or K-D Bird Dog. Provide dry-film thickness gage as manufactured by Mikrotest or Elcometer. Check each coat for the correct dry-film thickness. Do not measure within eight hours after application of the coating. ?. If the item has an unproper finish color or insufficient film thickness, the surface shall be cleaned and top coated with the specified paint material to obtain the specified color and coverage. Visible areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint shall then be primed and finish coated in accordance with the specifications. Work shall be free of runs,bridges, shiners, laps, or other imperfections. 3. The epoxy lining of all valves will be inspected and tested by a PWD representative prior to valve installation. The contractor shall notify the PWD seven days prior to valve installation to arrange for inspection. END OF SECTION CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-54 09900 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 1.5041 CHLORINATION OF DOMESTIC WATER MAINS AND SERVICES FOR DISINFECTION PART I GENERAL A. Description This section describes requirements for disinfection of domestic water mains, services, appurtenances and connections by chlorination and all requirements for bacterial testing of the facilities, and obtaining subsequent clearances for operations issued by the PWD and all state and local health agencies having jurisdiction. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere All related work specified elsewhere, or in other codes or standards, will be as last revised, unless a specific date of issuance is called out in opposition to later revision.date(s). Other sections of the technical specifications, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this work. Hydrostatic testing of Pressure Pipelines: 15042 C. Referenced Standard All domestic water mains, water services, attached appurtenances, and connections, if any, shall be disinfected in accordance with AWWA C651 and as specified herein. D. Application Before being;placed in service, all facilities shall be chlorinated. Either direct chlorine gas feed or calcium hypochlorite tablets may apply chlorine. E. Retesting Retesting of the systern may be required if 90 days have passed between the date of testing and acceptance by the PWD. F. Measurement and Pavanent CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-55 15041 Chlorination of Water Mains and Services for Disinfection shall be included in the unit price of pipe for installation of the water distribution pipeline(s) as indicated in the Bid Schedule. PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Chlorine Gas. Chlorine gas shall be supplied and converted from its liquid form to a gas as detailed in AWWA 0651 Sections 2.1 and 5.2. PART 3 EXECUTION A. Procedure 1. All required corporation stops and other plumbing materials necessary for chlorination or flushing of the main shall be installed by and at the expense of the contractor. 2. Every service connection served by amain being disinfected shall be tightly shutoff at the curb stop before water is turned into the main. Care shall be taken to expel all air from the main and services during the filling operation. 3. Water shall be fed slowly into the pipeline with chlorine applied in amounts to produce a dosage of not less than 50 ppm nor more than 100 ppm in all sections of the pipeline and appurtenances. 4. Treated water shall be retained in the system for a minimum of 24 hours and shall maintain a chlorine residual with a drop in residual level of not more than 25 ppm less than the beginning level at the end of the retention period in all sections being disinfected. B. Concurrent Testing Disinfecting the mains and appurtenances, hydrostatic testing, and preliminary retention may run concurrently for the required 24-hour period, but in the event there is leakage and repairs are necessary, additional. disinfection shall be made by injection of chlorine solution into the line as provided hereinafter. C. Additional Disinfection CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-56 15041 If the tests are not satisfactory, the contractor shall provide additional disinfection as required. If the requirement for additional disinfection is due to any omission, negligence, or non-conformance with these specifications on the part of the contractor, or because of premature wetting of the hypochlorite or repairs made to the pipeline after its initial filling with water for disinfection, the contractor shall provide and pay for such additional chlorination. D. Flushing After chlorination, the water shall be flushed from the line, in accordance with AWWA C651, at its extremities until the replacement water tests are equal chemically and bacteriologically to those of the permanent source of supply. The chlorinated water may be used later for testing other lines, or if not so used, shall be disposed of by the contractor, as designated in AWWA C651, Section 6.2. The PWD will not be responsible for loss or damage resulting from such disposal. E. Cuttin Into Existing Mains Following the opening of an existing domestic water main, the interior of all accessible pipes and fittings shall be swabbed with a hypochlorite solution. The drained portion of the existing line and any new section shall be flushed from two directions toward the cutin, if possible. END OF SECTION CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-57 15041 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 15042 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE PIPELINES PART 1 GENERAL A. Description This section describes the requirements and procedures for pressure and leakage testing of pressure-distribution mains. B. Related work All related work specified elsewhere, or in other codes or standards, will be as last revised, unless a specific date of issuance is called out in opposition to later revision date(s). Other sections of the technical specifications, not referenced below, shall also apply to.the extent required:fbr proper performance of this work. Chlorination of Water Mains and Services for Disinfection: 15041. C. Connection to Existing Mains The test shall be made before connecting the new line with the existing PWD pipes and mains, excepting hot taps. In the event that the new pipe is connected to existing pipe, a pressure test plate shall be used to separate the systems during the pressure test. D. Tester A PWD-approved testing company, who will be required to provide the PWD Repre- sentative with certified testing results, shall perform all testing. Tester will have a gage and meter,calibrated annually. E. Requirements Prior to Testing 1. Before testing, the pipe trench shall be backfilled with a minimum of 2'/ feet of material, or center loaded to hold the pipe in place while testing. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-58 15042 2. Al concrete anchor blocks shall be allowed to cure a sufficient time to develop a minimum strength of 2,000 psi before testing unless otherwise directed by the PWD Representative. 3. Steel pipelines shall not be tested before the lining and coating on the entire pipeline has attained an age of 14 days. Cement-mortar lined pipe shall not be filled with water until a minimum. period of eight hours has elapsed after the last joint in any section has been made. 4. In place of a separation from existing water lines with a valve and thrust block assembly, an in line test plate may be used. F. Final Pavement All pipelines shall be satisfactorily pressure tested prior to the placement of final pavement. G. Measurement and Payment Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines shall be included in the unit of pipe for the installation of water distribution pipelines(s) as indicated in the Bid Schedule. PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Water 1. The same water used for chlorination of the pipeline may be used to fill the Fine for pressure testing. 2. Make up water for testing shall be domestic water. PART 3 EXECUTION A. General 1. All labor, materials, tools, and equipment for testing shall be furnished by the contractor. 2. The pipeline shall be subjected to a field hydrostatic pressure of 50 psi in excess of the class rating of the pipe being tested for a period of four hours. 3. The water necessary to maintain test pressure shall be measured through a meter. The leakage shall be considered as the amount of water entering the pipe during the CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-59 15042 test, less the measured leakage through valves and fittings. Leakage shall not exceed the rate specified. Any noticeable leaks shall be stopped, and any defective pipe shall be replaced with new sections. 4. The test shall further be conducted with valves open, and the open ends of pipes, valves, and fittings suitably closed. Valves shall be operated during the test period. 5. In hilly areas, it may be necessary to conduct the test in segments so that no pipe section is tested at less than the pipe pressure class plus 50 psi, nor more than 1 times the pipe pressure class. B. Field Test Procedure I. The pipeline should be filled at a rate such that the average velocity of flow is less than I fps. At no time shall the maximum velocity of flow exceed 2 fps. The following table has been provided to relate this velocity-filling rate to an equivalent volume flow rate. Filling Rate in gpm equivalent to filling velocities of 1 fps, for pipes flowing hall: Nominal Size (inches) Flow Rate Q (gpm) 4 39 6 88 8 157 12 352 2. All air should be purged from the pipeline before checking for leaks or perfd.rxning pressure or acceptance tests on the system. To accomplish this, if air valves or hydrants or other outlets are not available, taps shall be made at the high points to expel the air, and these taps shall be tightly plugged afterwards. 3. After the pipeline has been filled and allowed to sit a minimum of 24 hours (48 hours for mortar-lined pipelines), the pressure in the pipeline shall then be pumped up to the specified test pressure. If a large quantity of water is required to increase the pressure during testing, entrapped air, leakage at joints, or a broken pipe can be suspected. TESTS SHOULD BE DISCONTINUED until the source of trouble is identified and corrected. 4. When the test pressure has been. reached, the pumping shall be discontinued until the pressure in the line has dropped 30 psi, at which time the pressure shall again be pumped up to the specified test pressure. This procedure shall be repeated until four hours have elapsed from the time the specified test pressure was first applied. At CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-60 15042 the end of the four-hour period, the pressure shall be pumped up to the test pressure for the last time. 3. The leakage shall be considered as the total amount of water pumped into the pipeline during the four-hour period, including the amount required in reaching the test pressure for the final time. Leakage shall not exceed the rates in the tables below. If the size, pipe material, or pressure fall outside of the table listed below, the PWD Engineer will determine the leakage amount. ACP LEAKAGE ALLOWANCE Nominal Pipe i _ 'Test pressure Allowable leakage, gallons per 4-hour size in (inches) period per 1,000 feet of pipe. Class 15Q{psi} Class 250 (psi) Class 150 (psi) ; Class 250 ( si) 4 200 ; 250 3.0 4.0 6 200 250 1 4.5 5.5 _ 8200 250 1 6.0 7.5 12 ___j200 250 9.0 11.0 Steel Pi e LEAKAGE ALLOWANCE Nominal Pipe Test pressure Allowable leakage, gallons per 4-hour size in (inches) period per 1,000 feet of pipe. Class 150 (psi) - Class 250 (psi) 1 Class 150 (psi) Class 250 (psi) 4 ; 200 250 l 1.7 1.9 ` 6 200 250 2.6 2.8 8 200 250 3.4 3,8 12 ' 200 250 5.1 5.7 16 _ 200 250 6.8 7.6 20 200 250 8.5 _ 9.5 24 200 25010.2 ..11.4 _PVC LEAKAGEALLOWANCE f Nominal Pipe Test pressure _ Allowable leakage, gallons per 4-hour size in (inches) - period per 1,000 feet of pipe. Class 150 (psi) Class 250 (psi) Class 150 (psi) Class 250 (psi) 4 X200 250 1.7 1.9 6 200 250 � 2.6 �_2._8 8200 250 3.4 3.8 12 _ - I 200 �25fl 5.I - 15.7 16 _235 300 6.8 7.6 20 1 235 300 8.5 24 j 2-15 , 300 10.2.4 CSC-PWD AUG 2006 7-61 15042 6. Any noticeable leak shall be stopped and all defective pipes, fittings, valves, and other accessories discovered in consequence of the test shall be removed and replaced by the contractor with sound material, and the test shall be repeated until the total leakage during a test of four hours duration does not exceed the rate specified above. END Ole SECTION CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-62 15042 SECTION 15052 EXPOSED PIPING INSTALLATION ARTI GENERAL A. Description 1. Scope: a. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to install and test all exposed piping, fittings, and specials. The Work includes, but is not limited to, the following: i. All types and sizes of exposed piping, except those specified under other Sections. ii. Piping embedded in concrete within a structure or foundation will be considered as exposed and included herein. iii: Supports, restraints, thrust blocks and other anchors. iv. Work on or affecting existing piping. V. Testing. vi. Cleaning and disinfecting. vii. Installation of all jointing and gasketing materials, dielectric appurtenances, specials, flexible couplings, mechanical couplings, harnessed and flanged adapters, sleeves, tie rods, and all other Work required to complete the exposed piping installation. viii. Incorporation of valves, meters and special items shown or specified into the piping systems as required and as specified in the appropriate Division 15 Sections. ix. Unless otherwise specifically shown, specified, or included under other Sections, all exposed piping Work required, beginning at the outside face of structures or structure foundation and extending into the structure. 2. Coordination: a. Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate with the Work that is related to this Section. b. Comply with all regulations, standard details and approved materials lists' issued by the Capistrano Valley Water PWD and the Fire Marshal. c. Review installation proceduresunder other Sections and coordinate the Work that must be installed prior to the installation of insulation pipe Work.. d. Manufacturers and suppliers of the equipment and materials specified herein shall be required to review and satisfy all relevant requirements of other sections of the Contract Documents and the requirements of the Contract Drawings. The CONTRACTOR, manufacturer, supplier, fabricator and/or subcontractors furnishing and/or installing CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-61 15052 equipment, materials, services and specialties associated with thf& ,Section shall fully coordinate their efforts to avoid potential claims that are based on failure to review relevant Contract Documents, including the Contract Drawings. e. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install all equipment, labor, materials, appurtenances, specialty items and services not provided by the CONTRACTOR'S manufacturers, suppliers, fabricators and/or subcontractors but required for complete and operable systems. 3. Related Sections Specified Elsewhere: a. Section 03300, Concrete. .b. Section 09900, Painting and Coating. C. Division 15, Sections on Piping, Valves and Appurtenances. B. Quality Assurance I. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: a. Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA Standard No. 14 for A Standpipe and Hose Systems used for fire protection. b. Comply with requirements of UL, FM and other jurisdictional authorities, where applicable. 2.- Reference Standards: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified. a. ANSI B13.1, Code for Pressure Piping. b. ANSI B16.3, Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings, Classes 150 and 300. C. ANSI B16.4, Cast Iron Threaded Fittings, Classes 1.25 and 250. d. ANSI B16.5, Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Steel Nickel Alloy and Other Special Alloys. e. ANSI B16.9, Factory-Made Wrought Steel Butt Welding Fittings. f. ANSI B16.11, Forged Steel Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded. g, ANSI B31.1, Power Piping. h. ANSI D1.1, Structural Welding Code. i. AWWA C206, Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe Joints. J. AWWA C606, Grooved and Shouldered Type Joints. k. AWWA C651, Disinfecting Water Mains. 1. AWWA Ml 1, Steel Water Pipe Design and Installation. in. AWS D10.9, Standard for Qualification of Welding Procedures and Welders for Piping and.Tubing. n. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. o. NFRA 14, Standpipe and Hose Systems. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-64 15052 C. Submittals 1. Shop Drawings: Submit per section 01300 for approval the following: a. Detailed layout drawings and laying schedules for all piping 6 inches in diameter and greater, reflecting the CONTRACTOR'S construction schedule and installation methods. b. Details of piping, valves, supports, accessories, specials, Joints, harnessing, and connections to existing pipes and structures. C. Welding procedures. d. Signed and fully executed welder qualifications which are current within six months of the date of the Notice to Proceed. 2. Tests: Submit description of proposed testing methods, procedures and apparatus. Submit copies of test report for each test. 3. Certificates: Submit certificates of compliance with referenced standards. D. Product Delivery, Storatre. & Handlin 1. Deliver materials to the site to insure uninterrupted progress of the Work. 2. Handle all pipe, fittings and accessories carefully with approved handling devices. Do not drop or roll pipe off trucks. Do not otherwise drop, roll or skid piping. 3. Store pipes and fittings on heavy wood blocking or platforms so they are not in contact with the ground. 4. Unload pipe, fittings and specials opposite to or as close to the place where they are to be installed as is practical to avoid unnecessary handling.. Keep pipe interiors completely free from dart and foreign platter. 5. Inspect delivered pipe for cracked, gouged, chipped, dented or other damaged material and immediately remove from site. 6. Thermoplastic pipe shall be stored so as to prevent sagging or bending. 7. Thermoplastic pipe; fittings and specials shall not be stored in direct sunlight. E. Measurement and Payment Exposed Piping Installation shall be included in the unit price of pipe for the installation of the water distribution pipeline(s) as indicated in the Bid Schedule, PART 2 PRODUCTS CS3C-PWD AUG 2006 7-65 15052 A. Materials 1. General: a. Marking Piping: i. Clearly mark each piece of pipe or fitting with a designation conforrning to that shown on the Shop Drawings. ii. Cast or paint material, type and pressure designation on each piece of pipe or fitting 4 inches in diameter.and larger. iii. Pipe and fittings smaller than 4 inches in diameter shall be clearly marked by manufacturer as to material, type and rating. 2. Pipe Identification Markers and Arrows: Refer to Section 09900, Painting. PART 3 EXECUTION A. Installation 1. General: a. Install piping as shown, specified and as recommended by the manufacturer. b. If there is a conflict between manufacturer's recommendations and the Drawings or Specifications request instructions from PWD before proceeding. 2. Piping Installation: a. Install straight runs true to line and elevation. b. Install vertical pipe truly plumb in all directions. C. Install small diameter piping generally as shown when specific locations and elevations are not indicated. Locate such piping as required to avoid ducts, equipment, beams, and other obstructions. d. Protect and keep clean water pipe interiors, fittings and valves. e. Provide temporary caps or plugs over all pipe openings at the end .of each days work, and when otherwise required or directed by PWD. f Cutting: Cut pipe from measurements taken at site, not from Drawings. g. Install dielectric unions wherever dissimilar metals are connected except for bronze or brass valves in ferrous piping. h. Additional Requirements for Thermoplastic Piping: i. Support all valves independently of the piping systema. ii. Utilize wide band supports as recommended by manufacturer and approved by PWD to minimize localized stresses. Ili. Provide piping passing through walls with a sleeve of wearing material to prevent abrasion damage to piping. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-66 15052 iv. When anchors are required at locations other than equipment or tanks they shall be placed at elbows, valve locations and at beads in pipe line. V. Spacing of supports shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's published recommendations at the maximum. design operating temperature of the pipe. vi Use "U" clamps with wide band circumferential contact. Avoid all pressure contact with piping. 3. Joints: a. General: i. Make joints in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations and the requirements below. ii. Cut piping accurately and squarely and install without forcing or springing. iii. Ream out all pipes and tubing to full inside diameter after cutting. Remove all sharp edges on end cuts. b. Remove all cuttings and foreign matter from the inside of pipe and tubing before installation. Thoroughly clean all pipe. fittings, valves, specials, and accessories before installing. L Not Used. ii. Flanged Joints: a) Assemble flanged joints using 118-inch ring-type gaskets for raised face flanges. Use full face or ring-type gaskets for flat face flanges. Gaskets shall be suitable for the service intended in accordance with the manufac- turer's ratings and instructions. Gaskets shall be properly centered. b) Bolts shall be tightened in a sequence which will insure equal distribution of bolt loads. iii. The length of bolts shall be uniform, and they shall not project beyond the nut more than 1/4-inch or fall short of the nut when fully taken up. The ends of bolts shall be machine cut so as to be neatly rounded. No washers shall be used except as required on PVC pipe. iv. Bolt- threads and gasket faces for flanged joints shall be lubricated prior to assembly. V. Alternately tighten bolts 180 degrees apart to compress the gasket evenly. vi.. Steel pipe Joints: a) Joints in steel pipe shall be butt welded, lap welded slip joints, flanged, or threaded joints, except that flexible couplings, mechanical couplings, or flanged connections shall be provided where shown on the Drawings. b) Welding shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C206. Pipe 36- inches in diameter and larger shall be welded both inside and outside of the pipe. c) After welding, the joint and the surrounding darnaged or uncoated area shall be coated with the same material and to the same thickness as the shop applied coating and lining. d) For threaded joints, use standard, right hand tapered full depth threads on steel piping and apply an approved joint compound to the male threads only, before installation_ Remove all cuttings and foreign matter from the CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-67 15052 inside of the pipe. Thoroughly clean all pipe, fittings, valves, specials, and accessories before installing. viz. Not Used. viii. Copper Tubing Joints: a) Assemble copper tubing with soldered joints. Solder shall be 95-5 tin-antimony conforming to ASTM 532. b) Ream or file pipe to remove burrs. c) Clean and polish contact surfaces of joints. d) Apply flux to both male and female ends. e) Insert end of tube into full depth of fitting socket. 0 Heat joint evenly. g) Form continuous solder bead around entire circumference of joint, joints shall be wiped. h) Runs shall contain unions at connections to equipment and at reasonable distances along the lengths of runs to permit convenient disassembly of piping and removal of equipment. 4. Installing Valves and Accessories. a. Provide supports for large valves, flow meters and other heavy items as shown or required. b. Install floor stands as shown and as-recommended by the manufacturer. C. Provide lateral restraints for extension bonnets and extension stems as shown and as recommended by the manufacturer. d. Provide steel sleeves where operating stems pass through floor. Extend sleeves 2- inches above floor. e. Position valve operators as shown. When the position is not shown, install the valve so that it can be conveniently operated and as approved by PWD. Avoid placing operators at angles to the floors or walls. 5. Unions: a. Install dielectric unions wherever dissimilar metals are connected except for bronze or brass valves in ferrous piping. b. Provide a union downstream of each valve with screwed connections. C. Provide screwed unions or flanged connections at each piece of equipment, where shown, and where necessary to install or dismantle piping. 6. Eccentric Reducers: Use eccentric reducers where shown and where air pockets would otherwise occur in mains because of a reduction in pipe size. 7. Transitions from. One Type of Pipe to Another: a. Provide all necessary adapters, dielectric gaskets, specials and connection pieces required when connecting different types and sizes of pipe or connecting pipe made by different manufacturers. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-68 15052 b. Transitions from buried piping to exposed piping shall be of the buried piping type. All such transitions shall be exposed. 8. Taking Existing Pipelines.Out of Service: a. Notify PWD at least 48 hours prior to taking pipeline out of service. 9. Work on Existing Pipelines: a. Cut or tap pipes as shown or required with machines specifically designed for this work. b. Install temporary plugs to keep out all dirt, water and debris. C. Provide all necessary adapters, fittings, pipe and appurtenances required. B. Thrust Restraint I. Provide thrust restraint on all pressure piping systems. 2. Thrust restraint may be accomplished by means of restrained pipe joints. `Thrust restraints shall be designed for the axial thrust exerted by the test pressure. 3. Restrained Pipe Joints: a. Pipe joints shall be restrained by means suitable for the type of pipe being installed. i. Restrain ductile iron pipe connected by flexible couplings or flanged coupling adapters by harnessing across the coupling or adapter using tie rods or extended bolts connecting between flanges. ii. Steel pipe shall have butt-welded ,joints, flanged joints, or flexible or mechanical coupling connectors. Provide tie rods connected to ears welded to the steel pipe for restraint at all flexible coupling connectors. Joints shall be installed as indicated on the Drawings. C. Painting 1. Field painting is under Section 09900, Painting and Coating. D. Testin&of Pi in A. General: Follow testing procedure detailed in section 15042. END OF SECTION R CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-69 15052 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 15055 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS PART1 GENERAL A. Scope of Work A. Furnish all labor, material, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to install all steel pipe and appurtenances, as specified herein and as shown on the Drawings. B. Related Work A. Not Used C. Standard Specifications A. Except as otherwise indicated in this Section of the Specifications, the Contractor shall comply with the Standard Specifications. D. Specification and Standards . Except as otherwise indicated, the current editions of the following apply to the Work of this Section. ASTM A283 Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars ASTM.A570 Hot-rolled Carbon Steel Sheet and Trip, Structural Quality ASTM A572 High Strength Low Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Steels of Structural Quality AWWA 0200 Steel Water Pipe 6 Inches and Larger AWWA C205 Cement-Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe, 4-inch and larger - shop applied AWWA C206 Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe AWWA C207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 inch through 144 inches CSJC-PWD.AUG 2006 7-70 15052 AWWA C208 Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings AWWA C213 Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines AWWA MII Steel Pipe Guide for Design and Installation AWWA C606 Grooved and Shouldered Joints E. Submittals 1. Submit to PWD, as provided in Section 01300, shop drawings with, a tabulated layout schedule showing the location of each piece, by marls number, for the entire job, method of manufacture and installation of pipe, joint details, fittings, anchorage, and any appurtenances. 2. Prior to shipment of pipe, submit certified test reports that the pipe for the Contract was manufactured and tested in accordance with the AWWA standards specified herein. 3. Submit weld procedure specifications, procedure qualification records including all destructive and non-destructive test results and welding bead profiles as required along with individual welder qualification certificates. F. Quality Assurance 1. The manufacturer is responsible for the performance of all inspection requirements as specified in AWWA C200. In addition, all pipe and fittings to be installed under this Contract may be inspected at the plant by Developer or other representatives for compliance with these Specifications or by an independent testing laboratory selected by the City. 2. Inspection of the pipe and fittings will also be made by the Engineer or other representatives of the Engineer/City after delivery. The pipe ,shall be subject to rejection at any time on account of failure to meet any of the Specification requirements, even though sample pipes may have been accepted as satisfactory at the place of manufacture. Pipe rejected after delivery shall be marled for identification and shall be removed fi-om the job at once. 3. All pipe and fittings shall be hydrostatically tested at the plant to in accordance with AWWA C200. If the fittings are made from hydrostatically tested pipe then only dye testing of the welds is required. G. Design Conditions I. Pipe and fittings shall be designed in accordance with AWWA C200 and C208. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-71 150521 2. Pipe and fittings shall be designed to the design pressure as shown on the Contract Drawings. 1-1. Measurement and Parrient Measurement and Payment for Steel Pipe and Fittings shall be included in the unit price bid amount for the installation of 12" steel pipe, per the bid schedule. The above price shall include full compensation for the excavations of the trench; temporary supports, the control of ground and surface waters; the preparation of sub- grade; placing and joining pipe; backfilling the trench; lining, coating,joint couplings, testing, disinfection; and all other work necessary to install.the pipe, complete in place. PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Material 1. Steel pipe shall be fabricated from steel sheets in accordance with AWWA C200, Section 3. The steel sheets shall conform to ASTM A570 Grade 36 plates conforming to ASTM A283 grade C or D. All welded seals, whether straight or spiral, shall be butt welded using an approved electric-fusion weld process. Design stress shall be limited to 50 percent of the yield or 16,500 psi whichever is less, but in no case shall the pipe wall be less than indicated on the drawings. Pipe minimum wall thickness shall be 0.25-inch. 2. Stulling: a. Pipe to be encased in concrete, including bends and steel-plate specials, shall be braced in an approved manner to prevent distortion, and in such manner that the diameter of the pipe shall not vary more than one half of one percent from the specified diameter. These supports shall remain in place until their removal is authorized by the Engineer. b. Prior to placement of pipe in the trench, each section of pipe shall be stulled with timber stulls, each consisting of a timber strut provided with end blocks shaped to fit the interior surface of the spun mortar lined pipe or of the unlined steel pipe for field lining, as the case may be. C. The bracing shall consist of at least three (3) sets of stulls for each standard length of pipe. Stull struts and stulls blocks sl all be of such size, shape and material that the pipe is held round and its interior surface protected from damage under all loads encountered in handling, installing and backfilling. Bracing shall remain in place until after the pipe.is laid in the trench, bedding and backfill compacted and pipe is firmly held in place..The pipe ends shall be closed to prevent air circulation and drying CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-72 15052 of the pipe interior in transit and during storage until the pipe is laid. 3. Fittings and specials shall be fabricated in accordance with AWWA C200, Section 4, including non-destructive testing by dye penetrant of welds not previously tested in the straight pipe. Fittings shall conform to the dimensions of AWWA C208 or may be fabricated into standard pipe lengths. All tees, laterals and outlets shall be reinforced in accordance with ASME Pressure Vessel Code, Section V111 Paragraph UG-37 or AWWA M11 Section 19.4 and 19.5. Fittings and specials not detailed on the Drawings shall conform to the details furnished by the manufacturer as approved by the Developer. 4. All buried pipe and fittings shall be cement mortar lined and coated in accordance with AWWA C205. Exposed piping shall be cement mortar lined in accordance with AWWA C205 and painted. 5. Steel ring, hubless flanges shall conform to AWWA C207 and shall be suitable for use with the connecting valve. Flanges shall be Class D. 6. Pipe shall be furnished with special lengths as required by plan and profile for location of elbows, tees, etc. Pipe joints shall be as indicated on the drawings. Flanged pipe sections shall not exceed 20 feet in length. 7. Gaskets shall be full face type for flanged joints and of suitable type for other joints. Gasket material shall be rubber suitable for potable water and in accordance with AWWA CI 1 I/ANSI A2 1.11 as applicable. S. All gaskets; glands, bolts, nuts and other required hardware shall be provided for connection of piping and appurtenances. Bolts and Nuts - above ground: shall be 304 SS. Bolts and nuts below ground shall be 316 SS with fluoropolymer (Tripac 2000 or equal) coating. Studs shall be of the same quality as machine bolts. All other hardware shall be of the size, type and number as required and recommended by the piping, or fitting manufacturer and as specified herein. 9. Interior surfaces of all steel pipe, fittings, and specials shall be cleaned and lined in the shop with cement mortar lining applied in conformity with AWWA Standard C205. 10. During the entire period from lining application to pipe installation, Contractor shall exercise care and diligence to prevent darnage to the lining and to minimize the development of cracks therein. Any defective area in the lining shall be removed and repairedby hand application to the full required thickness. Materials used for repair of defective lining shall be the same as the lining being repaired. If numerous or large defective areas occur in the lining of a pipe section or special fitting, Contractor shall remove and replace the entire lining. 11. The manufacturer shall supply pipe complete with sufficient struts and cross CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-73 15052 bracing to maintain the pipe in a round condition and to limit its deflection during storage and transportation to the job site. B. Sleeve-t e Cop lin s—Flexible Coplin 1. Construction: Sleeve-type couplings shall be provided where indicated on the Drawings, in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C219 unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, and shall be of steel with steel bolts, without pipe stop, and shall be of sizes to fit the pipe and fittings. The middle ring shall be not less than. 1/4-inch in thickness and shall be 12 inches long for sizes 8-inch up to and including 24 inches. The followers shall be single-piece contoured mill section welded and cold-expanded as required for the middle rings. They shall be of sufficient strength to accommodate the number of bolts necessary to obtain adequate gasket pressures without excessive rolling. The shape of the follower shall be of such design as to provide positive confinement of the gasket. Bolts and nuts for buried couplings shall be Type 316 stainless steel with Tripac 2000 blue coating on the nuts. Buried sleeve-type couplings shall be fusion bonded epoxy lined and coated at the factory in accordance with AWWA C213, and shall also receive a petrolatum/wax tape coating in accordance with AWWA C217. 2. Pipe Preparation: The ends of the pipe, where indicated, shall be prepared for flexible steel couplings. Plain ends for use with couplings shall be smooth and round for a distance of 12-inches from the ends of the pipe, with outside diameter not more than 1/64-inch smaller than the nominal outside diameter of the pipe. The mortar coating hold back shall be 12-inches and the exposed pipe and the pipe ends shall be coated with a liquid epoxy in accordance with AWWA C210 with a minimum dry film thickness of 16 mils and the epoxy shall meet NSF-61 standards. The middle ring shall be tested by cold-expanding a minimum of one percent beyond.the yield point, to proof-test the weld to the strength of the parent metal. The weld of the middle ring shall be subjected to air test for porosity. 3. Gaskets: Gaskets for sleeve-type couplings shall be rubber-compound material that will not deteriorate from age or exposure to air under normal storage or use conditions. Gaskets shall be immune to attack by impurities normally found in water. All gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM D2000, A.A709Z, meeting Suffix B13 Grade 3, except as noted above. All gaskets shall be coxapatible with the piping service and fluid conveyed. The rubber in the gasket shall meet the following specifications: 1. Color - .let Black. 2. Surface - Nonblooming. 3. Durorneter Hardness - 74y5. 4. Tensile Strength -1,000 psi rnininluni. 5. Elongation-175 percent minimum. 4. Restrained Joints: Sleeve-type couplings on pressure lines shall be harnessed as CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-74 15052 indicated on the Drawings. Harnesses shall conform to the requirements of the appropriate reference standard, to the requirements specified herein, or to the Drawings. a. Joint Harnesses for Sleeve-Type Couplings on Steel Water Pipelines: Bolts, nuts, and stud materials shall conform to ASTM A307, Grade B. Nuts shall conform to ASTM A563, Grade A, heavy hex. Lug material shall conform, to one of the following: ASTM A36; ASTM A283 Grade B, Grade C, or D; or ASTM A285, Grade C. Lug dimensions shall be as shown in AWWA Manual M11. Lugs shall be Type P for pipe from 6- through 10-inch diameter, and Type RR for pipe 12-inch diameter and Iarger..Mini mum four(4) bolts for each joint harness. b. End Thrust: Joint harnesses shall be designed to accommodate the hydrotest pressure. C. Coating of Joint Harnesses: Coating for joint harnesses shall be with a lust inhibitive primer. Buried joint harnesses shall be coated with a petrolatum/wax tape coating in accordance with AWWA C217. C. Lining and Coating 1. Steel Pipe and Pittings shall be fission-bonded epoxy lined and coated per AWWA C213 and Section 09900.. D. Joints 1. Joints for steel pipe within the bridge limits shall be Depend-O-Lok restrained couplings, as manufactured by Victaulic, or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION A. Handling Pipe and Fittings 1. Pipe shall be transported from the lining/coating plant to the jobsite on padded bunks with nyTo'n tie-down straps or padded banding to adequately protect the pipe and coating. 2. Lined and coated pipe shall be handled, stored and shipped in.a manner that will prevent damage to the lining and/or coating. Pipe shall be handled with multiple wide belt slings or rubber padded forklifts. Metal chains, cables, toms, or other equipment likely to cause damage to the pipe or coating shall not be used. 3. No metal tools or heavy objects shall be permitted to come into contact unriecessarily with the finished lining or coating. Workmen will be permitted to CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-75 15052 walk upon the coating only when absolutely necessary, in which case they shall wear shoes with rubber or composition: soles and heels. All pipe and fittings, specials and couplings shall be examined before installing, and no piece shall be installed which is found to be defective. Any damage to the coatings or linings shall be repaired as acceptable to the Developer. 4. If any defective pipe is discovered after it has been installed, it shall be removed and replaced with a sound pipe in a satisfactory manner by the Contractor, at his own expense. 5. Stored pipe shall at all times be supported on sawdust bags, sand bags, or other suitable support. Bags shall be of sufficient size to prevent contact of the pipe coating with the ground or any other obstruction. Rolling the pipe on the coated surface will not be permitted. - B. Installing Pi e and Fittings 1. The Contractor shall regulate his equipment and construction operations such that the loading of the pipe does not exceed the loads for which the pipe is designed _ and manufactured. 2. Except as otherwise provided herein, pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the requireinents of AWWA M11. 3. The Contractor shall permit and aid in the inspection of the coating on the pipe at the time of installation and shall repair any damage before lowering the pipe into place. While being installed, the pipe shall not be rolled, skidded, or otherwise moved, when it contacts with the ground or darn structure at any point. 4. The method of jointing the pipe shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 5. All pipe shall be sound and clean before installation. When installation is not in progress, the open ends of the pipe shall be closed by watertight plug or other approved means. Good alignment shall be preserved in installation. The deflections at joints shall not exceed that recommended by the manufacturer. Fittings for closures, in addition to those shown on the Drawings, shall be provided. These fittings shall be cut to fit pieces for any make up required for proper construction. 6. Any non-welded joints shall be bonded as per plans so as to provide electrical continuity along the pipeline. 7. Dielectric insulation shall be provided where noted on the plans. C. Field Welding CS3C-FWD AUG 2006 7-76 15052 1. All field welding shall be done by welders certifiedby the American Welding Society and be in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C206 and the American Welding Society. All welds shall be observed by a certified welding inspector provided by the Construction Manager. The Contractor shall bear all . costs associated with retesting of non-passing welds. 2. Field welds, connections and damaged areas shall be cement mortar lined and coated or finished painted and patched using the same materials as originally applied, and in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. D. Installation of Flexible Couplings The flexible couplings shall be installed at the locations shown on the plans. Flexible couplings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers reconnendations. E. Field Painting 1. Exposed piping shall be Meld painted. Submit color palettes to City for selection. 2. The time required for City inspection shall be accounted for in the Contractor's original estimate to complete the work, and, therefore shall not result in additional cost to the Developer. F. Corn letion of Inside Mortar Joints 1. Backfill the trench before applying interior lining at field welded joints. 2. Working inside the pipe; remove foreign substances which adhere to the steel joint rings, clean there, and pack cement mortar into each joint. Before placing the joint mortar material against the surfaces of the lining, the surfaces shall be carefully cleaned, have all soap removed, and then be wetted to provide a good bond between: the lining and the joining mortar. Finish the surface with a steel trowel to match the adjoining pipes. 3. Remove excess mortar and other construction debris from the pipe interior. G. Pipeline Closure Assemblies A. Center the shaped steel butt straps over the ends of the pipe sections they are to join as shown on the flans. B. Cement mortar line closure assemblies to a thickness at least equal to the adjoining pipe sections. Clean the steel with wire brushes and apply a cement CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-77 15052 water wash coat prior to applying the cement mortar. Steel-trowel finish the interior mortar lining to match adjoining mortar lined pipe sections. H. Cleaning 1. At the conclusion of the installation, and prior to testing, the Contractor shall thoroughly clean all of the new pipelines by spraying with water or other means to remove all dirt, stones, wood struts, pieces of wood or other material which may have entered daring the construction period. Debris cleaned from the lines shall be removed. If, after this cleaning, obstructions remain, they shall be removed. L Testing and Sterilization 1. After construction of the pipeline has been completed, and all fittings and valves installed, the Contractor shall proceed to test the line for leakage and to sterilize and Push the pipeline. Sterilization and testing for leakage may be carried on simultaneously. All temporary valves and other equipment necessary to perform the tests shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor and later removed when the work has been completed. Particular attention must be given to the problems of disposal of the water used for sterilization; such water shall be wasted in a manner and at such points that flushing of this water from the pipelines and its disposal will not cause damage to-public or private properties or to completed work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs to dechlorinate the water before it enters any storm drain or watercourse. J. Field Hvdrostatic Test 1. General: Prior to connecting existing water line, each water main shall be hydrostatically tested in the presence. of the Engineer after all pipe and appurtenances have been installed, all anchors, thrust blocks and encasements have been placed and have attained sufficient strength, all open ends covered with end caps and braced with temporary end thrust blocks, and the required backfill completed. In no case shall the water main be tested against existing valves. 2, The water main shall be tested in sections of convenient lengths as determined by the range, of elevations within the test section which shall result in test pressures within the limits herein specified. 3. The test pump and gauge shall be connected to the water main at the lowest point in the line, in order to facilitate release of air from the high point. A recording gauge shall be used. Means shall be provided for measuring, accurately the quantity of water pumped into the pipe during or inunediately after the test period in order to maintain or restore the initial test pressure as specified herein, or elsewhere in these Contract documents. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-78 15052 4. All pipe, fittings, valves; hydrants, services and appurtenances shall be subjected to the hydrostatic test; and irrespective of the measured quantity of leakage, all detectable leaks shall be repaired by the Contractor. 5. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish all materials, equipment, bracing and connections required for the testing of water trains, and he shall be responsible for the results of any failure under test which is attributable to defective material or workmanship furnished by the Contractor, or to his negligence or improper conduct of the test. The pressure at the location of the testing equipment shall be computed on the.basis of the relative elevations of the test gauge and the lowest point in the section being tested. 6. The duration of the test period, test pressure at the lowest point. in the Section being tested and maximum leakage shall be as follows: .Test Period 4 hours Test Pressure Maximum'at Lowest Elevation 125% of Design Pressure (except for pressures shown below) 16" test pressure = ' 187.50 psi 24" test pressure = 250 psi Maximum Rate of Leakage -CML&C Steel Pi e No Leakage allowed for welded pipe. 7. Test Procedure: During the first one-hour test period, the test pressure shall be maintained at not less than 5 pounds per square inch below that specified in the above. This pressure shall be obtained at the start of the second hour test period. Pumping shall then be discontinued for 1 hour and the drop in pressure shall be read on the gage and recorded. The initial'test pressure shall then be restored by pumping and the quantity of water required to accomplish this shall be measured accurately. 8. This quantity,shall not exceed the maximum rate of leakage listed in the above table, if there is any sign of leakage or failure at any point on the line during the test periods, the test shall be discontinued until all leaks have been repaired. 9. Tlie Contractor, at his own expense, shall do all excavation necessary to locate and repair leaks or other defects which may develop under test, including removal of backfill already placed; he shall replace such excavated material, and shall CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-79 15052 make all repairs necessary to secure the required water tightness, after which the test shall be repeated until the pipe meets the test requirements. All detectable leaks shall be stopped. The method of repairing leaks shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. 10, Valves shall show no leakage and shall be demonstrated to work properly by opening and closing all valves several times. 11. The test shall not be made until 60 hours have elapsed after the making of any cement joints and not until the water main has been filled with water for at least 24 hours. K. Sterilization General: Prior to connecting to existing water lines or putting into service, all water mains, water services and attached appurtenances shall be disinfected in accordance with AWWA Standard 0651. Final Flushing: Following the period of retention and after testing of residual chlorine by the City representative and approval by the Engineer, the chlorinated water shall be thoroughly flushed from the line until the chlorine concentration in the water leaving the pipe is within 0.5 MGIL of the replacement water. Care shall be taken that the extremities of the main and the services are free of chlorinated water before being placed in service, and that all new service connections are thoroughly flushed out before the meters are installed. When a hypochlorite solution has been used for disinfecting the main, the flushing shall be in a direction opposite to that from which the line was filled. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs to dechlorinate the water before it enters any storm drain or watercourse. L. Bacteriological Tests After final flushing, and before the water main is placed in service, a sample or samples, as directed by the Engineer, shall be collected from the line and tested for bacteriologic quality and shall show the absence of coliform organisms. Samples for bacteriological analysis shall be collected as prescribed by the public health authority having jurisdiction. Analysis shall be performed by an' "Approved Water Laboratory." If the initial disinfection fails to produce satisfactory samples, disinfection shall be repeated until satisfactory samples have been obtained. The tablet method cannot be used in these subsequent disinfections. When the samples show satisfactory compliance with the public health requirement, the main-may be placed in service. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-80 15052 The cost of perfonning the required bacteriological tests and any subsequent disinfection as required shall be borne by the Contractor. END OF SECTION CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-81 15052 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 15056 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL A. Description This section includes materials, installation, and testing of ductile-iron pipe and fittings. B. Related work All related work specified elsewhere, or in other codes or standards, will be as last revised, unless a specific date of issuance is called out in opposition to later revision date(s). Other sections of the technical specifications, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this work. 1. Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting: 02223 2. Concrete: 03300 3. Chlorination of Domestic water Mains for Disinfection: 15041 4. Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines: 15042 C. Approved Manufacturers 1. Fittings Tyler Trinity Valley Dayton Nappco 2. Pipe Pacific States tj.S. Pipe American Pipe 3. Gaskets Crane Company Cranite Johns Manville 60 Asbestos Garlock 7071 CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-82 15056 D. Use of Gray-Iron— ittings Gray-iron fittings may aot be substituted for ductile-iron. E Measurement and Pgyrnent Payment .for ductile iron pipe shall include pipe and fittings, restraints, protective coverings, excavation, bedding, and backfill. Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings shall be included in the unit price bid amount for the installation of the PVC water distribution pipeline(s) as indicated in the Bid Schedule. The above price shall include full compensation for furnishing all Iabor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, and incidentals for the supply and installation of ductile iron pipe and fittings in accordance with the Contract Documents, PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Ductile-Iron Pipe I. Pressure class or thickness class of DIP shall be determined by the design method detailed in AWWA C150 the "Thickness Design Method." 1. Ductile-iron pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA 0151. 2. All ductile-iron pipe shall be thickness class 50 for plain end pipe and thickness Class 53 for flanged spools unless indicated otherwise. 3. All ductile-iron pipe shall be cement-mortar Iined in accordance with AWWA C104. 4. Unless otherwise called out on the plans, a "push-on" type joint shall be used. The joint dimensions and gasket shall be as specified in AWV4TA CI 11. 5. Flanges for ductile-iron pipe shall be the "screwed-on" type in accordance with AWWA CI 15, 6. The exterior surface of all ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be protected with a minimum 30-mill dry film thickness of shop applied polyurethane coating. Polyurethane coatings shall be Futures Coatings, Protec 11 PW, or Madison Chemical, Corropipe Il Abrasion, or equal. Polyurethane coating shall be applied in strict accordance with the coating manufacturer's written instructions, including recorru-nendations for surface preparation and priming of the ductile iron. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-83 15056 B. Ductile-Iron Fittings 1. Ductile-iron fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C110, or AWWA C153. Compact body fittings, as described in AWWA C153, will not be permitted in vault structures. 2. All fittings shall be cement-mortar lined in accordance with AWWA C 104. 3. All fittings shall be made with ."push-on" joints designed for use with the type of pipe to be joined unless noted otherwise. 4. Mechanical joint fittings will be allowed only in areas specifically approved by the PWD as a substitute for other types of fittings. 5. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, all fittings with flanged ends shall be ductile iron class .150. The gasket surface shall have a serrated finish of approximately 16 serrations per inch, approximately 1132-inch deep, with serrations in either a concentric or spiral pattern. In addition, all flanges shall meet the following tolerances: Bolt circle drilling +_1/16 inch Bolt hole spacing +1/32 inch Eccentricity of both circle and +1/32 inch C. Gaskets Gaskets shall be manufactured per AWWA C111, unless noted otherwise below. D. Bolts.Nuts, and Washers 1. Bolts and nuts, for buried flanges, flanges located outdoors above ground, flanges located in open vaults and structures, and submerged flanges shall be Type 316 stainless steel, nuts shall be type 316 stainless steel, Teflon coated (Tripac 2000 or approved equal). 2. provide one (1) washer for each nut. Washer shall be of the same material as the nuts. 3. The length of each bolt or stud shall be such that between 1/4 inch and 3/8 inch will project through the nut when drawn tight. PART 3 EXECUTION CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-84 15056 A. General Ductile-iron pipe and ductile iron fittings shall be installed in accordance with the applicable Sections of AWWA C600 and as specified herein. B. Trenching. Backfilling. and Compacting 1. l renching, backfilling, and compacting shall be in accordance with Section 02223 and as specified herein. 2. Backfill within. the pipe zone, including the pipe base, shall be imported sand placed and compacted in accordance with Section 02223. 3. Backfill within the trench zone shall be native earth backfill placed and compacted in accordance with Section 02223. C. Placement of Pipe in Trench I. Lay pipes uphill if the grade exceeds 10%. 2. The radius of curvature of the trench shall determine the maximum length of pipe section that can be used without exceeding the allowable deflection at a joint. Combined deflections at rubber gasket or flexible coupling joints shall not exceed 2 degrees or that recommended by the manufacturer, if smaller. The manufacturer's printed installation guide outlining the radius of curvature that can be negotiated with pipe sections of various lengths shall be followed if applica- ble. 3. The pipe shall be laid true to the line and grade shown on the plans within acceptable tolerances. The tolerance on grade is 1-inch. The tolerance on line is 2- inches. 4. Fittings shall be supported independently of the pipe. 5 Temporarily support fittings with wooden skids until thrust blocks and supports are poured, so that the pipe is not subjected to the weight of the fitting. 6. All exposed flanges and other metal surfaces not previously coated shall be coated after assembly with mastic, such as Carboline Kop-Coat 300M or approved equal. Stainless steel bolts need not be coated. D. Anchors and Thrust Blocks CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-85 15056 Concrete anchors and thrust blocks shall be poured against wetted undisturbed soil in accordance with Section 03300 and standard Drawings W-14 and W-15. E. Flanged Connections 1. Bolt holes of flanges shall straddle the horizontal and vertical centerlines of the pipe run. 2. Clean flanges by wire brushing before installing gasket. 3. Clean flange bolts and nuts by wire brushing, lubricate threads with oil and graphite, and tighten nuts uniformly and progressively. Between 1/4 inch and 3/8 inch shall project through the nut when drawn tight. 4. If flanges leak under pressure testing, loosen or remove the nuts and bolts, reseat or replace the gasket, reinstall or retighten the bolts and nuts, and retest the joints. Joints shall be watertight. F. Pipe Support All exposed pipe shall be supported as detailed in the plans. G. Disinfection All piping shall be disinfected by chlorination in accordance with Section 15041. H. Testing All piping shall be hydrostatically pressure tested in accordance with Section 15042. 1. Bondin All DIP pipe joints shall be electrically bonded for continuity in accordance with the Standard Drawings. Cathodic test stations (CTS) shall be installed as shown on the plans and in accordance with the standard drawings. J. Bonding Continuity Test CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-86 15056 All DIP pipe joints will be electrically bonded and connected to a sacrificial anode or impressed current system. All DIP joints shall be tested for continuity. Continuity testing -shall be conducted as follows.- All ollows:All DIP pipelines constructed with electrical bonding cables shall be tested for electrical continuity. Additionally, all CTS will be inspected and tested for their serviceability. The PWD shall conduct all testing upon completion of construction and prior to acceptance. The testing shall be done by qualified corrosion engineering personnel using Metrotech Model 850 Audio Frequency Pipe locator equipment by. methods outlined below. The CTSs are to be utilized for this testing. The audio signal transmitter shall be connected to the pipe by way of the CTS wiring connected to the pipe. This will also verify that the CTS was installed correctly and are therefore serviceable. Continuity measurements are to be recorded beginning at each CTS and at equally spaced intervals equal to or shorter than the pipe joint lengths. All measurements recorded shall be those taken over the pipe centerline as indicated on the Metrotech Pipe Locator antennae display and with the antennae held in a true vertical.position with the instrument readout panel up and the antennae pointed down. . The Metrotech Model 850 Audio Frequency Pipe Locator readings of"Signal Level" and "Pipe Depth to Centerline" when taken with the instrument in a vertical position over centerline of the pipe with the antennae nose placed in contact with the surface over the pipe is to be used to calculate "LOG Signal Level" at constant depth. A plot of "LOG Signal Level" (at constant depth.) vs. Distance froin CTS is compared with that for an all welded pipe of similar diameter. Plots of data taken over a cable bonded pipe joint are to have a "slope" with Distance from CTS that is unvarying and similar to that for welded pipe to demonstrate satisfactory electrical continuity of pipe joints. Only those data taken with the Metrotech Model 850 Audio Signal Transmitter operating at a constant eight (8) watts output are to be compared. The Contractor shall correct all faults in electrical continuity for both pipeline joints and CTS and have the pipeline retested as described above at no additional cost to the PWD. END OF SECTION CS.IC-PWD AUG 2006 7-87 15056 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 15064 PVC.PRESSURE DISTRIBUTION PIPE - PART 1 - GENERAL A. Description This section includes materials, installation, and testing of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) distribution pipe. B. Related work All related work specified elsewhere, or in other codes or standards, will be as last revised, unless a specific date of issuance is called out in opposition to later revision.date(s). Other sections of the technical specifications, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this work. 1. Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting: 02223 2. Concrete: 03300 3. Painting and Coating: 09900 4. Chlorination of Domestic water Mains for Disinfection: 1.5041 S. Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipe: 15042 6, Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings: 15056 7. Combination Air Release and Vacuum Relief Assembly: 15089 8, Manual Valves: 15100 9. Domestic and Recycled Facilities Identification: 15151 C. App yed Manufacturers 1. J-M Manufacturing 2. Vinyltech Pacific Western 4. Certainteed D. Application 1. Water distribution rains 2. PVC pipe may be used as a valve carr riser. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-88 15064 E. Reference Standard Conforin'to AWWA C900, "Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4-'inch through 12-inch for Water Distribution", and AWWA C-905, "Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 14-inch through 48-inch for Water Transmission and Distribution,"unless noted otherwise below. F. Measurement and Pavinent Measurement and Payment for PVC Pressure Distribution. Pipe shall be included in the unit-price bid amount for installation of the PVC water distribution pipeline per the bid schedule. The above price shall include full compensation for tracer wire; the excavations of the trench; the control of ground and surface waters; the preparation of sub-grade; placing and joining pipe; ductile iron fittings; backfilling the trench; testing, disinfection; and all other work necessary to install the pipe, complete in place. Add paagrph dor payment`perrosln ' aerros Wrote '; PART 2 PRODUCTS A. PVC Pine 1. PVC pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C900. The pipe shall have gasket bell end or plain end with elastomeric gasket coupling. 2. Laying lengths shall be 20 feet with the manufacturer's option to supply up to 15% random(minimum length 10 feet). 3. Each pipe length shall be marked showing the nominal'pipe size and O.D. base, the. AWWA pressure class, and the AWWA specification designation (AW`v%7A 0900 or C905). For domestic water application, the seal of the testing, agency that verified the suitability of the material for such service shall be included. 4. Pipe for recycled lines shall be marked as detailed in 15151. B. Fittings 1. Fittings shall be ductile-iron conforming to Section 15056. 2. Bell size shall be for Class 200 cast-iron equivalent PVC pipe, including the rubber- ring retaining groove. 3. All castings shall be marked Cl/PVC AWWA Cl 10. C. Manual Valves Manual valves shall conform to Section 15100. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-89 15064 D. Rubber Rin, gs Rubber rings for use in the PVC couplings and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D 1869. E. Service Saddles All service saddles shall be designed for use on C900 OR C905 PVC pipe and in accordance with Section 15057. F. Lubricants Lubricant for pipe insertion shall be food grade, and biodegradable. PART 3 EXECUTION A. General 1. The contractor shall install all the pipe, closure sections, fittings, valves, and appurtenances shown including pipe supports, bolts, nuts, gaskets, and jointing materials. 2. At all times when the work of installing pipe is not in progress, all openings into the pipe and the ends of the pipe in the trenches or structure shall be kept tightly closed to prevent the entrance of animals and foreign. materials. The contractor shall maintain the inside of the pipe clean, sanitary, and free from foreign,materials until its acceptance by the PWD. 3. Where closure sections are required by the contractor's installation operations, the sections shall be installed in accordance with the applicable sections of these specifications. 4. The pipe sections shall be laid in the trench to true alignment and grade in accordance with the drawings. Where the grade is not shown, pipe shall have a cover of 36 inches in paved areas and 48 inches in unpaved areas. The PWD shall approve the pipe grade. 5. Lay pipe on curves at a radius not less than specified by the pipes manufacturer. 13. Installation CS3C-PWD AUG 2006 7-90 15064 I. Trenching, backfilling, and compacting shall be in accordance with Section 02223 and as specified herein. 2. Proper care.shall be used to prevent damage in handling, moving, and placing the pipe. Tools and equipment satisfactory to the PWD Representative shall be provided and used by the contractor. 3. The contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent the pipe from floating due to water entering the trench from any source; shall assume full responsibility for any damage due to this cause; and shall pay for and perforin the work to restore and replace the pipe to its specified condition and grade if any displacement occurs due to floating. 4. Place and compact a minimum of 4 inches of imported sand for the pipe base per Section 02223. 5. Excavate bell holes at each joint to permit proper assembly and inspection of the entire joint. 6. Pipe shall be cut by a method recommended in the pipe manufacturer's installation guide, and as approved by the PWD Representative. When pipe is cut and is to be joined to a cast-iron fitting or another piece of pipe the end shall be beveled in the field or place of manufacture to create a beveled end equal in quality to the machined ends of the pipe as furnished by the manufacturer. Such machining shall not result in undercutting the wall thickness and must be approved by the PWD Representative before installation. 7. All connecting parts of pipe, rings, couplings, and castings shall be cleaned before assembly. .After bearing has been obtained, couplings shall be assembled in a proper manner (as determined by the PWD Representative). The use of excessive lubricant will not be permitted, and the assembly of the couplings and rings shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The pipe manufacturer shall supply lubricant and rubber rings. All fittings and valves shall have joints that match the type of adjoining pipe. S. All fittings and valves shall be supported so that the pipe is not subjected to the weight of these appurtenances. 9� Concrete thrust blocks of the size shown on Standard Drawing W-14 and Vit-15 and as specified herein shall be provided at the location of all cast-iron fittings, valves, fire hydrants, and end of line plugs. 10. Imported sand shall be used for backfill within the pipe zone per Section 02223. 11. Manual valves shall be installed in accordance with Section 15100. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-91 15064 12. Native earth backfill shall be placed and compacted within the trench zone in accordance with Section 02223. All backfill within 24 inches of a valve shall be clean, washed sand. C. Installations within Jacked Casing 1. Certain portions of the project, such as crossings of some roads, highways, and railroads, may be required to be installed within a jacked casing pipe. 2. The casing size and type shall be in accordance with Section 02315. 3. Work shall not proceed without permission of the PWD Representative. 4. Refer to Standard Drawing W-10 for details. D. Combination Air and Vacuum Relief Valves I. Air release valve assemblies and combination air and vacuum valves shall be installed at each high point in the pipeline as shown on the drawings or as specified by the PWD Representative. 2. The tap for the air valves shall be made in a level section of pipe no closer than IS inches to a bell, coupling,joint, or fitting. 3. Air release valve assemblies shall be installed in accordance with Standard Drawing W-16 and Section 15089. E. Blow Off Assemblies I. Either in-line type or the end-of-line type blow off assemblies shall be installed in accordance with the standard drawings at low points and locations noted on the plans and at such additional locations as required by the PWD Representative for removing water or sediment from the pipeline. 2. The assernbly shall be installed in a level section of pipe. 3. The tap for blow off in the line shall be no closer than 18 inches to a valve, coupling,joint, or fitting unless it is at the end of the main. 4. Blow offs shall not be connected to any sewer, submerged in any stream, or installed in any manner that will permit back siphoning into the distribution system. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-92 15064 5. Blow offs shall be installed in accordance with Standard Drawing W-11 and the applicable sections of these specifications. P. Pipe Identification Warning and locator tape shall be installed on all on-site recycled water pipelines and domestic water piping installed within the limits of a recycled water irrigation systern. The pipe identification shall be in accordance with Section 15151. G. Locator Wire A bare 14-gauge solid copper wire shall be placed continuously on the top center of the pipe. The wire shall not be spliced at any point, and shall be continuous from riser to riser. The wire shall be brought to the surface at valve locations and shall be accessible by removing the valve can cover. The wire shall be brought up the outside of the valve, well and folded over between the inside of the valve can and the valve well. The wire shall be brought to within 6 inches of finish rade. The wire will include 4 feet of slack. The wire shall also be tapped in place by means of a plastic adhesive tape, placed at 10-foot intervals. H. Thrust Blocks 1. Thrust blocks shall be constructed where shown on the drawings, or where directed by the PWD Representative and as specified herein. I.n general, thrust blocks will be placed at all angles greater than 5 degrees, at changes in pipe size, at fittings, at hydrant ells,.and at valves. ?. The area and design of the bearing surface shall be per Standard Drawing W-14 and W=15. 3. The bearing surface shall be against undisturbed ground in all cases, except where unstable conditions are encountered. In unstable conditions, the bearing surface shall be as directed by the PWD Representative. 4. Unless otherwise directed by the PWD Representative, the blocking shall be placed so that the pipe and fitting joints are accessible for repair. 5. Metal harness of tie rods and pipe clamps shall be used to prevent movement if shown on the plans or directed by the PWD Representative, 6. Exposed ferrous rods and clamps shall be coated with bituminous mastic per Section 09900. 7. Reinforcing steel tie-down rods shall be used on all line valves. CSJC-FWD AUG 2006 7-93 15064 S. The depth of thrust blocks below valves shall conform to the size of the valve and shall be cut into the side of the trench a minimum of 12-inches on each side. 9. Concrete for thrust blocks shall be class B concrete per Section 03300. 10. Mechanical restraint systems may be used only with prior PWD approval. Such systems shall be coated with. 30-mils dry film thickness of shop applied polyurethane coating. Materials and bolts shall be stainless steel in accordance with - Sections 09901, and'15056. I. Slope Protection 1. Slope protection shall be installed where shown on the plans in accordance with Section 03300, wherever the profile of the ground surface above the pipeline exceeds 20% and where no pavement or other surfacing is to be laid over the facility. 2. The installation of the slope protection shall be considered a part of the work, and. the contractor shall include the expense in the contract cost. 3. A 2-sack cement slurry encasement may be used as directed by the PWD Representative. The encasement shall extend to within 1-foot of the ground surface and to within 1-foot of the toe of slope in which the pipe is constructed. J. Chlorination All pipelines shall successfully be chlorinated in accordance with Section 15041 prior to connection to the existing distribution system. K. Hydrostatic Testing All pipelines shall pass a hydrostatic pressure test in accordance with Section 15042. END OF SECTION CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-94 15064 SECTION 15075 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE (3-INCHES AND SMALLER) PART1 GENERAL A. Section Includes 1. Galvanized Steel Pipe and Fittings, 3-inches in Diameter and Smaller B. Submittals I. Shop drawings shall be submitted in accordance with. Section 01300, Submittals and the following: 2. Submittals material list showing material of pipe and fittings with ASTM reference and grade. C. Measurement and P_ayrnent .1. Payment for the work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such work is appurtenant thereto. PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Galvanized Steel Pipe and Malleable Iron Fittings —Pressure Type 1. Pipe shall be carbon steel, galvanized, seamless or electric resistance welded, ASTM A120, Grade A, suitable for a minimum operating pressure of 150 psi. B. Joints 1. Two-inch and smaller shall be screwed and shall be made with Teflon tape or approved joint compound that is insoluble in water. C. Fittings I. Two-inch and smaller shall be screwed, 150 pound malleable iron. galvanized, ASTM A197, dimensions conforming to ANSI B16.3, brass to iron seat. D. Threaded Nipples 1. Threaded nipples shall be of the same material as the pipe. Threads shall conform to ANSI B2.1. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-95 15075 PART 3 EXECUTION A. Desire Criteria 1. The following information shall be obtained from the drawings. 2. Nominal inside diameter of pipelines). 3. Alignment of the pipeline. 4. Field hydrostatic test pressure. 5. Design pipeline pressure. B. Installing Threaded Pi e 1. Threaded piping shall be reamed, cleaned, and have burrs removed before snaking up joints. Thread lubricant shall be applied to threaded ends before installing fittings, couplings, unions, or joints. 2. Flange Alignment: flanges pipe shall be set with the flange bolt holes straddling the pipe horizontal and vertical centerlines. C. Hydrostatic Testing I. See Section 15100, Pressure Testing of Water Pipelines. D. Installing Buried Pine 1. Ripe shall be handled in such a manner as to avoid damage to the pipe. Pipe shall not be dropped or dumped into trenches under any circumstances. 2. Pipe installed underground shall not deviate more than I-inch from the line or '/- inch from grade. Grate shall be measured at the pipe invert. 3. The bottom of the trench shall be graded by hand to the line and grade to which the pipe is to be laid, allowing for pipe thickness. Hard spots that would prevent a uniform thickness of bedding shall be removed. Before laying each section of the pipe, the grade shall be cheeped with a straightedge and any irregularities corrected. The trench bottoin shall forma continuous and uniform bearing an support for the pipe at every point between joints. 4. The trench shall be kept in a dewatered condition during pipe-laying. Removal of water shall comply with Section 02225, Trenching and Backfill. 5. When pipe-laying is not in progress, including the noon hour, open ends of pipe shall be closed. 'French water, animals, or foreign materials shall not be permitted to enter the pipe. E. Installing Above Ground Pipe CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-96 15075 I. Pipe supports shall be provided as detailed on the drawings and in accordance with Section 15090. 2. Pipe shall. be_installed without springing, forcing, or stressing the pipe or any adjacent connecting valves or equipment. END OF SECTION CS]C-PWD AUG 2006 7-97 15075 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 15089 COMBINATION AIR-RELEASE AND VACUUM RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY PART 1 - GENERAL A. Description This section includes materials and installation of combination air and vacuum valves. Air release and vacuum relief assemblies to be provide and installed per AWWA C 512, unless noted otherwise in this section. B. Application 1. Air release and vacuum relief valves shall be installed at high points in continuous lines 10-inches and Iarger or as shown on the plans. 2. If the profile changes during construction from that shown on the drawings, the air and vacuum release valves shall be installed at the high points in lines as constructed. 3. The installation shall be complete as shown on Standard Drawing W-16. C. Related work All related work specified elsewhere, or in other codes or standards, will be as last revised, unless a specific date of issuance is called out in opposition to later revision date(s). Other sections of the technical specifications, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this work. 1. Concrete: 03300 2. Painting and Coating. 09900 3. Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines: 15042 4. Manual Valves: 15100 D. Approved Manufacturers 1. APCO Model 1430, and 145C CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-98 15089 1. Val-Matic 2. Pipeline Products Company. E. Air Release Valve Criteria 1. Air release shall be sized to accom-odate the release of the maximum amount of entrained air that could be released in the system, as a function of the maximum differential in temperature and pressure which could result in air entrainment, or 2% of the volume of water passim through the system; whichever is greater. F. Vacuum. Relief Criteria I. The vacuum relief shall be sized to accommodate 200% of the normal flow. G. Measurement and Pavment Measurement and Payment for Combination Air Vacuum Air Release Valves shall be included in the unit price bid amount for the 1" Air Release/Air Vacuum Valve Assembly, per the bid schedule. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. Combination Air and Vacuum Relief I. Materials of construction for combination air and vacuum relief valves shall be as described below: ltein Material Specification Body and Cover Cast iron Ductile iron Float, Lever, Poppet Stainless steel ANSI Type 316 (ASTM A240 or A276) Seat Rubber Buna-N 2. Coat exterior of valves with one coat of primer and two coats of finish. paint at the place of manufacture, applied per Section 09900. 3. Coat interior of valves with epoxy at the place of manufacture in accordance with Section 09900, B. Steel Vented Pipe Vertical Cover CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-99 15089 L The steel vented pipe vertical cover shall be manufactured from 12-gauge steel or approved equal. C. Service Pining Water service piping utilized in the installation of the combination air and vacuum relief valve shall be Type K copper with bronze accessories per Section 15057. D. PVC Pipe PVC pipe nipple shall be Class C900 or C905 as described in Section 15054, Schedule 80. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Location 1. Air release valve assemblies and combination air and vacuum valves shall be installed at each point in the pipeline as shown on the drawings or as specified by the PWD Representative. 2. The tap for the air valves shall be made in a level section of pipe no closer than 1.8 inches to a bell, coupling,Joint, or fitting. 3. The center of the PVC sleeve shall be, except as otherwise approved by the PWD Representative, located as shown on Standard Drawing W-16 as described below: a. Where concrete curb or asphalt concrete (AC} berm exists or is to be constructed, and the sidewalk is next to the property line; 2 feet 1 inch back of the face of the curb. b. Where 6-foot wide or narrower sidewalk is to be installed or exist next to the curb; 10 inches back of sidewalk edge. Where there is insufficient Public Right-of-Way behind of the sidewalk, an easement will be required. C. Where there is no curb or berm, the location shall be designated by the PWD Representative. B. Installation 1. Air release assemblies and combination air and vacuum valves shall be installed in accordance with Standard Drawing W-16. 2. The tap and piping shall be installed per Section 15057. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7- 00 15089 3. The concrete pad and support shall be constructed per Section 03300, 3. Clean threaded joints by wire brushing or swabbing. Apply Teflon joint compound or Teflon tape to pipe threads before installing threaded valves. Joints shall be watertight. 5. The air and vacuum relief valve and the steel vented pipe cover shall be painted in accordance with Section 09900. The final coat of paint shall be applied immediately prior to the final inspection. 6. A bronze ball valve with handle shall be installed on the copper service line above the concrete slab. 7. A PVC nipple shall be installed between the shutoff valve and the air release valve. C. Valve Pressure Testing 1. Test valves at the same time that the connecting pipelines are pressure tested. See Section 15042 for pressure testing requirements. a. Protect or isolate any parts with a pressure rating is less than the test pressure. END OF SECTION CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-101 15089 SECTION 15090 PIPE SUPPORTS PART 1 GENERAL A. Section Includes 1. Pipe Supports B. Description 1. Install pipe supports at locations as shown on the plans and all other locations where piping may require additional support and as directed by the Engineer. Where not shown on the plans, install in accordance with the following specifications.. Install pipe supports so as not to interfere with free expansion and contraction of the piping. Support pipe with its weight properly distributed between supports so as to prevent excessive deflection and stress in either pipe or the supporting member. Piping supports shall be per the plans. C. Measurement and Payment 1. Payment for work in this section shall be made at the unit price bid amount for installation of the Pipe Hanger Supports or Midspan Pipe Clamp Support as indicated in the Bid Schedule. The above price shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, and incidentals for the supply and installation of pipe supports in accordance with the Contract Documents; temporary supports; welding, angle iron, pipe clamps, concrete inserts, all thread rods, pipe rolls, wearing plates, nuts, anchors, fasteners, and all other associated appurtenances; and all other work necessary to install the pipe, complete in place. Coordination and phasing of the pipe support installation shall be included in the unit bid price for the various items of work. No additional compensation shall be permitted. PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Pipe Supports 1. Pipe supports shall be of standard manufacture and provided as shown on the plans or otherwise required. All supports shall be.hot-dip galvanized unless otherwise indicated on the plans. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-102 15090 2. Contractor shall install pipe supports at locations as shown on the plans and all other locations where piping may require additional support. 3. Contractor shall use the appropriate pipe support type per the plans depending on the location along the bridge. A fixed pipe clamp support shall be installed within a few feet of the bridge midpsan. 4. The midspan pipe clamp support shall be installed so as not to interfere with the combination air release/air vacuui-n valve installed that the high point of the bridge.. 5. Contractor shall coordinate installation of the pipe supports with the bridge construction and shall field verify all bridge dimensions before installing pipe supports as shown on the plans. 6. Contractor shall reflect the construction sequencing in his schedule for the pipe support installations within the bridge with the bridge construction. PART 3 EXECUTION A. Pipe Support Spacing I. Exposed piping shall be provided with supports as indicated on the plans. In addition to supports indicated on the plans, exposed piping shall be supported at the base of all risers, at intervals not to exceed 5 feet on all horizontal runs of pipe 2-inches and smaller, and at intervals not to exceed 10 feet on 0 horizontal runs of pipe 'larger than 2-inches. Piping 4-inches and larger through fill, backfill, or disturbed ground shall be supported at intervals not to exceed 10 feet. B. Valves and Fittings Supports 7. A support shall be provided for each pipe at or near the point where it is connected to machinery or valves. A support shall be provided for each valve and special fitting. C. Pipe S��zl3ports--- Wall Bracket I. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, pipe shall be supported on a wall by bracket. Bracket may be Grinnel Products' Figure 213 for flange brackets, or Figure 194 or 195 or equal for wall support of proper size and type for load, or equal. D. Pipe Supports - Leveling CSJGPWD AUG 2006 7-103 15090 I. All pipe supports shall be installed plumb and level. Pipe supports shall be field adjusted to fit the appurtenant equipment being supported.. The use of non-shrink grout or leveling skins may be required to achieve plumbness. END OF SECTION CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-104 15090 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 15096 WALL PIPES, FLOOR PIPES AND PIPE SLEEVES PART 1 GENERAL A. Description 1. Scope: a. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install all floor pipes, pipe sleeves, wall pipes, other wall pieces, and escutcheons. 2. Related Sections specified elsewhere: a. Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete. b. Division 15, Sections on Piping and Valves. B. Quality Assurance I. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following except as otherwise shown or specified. a. ANSI B16.1, Cast-Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. b. ANSI B16A, Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings. c. AWWA C104 (ANSI A21 A), Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. d. AWWA Cl 10 (ANSI A21.10), Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3-in. Through 48-in., for Water and Other Liquids. e. AWWA CI I I (ANSI A21.11), Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron and. Gray-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. f AWWA Cl 15 (ANSI A21.15), Flanged Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges. g. AWWA C151 (ANSI A21.51), Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand-Lined Molds, for Water or Other Liquids. h. AWWA 0200, Steel Water Pipe 6 Inches and Larger. i. ASTM A123, Floor and Wall Sleeves, CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-105 15096 C. Submittals The following shall be submitted in compliance with section 01300. 1. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval the following: a. Detailed drawings and data on all wall and floor pipe, and pipe sleeves. Submit and coordinate these with Shop Drawings required for all piping systems. D. Product Delivery, Storage, and Handling 1. Refer to Section 15051, Buried Piping Installation, and Section 15052, Exposed Piping Installation. E. Measurement and Payment Measurement and Payment for wall pipes, floor pipes, and pipe sleeves shall be included in the lump sum or unit price bid amounts for the various appurtenant items of work per the bid schedule. PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Materials 1. Wall and Floor Pipes: a. Material: Same as specified for the piping connected to wall or floor pipe, unless otherwise approved by PWD. b. End Connections: As shown or approved. Q. Thickness: Same as specified for the piping connected to wall or floor pipe. d. Collars: Provide collars at mid-point of wall for anchorage and water tightness. C. Pipes ends shall be flush with wall face unless otherwise shown. f. Flanged ends and mechanical joint bells shall be drilled and tapped for studs. Provide studs of sane material as connected piping except buried studs shall be of Type 316 stainless steel. g. Length: Wall fittings shall be equal to the thickness of the wall in which they are installed plus the exterior projection required for joint connections. h. Steel pipe which is cast into walls shall have a collar at mid-point of wall for anchorage and water tightness, as shown or as required. 2. Pipe Sleeves: a. Ferrous and PIastic Pipe: Use standard weight galvanized steel pipe unless otherwise shown. b. Size sleeves to provide annular space required to accommodate mechanical C. Link-type seals that are used. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-106 15096 3. Cast Wall Sleeves: a. Material: Ductile iron furnished with integral wall collar. b. Dimensions: As required for mechanical joint pipe to pass through sleeve. Length as required. 4. ]Mechanical Seals: Provide link-type mechanical seals in pipe sleeves with adjusting bolts suitable for 20 psi working pressure. a. Type: Mechanical seals through non-fire rated walls: i. Pressure Plate: Glass reinforced nylon plastic. ii. Bolts and Nuts: 18-8 stainless steel. iii. Sealing Element: EPDM rubber. b. Type: Mechanical seals through fire-rated walls; two independent mechanical seal assemblies required: i. Pressure Plate: Low carbon steel, galvanized. ii. . Bolts and Nuts: Low carbon steel, galvanized. iii. Sealing Element: Silicone rubber. c. Product and Manufacturer: Seals shall be as manufactured by: i. Thunderline Corporation. ii. Or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION A. Installation I. Wall Pipes: Install as shown and in accordance with approved Shop Drawings. a. . Pipe Sleeves: i. Use sleeves wherever pipes pass through walls, partitions, floors, and roofs unless otherwise shown. ii. All sleeves through floor slabs shall extend a minimum of 2 itches above finished floor. iii. Anchor sleeves to concrete and masonry walls as shown or otherwise approved. iv. Sleeves through walls shall be flush with wall face. V. All pipe joints and annular spaces in exterior walls or walls subjected to hydrostatic pressure shall be completely watertight. A. Use link type seals to seal sleeve against hydrostatic pressure. Size Sleeves to provide annular space required to suit link type mechanical seals that are used. vii. Do not install sleeves and pipes through structural members unless specifically shown and approved by PWD. viii. Size sleeves to provide annular space as follows: CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-107 15096 Annular Space Pipe Size Requirement Less than 2-in. 112-in. To 314-in. 2-in. To 4-in. 314-in. To 1-114-in. 6-in. To 12-in. 1-114-in. To 2-in. Over 12-in. 2-in. To 3-in. iv. . Seal annular spaces between pipe and sleeve material with non-shrink epoxy rout material. 2, Install wall and ceiling plates in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the approved Shop Drawings. END OF SECTION CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7.108 15096 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 15100 MANUAL VALVES PART GENERAL A. Description This section includes materials, testing, and installation of manually operated valves and detector check valves. Manual valves to be supplied and installed per applicable sections of A"V A 0500; unless noted other wise below. B. Related work All related work specified elsewhere, or in other codes or standards, will be as last revised, unless a specific date of issuance is called out in opposition to later revision date(s). Other sections of the technical specifications, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this work. I. Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting: 02223 2. Concrete: 03300 3. Painting and Coating: 09900 4. Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines: 15042 5. Ductile-Iron Pipe and Pittings: 15056 6. Domestic and Recycled water Facilities Identification. 15151 C. Approved Manufacturers and Models I. Gate Valves - Abovevround Smaller Than 3 Inch Crane 43 8 Stockham 103 ?. Gate Valves _ Buried Smaller Than 3 Inch StockhamG-739, or G-745 Kennedy 597X or 561X Mueller 3. Gate Valves - 3 Inch and Lamer CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-109 15100 Mueller, Series A-2380 Clow, List 14 M&H Kennedy 4. Butterfly Valves Pratt Groundhog Keystone DeZurik 5, Resilient Wedge Gate Valves: 4 Inch through 12 Inch Clow RW F61.00 American Flow Control Series 500 M & H Kennedy American AVK Co. 6. Tappin,Sleevcs 3CM 432 Powerseal 3490 Cascade Waterworks CST-EX 7. Valve Boxes Domestic water Brooks Products No. 3RT Else] Enterprises Inc., 410-VB Reevcled water Brooks Products No. 4 TT Eisel Enterprises Inc., #4TT-VB S. Detector Check Valves All units must be in the latest edition of the list of approved backflow devices as supplied, by the "Foundation for Cross Connection Control and Hydraulic Research" by the U.S.C. school of engineering. D. Reference Standards Valves shall conform, as applicable, with the latest editions of the following codes and. standards. AWWA C500 Gate Valves AWWA C504 Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-110 15100 AWWA C509 Resilient Wedge Gate Valves ASTM B62 Composition Brass or Ounce Metal Castings Ductile Iron Castings for Valves Ductile Iron Pipe Flanges ASTM D 429 Tests for Rubber Property- Adhesion to Rigid Substrates E. Flamed End All valves connecting to mains shall be flanged on both sides to allow for the use of test plates during the pressure testing. F. Single Type of Valve The developer shall choose an approved valve and then use only that valve throughout the development. G. Detector Check Assernblv 1. Valves for the Detector check assembly are to be part: of an integral unit, assembled by the detector check manufacturer. H. Butterfly Valves Butterfly valves shall only be used on lines 14 inches and larger or as specifically shown on the plans. I. Resilient Wed�ae Valves Resilient wedge valves shall be used on all pressure class 150 lines 4 inch through 12 inch. J. Measurement and Payment Measurement.. .d payment for the supply and installation of manual valves shall be included in the unit price or lump sum bid amount for the various items of appurtenant work per the bid schedule. The above lump sura price shall include hall compensation for furnishing all labor> materials, tools, equipment, transportation, and incidentals for the supply and.installation of manual valves, in accordance with the Contract Documents. CS.1C-PWD AUG 2006 7-111 15100 PART 2 PRODUCTS A. General 1. Valves shall be installed complete with operating hand wheels or levers, extension sterns, worm gear operators, operating nuts, and wrenches required for operation. 2. Valves shall have the name of the manufacturer and the size of the valve cast or molded onto the valve body or bonnet or shown on a permanently attached plate. 3. Valve body and trim casting shall be of domestic origin. 4. Body bolts for all buried valves shall be 316, or 18-8 stainless steel. B. Valve Operators 1. Provide lever or wrench operators having adjustable, "position indicator" for exposed valves smaller than 6 inches. 2. Provide 2-inch AWWA operating nuts for buried and submerged valves. 3. Provide gear operators on butterfly valves 6 inches and larger. Gear operators for valves 8 inches through 20 inches shall be of the worrn and gear, or of the traveling nut type. 4. Gear operators shall be enclosed; suitable for running in oil with seals provided on shafts to prevent entry of dirt and water into the operator. Gear operators for valves located above ground or in vaults and structures shall have hand wheels.. Minimum hand wheel diameter shall be 12 inches. The operator shall contain a dial indicating the position of the valve disc or plug. Gear operators for buried or submerged valves shall have 2-inch square AWWA operating nuts. 5. For buried or submerged service, provide watertight shaft seals.and watertight valve and actuator cover gaskets. Provide totally enclosed operators designed for buried or submerged service. 6. Traveling nut and worm and gear operators shall be of the totally enclosed design so proportioned as to pen-nit operation of the valve under full operating head with a rnaxilnwn pull of 80 pounds on the hand wheel or crank. Provide stop limiting devices in the operators in the open and closed positions. Operators shall be of the self-locking type to prevent the disc or plug from creeping. Design operator components between the input and the stop-limiting devices to withstand without CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-112 15100 damage a pull of 200 pounds for Band wheel or chain wheel operators and an input torque of 300 foot-pounds for operating nuts when operating against the stops. 7. Operators on buried valves shall produce the required torc�le on the operating nut with a maximum input of 150 foot-pounds, 8. Valve operators,hand wheels, or levers shall open by turning counterclockwise. C. Painting and Coating I. Coat metal valves (except bronze and stainless-steel valves) located above ground or in vaults and strictures in accordance with Section 09900. Apply the specified prime coat at the place of manufacture. Apply finish coat in field. Finish coat shall match the color of the adjacent piping. Coat hand wheels the same as the valves. 2. Coat buried metal valves at the place of manufacture per Section 09900. 3. Valves 4 inches and larger shall be 100% powder epoxy fusion bonded coated on their interior metal surfaces excluding seating areas and bronze and stainless-steel pieces in accordance with AWWA C550 and these specifications. The coating materials used must be NSF or UL approved. Sandblast surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP-5 Coat the interior ferrous surfaces using one of the following methods: a. Apply powdered thennosetting epoxy (3M Scotchkote 206N or 134 or equal) per the manufacturer's application recommendations to a thickness of 8 to 10 mils. b. Where, in the Engineer's opinion, because of the nature of the item being coated it would be impossible to use the fusion-bonded powder epoxy method without causing damage to the item, the use of a liquid epoxy, factory applied by the manufacturer of the item being coated, will be pen-nitted. Said liquid epoxy shall be as specified herein. The use of liquid epoxy other than those specified, including the equipment manufacturer's proprietary coating system, must be reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to use. All valve coatings shall be factory applied. Coating applied by the valve distributor will not be permitted. D. Valves CSJC-PWD AUG 2000 7-113 15100 Aboveground Ball Valves 3 Inches and Smaller 1. Aboveground threaded end ball valves, 114 inch through 3 inches, for water service shall be non-rising stem, screwed bonnet, solid wedge disc type having a.minimum working pressure of 220 psi. 2. Materials of construction shall be as described below: Com anent Material Specification Body Bronze ASTM B 62 Bonnet Bronze ASTM B 62 Disc Bronze ASTM B 62 Stem Bronze or copper silicon ASTM B 62, B 99 (Alloy 651), B 584 B 371 (Alloy 694) 3. Stem material shall have a minimurn tensile strength of 60;000 psi and rninnnum yield strength of 30,000 psi. 4. Hand wheels shall be brass. 5. Packing shall be Teflon. B. Buried Gate Valves Smaller Than.3 Inches I. Buried gate valves for air or water service shall be iron body,bronze mounted, non- rising stem type, double disc, parallel seat, and shall have a working; pressure of at least 200 psi. 2. Valves shall have flanged or threaded ends to match the pipe ends. 3. Valves shall have a 2-inch AWWA operating nut. 4. Materials of construction shall be'as described below: CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-114 15100 Component Material Specification Body, Bonnet, Cast iron or stuffing Box Ductile iron -- Operating Nut Bonnet Bolts Stainless Steel Type 316 Stuffing Box Belts Stainless Steel Type 316 Discs, Disc Nut, Bronze ASTM B 62 Disc Ring, Seat Ring O-Rings Synthetic rubber ASTM D2000 Stem Copper silicon or ASTM B 584,. manganese bronze Alloys C86200, C86300, C86400, C87500, or 087600 R Gate Valves 3 Inches and LarLyer 1. Valves shall conform to AWWA C500 and the following. 2. Gate valves shall be designed for a working pressure of 150 psi or 250 psi as required. 3. Valves shall be ductile iron bodied, solid bronze internal working parts, parallel faced, bottom wedging double-discs, non-rising stem opening to the left, O-Ring seals, and a 2-inch-square operating nut. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-115 15100 4. Materials of construction shall be as described below: Component Material Specification Body, Bonnet Cast iron or -- Operating Nut, Ductile iron Stuffing Box Bonnet Bolts Stainless steel Type 316 Muffing Box Bolts Stainless steel Type 316 Bolts Interior Parts, Bronze ASTM B 62 Discs O-Rings Synthetic rubber ASTM D2000 - 5. Gate valve stems shall be of low zinc content (2%), having a ininimurrm tensile strength of 70,000 psi, a yield strength of 40,000 psi, . and 12% elongation in 2 inches. The stern is to be visibly marked so that it meets this requirement. 6. Furnish gate valves with ends as specified on plans or by the PWD Representative. G. Tpping.Valves I. Tapping valves shall conform with all requirements for gate valves 3 inches and larger and the additional requirements listed.herein. 2. All valve ends shall be flanged. The flange on one end shall have slotted boltholes to fit all standard tapping machines. 3. Seat rings shall be oversized to permit the use of full-size cutters. 4. Resilient wedge valves may be used as tapping valves. Provided that the disk fully retracts to produce a full port opening. H. Tapping Sleeves 1. Tapping sleeves shall be full circle stainless steel. 2. Gaskets shall be Buna-N rubber with a wide cross section. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-116 15100 1. All bolts nuts, and washers shall be Type 31.6 stainless steel; nuts shall be 316 stainless steel, and Teflon coated, Tripac 2000 or approved equal. 1. Butterfly Valves 1. Butterfly valves shall be short body, confon-ning to AWWA C504, Class 150. Minimum working differential pressure across the valve disc shall be 150 psi unless specified otherwise on the drawing. ?. Butterfly valves shall be furnished and installed with the type of ends as shown on the plans and as herein specified. Wafer style valves will not be permitted. 3. Each valve body shall be tested under a test pressure equal to twice its design water working pressure. 4. Valves shall be bubble tight at rated pressures and shall be satisfactory for throttling service and frequent operation after long periods of inactivity. Valve discs shall rotate 90 degrees from the full-open position to the tight-shut position. 5. Flanged ends.shall be ductile iron., class 250. 6. Valve shafts shall be Type 316 stainless steel with Type 316 stainless-steel journals and static seals. Valve shafts shall be dual stub shafts or a one-piece shaft extending completely through the valve disc. 7. Materials of construction shall be as described below: Component Material Specification Body Cast iron or ductile iron Exposed Body 316 Stainless steel Capscrews, 316 Stainless steel Bolts 316 Stainless steel Teflon coated, Tripac 2000 or approved equal Discs Cast iron ductile iron, or Ni-Resist 8. The rubber seat shall be an integral part of the valve body. Rubber seats fastened to the disc by any means shall not be permitted. CSJGPWD AUG 2006 7-117 15100 J. Resilient-Seated Gate Valves I. Valves shall conform.to AWWA C509 and the requirements listed herein. 2. All valves shall be bubble tight at 200 psi working pressure. 3. Valves shall have non-rising low zinc stenos, opening by turning left and provided with 2-inch-square operating nut. Outside stem and yolk valves shall be used on backflow device shutoff valves. 4. Each valve shall have a smooth unobstructed waterway frce from any sediment pockets. 5. Staffing boxes shall by O-ring seal type with two rings located in stem. 6. Low friction torque reduction thrust bearings shall be located both above and below the stein collar. 7. Materials of Construction shall be as described below: CoMponent Material Specification Body, Operating Cast Iron ASTM A 126 Nut Bonnet, Seal of Ductile Iron Class B Plate Gate Cast Iron Ductile Iron Bonnet and Seal 316 Stainless Steel Bolts O-Rings Synthetic Rubber ASTM D2000 8. All internal working parts (excluding gate) shall be all bronze containing not more than 2 percent aluminum or more than 7 percent zinc. Valve steals shall be cast or forged from bronze having a tensile strength of not less than 60,000 psi, a yield point of not less than 30,000 psi, and an elongation of not less than 10 percent in 2 inches. 9. All gates shall be encapsulated in Buna-S rubber or nitrile elastomer. K. Bolts and Nuts for Flanged Valves CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-118 15100 Bolts and nuts for flanged valves shall be stainless steel in accordance with Section 15056. L. Gaskets Gaskets for flanged end valves shall be as described in Section 15056. M. Valve Boxes for Buried Valves L Valve extension pipe material shall be 8-inch PVC pipe. 2. Design cast iron cap to rest within a frame on a cast-in-place concrete ring surrounding the valve extension pipe; size the tapered skirt of the cap for a close fit inside the upper sleeve portion of the valve box. Caps for the domestic water system shall be circular with the word "WATER" cast on the cap. Caps for the recycled water system shall be triangular with "NDW" cast on the cap. Coat the cap and frame with asphalt or coat-tar paint. N. Extension Stents for Buried Valve Operators 1. Where the depth of the valve is such that its centerline is more than 4 feet below grade, provide operating extension stems to bring the operating nut to a point 24 to 36 inches below the surface of the ground and/or box cover. 2. Extension stems shall be steel and shall be complete with 2-inch-square operating nett. 3. Valve stern extensions shall be of a solid design (no pinned couplings permitted) with guides. 4. Valve extensions shall conform to Standard Drawing W-9. PART 3 EXECUTION , A. Joints 1. Bolt holes of flanged valves shall straddle the horizontal and vertical centerlines of the pipe run to which the valves are attached. Clean the flanges by wire brushing before installing flanged valves. Clean flange bolts and nuts by wire brushing, lubricate threads with oil and graphite, and tighten nuts uniformly and progressively. if flanges leak under pressure testing, loosen or remove the nuts and bolts, reseat or replace the gasket, CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-119 15100 reinstall or retighten the bolts and nuts, and retest the joints. Joints shall be watertight. 2. Clean threaded joints by wire brushing or swabbing. Apply Teflon joint compound to Teflon tape to pipe threads before installing threaded valves. Joints shall be watertight. 3. The contractor shall inspect rubber ring grooves of valves before installation for ridges or holes that would interfere with the rubber ring. Interferences with the rubber ring shall be corrected to a satisfactory connection or the valves replaced, as required by the PWD_ (All valves shall have the same rubber-ring groove profile as the groove of the pipe couplings furnished with the pipe.) B. Butterfly Valve Operators Butterfly valves shall be installed with the operators on the street centerline side of the pipeline or in the position shown in Standard Drawing W-13. C. Exterior Protection 1. All exposedflanges and other metal surfaces and all damaged coatings shall be coated after assembly with bituminous mastic per Section 09900. 2. Wrap buried valves with 8-mil olyethylene wrap per AWVdA C 105. D. Concrete Supports 1. Valves shall be anchored in concrete as shown in Standard Drawing W-13_ 2. Concrete supports will not be required under valves bolted to flanged fittings. 3. Temporarily support valves with wooden skids until permanent supports are poured so that the pipe is not subjected to the weight of the valve. 4. All concrete anchors and thrust blocks specified or required by the PWD Representative are considered as part of the pipeline installation. E. Valve Boxes 1. Valve boxes shall be firmly supported and shall be kept centered and plumb over the operating nut of the valve. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-120 15100 2. Beveled sections of pipe will not be allowed at the top of the valve extension pipe. The top cut shall be square and machine made. 3. During the construction of new tracts, the valve extension.pipes for "key valves" shall extend well above the ground level to permit ease of location in case of emergency shutoffs. 4. The box cover shall be flush with the surface of the finished pavement or at any other level designated by the PWD Representative. F. Backfill 1. All backfill within 24 inches of a valve shall be clean. washed sand. 2. Backfill is to be placed and compacted in accordance with Section 02223. G. Valve Leakage Testing 1. Test valves for leakage at the same time that the connecting pipelines are tested. Sec Section 15042 for pressure testing requirements. ?. Valves shall have a pressure rating higher than or equal to the test pressure. H. Tap ing Sleeves Tapping valves shall be installed.per PWD standard detail W-22, and as modified below. 1. The tapping sleeve shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and to the satisfaction of the PWD Representative. 2. The pipe barrel shall be thoroughly cleaned with a wire brush to provide a smooth, hard surface for the sleeve. 3. The sleeve shall be supported independent of the pipe during the tapping operation. 4. The sleeve shall be pressure tested in the presence of the PWD Representative prior to tapping. 5. Thrust blocks shall be provided at the tapping sleeve. 6. Size on size taps will not be permitted. For size on size connections a "Tee" is to be cut in. END OF SECTION CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-121 15100 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 15151 DOMESTIC AND RECYCLED WATER FACILITIES IDENTIFICATION PART GENERAL A. Description All domestic water systems and appurtenances shall be identified as herein described. All recycled water systems shall be identified as described in the "Rules and Regulations for Users of Recycled Water", unless the issue is not covered. In which case recycled water systems and appurtenances shall be identified and herein described. This section describes special identification, markings, materials and their installation procedures for domestic and recycled water facilities. All water systems and appurtenances must be marked as described Here in to avoid confusion with other utilities and between each other. B. Related work All related work specified elsewhere, or in other codes or standards, will be as last revised, unless a specific date of issuance is called out in opposition to later revision dates). Other sections of the technical specifications, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper performance of this work. . 1. Painting and Coating: 09900 PVC Pressure Distribution Pipe: 15064 3. Manual Valves: 15100 4. Ductile Iron Pipe &Fittings: 15056 5. Combination Air Release and Vacuum Relief Valves: 15089 6. Dire Hydrants 15139 7. Water Meters 15150 S. Asbestos Cement Distribution Pipe: 15072 C. Approved Manufacturers 1. Warning;Tame a. Griffolyn Company, Inc. 10020 Vlykawa Road CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-122 15151 P.O. Box 33248 Houston, TX 77033 Phone: (713) 943-0070 or(800) 231.6074 b. Terra Tape, Division of Reef Industries P. O. Box 33310 Houston, TX 77233 Phone: (800)231-2417 2. Warning Labels and Signs In all cases the warning labels or signs must be approved prior to installation. Failure to receive prior approval may result in the Owner, Applicant, or customer removing such sign(s) and providing approved replacement(s). All costs will be at the Applicant's, Owner's or customer's expense. Failure to comply with these requirements, as set forth herein will result in termination of service as provided for in the PWD's Rules and.Regulations Sections 600 and 700. 3. Recycled water nick-Coupling Valve: '_nelson 7645 and 7641 key. Recycled water quick coupling valves must have Acme threads. 4. Domestic water quick coupling valves inust have non-Acme threads. 5. Witness Markers a. Carsonite Water line Markers Carsonite International 1301 Hot Springs Road Carson City, NV 89706 Phone(800) 648-7974 D. Stenciled Pipe I. The use of stenciled pipe will be accepted as an alternative to the use of warning tape. 2. PVC, carrying water shall have the words "RECYCLED WATER" stenciled with 2-inch purple letters. :PVC, carrying Domestic water shall have the words "DOMESTIC WATER" stenciled with 2-inch blue letters. Lettering shall be on both sides of the pipe in at least three places in a 1.3-foot section of pipe (total six places per section.of pipe). C:S3GPWD AUG 2006 7-123 15151 3. Stenciled on-site PVC Recycled piping shall. be white with purple stenciling. Alternately purple pipe with black letters may be used. The stenciling shall appear on both sides of the pipe with the marking "RECYCLED WATER" in 5l8-inch letters repeated every 12 inches. E. Valve Boxes 1. All valve boxes for recycled water facilities shall have triangular valve box covers with the inscription "RECYCLED cast thereon per Section 15100, and shall be painted purple. Valve boxes for domestic water systems shall be as specified in. Section 15100. All valve boxes installed in unpaved areas (open space areas) shall be marked with a witness pole; in addition to the above referenced markings. F. Color and Paintinz Schedule 1. Recycled water facilities shall be painted purple per Section 09900. 2. Domestic water facilities shall be blue, with the exception of fire hydrants, which shall be painted as specified in Section 15139. 3. Witness poles for recycled water lines, valves and appurtenances shall be purple 3. Witness poles for domestic water lines, valves and appurtenances shall be blue. G. Restriction of Public Access 1. All on-site recycled water facilities shall be restricted from public access so that the general public cannot draw water from the system. Facilities such as wash-down hydrants (typically found at tennis courts), blow off hydrants, blow offs on strainers, and other such facilities, shall be restricted from public access. 2. Recycled water facilities, both above and below grade, shall be housed in an approved lockable container colored purple. A sign reading "CAUTION: RECYCLED WATER" shall be installed, its size approved by the PWD Representative. An alternative acceptable means of restricting public access is the use of valves that operate by means of a recessed key slot or by means of hexagonal heads (such as those typically found on fire hydrants). Other means of restricting public access may be approved by the PWD Representative. H. Warning Sim-is and Labels CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 i-124 15151 I. The PWD requires warning labels to be installed on all appurtenances in vaults, such as, but not limited to, air release valves, blow offs, and meters, and on desi;- nated facilities, such as, but not limited to, controller panels and wash-down or blow off hydrants on water trucks and temporary construction services. 2. Each pump and every pipe shall be identified with a painted label. In the fenced pump station area; at least one sign shall be pasted on the fence that can be readily seen by all operations personnel utilizing the facilities. 3. Painted labels may, at the PWD Representative's discretion be acceptable in lieu of plastic labels. 1. Quick-CoolingValves 1. In order to prevent unauthorized use, all recycled irrigation quick-coupling valves shall be operated only with a special coupler key with an acrnc thread for opening and closing the valve. 2. Quick-coupling valves used in domestic water systems shall be operated with a coupler key not using an acme thread for opening and closing the valve, and with a brass cover. 3. A warning sign shall be attached to each recycled irrigation valve as specified herein. J. Domestic water Pipin, 1. All domestic water piping shall be installed with domestic water identification. 2. All PVC domestic water piping shall be blue or shall be white with blue stenciling appearing on both sides of the pipe with the narking "DOMESTIC WATER" in 518-inch letters repeated every 12 inches. 3. Blue warning tape identifying it as a domestic water line and stating "CAUTION: DOMESTIC WATER LINE BURIED BELOW" may be used as an alternate to blue or stenciled pipe. The tape shall run continuously for the entire length of the main line piping. The tape shall be attached to the top of the pipe with plastic tape banded around the warning tape and pipe every 5 feet on center. K. Measurement and Pay-nen F Measurement and Payment for domestic & Recycled Water Identification; shall be included in the lump sum or unit-price bid amounts for the various appurtenant iterns of work per the bid schedule. PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Buried Piping Warning Tape CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-125 15151 The plastic warning tape shall be an inert plastic film specifically formulated for prolonged underground use and shall be prepared with black printing on a purple field having the words, "CAUTION: RECYCLED WATER-LINE." Warning tape for domestic water pipeline shall be blue with black printing having the words, "CAUTION: DOMESTIC WATER.-LINE BURIED BELOW." The minimum thickness shall be 4 mils and the overall width of the tape shall be 12 inches (for 8-inch pipe) and 6 inches (for 6-inch and smaller pipe). B. Warning Labels Labels shall be inert plastic film specifically fonnulated for prolonged exposure and shall be prepared with black printing on a purple field having . the words: "CAUTION: RECYCLED WATER FACILITY". The minimum thickness shall be 4 mils for adhesive backed labels and 10 mils for tag type labels. Tag type labels shall have reinforced tie holes and shall be attached with heavy-duty nylon fasteners. The PWD's Representative will dictate by each individual application and subject to. acceptance the size, type of label and location. The minimum size shall be 112-inch high letters. C. Quick-Coupling Valves Quick-coupling valves used in recycled irrigation system shall conform to the following: 1. Quick-coupling valves shall be 314 or 1-inch nominal size, Nelson 7645 with 7641 key or approved equal, with brass construction. and a normal working pressure of 150 psi. 2. In order to prevent unauthorized use, the valve shall be operated only with a special coupler key with an acre thread for opening and closing the valve. 3. The cover shall be permanently attached to the quick-coupling valve. It shall be purple rubber or vinyl. 4. Special or locking.covers may be required by the PWD and shall be noted on the plans during the plan check review, PART 3 EXECUTION A. Installation of Pipe Warning Tape Warning tapes shall be installed 12 ---inches to 18 inches directly over the top of the pipe longitudinally and shall be centered. The warning tape shall be installed continuously for the length of the pipe and shall be fastened to each pipe length by plastic adhesive tape banded around the pipe and warning tape at no more than 5-foot intervals. Taping attached to the sections of pipe before installing in the trench shall have 5-foot minimum overlap for CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-126 15151 continuous coverage. All risers between the main line and control valves shall be installed with warning tape. B. Installation of Warnin Labels Warning labels shall be firnaly attached to all appurtenances using heavy-duty nylon fasteners. C. Installation of Witness Markers Witness markers shall be installed over pipe in unpaved areas, open space areas, at appurtenances, including but not limited to valves, air release/vacuum breaks, dead ends, inflection points, tees, and every 500 feet. Witness markers shall be embedded into the soil at least 18" and shall be equipped with a barb or other such device to Provide a sure grip in the surrounding soil. END OF SECTION CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-127 15151 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 15162 FLEXIBLE PIPE COUPLINGS AND FLEXIBLE EXPANSION JOINTS PART1 GENERAL A. Description This section includes materials and installation of flexible gasketed sleeve-type compression pipe couplings, and flexible expansion joints. B. Related work All related work specified elsewhere, or in other codes or standards, will be as last revised, unless a specific date of issuance is called.out in opposition to later revision date(s). Other sections of the technical specifications, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required for proper perfonnance of this work. 1. Painting and Coating: 09900 2. Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines: 15042 C. Approved Manufacturers 1. Flexible Couplings Smith Blair 441 Romac 501 Powerseal 3501 ICM 215 & 216 2, Transition Couplings Smith Blair 441 Romac 501 Powerseal 3501 JCM 215 &216 3. Flanged Coupling Adapters JCM 301 Smith Blair 912 or 913 Romac FC 400 CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-128 15162 4. Flexible Expansion Joints EBAA Flex-Tend D. Measurement and Payment Measurement and Payment for the Flexible Expansion Joints shah be included in the unit-price bid amount for the expansion joint utility vault per the bid schedule. The above price shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, and incidentals for the supply and installation of flexible expansion joints in accordance with the Contract Documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Coupling Sleeve and,Flanges Coupling sleeves and flanges shall be ductile iron. B. Flexible Expansion Joints 1. Flexible expansion joints shall be installed in the locations indicated on the drawings and shall be manufactured of ductile iron conforming to the materials requirements of ASTM A536 and ANSUAWWA C153/A21.53. Foundry certification of material shall be readily available upon request. 2. All flexible expansion joints shall have the expansion capability designed as an integral part of the ductile-iron ball castings. Scaling gaskets shall be constructed of EPDM. The coating and gaskets shall meet ANSI/NSF-61. 4. Each flexible expansion joint shall consist of an expansion joint designed and cast as an integral part of a ball and socket type flexible joint, having a minimum per ball deflection of 20°, 2"-12"; 15°, 14"-36"; 12°, 48" and minimum 4-inches expansion. Additional expansion sleeves shall be available and easily added or removed at the factory or in the field. Flanged end connections shall be provided. 5. Manufacturer's certification of compliance to the above standards and requirements shall be readily available upon request. The purchaser (or owner) shall reserve the right to inspect the manufacturer's facility for compliance. All flexible expansion joints shall be "FLEX-TEND" as manufactured, by. EBAA Iron, Inc., or approved equal. B. Bolts and Nuts for Flanges CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-129 15.162 1. Bolts and nuts for buried and submerged flanges, flanges in underground vaults and structures, and flanges located outdoors above ground shall be Type 315 stainless. Nuts shall be 316 stainless steel, Teflon coated, Tripac 2000 or approved equal. 2. Provide one (1) washer for each nut. Each washer shall be of the same material as the nut. C. Paintin�v and Coating All cast components shall be epoxy lined and coated per Section 09900. PART 3 EXECUTION A. Installation of Flexible Pipe CoLipjings 1. Clean oil, scale, rust, and dirt from pipe ends. Clean gaskets in flexible pipe couplings before installing. Install expansion joints per manufacturer's recommendations. Install expansion joints so that 50% of total travel is available for expansion and 50% is available for contraction. 2. Lubricate bolt threads with graphite and oil prior to installation. B. Field Coating 1. Coat buried flexible pipe couplings, transition couplings, and flanged coupling adapters per Section. 09900. Then wrap the couplings with 8-mil polyethylene wrap per AWWA C105. 2. Coat flexible pipe couplings (including joint harness assemblies), transition couplings, and flanged coupling adapters located indoors, in vaults and structures, and above ground with the same coating system as specified for the adjacent pipe. Apply-prime coat at factory. C. Lining and Coating of Flexible Ex ansion Joints 1. All internal surfaces (wetted parts) shall be lined with a minimum of 15 mils of fusion bonded epoxy conforming to the applicable requirements of ANSI/AWWA C213 and shall be holiday tested with a 1500 volt spark test conforming to said specification. CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-130 15162 2. Exterior surfaces of flexible expansion joints shall be coated with a minimum of 6 nails of fusion bonded epoxy conforming to the applicable requirements of ANSUAWWA CI 16/A21.16. C. Hydrostatic Testin,_,g Hydrostatically test flexible pipe couplings, expansion joints, and expansion compensators in place with the pipe being tested. Test in accordance within Section 15042. END OF SECTION CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-131 15162 CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS STANDARD DRAWINGS Drawing Number Description W-1 V Service Installation W-2 2" Service Installation W-3 Un-Used Detail W-4 Manifold Assembly for 4 to 10 Services W-5 Construction Temporary Blow off and Chlorination Assembly W-6 Residential Fire Hydrant Installation W-7 Commercial Fire Hydrant Installation W-8 Trench Section and Pipe Bedding Details W-9 Valve Stem Extension W-10 Steel Casing Pipe W-11 2" Blow-Off W-12 State Health Department Exceptions to Basic Separation W-13 Valve and Valve Box Installation W-14 Horizontal Thrust Block Details W-15 Vertical Thrust Restraint Details W-16 Air and Vacuum Relief Valve Assembly W-17 Double Check Detector Check Assembly W-18 Reverse Tie Anchor Block Assembly W-19 Reduced Pressure Principle Asseinbly W-20 3" and 4" Meter Installation W-21 6". 8" and 10" Meter Installation W-22 Hot Tap Connection W-23 Guard Post for Appurtenances W-24 Water Sampling Station W-25 Recycled water Wharf Head CSJC-PWD AUG 2006 7-132 TABLE OF CONTENTS STANDARD DRAWINGS DETAIL SPECIFICATIONS PART 8 LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION INSTALL LANDSCAPING This bid item shall consist of constructing river rock paving, furnishing and installing imported topsoil, shredded wood mulch as top dress, root control barrier, and moisture barrier, and root pruning in areas of new and existing landscaping adjacent to proposed improvements; in addition to furnishing and installation of trees, shrubs and groundcovers in the sizes, quantities and locations shown on the landscaping plans and the Special Provisions including excavation, backfill and fertilizing. The workmanship and materials for this item shall conform to Sections 212 and 308 of the Standard. Specifications, the applicable Standard Plan of the Orange County Environmental Management Agency, and these detail specifications. PART] GEN 14L 1.1 She A. Landscape installation work as described above and as shown on the landscape plans. B. Planting work includes, but is not limited to the following: 1. Soil preparation and-fine grading. 2. Furnishing and installation of trees. 3. Staking trees. 4. Furnishing and installation of shrubs and groundcovers. S. Maintenance of planting areas for 120-days. 1.2 Verification of Dimensions and Ouantities A. All scaled dimensions are approximate. Before proceeding with any work, the contractor shall carefully check and verify all dimensions and quantities and shall immediately inform the City of any discrepancies between the drawings and/or the specifications and the.actual conditions. leo work shall be done in any area where there is such discrepancy until approval for same has been given by the City. 1.3 Observation 8-1 A. All observation herein specified shall be made by the City or City's representative. The contractor shall request observation at least 24 hours in advance of the time observation is required. Observation will be required on the following parts of the work. 1. River rock paving layout/staking. 2. When trees are spotted for planting, before planting holes are excavated. 3. When laying out shrubs and groundcovers with chalk lines. 4. When. finished grading has been completed. 5. When planting and all other indicated or specified work has been completed. b. Final observation at completion of maintenance period. B. The contractor shall be on the project site at the time of each observation. 1.4 Guarantee A. All trees, shrubs and groundcovers shall be guaranteed to take root and grow within 12 months after final acceptance of planting material, when such plants have received non-nal care and maintenance. B. Any trees that die back and lose the form and size as originally specified shall be replaced even though they may have taken root and are growing after the die-back. C. The contractor, within 15-days of written notification by the City, shall remove and replace all guaranteed plants which for any reason fails to meet the requirements of the guarantee. 1. Replacement material and plants shall be to the same specifications as required. for the original specifications and all replacements shall be guaranteed as specified for the original guaranteed materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials A. Rock Products: 1. Gravel. Pea gravel for irrigation valve box drainage shall have 100 percent passing the 9.5mm(318-inch)sieve and Tess than 5 percent passing the 2.36mm. (No. 8) sieve. 8-2 2. River rock/Cobblestone. River rock for river rock paving shall be the size and color as specified on the landscape plans. B. Topsoil: 1. Imported topsoil shall be class.A Class A topsoil shall be tested by the contractor for agricultural suitability. The test results from samples taken at the source shall be delivered to the Engineer at least 10-working days prior to anticipated delivery date to the site. Should the proposed source material be unsatisfactory,the Contractor shall locate a suitable material, and shall pay all additional costs for testing. 2. Class C topsoil Class C topsoil shall be tested for agricultural suitability. (3)tests at(3)different locations shall be performed. Exact locations of tests shall be field verified and approved by Engineer. C. Fertilizer and Soil Conditioners: All material shall be first grade analysis,quantity or wei ght,attached to each sack or container. Delivery certificates shall be given to the inspector as each material is delivered. A list of materials used,together with typical certificates of each material., shall be submitted.to the City prior to the final acceptance of the job. 1. Mulch for top dressing shall be Type 5 graded fir l��itrolized wood chips, 1 inch to 3 inch in length by 318 inch to 5/8 inch in diameter. 2. Fertilizer/Soil Conditioner: Commercial Type The fertilizer/soil conditioner shall be derived from organic materials such as decomposed vegetable and mineral matter,shall be composed, relatively dry, friable, and pass a one-inch sieve; shall not contain poultry, animal or human waste, pathogenic viruses, fly larvae, insecticides, herbicides, fungicides, and poisonous chemicals that would inhibit plant growth, and shall have the following guaranteed chemical analysis: In redient % Minimum Nigrogen 5 Phosphoric Acid } Water Soluble Potash I I lamas 50 Humic-Acids 15 Soluble Metallic Iron. I Soil Penetrate 1.25 3. Fertilizer Planting Tablets: Shall be 7 grams, 12-8-8, 20% humus, 4% 8-3 hurnic acid. D. Trees 1. Trees indicated shall be furnished to size, quantities,spacing as indicated or noted for each location and shall be of the species, kind, sizes, etc., as specified on the drawings. a. Quality 1) Healthy, shapely, well-rooted, disease and insect free, not deformed or rootbound. 2) Grown in nurseries inspected by the State Department o Agriculture. 3) Free of abrasions, Knots, injuries, or disfigurements. 4) Trees not approved to be removed from site immediately and replaced with suitable trees. b. .Inspection and approval at nursery required before delivery to site. 2. Trees in broken containers, or with broken branches or injured trunks will be rejected. E. Stakes and Ties. I. Tree Stakes. Stakes shall be round, 10-feet (3m) long, conically pointed at one end, minimum 2-inch (50mm) diameter. Stake material shall be Lodgepole pine, pressure treated.with wood preservative. 2. Tree Ties. Tree ties shall be V.I.T. rubber cinch ties. Wire devices shall not be used. F: Shrubs and Groundcovers I. Tree materials indicated shall be furnished to size, quantities, spacing as indicated or noted for each location and shall be of the species, kind, sizes, etc., as specified on the drawings. a. Quality 1) Healthy, shapely, well-rooted, disease and insect free, not deformed or rootbound. 2) Grown in nurseries inspected by the State Department of 8-4 Agriculture. 3) Free of abrasions, injuries, or disfigurements. 4) Plants not approved to be removed from site immediately and replaced with suitable trees. b. Inspection and approval at nursery required before delivery to site. '2 Plants in broken containers or broken branches will be rejected. G. Landscape Material 1. Filter Cloth. Filter cloth shall be a geo-textile fabric, as specified in Table 213-2.2 (A:) of the A.P.W.A. "Greenbook", 2006 Ed., a Type 90N, or Mirafi 140N, Trevira Spunbond S 1115, or equal. 2. Moisture Barrier. Moisture barrier shall be single width sheet flexible PVC or PE membrane of 0.030 mil thickness. 3. Root Control Barrier. (Refer to Section 308-3.2) Root control barrier shall be 24-inches(600mm) wide by 0.080-inches (2mm) thick high impact polyethylene or polyproplene sheeting with reinforced double top edge, manufactured for root barrier purposes. Sheeting shall have integrally molded root deflector ribbing and integrally molded joiner strips. Samples. Within 15 calendar days of award of contract, submit one 24-inch by 24-inch(600mm x 600mrn) sample of each item with joining strip or seam and two copies of manufacturer's technical data for approval. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Rock Placement Rock to be placed in concrete shall be selected for size and shape to appear as "natural" as feasible. Plat and broken faces of rock shall be placed face down. Rock shall be embedded to the extent necessary to secure it in place. 3.2 Topsoil Preparation f After Class A and/or C topsoil has been placed and prior to amendment, the topsoil will be sampled and tested by the Contractor to assure compliance with the Specifications and approved testing source. Supplemental tests may be made to assure compliance with amendment and fertilization specifications. All costs associated with testing shall be borne by the Contractor. 8-5 3.3 Gradin. A., Moisture Content—The soil shall not be worked when moisture content is so great that excess compaction will occur nor when it so dry that dust will form in the air or that colds will not break readily. Water shall be applied if necessary to provide ideal moisture content for filling and for planting as herein specified. - B. Preliminary Grading — Shall be done in such a manner as to anticipate the finish grading. Excess soil shall be removed or redistributed before the application of fertilizer and mulch. C. The contractor shall check the site for weed growth prior to grading or disturbance of the soil in planting areas. These areas shall receive an application of contract herbicide per manufacture's recommendations. D. Finish Grading — Shall consist of bringing all ground areas to uniform slopes, meeing grades of installed curbs, paving, etc., and drainage at a two percent (2%) slope unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. The finish grade is the ground surface grade after all loosening, soil conditions, fertilizing and planting has been completed. Ground shall be two-inches below walkways, curbs and headers in planting areas and one-inch below same in lawn areas. 3.4 Soil Conditioning A. Class A and/or C topsoil shall be amended as recommended by the testing laboratory. Should the amendment recommendations furnished by the laboratory exceed those required by the bidding documents,the laboratory recommendations shall be applied at no additional cost to the Agency. B. All planting areas shall be loosened to a depth of 8-inches. Apply 6 c.y. of bulk humus, 200 lbs. of soil conditioner/fertilizer,240 lbs agricultural gypsum and 20 lbs of soil sulfur per 1,000 s.f. and blend with the top 4-inches of soil. C. For tree planting, the following prepared soil mix shall be used for backfill in tree pits: Site Soil 6 parts by volume Wood Shavings 4 parts by volume Soil Conditioner/Fertilizer 15 lbs. per c.y. of mix Thoroughly blend the mix prior to placement. Do not mix in plant pit. D. Trees to be planted before shrub and ground cover planting operations. After all. tress have been planted, build good sized basins around each and install a mulch of steer manure. 8-6 E. During the maintenance period,the contractor shall apply commercial fertilizer/soil conditioner at the rate of 25 lbs.per 1,000 s.f. at the 45`x'day of maintenance period. One application required. 3.5 Moisture Barrier and Root Control Barrier Installation. A. Moisture barrier membrane shall be installed in all median islands, completely surrounding the areas to be irrigated and planted. Membrane shall extend a minimum of 30-inches (760mm)below top of curb. Attach membrane securely and continuously to the back of curb with a mastic adhesive. Lengths of streeting shall be joined by folded and cemented lap seams, completely waterproof. Furnish two samples of a completed seam to the Engineer for approval prior to start of this work. Sears shall be minimum 4-inches (100mm) wide by width of sheet. B. Install root control at locations as indicated on the landscape plans. Install and join sections in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. �.6 Planting of Trees A. All irra.terials to be set,so that when settled they shall bear the same relation to the finish grades as they bore to the container grade before being transplanted. Dig pits a rninimurn of 2-112 times the size of the plant container and backfill with prepared soil specified in this section. B. Planting Tablets.— Shall be placed 6-8 inches deep at the side of root ball at the following rate: 4-tablets per each 1/2-inch calipher (6-inches above soil level). C. If soil settles away from ball of earth around the tree after planting,fill topsoil around same to bring to proper level with finish grades. 3.7 Planting of Shrubs and Ground Cover A. All materials to be set so that when settled they shall be level with finish grade. Dig pits a minimum of 2 iimes the size of the plant container and backfill with prepared soil specified in this section. B. After areas have been graded, and soil amendments added as specified, all planted areas shall be raked smooth to remove all rocks larger than two-inches in diameter, lumps, weeds, roots and debris. This material shall be removed from the site. C. Spray area with a contact weed killer. After weeds are dead,remove all dead weeds and grasses and sufficiently moisten around to dissipate any remaining weed killer D. Watering 8-7 1. Apply water to all planted areas during operations and thereafter until acceptance of work. 2. Immediately after planting, apply water to each tree by means of the hose. Apply water in a moderate stream in the planting hole until the material about the roots is completely saturated from the bottom of the hole to the top of the ground. 3. Apply-water in sufficient quantities, and as often as seasonal conditions require to keep the ground and planting moist. 3.8 Clean-Up A. Upon completion of all planting operations, the portion of the project site used for the apparatus of work shall be cleaned of all debris, superfluous materials and equipment. All such materials and equipment shall be entirely removed from the project site. B, Walks or pavements shall be swept or washed clean upon completion of the work of this section. PAYMENT Payment for Install Landscaping shall be at the contract lump sum price and shall be considered full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to construct river rock paving, install imported topsoil, landscape material, trees, shrubs and groundcovers and other associated work as described herein and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. INSTALL IRRIGATION SYSTEM This bid items shall consist of furnishing and installing the irrigation system as indicated on the irrigation plans, installation details and these Special Provisions. The workmanship and materials for this item shall confom- to Sections 212 and 308 of the Standard Specifications, the applicable Standard Plan of the Orange County Environmental Management Agency, and these Special Provisions, PART I GENER,4L l.l. S c op e Provide all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to furnish and install Irrigation System as shown on the irrigation plans and described herein, including, but not limited to, the following: 8-8 1. Modification of existing irrigation system(s) 2. Testing and record drawings 1.2 Code'Requirements. Secure all permits and licenses necessary for the work. Give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances,rules and regulations concerning the installation of the sprinkler system as specified. 1. Site Conditions A. Before excavating for sprinkler lines, locate all underground utility lines so that proper precautions may be taken to avoid damage to such utilities. In the event of a conflict between underground lines, promptly notify the City, who will arrange for the relocation of one or the other. Failure to follow this procedure places the responsibility upon the Contractor for making any and all repairs for damage of any kind at his own expense. B. Provide necessary safeguards and exercise caution against injury or defacement of any existing site improvements. Contractor shall be responsible for any damage resulting from his operations, and shall repair or replace such daniage at his own expense. No trucks or vehicles of any kind shall be allowed to pass over sidewalks, curbs, etc., unless adequate protection is provided. 1.4 Materials List Submit to the City for its approval one original copy of descriptive literature of all.materials and equipment including manufacturer's name and catalog number, to be furnished and installed under this contract within 30 days after the award of the contract. 1.5 Record.Drawings & Charts A. Record databefore covering, on the blue line prints. Those prints shall be delivered to the City at the time of the installation inspection. Dimensions shall locate main 'line, lateral lines, quick coupling valves, plugged ends, stubs, and shall be triangulated to permanent and easily identified objects. Do not dianension. from plants, trees or sprinkler heads. Record drawings shall be reviewed prior to all progress payment approvals. B. Charts. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the City a chart showing the valves and sprinkler heads serviced by that particular controller. All valves shall be numbered to match the operation schedule and the drawings. Only those areas controlled by that controller shall be shown. This chart shall be an entire sprinkler plot plan,including curbs,walks,roads,and utility structures. An 11 x 17 photostatic print of this plan shall be made. This print shall be approved by the Engineer and shall be hermetically sealed in plastic. 8-9 G The City may invoice and charge the Contractor for all labor in excess of reasonable and normal labor for excavating and finding pipe,fittings and valves due to errors or omissions by the Contractor in recording data at any time subsequent to the acceptance of the work. 1.6 Manuals & Tools A. Furnish two (2) sets of service manuals. Manuals may be loose-leaf binders and shall contain complete exploded drawings of all equipment installed showing components and catalog numbers and price lists together with the manufacturer's name and address. B. Items to be Furnished by Contractor. Provide the following tools as a part of this contract: 1. Two sets of electronic activation key for automatic controller. 2. Two sets of keys for lock on controller. 3. One coupler for quick coupler valves; coupler shall be equipped with 20mm (3/4") diameter 300mm (12") tall bronze hose bib, bent-nose type, with handwheel. 4. Two.loose keys for quick coupler valve installed under this contract. 5. Two special wrenches suitable for operating each type of shut-off valve installed under this contract. 6. Two tools for disassembly and assembly or adjustment of each type equipment used in this installation requiring such special tools. 7. One valve box key for lock-lid valve boxes used in this installation. S. One specified padlock with keys for each controller enclosure, as approved by the City. 1.7 Guarantee A. A letter guarantee from each manufacturer shall be submitted to the Agency guaranteeing materials for a period of 1 year against material defects and workmanship. In cases where longer guarantees are required by these Specifications, such guarantees are separate and distinct from the Contractor's general guarantee. B. The irrigation system shall be guaranteed for a period of one year from the date of acceptance against all defects in material and workmanship, C. Should trouble develop within the year of guarantee due to poor workmanship or defective material, corrections shall promptly be made by the Contractor,expense,to the satisfaction of the City 5-10 D. Any damage to paving, planting or other developments due to settlement of improperly compacted trench soil, shall. also be promptly repaired at Contractor's expense, to the satisfaction of the City 1.8 Inspections A. At the completion of the installation,and prior to the installation of planting material, a check inspection shall be made to check the overall coverage of the system by the contractor and the City. B. The irrigation system shall be checked out thoroughly and completely within five(5) days prior to the final inspection. All heads shall be properly aligned and adjusted for coverage and cleared of any foreign.materials. C. At the end of the landscape maintenance period, a final inspection shall be made by the City and Contractor. 1.9 Tests A. All tests shall be made in the presence of the Construction Inspector. At least 48 hours notice shall be given for tests. B. Testing of irrigation lines- Lines nonnally under pressure shall be tested as follows: 1. Flush Main Lines - Flushing of the lines will be done before quick coupling valves and remote control valves are in place. All open ends shall be piped (temporarily) to exhaust flushing water up and out of the trenches. No water will be permitted to fall into the trench. Flushing procedure will be to first open the ports nearest the source; then recap and move progressively toward the end of the line with only one open port flushing at any one time. 2. Each system may be tested as a unit or in sections, as directed by the Construction Inspector but each installation shall successfully meet the requirements specified herein before acceptance. 3. Center load pipe with small amount of backfill to prevent arching and whipping under pressure. Leave fitings exposed for inspection during pressure test. No waste will be pennitted in the pipe until the above has been accomplished and a period of at least 24 fours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing. 4. Main Lines: Pressure tests on main lines shall be made after lines have been flushed and after control valves and quick coupling valves are set in place. Close all control valves by hand. Pipes shall be center loaded leaving all fittings exposed. Contractor shall furnish force pump and pressure gauges necessary to complete pressure tests. 5. Pipe: All metal plain lines in the system shall be capped and pressure tested at 125 psi (860 Kpa) for a period of 1 hour with no drop in pressure. All leaks 8-11 found shall be corrected by turning the'pipe in the fittings as no caulking or epoxy fillers will be permitted. 6. Plastic Pipe: All plastic main lines in the system shall be capped and pressure tested at 125 psi (860 Kpa) for a period of 1 hour with no drop in pressure. All leaks found shall be corrected by removing the leaking pipe or fittings and installing new material in palace thereof and retesting. C. Closing in Uninspected Work-The Contractor shall not allow nor cause any of this work to be covered or enclosed until it has been inspected, tested and approved by the Engineer. Should any of this work be enclosed or covered before such inspection and test, the Contractor shall uncover the work at his own expense and after it has been inspected, tested and approved, shall make all repairs with like materials necessary to restore all his work and that of the other contractors to its original condition. 1.10 Clean-Un A. Upon completion of the work, clean up all boxes, wrappings, excess materials, equipment, and other rubbish resulting from this work, and leave the premises in a clean, neat and orderly condition. PAR T? ----PROD UCI S 2.1 Pte, A. Risers and fittings for backflow prevention device shall be red brass, standard weight. B. Pipe andFittings 1. Plastic pipe 3/ inch (20mm) through 1'/2 inches (40mm) shall be PVC 1.120, Schedule 40 solvent welded pipe. Pipe for reclaimed water systems shall be purple pigmented and marked "Reclaimed Water." 2. . Plastic pipe 2 inches(50mm)and over shall be PVC 1,120,Class ')1 solvent welded pipe. 3. All pipe sleeving shall be PVC 1120, Schedule 40 solvent welded pipe. a) All plastic pipe shall be new non-nal impact rigid polyvinyl chloride(PVC) 1220 or 1120 pipe extruded from 100 percent virgin materials. All pipe O.D. sizing shall be done in conformance with AWWA iron pipe sizing (LM.). All pipe shall be National Sanitation Foundation approved. b) Pipe shall be homogenous throughout, free from visible cracks, holes, blisters, dents, wrinkles,die and heat marks, and foreign materials. 5-12 c)" Continuously and permanently mark pipe with manufacturer's name or trademark, kind and size pipe, material, manufacturer's lot number, schedule, or Class and NSF seal of approval. d) The physical specifications of the Society of Plastic Industries for each type of pipe used shall be deemed and construed as a part of this Specification.. e) Pipe dating shall be done in conjunction with records held by the manufacturer for 2 years, covering quality control tests, raw material batch numbers, and any other information required by the manufacturer. f} Nominal pipe sizes in I.P.S. and Metric shall be as shown in the table below: Iron Pipe Size Metric Standard Diameter (I.P.S.) Nominal (D.N.) /2" 15mm 3/.t 20 mm 1 25 min 1'/" 32 mm 1'/2" 40 miry 2'{ 50 mm 21/" 65 nim 3!' 75 min 4" 100 mm 611 150 mm 4. Swing joints shall be as detailed on the drawings. Swing joints and all fittings shall be same pipe size as sprinkler body inlet. Pressure pipe risers and fittings shall be PVC Schedule 80. 5. Solvent weld fittings shall be PVC manufacture, heavy wall and of the IPS solvent welded types, Schedule 40. fittings containing threads shall be Schedule 80. 6. Primer and solvent cement shall be of the type and make approved by the pipe manufacturer for use on its pipe. Unless noted otherwise by manufacturer, primer shall meet ASTM F-656, and cement shall meet ASTM D-2561. 2.2 Quick Coupling Valves 8-13 uick cou lin valves shall be the size and t e ass ecified on the drawings. 2.3 rinkler Head Assembl Sprinkler heads shall be as specified on the drawings. 2.4 Shut-Off Valves Shut-off valve valves shall be the size and type as specified on the drawings. 2.5 Backflow Device Backflow prevention device shall be the size and type as specified on the drawings. 2.6 W e Filter Assembly Wye filter shall be the size and type as specified on the drawings. Locate wye strainer and in separate valve box, downstream from backflow prevention device. 2.7 Remote Control Valve Remote control valve shall be the size and type as specified on the drawings. 2.8 Controller Assembly Automatic controller assembly shall be as specified on the drawings. 29 Rain Sensor Rain sensor shall be as specified on the drawings 2.10 Valve Boxes I. Shut-Off.Valve. A round plastic box (10" diameter) with bolt-down cover as specified on the drawings. 2. Remote control valves. Provide rectangular plastic box (10" x 17") with bolt-down cover as specified on the drawings. 2.I I Conduit and Conductors Conduit shall be PVC 1120, Schedule 40 solvent welded pipe. Conduit shall be a minimum size as shown in the table below: Conduit Size Maximum Number of Wires (#14 AWG) 15mm (i2") 2 8-14 Conduit Size Maximum Number of Wires (#14 AWG) mm {3/") 4 25mm (1") 6 32mm (1'/") 10 40mm. (1'/z") 14 SOmm (2") 25 2.12 Low Voltage Conductors Pilot lines and common wire connecting remote control valves to automatic controller shall be direct burial, U.F. type with approved 4/64-inch thick waterproof coating, 600 volt, 75 degrees centigrade,copper single-strand wire,U.L. approved. Wire size shall be#14 AWG or greater. All "pilot" wires shall be black color. All "common" wires shall be white color. 2.13 Wire spljc All wiring shall be continuous, soldered and encapsulated in epoxy-filled Rain Bird "Snap- Tite" containers or 3M "Scotchlok" containers, at connections to remote control valves. PART 3 EXECUID,V 3.1 Excavation Excavations shall be open vertical construction sufficiently wide to provide free working space around the work installed and to provide ample space for backfilling and tamping. Trenches for pipe shall be cut to required grade lines, and compacted to provide an accurate grade and uniform bearing for the full length of pipe. When two pipes are to be placed in the sane trench, it is required to maintain a 6- inch space between pipe as a minimum Depth of cover for pipe lines and control wire as follows: Type of Piping Minimum Depth of Cover Supply lines to control and quick coupling valves 18-inches Sprinkler laterals to sprinkler heads 12-inches Control Wire{24V AC) 18-inches Minor variation found necessary during the progress of the work to conform to actual conditions shall be made without additional cost to the City. 8-15 3.2 Backfilling , A. Backfill shall not be placed until the installed sprinkler irrigation system has been inspected and approved by the Construction Inspector. B. Backfilling material shall be approved soil, free from large rocks. In general, the material removed from excavation may be used except in cases where rock is encountered. In such cases, the rocky material shall be removed from the site and suitable fill material, as approved by the City, obtained for backfill. C. The top 6-inches of trenches shall be backfilled with topsoil only. D. Backfill shall follow excavatio_n with the least possible delay. Open trench shall be adequately protected to cause the least possible hazard to and interference with the general public. B. Backfill from the bottom of the trench to a plane at least 6,4nches above the top of the pipe shall proceed evenly on both sides of the pipe and shall be tamped thoroughly, except that heavy equipment shall not be used within 18-inches of the pipe. Flooding to obtain cornpaction may be approved by the City,provided the soil is,of proper character. F. Surplus earth remaining after backfilling shall be legally disposed of off the premises as directed by the Construction Inspector. - G. Where excavating or "jacking" is required under asphalt paving, sidewalks, roads, etc., care shall be taken in backfilling, tamping, and inundating with water. 3.3 PVC Pipe and Fittings (Solvent Weld) A. Plastic materials shall be carefully handled and stored under cover to avoid damage. Beds on which plastic materials are transported or stored must be fill length of pipe to avoid damage. Any damaged or dented pipe shall not be used in the work. B. Trenches shall be accurately trimmed for uniform bed free from rocks, clods,or other sharp edged objects. Pressure lines hall receive 18-inches of cover from finish grade to top of pipe. Nonpressure lines shall receive 12-inches of cover. C. PVC. pipe shall be installed in a manner so as to provide for expansion and. contraction as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. All vertical changes of direction made with fittings shall not exceed 45 degrees except at valve and head riser(no 90 degree fittings). D. PVC pipe and fittings shall be solvent welded using primer and solvents as recoinmended by the manufacturer of the pipe, except where screwed on ring-cite connections are required. Pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, dust, and moisture before application of primer and solvent with a non-synthetic bristle brash in the following sequence. 8-16 I. Apply an even coat of primer to outside of pipe,then to inside of fittings and then re-apply a light coat to outside of pipe, making sure that coated area of pipe is equal to full depth of fitting socket. 2. Apply solvent in the same manner and insert pipe quickly into fitting and turn approximately'/tarn to distribute solvent and remove air bubbles;check tees and ells for correct position. 3. Use a clean rag and wipe off excess solvent. A11 welded joints shall cure at least 15 minutes before being moved or handled and at least 24-hours before water is perinitted into the pipe. No solvent cans opened one day shall be used on the following day. 3.4 Irrigation Equipment Irrigation equipment,specified the drawings including sprinkler heads shall be installed per irrigation plans and details. PAYMENT Payment for Install Irrigation System, a complete system, shall be at the lump sure price and shall include all labor,materials, excavation,trenching,boring, connections,wiring,tools,equipment and incidentals necessary to furnish and install the irrigation system as shown on the plans and to modify the existing private (commercial properties outside the public-right-of way) irrigation system as required and no additional compensation shall be made. 1.20-DAY LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE AND PLANT ESTABLISHMENT A. Contractor shall continuously maintain all areas included in the contract during progress of the work, the maintenance period, and until final acceptance of the work. B. If plantings are not acceptable at the end of the 120-day maintenance period for the entire work,due to defective maintenance,the maintenance shall be continued by the Contractor until all work meets the specifications and can be approved. C. Maintenance shall include continuous operations of watering, weeding,mowing, rolling, trir7nning, edging, cultivating, fertilizing,spraying, insect and pest control,seeding, and/or other operations necessary to assure good non-nal growth. D. The entire project shall be maintained for a period of 120-days,commencing from the time all planting work has been completed to the satisfaction of the City. E. During the installation period and maintenance, the contractor shall be responsible for maintaining adequate protection for all areas. Any damaged plantings shall be repaired at the contractor's expense. F. At the ten- ination of the maintenance period all plantings shall be live, healthy, undamaged, and free of infestations. Inferior plantings shall be replaced and brought to a 8-17 satisfactory condition before final acceptance of the work will-be made. PAYMENT The lump sum price for 120-Day Landscape Maintenance and Plant Establishment shall include all labor,inaterials,tools and equipment necessary to maintain all areas and provide plant establislnnent and no additional compensation will be allowed.therfor. 8-18 APPENDIX A FP-3 ROADS, STREETS, AND HIGHWAYS OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE , a City of San Juan Capistrano FP-3 ROADS, STREETS, AND HIGHWAY'S OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE Streets, roads, and highways are significant sources of pollutants in storm water discharges, and operation and maintenance (O&M) practices,if not conducted properly, can contribute to the problem. The attached BMPs are recommended to be used on an as needed and on a case by case basis. Some BMP might not apply,in. certain situations and will not be used. The provided BMPs are potential measures that could be used, individually or collectively, as the situation requires, and as determined by staff. ©&M practices may involve one or more of the following activities: 1. Sweeping &Cleaning 2. Street Repair& Maintenance 3. Bridge and Structure Maintenance Streets, roads, and highways are significant sources of pollutants in storm water discharges, and operation and maintenance (O&M) practices, if not conducted properly, can contribute to the problem. O&M practices may involve one or more of the following activities: Pollution prevention measures that should be consider and the minimum required and optional model procedures for each performance standard are provided below. POLLUTION PREVENTION: Poll=ution prevention measures have been considered and incorporated in the model procedures.Implementation of these pleasures may be more effective and reduce or eliminate the need to implement other more complicated or costly procedures. Possible pollution prevention measure for roads, streets,and highways operation and maintenance include: Use the least toxic materials available(e.g.water based paints,gels or sprays for graffiti removal) Recycle paint and other materials whenever possible. Once per year,educate municipal staff on pollution prevention measures. SJC FP-3 Roads Streets and Highways Okdoc t 2113143 J - MODEL PROCEDURES: I. Sweeping & Cleaning , Sweeping Frequency and ✓Maintain a consistent sweeping schedule. Provide minimum monthly sweeping Timing of streets. ✓Perfarrm street cleaning during dry weather I possible. ✓Avoid wet cleaning or flushing of streets,and uffae dry methods where possible. ✓if flushing of a street is absolutelynecessary,sweep and remove debris before flushing. Do not let wash water enter storm drain inlets.. Collect wash water and direct to a dirt or vegetated area,pump into a vacuum truck and dispose of Ply. Equipment Operation.and ✓Maintain cleaning equipment in good working condition and purchase Selection replacement equipment as needed. Old sweepers should be replaced as needed with new tedmologieally advanced sweepers(preferably regenerative air 4 Note:Permission sweepers)that rma)dmize pollutant removal: mast be obtained for ✓Operate sweepers at manufacturer requested optimal speed levels to increase any discharge of effectiveness. wash wafer to the sanitarysewerfrom ✓Runoff from sweeper wash rack cannot drain diredty,to the storm drain Me eeiocalsewering ✓Glean sweepers at a wash rack that drains to the sanitary sewer. The wash rack agency- area should be covered and bermed and wash water should drain to a darner prior to entering the sanitary sewer,or use other acceptable BMPs as appropriate to prevent wash water from draining into the storm drain ✓Regufarty inspect vehicles and equipment for leaks,and repair immediately. Management of Material ✓Dispose of street sweeping debris and dirt at a landfill. Removed by Sweeping ✓Do not store swept material along the side of the street or near a storm drain inlet 4 Note:Permission ✓If dewatering of saturated materials is necessary k should be conducted in a must be attained far any discharge of designated area away from storm drain inlets and the water contained for proper disposal, wash water to the sanitary sewer from ✓If authorized by the local sanitation agency,water may be discharged to the the boat seweritx sanitary sewer only after passing through a clarifier. As an aftemative, agency. dewatering can be conducted in a containment area in which saturated materials are piaced on a tarp and allowed to dry. Dry debris is then disposed of properly. ✓Keep debris storage to a minimum during the wet season or make sure debris piies are contained(e.g.by berrmir g the area)or covered(e.g.with tarps or permanent covers). S]C FP-3 Roads Streets and Highways Wdoe 2 2113M JC Fp-3 Maximize Access for ✓'Property maim and operate equipment;which wdl increase elficiency. Sweepers ✓Sweeping should be conducted as close to the curb line as possible. 2. Repair and Maintenance Pavement Marking Develop Paint handling procedures for proper use,storage,and disposal of paints. ✓Transfer and load paint and hot thermopta*away from storm dram inlets. Street or hand sweep thermoplastic grindings. YeBaw thermoplastic grWH)P May require special liarui ng as they may contain lead. ✓Replace paints containing.lead and tributft with less toxic alternatives. ✓Use water based paints. Clean application equipment in a sink that is connected to the sanitary sewer. ✓Property store leftover paints if they are to be kept for the next jobs or dispose of property, ✓See Spf1 Control procedure sheet for guidance on the proper cleanup of paint spills. Concrete Installation and ✓Avoid mixing excess amounts of fresh concrete or cement mortar on-site. Repair Only mix what is needed for the job. ✓Wash concrete trucks off site or in designated areas on site,such that there is no discharge.of concrete wash water into storm drain inlets;open.ditches, streets,or Other'stormwater conveyance structures, ✓Store concrete materials under cover,away from drainage areas. ✓Return leftover materials to the transit mixer. Dispose of small amounts of hardened excess concrete,grout,and mortar in the trash. ✓Do not wash sweepings from exposed aggregate concrete into the street or storm drain. Collect and returnsweepings to aggregate base stock*,or dispose in the trash. ✓When washing poured concrete areas to remove fine particles and expose the aggregate,contain the wash water for proper.disposal,do not discharge water to the storm drain system. ✓Do not allow excess concrete lo be dumped on-site, except in designated areas. ✓Apply concrete, asphalt,and seal coat during dry weather to allow the material to adequately dry prior to a rain event. ✓When making saw cuts in pavement,use as little water as possible and perform during dry weather. Cover each nearby or appropriate storm drain inlet completely with filter fabric or plastic during the sawing operation and SJC FP-3 Roads Streets and tfighways OM.doc 3 7113103 J FP-3 contain the slurry by placing straw bales;sandbags,or gravel clams around the inlets. After ftliquid drains or evaparates,shovel or vacuum the slurry residue from the pavement or gutter and remove from site, Alternatively,a small on-site vacuum may be used to pick up the slurry as this wM prohibit slurry from reaching storm drain inlets. Patching, Resurfacing, r Pre-heat,transfer or load hot bituminous materia#away from storm drain and Surface Seating inlets. Apply Fete,asphalt,and seal coat during dry weather to allowr the material to adequately dry prior to a rain event. ✓Where appfrcable,cover and seal each nearby or appropriate storm drain We({wltti waterproof'materia[,plastic or mesh)and maintenance}soles befor>?applying seal coat,slurry seal,etc. Leave covers in place until job is complete and rn all water from emulsified oll sealants has drained or evaporated. Clean any debris hm covered man holes and storin drain inlets when the job is complete. ✓Use only as much water as necessary for dust control,to avoid runoff. Catch drips from paving equipment that is not in use with pans or absorbent material placed cinder the machines. Dispose of collected material and absorbents properly. Prior to a rain event or at the completion of a project;sweep the project area by hand or with a street sweeper. Equipment Cleaning, ✓Clean equipment including sprayers,sprayer paint supply lines, patch and Maintenance, and Storage paving equipment,and mudjacldng equipment at the end of each day. if equipment can be cleaned and materials reapplied at the job site,do so in Also see Equipment Repair compliance with the laws and regulations.Clean in a sink or other area(e.g. Maintenance procedure sheet. vehicle wash area)that is connected to the sanitary sewer: If refueling or repairing vehicles and equipment must be done on-site, conduct the activity away from storm drain inlets and watercourses. 4 Note.Percussion must be obtained for Place drip parts or absorbent materials under heavy equipment Men not in any discharge of. use: wash water to the ✓Clean paint brushes and toots covered with water-based amts in sinks sanitary seiner from p the local sewering connected to sanitary sewers.Brushes and tools covered with non-water- agency. based paints,finishes,or other materials must be cleaned in a manner that enables collection of used solvents(e.g.,paint thinner,turpentine, etc.)for recycling or proper disposal. SJC FP-3 Roads Steels and Hi hways OM_dre 4 2113103 SJC FP-3 3 In add to the prowdms abort review and V* general Xo adorns W*W for Actor cm*uctron awl fixes when cundu&V sfr*►trod and trgfrway repair and mairdenarrce acwfts. 3. Bridge and Structure Maintenance Painting and Paint ✓Transport paint and materials to and from job sites in containers with secure Removal lids and tied down to the transport vehicle. ✓Do not transfer or load pant near stDrm drain inlets or watercourses. ✓Test and inspect spray equipment prior to starling to paint Tighten al hoses and connections and do not overfill paint container. ✓If sand blasting is used to remove pain cover nearby storm drain Wets prior to starting work, if the bridge crosses a watercourse,perform work on a maintenance traveler or piafforrn,or use suspended netting or tarps to capture paint,rust„paint removing agents,or other materials,to prevent discharge of materials to surface waters. if sanding,use a sander with a vadum fitter bag. ✓Recycle paint when possible(e.g.paint may be used for graffiti removal activities). Dispose of paint at an appropriate household hazardous waste facility. ✓See Spill Control procedure sheet for guidance on the proper cleanup of paint spols.. Graffiti Removal ✓Avoid graffiti abatement activities during rain events. ✓Protect nearby storm drain inlets prior to removing graffiti from walls, signs, sidewalks,or other structures needing graffiti abatement. Cleary up afterwards by sweeping or vacuuming thoroughly,arxVor by using absorbent and property disposing of the absorbent. ✓Note that care should be taken when disposing of waste since it may need to be dispersed of as hazardous waste. ✓When graffiti is removed by painting over,implement the procedures under Painting and Paint Removal above. ✓Direct runoff from sand blasting and high pressure washing(with no cleaning agents)into a landscaped or dirt area. ✓If a graffiti abatement method generates wash water containing a cleaning compound(such as high pressure washing with a cleaning compound), plug nearby storm drains and collect wash water and dispose of property. SJC FP-3 Roads Streets and Highmys Wdoc- 5 21431[ SJC 1 - Guardraif and Fence ✓When cleaning guardrails or fences follow the Repairmethodsde appropriate surface cleaning PeWthg on the type of surface)outimed in the Sidewalk,Plan, and Fountain Maintenance and Cleaning procedure sheet, ✓Rting is conducted,ioifow the Painting and Pain Removal procedures tf graffiti removal is wed,follow the Grafffi Ramaval procedures above. ✓ff construction takes place,see the procedure sheet for Mkw Consfrucdon. ✓Recycle materials whenever possible. LIMITA11ONS: Umitations related to street sweeping may include high equipment costs,the potential inability to restrict parking in urban areas,the need for sweeper operator training,the inabi'rty of current sweeper tec nology to remove o and grease,and the tack of scientific evidence regarding the expected levels of pollutant removal. REFERENCES: Madel Urban Runoff Program.A How-To Guide for Developing Urban Runoff Programs for Small Municipalities. Prepared by City of Monterey, City of Santa Cruz, California Coastal Commission,Monterey Bay Natuna!Marine Sanctuary,Association of Monterey Bay Area Govemments, Woodward-Clyde, Centra!Coast Regional Water Quality Control Beard, July. 1998. Oregon Association of Clean Water Agencies. Oregon Municipal Storrnwater Toolbox for Maintenance Practices. June 1998. Santa Clara Valley UrbanRunoffPollution Prevention Program. 1997 Urban Runoff Management Plan. September 1991,updated October 2000. SJC FP-3 Roads svaets and Kg["-,oM,dx 6 �J�3163 APPENDIX B TREE REMOVAL PERMIT APPLICATION s CITY OF SAN jui I AN CAPISTRANO AArOiy staff use on*, ® Planning Department Case He# gate subrr : 32400 Paseo Adelanto T" San Juan Capistrano,CA 92675 (949)443-6331 p`oxId manaw motion mmired by www.sanj uanca p isfratt o.or $27 fee ❑ PC$15Z fee [( Receipt# Section 9-2.349 of the Gty's Municipal Code regulates the removal of trees over 6" in diameter measured 3' feet above the ground; and establishes the factors the City must consider .to allow removal. Trams measuring between 6"and 24"in diameter require Ptanning €epartment review and action-which takes aPVTOCimately 1-2 weeks. Trees measuring 24"or greater in diameter require Planning Commies review and action which may take from 1 to 2 months. -ORMATM bill Property Owner Phone: Property Address E-mail: Agent/Representative Phone: Mailing Address E-mail; City/State/Zip NleWORJE y� ' SIAM Please check any of the boxes bdow tfiat appfy to your tree: Q The condition of exist r tree with respect to disease, Whed'�'r the Pmje t site plan has been desqrjed general health,and their ability to be preserved ❑ the maximum number of existing trees on d-je to deserve ince srat�3 amt�n shaEl take pr�cederu� � a'dver5e m�pas��tide treo rraf�a;a� u �fse par t of Arid faaGties �r�rv.tfl�decs e _ The topography of the Prope"and the effect the tree removal will have on erosion,soil retention, and the ❑ Possible ire hazards to traffic, pedestrians fief i diversion or increased runoff public,or Property if the tree is preserved PY damage tc?�,slab;v+att, 2jcre"��ursar �'by an cxistrng tree 5e the safe aril marritarrarr,� - - _ _ rte,water,m-_ritrErse ❑ The health of the tree and the A*remaining life of the The interests of the Gly in the protection and conservation tree,if preserved ❑ of trees and other irre0aceable natural resomms fUcrn pollution,imPairtnents,or deStr1jCfiOh Tree Removal Perna Appiication-Page i - R:J In. the space below, provide a sibs plan showing property lines, street, buildings, driveways, slopes, fence s/veal#s, and all trees (oyer 6 inches diameter) subject to this permit: Label the tree(s) proposed for removal by indicating the common nacre&diameter. - I hereby certify that all information contained in this application is true and correct; and that I am the legal property owner or the authorized agent/representative of the property owner. I understand that the City may require: that I retain a professional arborist to determine the condition of the trees) and .preservation alternatives. I hereby grant the City auffiority to enter onto the property to conduct an inspection of the tree(s), and agree to provide safe access to the property by ensuring that any gates are unl©dced, if applicable, and remove any dogs or other pets from the area to be inspected. Property Owner's or Authorized Agents Signature (if applicable) HOA President or Property Manager(print name and signature) For Staff Use 417ly Inspection Date: Re-Inspection Date. Approved ❑ Denied ❑ Condition(s): iS�S gnature: Date: TREE REMOVAL PERMITS EXPIRE SIX MONTHS FROM THE DATE OF APPROVAL Tree Rai*val Permit App"bon-Page 2 APPENDIX C REGULATORY/CONSTRUCTION PERMITS 1. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers—404 Permit 2, Califomia Regional Water Quality Control Board—401 Permit 3. Department of Fish and Game (DEG) Stream Bed Alteration Agreement— 1C01 - Permit 4. Construction Encroachment Permit: Orange County Department of Public Works District 404 PERMIT U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS 401 PERMIT CALIFORNIA REGIO vAL WATER QUALITY CONTROL BOARD 1603 PERMIT DEPARTMENT OF FISH AND GAME (DFG) Stream Bed Alteration Agreement CONSTRUCTION PERMIT ORANGE COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS